Skip to main content

Full text of "The study of animal life [microform]"

See other formats


CIHM 
Microfiche 
Series 
({Monographs) 


ICIMH 

Collection  de 
microfiches 
(monographles) 


Canadian  Instituta  for  Historical  Microroproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  da  microraproductioni  hittoriquaa 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes  /  Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


3 

i 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best  original 
copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  ihis  copy  which 
may  be  bibliographically  unique,  which  may  alter  any  of 
the  images  in  the  reproduction,  or  which  may 
significantly  change  the  usual  method  of  filming  are 
checked  below. 


0 
D 
D 


D 
D 
D 
D 
0 

D 


D 


Coloured  covers  / 
Couverture  de  couleur 


Covers  dannaged  / 
Couverture  endommag^e 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated  / 
Couverture  restaur^e  et/ou  pellicul^e 

Cover  title  missing  /  Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps  /  Cartes  gdographiqucs  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)  / 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations  / 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material  / 
Reli^  avec  d'autres  documents 

Only  edition  available  / 
Seule  Edition  disponible 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion  along 
interior  margin  /  La  reliure  serr^e  peut  causer  de 
I'ombre  ou  de  la  distorsion  'e  long  de  la  marge 
intirieure. 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restorations  may  appear 
within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these  have  been 
omitted  from  filming  /  II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages 
blanches  ajout^es  lors  d'une  restauration 
apparaissent  dans  le  texte,  mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait 
possible,  ces  pages  n'ont  pas  i\6  f  llm^es. 

Additional  comments  / 
Commentaires  suppl^mentaires: 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire  qu'il  lui  a 
e\6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details  de  cet  exem- 
plaire qui  sont  peut-§tre  uniques  du  point  de  vue  bibli- 
ographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier  une  image  reproduite, 
ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une  modification  dans  la  m^tho- 
de  normale  de  filmage  sont  indiqu^s  ci-dessous. 

Coloured  pages  /  Pages  de  couleur 

\y\   Pages  damaged  /  Pages  endommag6es 


□ 


D 
D 


D 


Pages  restored  and/or  laminated  / 
Pages  restaur^s  et/ou  pellicul^es 


y|  Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed  / 

!—J  Pages  dScolor^es,  tachet^es  ou  piqu^es 

I      I  Pages  detached  /  Pages  d6tach6es 

I  A  Showlhrough  /  Transparence 

"71  Quality  of  print  varies  / 

*^  I  Quality  in^gale  de  I'impression 


Includes  supplementary  material  / 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppl^mentaire 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata  slips, 
tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to  ensure  the  best 
possible  image  /  Les  pages  totalement  ou 
partiellement  obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une 
pelure,  etc.,  ont  ^t^  film.'es  k  nouveau  de  fa^on  k 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 

Opposing  pages  with  varying  colouration  or 
discotourations  are  filmed  twice  to  ensure  the  best 
possible  image  /  Les  pages  s'opposant  ayant  des 
colorations  variables  ou  des  decolorations  sont 
film^es  deux  fois  afin  d'obtenir  la  meilleure  image 
possible. 


Th!^  item  h  fiSmesJ  at  the  refSuctten  rat'o  checSed  betew  / 

C«  docuitMnt  ••!  Iilin4  au  laux  da  rMuclion  indiqu4  ci-d«c*oua. 


10x 

14x 

18x 

22x 

26x 

30x 

y 

12x 


16x 


20x 


24x 


28x 


32x 


:f%«^"^:cz^2i: 


Th«  copy  filmed  hor*  hat  b««n  raproduead  th«nk« 
to  tha  ganaroaity  of: 


EngfiMcrlng  Sclanon  Library, 
QuMn's  Ihilwarslty 


L'axamplaira  filmi  fut  raproduit  grica  i  la 
gAnAroait*  da: 

Englnaarfng  Sclwioas  Library, 
Quean's  Unlvsrsl^ 


Tha  imagaa  appaaring  hara  ara  tha  boat  quality 
poaaibia  conaidaring  tfia  condition  and  iagibility 
of  tita  original  copy  and  in  kaaping  with  ttia 
filming  contract  apadfieationa. 


Original  copiaa  in  printad  papar  eovara  afa  fRmad 
baginning  with  tha  front  eovar  and  anding  on 
tha  iaat  paga  with  a  printad  or  ilhiatratad  impraa- 
•ion.  or  tha  back  covar  wftan  appropriata.  All 
othar  original  copiaa  ara  filmad  baginning  on  tha 
f  irat  paga  with  a  printad  or  IMuatratad  impraa- 
aion,  and  anding  on  tha  Iaat  paga  with  a  printad 
or  illuatratad  impraaaion. 


Tha  Iaat  raeordad  frama  on  aach  microficha 
ahall  contain  tha  symbol  -^  (maaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  tha  symbol  V  (maaning  "END"). 
whichavar  applias. 

Mapa,  plataa.  charts,  ate.  may  ba  filmad  at 
diff arant  raduction  ratios.  Thosa  too  larga  to  ba 
antiraly  includad  in  ona  axpoaura  ara  filmad 
baginning  in  ttia  uppar  laft  hartd  eomar.  laft  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  framaa  as 
raquirad.  Tha  following  diagrama  illuatrata  tha 
mathod: 


Las  imagas  suh^antas  ont  M  raproduitas  avcc  la 
plus  grand  soin,  compta  tanu  da  la  condition  st 
da  la  nattat*  da  lanamplaira  film*,  at  an 
eonformiti  avae  laa  conditiona  du  contrat  da 
fHmaga. 

Laa  aaamplairaa  originaux  dont  la  couvarturs  an 
papiar  aat  ImprimAa  sont  fllmta  an  commancant 
par  la  pramiar  plat  at  an  tarminant  soit  par  la 
darni^ra  paga  qui  comporta  una  ampraints 
d'impraasion  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  la  second 
plat,  aaion  la  cas.  Tous  laa  autras  axamplairas 
originaux  sont  film4s  an  commanfant  par  la 
pramiira  paga  qui  comporta  una  amprainta 
d'impraaaion  ou  dlNuatration  at  an  tarminant  par 
la  damlAra  paga  qui  comporta  una  taila 
amprainta. 

Un  daa  symboiaa  suivants  apparattra  sur  la 
darnlAra  imaga  da  chaqua  microficha.  salon  la 
caa:  la  symbola  — ^  signifia  "A  SUIVRE".  la 
symbola  ▼  signifia  "FIN". 

Laa  cartaa.  planchas.  tablaaux.  ate.  pauvant  *tra 
fiimta  i  daa  taux  da  rMuction  diffirants. 
Lorsqua  la  documant  aat  trap  grand  pour  itra 
raproduit  an  un  saul  clich«.  il  aat  film4  i  partir 
da  I'angla  supAriaur  gaucha.  da  gaucha  *  droita, 
at  da  haut  9n  baa.  an  pranant  la  nombra 
d'imagaa  nAcaasaira.  Laa  diagrammas  suivants 
illuatrant  la  mAthoda. 


1  2  3 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

««C«OCOrY   RfSOlUTION   TEST  CHART 

(ANSI  end  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  ?) 


1^  12.8 

1^ 

|M    |3j2 
If    1^ 

1^ 

u 

1^ 

^« 


/APPLIED  IIVHGE    I, 


nc 


1653  East   Main   Streal 
RochMter,   N«»  York        14609 
(716)  482  -  0300-  Phon. 
(716)   288  -  5969  -  Fo» 


JSA 


^ 


EDITED  BY  PKOEESiyQR  KNIGHT 


THE  STUDY  OF  ANIMAL  LIFE 


The   Study 


of 


Animal   Life 


BY 


J.   ARTHUR  THOMSON,  M.A,  F.R.S.E. 

LECTURER   ON   ZOOLOGY,    SCHOOL  OF   MEDICINE,    EDINBURGH 

JOINT-AUTHOR   OF    'THE   EVOLUTION    OF   SEX ' 

AUTHOR  OK    'outlines  OF  ZOOLOGY ' 


THIRD    EDITION 


WITH  JLLUSTNAT/OXS 


TORONTO 
G.  N.  MORANG  &  COMPANY  LIMITED 

LONDON 

JOHN  MURRAY 

1902 


0L4  i^'^ 


"  Rut.  for  my  part,  wluch  write  the  English  story.  1  acknowledge 
that  no  man  must  looke  for  that  at  my  hands,  which  I  have  not 
received  from  some  other  :  .or  I  would  bee  unwilling  to.write  anythmg 
untrue,  or  uncertaine  out  of  mine  own  invention  ;  and  truth  on  every 
part  is  so  deare  unto  me.  that  1  will  not  lie  to  bring  any  man  m  love 
and  admiration  with  God  and  his  works,  for  God  needeth  not  the  hes 

"^  "'^'^-  TOPSELL'S  Apologia  (1607). 


J^    %'  -^  ^  5 


PREFACE 


This  book  is  intended  to  help  those  who  would  study 
animal  life.  From  different  points  of  view  I  have  made 
a  series  of  sketches.  I  hope  that  when  these  are  united 
in  the  mind  of  the  reader,  the  picture  will  have  some 
truth  and  beauty. 

My  chief  desire  has  been  to  give  the  student  some 
impulse  to  joyousncss  of  observation  and  freedom  of 
judgment,  rather  than  to  satisfy  that  thirst  for  knowledge 
which  leads  many  to  intellectual  r'nsobriety.  In  pursu- 
ance of  one  of  the  aims  of  this  series,  I  have  also  tried 
to  show  how  our  knowledge  of  animal  life  has  grown, 
and  how  much  room  there  is  for  it  still  to  grow. 

A  glance  at  the  table  of  contents  will  show  the  plan 
of  the  book  ;  first,  the  everyday  life  of  animals,  next,  their 
internal  activities,  thirdly,  their  forms  and  structure,  and 
finally,  the  theory  of  animal  life.  This  is  a  commonly 
accepted  mode  of  treatment,  and  it  is  one  by  which  it  is 
possible  in  different  parts  of  the  book  to  appeal  to  students 
of  different  tastes.  For,  in  lecturing  to  those  who  attend 
University  Extension  Courses,  I  find  that  seniors  are 
most  interested  in  the  general  problems  of  evolution, 
heredity,  and  environment ;  that  others  care  more  about 
the  actual  forms  of  life  and  their  structure;  that  many 
desire  to  have  a  clear  understanding  of  the  functions  of 
the  animal  body ;  while  most  wish  to  study  the  ways  of 
living  animals,  their  struggles  and  loves,  their  homes  and 


15914 


v! 


Preface 


societies.  To  each  of  these  class  s  of  students  a  quarter 
of  this  volume  is  dedicated ;  perhaps  they  will  correct 
their  partiality  by  reading  the  whole. 

As  to  the  two  Appendixes,  I  may  explain  that  instead 
of  giving  references  at  the  end  of  each  chapter,  I  have 
combined  these  in  a  connected  bibliut^aphy ;  the  other 
Appendix  on  "  Animal  Life  and  Ours  "  may  show  how  my 
subject  is  related  to  some  of  the  others  usually  discussed 
in  University  Extension  Courses. 

My  friend  Mr.  Norman  Wyld  has  written  the  three 
chapter,  c.  "  The  Powers  of  Life,"  pp.  1 2  5-1 66,  and  I  am 
also  inu-^'  jd  to  him  for  helpful  suggestions  in  regard  to 
other  parts  of  the  book.  I  have  to  thank  Mr.  Murray, 
Messrs.  Chambers,  and  Mr.  Walter  Scott,  for  many  of 
the  illustrations;  while  several  original  drawings  have 
been  made  for  me  by  my  friend  Mr.  William  Smith. 

Professor  Knight  and  Mr.  John  Murray  have  given 
me  many  useful  hints  while  the  book  was  passing  through 
the  press,  and  Mr.  Ricardo  Stephens  was  good  enough 
to  read  the  proof  sheets. 

J.  A.  T. 


School  of  Medicine, 

Edinburgh,  May  1893 


CONTENTS 

PART   I 

The  Everyday  Life  of  Animals 


CHAPTER    I 

THE  WEALTH  OF  LIFE 

f  Variety  of  life— ^.  Haunts  of  life— :^.  Wealth  of  form— ^  Wealth 
of  numbers— $.   Wealth  of  beauty    .  .  .     Pages  1-17 

CHAPTER    II 

THE   WEB  OF  LIFE 

I.  Dependence  upon  surroundings -^a.  /nter- relations  <f  plants  and 
animals— 2.  Relation  of  animals  to  the  earth— ^.  Nutritive  rela- 
tions—^. More  complex  interactions        .  .  ,     jg.^ 

CHAPTER    III 

THE  STRUGGLE  OF  LIFE 

X.  Nature  and  extent  of  the  struggU—i.  Armour  and  weapons— 
3.  Different  forms  of  struggU-^.  Cruelty  of  the  struggle .     32-45 


VIU 


Contents 


PART   1 


CHAPTER    IV 

SHIFTS  FOR   A  LIVING 

I.  Insulation  — 2.  Concealment — 3.  Parasitism — 4.  General  resem- 
blance to  surroundings— $.  Variable  colouring — 6.  Rapid  change 
of  colour — 7.  Special  protective  resemblance — 8.  Warning  colours 
— 9.  Mimicry — 10.  Masking— ii.  Combination  of  advantageous 
qualities — 12.   Surrender  of  parts  ,  .     Pages  46-66 


CHAPTER    V 

SOCIAL  LIFE  OF   ANIMALS 

Partnerships — 2.  Co-operation  and  division  of  labour — 3.  C7r«- 
garious  life  and  combined  action — 4.  Beavers — 5.  Bees— 6.  Ants 
— 7.  Termites — 8.  Evolution  of  social  life — 9.  Advantages  of 
social  life — 10.  A  note  on  "the  social  organism" — 11.  Con- 
clusions .......     67-94 


CHAPTER    VI 

THE   DOMESTIC  LIFE   OF  ANIMALS 
t.    The  love  of  mates — 2.  Love  and  care  for  offspring 


9S-"6 


CHAPTER    VII 


THE   INDUSTRIES   OF   ANIMALS 


I.    Hunting — 2.    Shepherding — 3.    Storing — 4.    Making  of  homes — 
5.   Movements  .....      117-134 


PAKT  II 


Contents 


ix 


PART   II 
The  Powers  of  Life 

CHAPTER  VIII 

VITALITY 

I.  The  task  of  physiology — 2.  The  seat  0/ life — 3.  7  he  energy  0/ lift — 
4.  Cells,  the  elements  of  life — 5.  The  machinery  of  life — 6.  Proto- 
plasm— 7.  The  chemical  elements  of  lift — 8.  Growth — 9.  Origin 
of  life    ......     Pages  125-142 

CHAPTER    IX 

THE   DIVIDED   LABOURS  OF  THE   BODY 

I.  Division  of  labour — 2.  The  functions  of  the  body:  Movement; 
Nutrition;  Digestion;  Absorption;  The  work  of  the  liwr  and 
the  kidneys;  Respiration;  Circulation;  The  changes  within  the 
cells ;  The  activities  of  the  nervous  system  —  3.  Sketch  of 
Psychology       ......     143.152 

CHAPTER    X 


INSTINCT 

I.    Genetal  usage  of  the  term— 2.    Cartful  usage  of  the  term— 3. 
Examples  of  instinct— ^.   The  origin  of  instinct  ,     153-166 


i  ! 
!  t 


X  Contents  part  m 

PART   III 

The  Forms  of  Animal  Life 

CHAPTER   XI 

THE  ELEMENTS  OF  STRUCTURE 

I.    The  resemblances  and  contrasts  between  plants  and  animals— z. 

The  relaHon  of  the  simplest  animals  to  those  which  are  more  com- 

plex—^    The  parts  of  the  animal  body  ,  ,     Pages  167-183 

CHAPTER    XII 

THE  LIFE-HISTORY  OF  ANIMALS 

I.  Modes  of  reproduction— 2.  Divergent  modes— 2.  Historical—,^.  The 
egg-cell  or  ovum-*s.  The  male-cell  or  spermatozoon— 6.  Matura- 
tioncf  the  ovum— T.  Fertilisation— Z.  Segmentation  and  the ^rst 
stages  in  development  —  <j.  Some  generalisations:  the  ovum 
theory,  the  Gastraa  theory,  fact  of  recapitulation,  organic  con- 
*■««»<>' 184-203 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE  PAST  HISTORY  OF  ANIMALS 

I.   The  two  records  —  2.  Imperfection  of  the  geological  record 3. 

Palaontological  series—^  Extinction  of  types — 5.    Various  diffi- 
culties— 6.  Relative  antiquity  of  animals         ,  .     204-209 


CHAPTER   XIV 

THE  SIMPLEST  ANIMALS 

The  simplest  forms  of  life— Q^.  Surv^  of  Protoaoa—^.  The  common 
Amcaa—^.  Structure  of  the  Prototoa—i.  Life  cf  Prototoa-d, 
Psychical  life  of  the  Prototoa— J.  History  of  the  ProtoMoa—i.  Rela- 
lion  to  the  earth— ^.  Relation  to  other  forms  (f  life— 10,  Relation 
t«man  ......     2io-a2X 


XI 


PART  IV  Contents 

CHAPTER    XV 

BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS 

T.  Sponges — 3.  Stinging  -  animals  or  Cailenteraia—^.  "Worms" — 
4.  £cAinoderms—s.  Arthropods — 6.  Molluscs .     Pages  932-347 

CHAPTER    XVI 

BACKBONED   ANIMALS 

I.  Balanoglossus—3.  Tunicates—^.  The  LnnctUt—4.  Round-mouths 
or  Cyclostomata  —  s.  Fishes  — 6.  Amphibians  — 7.  Reptiles— 9. 
Birds— g.  Mammals  .....     248-272 


PART   IV 

The  Evolution  of  Animal  Life 

CHAPTER    XVII 

THE   EVIDENCES  OF   EVOLUTION 

I.    The  idea  of  evolutior—a.  Arguments  for  evolution  :  Physiological, 
Morphological,  Historical— -i.   Origin  of  life    .  .     273-281 

CHAPTER    XVIII 

THE  EVOLUTION  OF  EVOLUTION  THEORIES 

1.  Greek  philosophers— 3.  AristotU—^.  Lucretius— 4.  Evolutionists 
before  Darwin-i.  Three  old  masters  :  Bujfbn,  Erasmus  Darwin, 
Lamarck— 6.  Darwin— 7.  Darwin's  fellow -workers— i.  The 
present  state  of  opinion  ....     282.302 

CHAPTER    XIX 

THE   INFLUENCE   OF   HABITS   AND   SURROUNDINGS 

I.   The  influence  of  funcHon—a.    The  influence  of  surroundings— 2. 
Our  own  environment .  ....     303.319 


xii 


Contents 


TAKT    IV 


CHAPTER    XX 

HEREDITY 

X.  The  facts  tf  heredity— i.  Theories  of  heredity,  historical  retrospect— 
3.  The  modem  theory  of  heredity— /^.  The  inheritance  cf  acquired 
characters— $.  Social  and  ethical  aspects— 6.  Social  inheritance 

Pages  330-339 

APPENDIX    I 

ANIMAL  LIFE  AND  OURS 

A.  Our  relation  to  animals :  1.  Affinities  and  differences  between  man 
and  monkeys— t.  Descent  cf  man — 3.  Various  opinions  about  the 
descent  of  man— /^.  Ancestors  of  man—S-  Possible  factors  in  the 
ascent  of  man.  B.  Our  relation  to  Biology :  6.  The  utility  of 
science— 7.  Practical  justification  of  biology ~-Z.  Intellectual 
justification  of  biology  .....     340-35° 

APPENDIX    II 

SOME  OF  THE   BEST  BOOKS  ON  ANIMAL  LIFE 

A.  Books  on  "  Zoology  "^ti.  Books  on  "Natural  History" —C. Books 
or  "Biology"  .....     3S1-369 


Index 


37I-37S 


PART  I 

THE  EVERYDAY  LIFE  OF  ANIMALS 


CHAPTER  I 

THE  WEALTH  OF  LIFE 

I.  Variety  of  Life— 2.  Haunts  of  Life~i.  Wealth  of  f-^m— 
4.  Wealth  of  Numbers— s^.  Wealth  of  Beaut;, 

The  first  steps  towards  an  appreciation  of  animal  life  must 
be  taken  by  the  student  himself,  for  no  book-lore  can  take 
the  place  of  actual  observation.  The  student  must  wash 
the  quartz  and  dig  for  the  diamonds,  though  a  book  may 
help  him  to  find  these,  and  thereafter  to  fashion  them  into 
a  treasure. 

Happily,  however,  the  raw  material  of  observation  is  not 
rare  like  gold  or  diamonds,  but  near  to  us  as  sunshine  and 
rain-drops.  Within  a  few  hours'  walk  of  even  the  largest 
of  our  towns  the  country  is  open  and  the  animals  are  at 
home.  Though  we  may  not  be  able  to  see  "the  buzzard 
homing  herself  in  the  sky,  the  snake  sliding  through 
creepers  and  logs,  the  elk  taking  to  the  inner  passes  of 
the  woods,  or  the  razor-billed  auk  sailing  far  north  to 
Labrador,"  we  can  watch  our  own  delightful  birds  building 
their  "homes  without  hands,"  we  can  study  the  frogs  from 
the  time  that  they  trumpet  in  the  early  spring  till  they  or 
their  offspring  seek  winter  quarters  in  the  mud,  we  can 
follow  the  bees  and  detect  their  adroit  burglary  of  the 

B 


I 


!  i 

'     i 

:      I 

11  ! 


ii:    ! 


3  TAe  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 

flowers.  And  if  we  are  discontented  with  our  opportunities, 
let  us  read  Gilbert  White's  History  of  Selborne^  or  how 
Darwin  watched  earthworms  for  half  a  lifetime,  or  how 
Richard  Jefferies  saw  in  the  fields  and  hedgerows  of  Wilt- 
shire a  vision  of  nature,  which  seemed  every  year  to  grow 
richer  in  beauty  and  marvel.  It  is  thus  that  the  study 
of  Natural  History  should  begin,  as  it  does  naturally  begin 
in  childhood,  and  as  it  began  long  before  there  was 
any  exact  Zoology, — with  the  observation  of  animal  life  in 
its  familiar  forms.  The  country  schoolboy,  who  watches 
the  squirrels  hide  the  beech  nuts  and  pokes  the  hedgehog 
into  a  living  ball,  who  finds  the  nest  of  the  lapwings, 
though  they  decoy  him  away  with  prayerful  cries,  who 
catches  the  speckled  trout  in  spite  of  all  their  caution,  and 
laughs  at  the  ants  as  they  expend  hours  of  labour  on  booty 
not  worth  the  having,  is  laying  the  foundation  of  a  naturalist's 
education,  which,  though  he  may  never  build  upon  it,  is 
certainly  the  surest.  For  it  is  in  such  studies  that  we  get 
close  to  life,  that  we  may  come  to  know  nature  as  a  friend, 
that  we  may  even  hear  the  solemn  beating  of  her  heart. 

The  same   truth   has   been  vividly  expressed  by  one 
whose  own  life-work  shows  that  thoroughness  as  a  zoologist 
is  consistent  with  enthusiasm  for  open-air  natural  history. 
Of  the  country  lad   Dr.  C.  T.   Hudson   says,  in  a  Presi- 
dential Address  to  the  Royal  Microscopical  Society,  that  he 
"  wanders  among  fields  and  hedges,  by  moor  and  river,  sea- 
washed  cliff  and  shore,  learning  zoology  as  he  learnt  his 
native  tongue,  not  in  paradigms  and  rules,  but  from  Mother 
Nature's  own  lips.     He  knows  the  birds  by  their  flight  and 
(still  rarer  accomplishment)  by  their  cries.     He  has  never 
heard  of  (Edicnemus  crepitans,  the  Charadrius  pluvialis,  or 
the  Squatarola  cinerea,  but  he  can  find  a  plover's  nest,  and 
has  seen  the  young  brown  peewits   peering  at  him  from 
behind  their  protecting  clods.     F  -.  has  watched  the  cun- 
ning flycatcher  leaving  her  obvious  and  yet  invisible  young 
in  a  hole  in  an  old  wall,  while  she  carries  off  the  pellets 
that  might  betray  their  presence  ;  and  has  stood  so  still  to 
see  the  male  redstart  that  a  field-mouse  has  curled  itself  on 
his  warm  foot  and  gone  to  sleep." 


til 


i    ! 

I    i       ! 


t^jviSWiStX,^-.  - 


CHAP.  I 


The  Wealth  of  Life 


But  the  student  must  also  attempt  more  careful  studies 
of  living  animals,  for  it  is  easy  to  remain  satisfied  with 
vague  "general  impressions."  He  should  make  for  himself 
— to  be  corrected  afterwards  by  the  labours  of  others — a 
"Fauna"  and  "Flora"  of  the  district,  or  a  "Naturalist's 
Year  Book  "  of  the  flow  and  ebb  of  the  living  tide.  He 
should  select  some  nook  or  pool  for  special  study,  seeking 
a  more  and  more  intimate  acquaintance  with  its  tenants, 
watching  them  first  and  using  the  eyes  of  other  students 
afterwards.  Nor  is  there  any  difficulty  in  keeping  at  least 
freshwater  aquaria— simply  glass  globes  with  pond  water 
and  weeds — in  which,  within  small  compass,  much  wealth 
of  life  may  be  observed.  Those  students  are  specially 
fortunate  who  have  within  reach  such  collections  as  the 
Zoological  Gardens  and  the  British  Museum  in  London  ; 
but  this  is  no  reason  for  failing  to  appreciate  the  life  of  the 
sea-shore,  the  moor-^.  id,  and  the  woods,  or  for  neglecting 
to  gain  the  confiden.e  of  fishermen  and  gamekeepers,  or 
of  any  whose  knowledge  of  natural  history  has  been  gathered 
from  the  experience  of  their  daily  life. 

I.  Variety  of  Life.— Between  one  form  of  life  and  another 
there  often  seems  nothing  in  common  save  that  both  are 
alive.  Thus  life  is  characteristically  asleep  in  plants,  it  is 
generally  more  or  less  awake  in  animals.  Yet  among  the 
latter,  does  it  not  doze  in  the  tortoise,  does  it  not  fever  in 
the  hot-blooded  bird.?  Or  contrast  the  phlegmatic  am- 
phibian and  the  lithe  fish,  the  limpet  on  the  ruck  and  the 
energetic  squid,  the  barnacle  passively  pendent  on  the  float- 
ing log  and  the  frolicsome  shrimp,  the  cochineal  insect  like 
a  gall  upon  the  leaf  and  the  busy  bee,  the  sedentaiy  corals 
and  the  free-swimming  jellyfish,  the  sponge  on  the  rock 
and  the  minute  Night-Light  Infusorians  which  make  the 
waves  sparkle  in  the  summer  darkness.  No  genie  of  Oriental 
<"incy  was  more  protean  than  the  reality  behind  the  myth 
— the  activity  of  life. 

2.  Haunts  of  Life.— The  variety  of  haunt  and  home 
is  not  less  striking.     There  is  the  great  and  wide  sea  with 
swimmmg  thmgs  innumerable,  our  modem  giants  the  whales 
the  seals  and  walruses  and  the  sluggish  sea-cows,  the  flipl 


i 


\\ 


4  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  \ 

pered  penguins  and  Mother  Carey's  chickens,  the  marine 
turtles  and  swift  poisonous  sea-serpents,  the  true  fishes  in 
prolific  shoals,  the  cuttles  and  other  pelagic  molluscs; 
besides  hosts  of  armoured  crustaceans,  swiftly-gliding 
worms,  fleets  of  Portuguese  Men-of-War  and  throbbing  jelly- 
fish, and  minute  forms  of  life  as  numerous  in  the  waves  as 
motes  in  the  sunlit  air  of  a  dusty  town. 

"  But  what  an  endless  worke  have  I  in  hand, 
To  count  the  seris  abundant  progeny, 
Whose  fruitful  seede  farre  passeth  those  on  land, 
And  also  those  which  wonne  in  th'  azure  sky ; 
For  much  more  eath  to  tell  the  starres  on  hy, 
Albe  thty  endle   e  seem  in  estimation, 
Then  to  recount  ihe  seas  posterity  ; 
So  fertile  be  the  flouds  in  generation. 
So  huge  their  numbers,  and  so  numberlcsse  their  nation." 

Realise  Walt  Whitman's  vivid  picture  : — 

"  The  World  below  the  brine. 

Forests  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea     the  branches  and  leaves, 

Sea-ktUice,   vast  lii liens,  strange  tluwers  and  seeds,— the  thick 
tang'e,  the  openings,  and  tlic  pink  turf. 

Different  colours,  pale  grey  and  green,  purple,  white,  and  gold— 
the  play  of  light  through  the  water. 

Dumb  swimmers  there  among  the  rocks— coral,  gluten,  grass, 
rushes— and  the  aliment  of  the  swimmers. 

Sluggish  .  sistcnccs  grazing  tlicre,  suspended,  or  slowly  crawling 
close  to  tlie  bottom  : 

The  sperm  whale  nt  the  surface,  blowing  air  and  .piay,  or  dis- 
porting with  his  flukes, 

Tiie  Icaden-eyed  shaik,   ilie  walrus,   tie  turtle,   tlie  hairy  sea- 
leopard,  and  the  sting  r.iy. 

I'assions  there,  wars,  pursuits,  tribes     sight  in  those  ocean  depths 
— breathing  that  thick  breathing  air,  as  so  many  do." 

The  sea  appears  to  have  been  the  cradle,  if  not  the 
birthplace,  of  the  earliest  forms  of  animal  life,  and  some 
have  never  wandered  out  of  hearing  of  its  lullaby.  From 
the  sea,  animals  sceir  to  have  migrated  to  the  shore  and 
thence  to  the  land,  but  also  to  the  <,'cat  depths.  Of  the 
life  of  the  depp  sea  wc  have  had  certain  knowledge  only 


CHAP.   I 


The  Wealth  of  Life 


I 


Fi.;.  I. -Suggestion  of  ilccj,-..-..  llf,-.     (|„  |,,„t  fi.mi  .i  figure  by  W.  Marshall.) 


■.TnK.7?3i«ia^srffi-. 


rSBK.ra&^trznMHK'.Aut^'B^-iii^BEIRf^ii  ::'S1. 


TAe  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


within  the  last  quarter  of  a  century,  since  the  Challenger 
expedition  (1872-76),  under  Sir  Wyville  Thomson's  leader- 
ship, following  the  suggestions  gained  during  the  laying  of  the 
Atlantic  cables  and  the  tentative  voyages  of  the  Lightning 
(1868)  and  the  Porcupine  (1870),  revealed  what  was 
virtually  a  new  world.  During  3^  years  the  Challenger 
explorers  cruised  over  68,900  nautical  miles,  reached  with 
the  long  ann  of  the  dredge  to  depths  equal  to  reversed 
Himalayas,  raised  sunken  treasures  of  life  from  over  300 
stations,  and  brought  home  spoils  which  for  about  twenty 
years  have  kept  the  savants  of  Europe  at  work,  the  results 
of  which,  under  Dr.  John  Murray's  editorship,  form  a 
library  of  about  forty  huge  volumes.  The  discovery  of  this 
ucw  world  has  not  on'y  yielded  rich  treasures  of  knowledge, 
but  has  raised  a  wave  of  wider  than  national  enthusiasm 
which  has  not  since  died  away. 

We  are  at  present  mainly  interested  in  the  general 
picture  which  the  results  of  these  deep -sea  explorations 
present, — of  a  thickly-peopled  region  far  removed  from 
direct  observation,  sometimes  three  to  five  miles  beneath 
the  surface — a  world  of  darkness  relieved  only  by  the  living 
lamps  of  phosphorescence,  of  silent  calm  in  which  animals 
grow  into  quaint  forms  of  great  unifoimity  throughout  wide 
areas,  and  moreover  a  cold  and  plantless  world  in  which 
the  animals  have  it  all  their  own  way,  feeding,  though 
apparently  without  much  struggle  for  existence,  on  their 
numerous  neighbours,  a^d  ultimately  upon  the  small  organ- 
isms which  in  dying  sink  gently  from  the  surface  like  snow- 
flakes  through  the  air. 

Far  otherwise  is  it  on  the  shore — sunlight  and  freshening 
waves,  continual  changes  of  time  and  tide,  abundant  plants, 
crowds  of  animals,  and  a  scrimmage  for  food.  The  shore 
is  one  of  the  great  battlefields  of  life  on  which,  through 
campaign  after  campaign,  animals  have  sharpened  one 
another's  wits.     It  has  been  for  untold  ages  a  great  school. 

Leaving  the  sea-shore,  the  student  miglit  naturally  seek 
to  trace  a  migration  of  animals  from  sea  to  estuary,  ond 
from  the  brackish  \/ater  to  river  and  lake.  But  this  pa^'i, 
though  followed  by  some  animals,  does  not  seem  to  have 


i 


■'CifA_    \-'<^.i^ 


mmsmm 


•yLfrmrssimasaiiaPitrg.^  ,1  c^Mdy 


•kJ-Te 


Tliir 


CHAP.   I 


The  [Vealth  of  Life 


been  that  which  led  to  the  establishment  of  the  greater  part 
of  our  freshwater  fauna.     Professor  Sollas  has  shown  with 
much  conclusiveness  that  the  conversion  of  comparatively 
shallow  continental  seas   into  freshwater  lakes  has  taken 
place  on  a  large  scale  several  times  in  the  history  of  the 
earth.     This  has  been  in  all  likelihood  accompanied  by  the 
transformation   of  marine   into  freshwater  species.      It  is 
thus,  we  believe,  that  our  lakes  and  rivers  were  first  peopled. 
Many  freshwater  forms  differ  from  their  marine  relatives  in 
having  suppressed  the  obviously  hazardous  free-swimming 
juvenile  stages,  in  bearing  young  which  are  sedentary  or  in 
some  way  saved  from  being  washed  away  by  river  currents. 
Minute     and     lowly,    but     marvellously    entrancing,    are 
.merous  Rotifers,  of  which  we  know  much  through  the 
labours  of  Hudson  and  Gosse.     These  minute  forms  are 
among  the  most  abundant  tenants  of  fresh  water,  and  their 
eggs  are  carried  from    one  watershed  to  another  on   the 
wings  of  the  wind  and  on  the  feet  of  birds,  so  that  the  same 
kinds  may  be  found  in  widely   separate  waters.     Let  us 
see  them  in  the  halo  of  Hudson's  eulogy :  "To       ^e  into 
that  wonderful  world  which  lies  in  a  drop  of  water,  crossed 
by  some  atoms  of  green  weed  ;  to  see  transparent  living 
mechanism  at  work,  and  to  gain  some  idea  of  its  modes  of 
action  ;  to  watch   a  tiny  speck  that  can  sail   through  the 
prick  of  a  needle's  point  ;  to  see  its  crystal  armour  flashing 
with  ever-varying  tints,  its  head  glorious  with  the  halo  of  its 
quivering   cilia ;    to  see   it   gliding   through    the   emerald 
stems,  hunting  for  its  food,  i^natching  at  Us  prey,  fleeing 
from   its   enemy,  chasing   its   mate   (th      lercest   of  our 
passions  blazing  in  an  invisib'e  speck)  ;  to  see  it  whirling 
in  a  mad  dance  to  the  sound  of  its  own  music — the  music  of 
its  happiness,  the  exquisite  happiness  of  living, — can  any 
one   who  has  once  enjoyed  th's  siglit,  ever  turn  from  it  to 
mere  books  and  drawings,  without  the  sense  that  he  has 
left  all  fairyland  behind  him?"     Not  less  lively  than  the 
Rotifers   are  crowds   of  minute  crust.iceans  or  water-fleas 
which  row  swiftly  through  the  clear  water,  and  are  eaten  in 
hundreds  by  the  fishes.      Hut  there  are  higher  forms  still : 
crayfish,  and  the  larvjc  of  mayflies  and  dragonflies,  mussels 


ift.vjR:-«p.»« 


_  jL  A  .1!  ^SJ^-  :iKttllWiJ«v-iSiLi  *.K? 


'>3is'-''-fcje»a.'.r!.," 


s 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


and  water-snails,  fishes  and  newts,  the  dipper  and  the  king- 
fisher, the  otter  and  the  vole. 

As  we  review  the  series  of  animals  from  the  simplest 
upwards,  we  find  a  gradual  increase  in  the  number  of 
those  which  Hve  on  land.  The  lowest  animals  are  mostly 
aquatic — the  sponges  and  stinging-animals  wholly  so; 
worm-like  forms  which  are  truly  terrestrial  are  few  com- 
pared with  those  in  water ;  the  members  of  the  starfish 
group  are  wholly  marine ;  among  crustaceans,  the  wood- 
lice,  the  land-crabs,  and  a  few  dwellers  on  the  land,  are 
in  a  small  minority  ;  among  centipedes,  insects,  and  spiders 
the  aquatic  forms  are  quite  exceptional ;  and  while  the  great 
majority  of  mollusrs  live  in  water,  the  terrestrial  snails  and 
slugs  are  legion.  In  the  series  of  backboned  animals, 
again,  the  lowest  forms  are  wholly  aquatic ;  an  occasional 
fish  like  the  climbing- perch  is  able  to  live  for  a  tim- 
ashore  ;  the  mud-fish,  which  can  survive  being  brought  fronj 
Africa  to  Europe  within  its  dry  "  nest "  of  mud,  has  learned 
to  breathe  in  air  as  well  as  in  water  ;  the  amphibians  really 
mark  the  transition  from  water  to  dry  land,  and  usually 
rehearse  the  story  in  each  individual  life  as  they  grow  from 
fish-like  tadpoles  into  frog-  or  newt-like  adults.  Among 
reptiles,  however,  begins  that  possession  of  ihe  earth,  which 
in  mammals  is  established  and  secure.  As  insects  among 
the  backboneless,  so  birds  among  the  backboned,  possess  the 
air,  achieving  in  perfection  what  flying  fish,  swooping  tree- 
frogs  and  lizards,  and  above  all  the  ancient  and  extinct 
flying  reptiles,  have  reached  towards.  Interesting,  too,  are 
the  exceptions — ostriches  and  penguins,  whales  and  bats,  the 
various  animals  which  have  become  burrowers,  the  dwellers 
in  caves,  and  the  thievish  parasites. 

But  it  is  enough  to  empnasise  ^he  fact  of  a  general  ascent 
from  sea  to  shore,  from  shore  to  dry  land,  and  eventually 
into  the  air,  and  the  fact  that  the  haunts  and  homes  of  animals 
are  not  less  varied  than  the  pitch  of  their  life. 

3-  Wealth  f  Form. — As  our  observations  accumjJate, 
the  desire  for  order  asserts  itself,  and  we  should  at  first 
classify  for  ourselves,  like  the  savage  before  us,  allowing 
similar  impressions  to  drav/  together  into  groups,  such  as 


CHAP.  I 


The  Wealth  of  Life 


birds  and  beasts,  fishes  and  worms.  At  first  sight  the  types 
of  architecture  seem  confusingly  numerous,  but  gradually 
certain  great  samenesses  are  discerned.  Thus  we  distin- 
guish as  higher  animals  those  which  have  a  supporting  rod 
along  the  back,  and  a  nerve  cord  lying  above  this  ;  while 
the  Imver  animals  have  no  such  supporting  rod,  and  have 
their  nerve-cord  (when  present)  on  the  under,  not  on  the 
upper  side  of  the  body.  The  higher  or  backboned  seiies 
has  its  double  climax  in  the  Birds  and  the  furred  Mammals. 
Indissolubly  linked  to  the  Birds  are  the  Reptiles, — lizards 
and  snakes,  tortoises  and  crocodiles  —  the  survivors  of  a 
great  series  of  ancient  forms,  from  among  which  Birds,  and 
perhaps  Mammals  also,  long  ago  arose.  Simpler  in  many 
ways,  as  in  bones  and  brains,  are  Amphibians  and  Fishes  in 
close  structural  alliance,  with  the  strange  double-breathing, 
gill-  and  lung-possessing  mud-fishes  as  links  between  them. 
Far  more  old-fashioned  than  Fishes,  though  popularly  in- 
cluded along  with  them,  are  the  Round-mouths— the  half- 
parasitic  hag-fish,  and  the  palatable  lampreys,  with  quaint 
young  sometimes  called  "nine-eyes."  Near  the  ba^e  of 
this  series  is  the  lancelet,  a  small,  almost  translucent 
animal  living  in  the  sea-sand  at  considerable  depths. 
It  may  be  regarded  as  a  far-off  prophecy  of  a  fish. 
Ju't  at  the  threshold  of  the  higher  school  of  life,  the 
sea-squirts  or  Tunicates  have  for  the  most  part  stumbled  ; 
for  though  the  active  younj^  forms  have  been  acknowledged 
for  many  years  as  reputable  Vertebrates,  almost  all  the 
adults  fall  from  this  estate,  and  become  so  degenerate  that 
no  zoologist  ignorant  of  their  life-history  would  recognise 
their  true  position.  Below  this  come  certain  claimants  for 
Vertebrate  distinction,  notably  one  Balattoglossus,  a  worm- 
like animal,  idolised  by  modern  zoology  as  a  connecting  link 
between  the  backboned  and  backboneless  series,  and 
reminding  us  that  exact  boundary-lines  are  very  rare  in 
nature.  For  our  present  purpose  it  is  immaterial  whether 
this  strange  animal  be  a  worm -like  vertebrate  or  a 
vertebrate-like  worm. 

Across   the  line,   among   the   backboneless  animals,  it 
is  more  difficult  to  distinguish  successive  grades  of  higher 


xo 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART   I 


!l 


.i 


i 


!l 


and  lower,  for  the  various  classes  have  progressed  in  very 
different  directions.  We  may  liken  the  series  to  a  school 
in  which  graded  standards  have  given  place  to  classes  which 
have  "  specialised "  in  diverse  studies ;  or  to  a  tree  whose 
branches,  though  originating  at  different  levels,  are  all  strong 
and  perfect.  Of  the  shelled  animals  or  Molluscs  there 
are  three  great  sub -classes,  (a)  the  cuttlefishes  and  the 
pearly  nautilus,  {b)  the  snails  and  slugs,  both  terrestrial  and 
aquatic,  and  {c)  the  bivalves,  such  as  cockle  and  mussel, 
oyster  and  clam.  Simpler  than  all  these  are  a  few  forms 
which  link  molluscs  to  worms. 

Clad  in  armour  of  a  very  different  type  from  the  shells 
of  most  Molluscs  are  the  jointed-footed  animals  or  Arthro- 
pods, including  on  the  one  hand  the  almost  exclusively 
aquatic  crustaceans,  crabs  and  lobsters,  barnacles  and 
"  water-fleas,"  and  on  the  other  hand  the  almost  exclusively 
aerial  or  terrestrial  spiders  and  scorpions,  insects  and  centi- 
pedes, besides  quaint  allies  like  the  '« king-crab,"  the  last  of 
a  strong  race.  Again  a  connecting  link  demands  special 
notice,  Peripatus  by  name,  a  caterpillar-  or  worm- like 
Arthropod,  breathing  with  the  air- tubes  of  an  insect  or 
centipede,  getting  rid  of  its  waste-products  with  the  kidneys 
of  a  worm.  It  seems  indeed  like  «'a  surviving  descendant 
of  the  literal  father  of  flies,"  and  suggests  forcibly  that 
insects  rose  on  wings  from  an  ancestry  of  worms  much  as 
birds  did  from  the  reptile  stock. 

Very  different  from  all  these  are  the  starfishes,  brittle- 
stars,  feather-stars,  sea-urchins,  and  sea-cucumbers,  animals 
mostly  sluggish  and  calcareous,  deserving  their  title  of 
thorny-skinned  or  Echinodermata.  Here  again,  moreover, 
the  sea-cucumbers  or  Holothurians  exhibit  features  which 
suggest  that  this  class  also  originated  from  among 
"  worms." 

But  "  Worms  "  form  a  vast  heterogeneous  «'  mob,"  heart- 
breaking to  those  who  love  order.  No  zoologist  ever  speaks 
of  them  now  as  a  "class"  ;  the  title  includes  many  classes, 
bristly  sea- worms  and  the  familiar  earthworms,  smooth 
suctorial  leeches,  ribbon-worms  or  i  emerteans,  round  hair- 
worms or  Nematodes,  flat  tapeworms  and  flukes,  and  many 


l< 


CHAP.  I 


The  Wealth  of  Life 


II 


others  with  hardly  any  characters  in  common.  To  us  these 
many  kinds  of  "  worms  "  are  full  of  interest,  because  in  the 
past  they  must  have  been  rich  in  progress,  and  zoologists 
find  among  them  the  bases  of  the  other  great  branches — 
Vertebrates,  Molluscs,  Arthropods,  and  Echinoderms. 
"Worms"  lie  in  a  central  (and  still  muddy)  pool,  from 
which  flow  many  streams. 

Lower  still,  and  in  marked  contrast  to  the  rest,  are  the 
Stinging-animals,  such  as  jellyfish  throbbing  in  the  tide, 
zoophytes  clustering  like  plants  on  the  rocks,  sea-anemones 
like  bright  flowers,  corals  half-smothered  with  lime.  In  the 
Sponges  the  type  of  architecture  is  often  very  hard  to  find. 
They  form  a  branch  of  the  tree  of  life  which  has  many 
beautiful  leaves,  but  has  never  risen  far. 

Beyond  this  our  unaided  eyes  will  hardly  lead  us,  yet 
the  pond-water  held  between  us  and  the  light  shows  vague 
specks  like  living  motes,  the  firstlings  of  life,  the  simplest 
animals  or  Protozoa,  almost  all  of  which  have  remained  mere 
unit  specks  of  living  matter. 

It  is  easy  to  write  this  catalogue  of  the  chief  forms  of 
life,  and  yet  easier  to  read  it :  to  have  the  tree  of  life  as  a 
living  picture  is  an  achievement.  It  is  worth  while  to 
think  and  dream  over  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the  animal  king- 
dom— to  secure  representative  specimens,  to  arrange  them 
in  a  suitably  shelver'  cupboard,  so  that  the  outlines  of  the 
picture  may  become  clear  in  the  mind.  The  arrangement 
of  animals  on  a  genealogical  or  pedigree  tree,  which 
Haeckel  first  suggested,  may  be  readily  abused,  but  it  has 
its  value  in  presenting  a  vivid  image  of  the  organic  unity 
of  the  animal  kingdom. 

If  the  catalogue  be  thus  realised,  if  the  foliage  come  to 
represent  animals  actually  known,  and  if  an  attempt  be 
made  to  learn  the  exact  nature,  limits,  and  meaning  of  the 
several  branches,  the  student  has  made  one  of  the  most 
important  steps  in  the  study  of  animal  life.  Much  will 
remain  indeed — to  connect  the  living  twigs  with  those  wliv>se 
leaves  fell  off  ages  ago,  to  understand  the  continual  renewal 
of  the  foliage  by  the  birth  of  new  leaves,  and  finally  to 
understand  how  the  entire  tree  of  life  grew  to  be  what  it  is. 


12 


fl 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 


11 

letters 
Sphenex 


Fig.  2  —Genealogical  Ti.-,- 


.e  Mn.,11    tranche,  in    tl.e  centre  indicate   the  ..lasses  of  "norms-      ,1„ 


I 


CHAP.  I 


The  Wealth  of  Life 


13 


There  is  of  course  no  doubt  as  to  the  fact  that  some  forms 
of  life  are  more  complex  than  others.  It  requires  no  faith 
to  allow  that  the  firstlings  or  Protozoa  are  simpler  than 
all  the  rest ;  that  sponges,  which  are  more  or  less  loose 
colonies  of  unit  masses  imperfectly  compacted  together,  are 
in  that  sense  simpler  than  jellyfish,  and  so  on.  The  animals 
most  like  ourselves  are  more  intricate  and  more  perfectly 
controlled  organisms  than  those  which  are  obviously  more 
remote,  and  associated  with  this  perfecting  of  structure  there 
is  an  increasing  fulness  and  freedom  of  life. 

We  may  arrange  all  the  classes  in  series  from  low  to  high, 
from  simple  to  complex,  but  this  will  express  only  our  most 
generalised  conceptions.  For  within  each  class  there  is 
great  variety,  each  has  its  own  masterpieces.  Thus  the 
simplest  animals  are  often  cased  in  shells  of  .lint  or  lime 
whose  crystalline  architecture  has  great  complexity.  The 
simplest  sponge  is  little  more  than  a  double-walled  sack 
riddled  by  pores  through  which  the  water  is  lashed,  but 
the  Venus'  Flower-Basket  {Euplcctella\  one  of  the  flinty 
sponges,  has  a  complex  system  of  water  canals  and  a 
skeleton  of  flinty  threads  built  up  into  a  framework  of 
marvellous  intricacy  and  grace.  The  lowest  insect  is  not 
much  more  intricate,  centralised,  or  controlled  than  many 
a  womi  of  the  sea-shore,  but  the  ant  or  the  bee  is  a  very 
complex  self-controlled  organism.  More  exact,  therefore, 
than  any  linear  series,  is  the  image  of  a  tree  with  branches 
springing  from  different  levels,  each  branch  again  bearing 
twigs  some  of  which  rise  higher  than  the  base  of  the  branch 
above.  A  perfect  scheme  of  this  sort  might  not  only  express 
the  facts  of  structure,  it  might  also  express  our  notions  of 
the  blood-relationships  of  animals  and  the  way  in  which  we 
believe  that  different  forms  have  arisen. 

But  the  wealth  of  form  is  less  varied  ihan  at  first  sight 
appears.  There  is  great  wealth,  but  the  coinage  is  very 
uniform.  Our  first  impression  is  one  of  manifold  variety ; 
but  that  gives  place  to  one  of  marvellous  plasticity  when 
we  see  how  structures  apparently  quite  different  are  redu- 
cible to  the  same  general  plan.  Thus,  as  the  poet  Goethe 
first  clearly  showed,  the  seed-leaves,  root-leaves,  stem-leaves, 


14 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


VKKt  I 


and  even  he  parts  of  the  flower-sepals,  petals,  stamens, 
and  carpels  are  m  reality  all  leaves  or  appendages  more 
or  less  modified  for  diverse  work.  The  mouth-plrts  Ta 
lobster  are  masticating  legs,  and  a  bird's  wing  is  a  modified 

fh^V  7  r  c  "^^"'■^^'^^^  ^^^'•e  so  far  right  in  insisting  on 
the  fact  of  a  few  great  types.  Nature,  Lamarck  said,  is 
never  ^usque ;  nor  is  she  inventive  so  much  as  adaptive 

4.  Wealth  of  Numbers— Large  numbers  are  so  unthink- 
n..^  f^.^'-^'^'^^y  \  census-taking  is  so  difficult,  that  we 
need  say  little  as  to  the  number  of  different  animals.     The 
census  includes  far  over  a  million  living  species_a  total  so 
rf.  ^''^f°    i  ^%°"r  power  of  realising  it  is  concerned, 
It  IS  hardly  affected  when  we  admit  that  more  than  half 
are  insects.     To  these  recorded  myriads,  moreover,  many 
newly-discovered  forms  are  added  every  year-now  by  the 
individual  workers  who  with  fresh  eye  or  improved  micro- 
scope  find  m  wayside  pond  or  shore  pool  some  new  thine 
or  again  by  great  enterprises  like  the  Challenger  expedition     / 
Exploring  naturalists  like  Wallace  and  Semptr  return  from  / 
tropical  countries  enriched  with  new  animals  from  the  dense 
forests  or  warm  seas.     Zoological  Stations,  notably  that  Si 
,   Naples,  are  "register-houses"  for  the  fauna  of  the  neX 
bpuring  sea,  not  merely  as  to  number  and  form,  2t  in 
many  cases  taking  account  of  life  and  history  as  wdl    Nor 
can  we  forget  the  stupendous  roll  of  the  extinct,  to' which 
the  zoological  historians  continue  to  add  as  they  disentomb 
primitive    mammals,   toothed    birds,    giant    reptiles,    huge 
amphibians    armoured  fishes,  gigantic  cuttles,  and  a  vast 
multitude  of  strange  forms,  the  like  of  which  ho  longer 
•       .  Tf"  °^  '^"  Zoological  Record,  in  which  the 

literature  and  discoveries  of  each  year  are  chronicled,  the 
portentous  size  of  a  volume  which  professes  to  discuss  with 
some  completeness  even  a  single  sub-class,  the  number  of 
special  departments  into  which  the  science  of  zoology  is 
divided,  suggest  the  vast  wealth  of  numbers  at  first  sight  so 
bewildering.  More  than  two  thousand  years  ago  Aristotle 
recorded  a  total  of  about  500  forms,  but  more  newfpedes  may 
be  described  in  a  single  volume  of  the  Challenger  Reports 
We  speak  about  the  number  of  the  stars,  yet  more  than  one 


CHAP.  I 


The  Wealth  of  Life 


15 


family  of  insects  is  credited  with  including  as  many  different 
species  as  there  are  stars  to  count  on  a  clear  night.  But  far 
better  than  any  literary  attempt  to  estimate  the  numerical 
wealth  of  life  is  some  practical  observation,  some  attempted 
enumeration  of  the  inmates  of  your  aquarium,  of  the  tenants 
of  some  pool,  or  of  the  visitors  to  some  meadow.  The 
naturalist  as  well  as  the  poet  spoke  when  Goethe  celebrated 
Nature's  wealth  :  "  In  floods  of  life,  in  a  storm  of  activity, 
she  moves  and  works  above  and  beneath,  working  and 
weaving,  an  endless  motion,  birth  and  death,  an  infinite 
ocean,  a  changeful  web,  a  glowing  life ;  she  plies  at  the 
roaring  loom  of  time  and  weaves  a  living  garment  for  God." 

5.  Wealth  of  Beauty. — To  many,  however,  animal  life 
is  impressive  not  'o  much  because  of  its  amazing  variety 
and  numerical  greatness,  nor  because  of  its  intellectual 
suggestiveness  and  practical  utility,  but  chiefly  on  account 
of  its  beauty.  This  is  to  be  seen  and  felt  rather  than 
described  or  talked  about. 

The  beauty  of  animals,  in  which  we  all  delight,  is  usually 
in  form,  or  in  colour,  or  in  movement.  Especially  in  the 
simplest  animals,  the  beauty  of  form  is  often  comparable  to 
that  of  crystals  ;  witness  the  marvellous  architecture  in  flint 
and  lime  exhibited  by  the  marine  Protozoa,  whose  empty 
shells  form  the  ooze  of  the  great  depths.  In  higher  animals 
also  an  almost  crystalline  exactness  of  symmetry  is  often 
apparent,  but  we  find  more  frequent  illustration  of  graceful 
curves  in  form  and  feature,  resulting  in  part  from  strenuous 
and  healthful  exercise,  which  moulds  the  body  into  beauty. 

Not  a  little  of  the  colour  of  animals  is  due  to  the 
physical  nature  of  the  skin,  which  is  often  iridescent ; 
much,  on  the  other  hand,  is  due  to  the  possession  of  pig- 
ments, which  may  either  be  of  the  nature  of  reserve-products, 
and  then  equivalent,  let  us  say,  to  jewels,  or  of  the  nature  of 
waste-products,  and  thus  a  literal  "beauty  for  ashes."  It 
is  often  supposed  that  plants  excel  animals  in  colour,  but 
alike  in  the  number  and  variety  of  pigments  the  reverse  is 
true.  Then  as  to  movement,  how  much  there  is  to  admire  ; 
the  birds  soaring,  hovering, gliding,  and  diving;  the  monkey's 
gymnastics  ;  the  bat's  arbitrary  evolutions  ;  the  grace  of  the 


x6 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 


fleet  stag ;  the  dolphin  gamboling  in  the  waves  ;  the  lithe 
lizards  which  flash  across  the  path  and  are  gone,  and  the 
snake  flowing  like  a  silver  river :  the  buoyant  swimming  of 
fishes  and  all  manner  of  aquatic  animals ;  the  lobster  darting 
backwards  with  a  powerful  tail-stroke  across  the  pool ;  the 
butterflies  fliuing  like  sunbeams  among  the  flowers.     But 


Fig.  3.— Humming-birils  {Floristiga  'iiellivora)  visiting  flowers.     (From  Belt.) 

are  not  all  the  delights  of  form  and  colour  and  movement 
expressed  in  the  songs  of  the  birds  in  spring  ? 

I  am  quite  willing  to  allow  that  this  beauty  is  in  one 
sense  a  relative  quality,  varying  with  the  surroundings 
and  education,  and  even  ancestral  history,  of  those  who 
appreciate  it.  A  flower  which  seems  beautiful  to  a  bee 
may  be  unattractive  to  a  bird,  a  bird  may  choose  her  mate 
for  qualities  by  no  means  winsome  to  human  eyes,  and  a 


CHAP.  I 


The  Wealth  of  Life 


17 


dog  may  howl  painfully  at  our  sweet  music.  We  call  the 
apple  -  blossom  and  the  butterfly's  wings  beautiful,  partly 
because  the  rays  of  light,  borne  frcm  them  to  our  eyes, 
cause  a  pleasantly  harmonious  activity  in  our  brains,  partly 
because  this  awakens  reminiscences  of  past  pleasant  experi- 
ences, partly  for  subtler  reasons.  Still,  all  heaWiy  organisms 
are  harmonious  in  form,  and  seldom  if  ever  are  their  colours 
out  of  tone  with  their  surroundings  or  with  each  other, — a 
fact  v/hich  suggests  the  truth  of  the  Platonic  conception  that 
a  living  creature  is  harmonious  because  it  is  possessed  by 
a  single  soul,  the  realisation  of  a  single  idea. 

The  plants  which  seem  to  many  eyes  to  have  least 
beauty  are  those  which  have  been  deformed  or  discoloured 
by  cultivation,  or  taken  altogether  out  of  their  natural  set- 
ting ;  the  only  ugly  animals  are  the  products  of  domestica- 
tion and  human  interference  on  the  one  hand,  or  of  disease 
on  the  other ;  and  the  ugliest  things  are  what  may  be  called 
the  excretions  of  civilisation,  which  are  certainly  not  beauty 
for  ashes,  but  productions  by  which  the  hues  and  colours  of 
nature  have  been  destroyed  or  smothered,  where  the  natural 
harmony  has  been  forcibly  put  out  of  tune — in  short,  where 
a  vicious  taste  has  insisted  on  becoming  inventive. 


'■\  \ 


CHAPTER    II 


THE  WEB  OF  LIFE 


Dependence  upon  Surroundings — 2.  Inter-relations  of  Plants  and 
Animals — 3.  Relation  of  Animals  to  the  Earth — 4.  NutHti',  e 
Relations — 5.  Afore  Complex  Interactions 


In  the  filmy  web  of  the  spider,  threads  delicate  but  firm 
bind  part  to  part,  so  that  the  whole  system  is  made  one. 
The  quivering  fiy  entangled  in  a  comer  betrays  itself 
throughout  the  web  ;  often  it  is  felt  rather  than  seen  Vy  the 
lurking  spinner.  So  in  the  substantial  fabric  of  the  world 
part  is  bound  to  part.  In  wind  and  weather,  or  in  the 
business  of  our  life,  we  are  daily  made  aware  of  results 
whose  first  conditions  are  remote,  and  chains  of  influence 
not  difficult  to  demonstrate  link  man  to  beast,  and  flower  to 
insect.  The  more  we  know  of  our  surroundings,  the  more 
we  realise  the  fact  that  nature  is  a  vast  system  of  linkages, 
that  isolation  is  impossible. 

I .  Dependence  upon  SorroandinffS. — Every  living  body 
is  built  up  of  various  arrangements  of  at  least  twelve 
"elements,"  viz.  Oxygen,  Hydrogen,  Carbon,  Nitrogen, 
Chlorine,  Phosphorus,  Sulphur,  Magnesium,  Calcium,  Pot- 
assium, Sodium,  and  lion.  All  these  elements  are  spread 
throughout  the  whole  world.  By  the  magic  touch  of  life 
they  ai-e  built  up  into  substances  of  great  complexity  and 
instability,  substances  very  sensitive  to  impulses  from,  or 
changes  in,  their  surroundings  It  may  be  that  living  matter 
diflfers  from  dead  matter  in  no  other  way  than  thi;      Th- 


I 


CHAP.  II 


The  Web  of  Life 


19 


varied  forms  of  life  crystallise  out  of  their  amorphous 
beginnings  in  a  manner  that  we  conceive  to  be  analogous  to 
the  growth  of  a  crystal  within  its  solution.  Further,  we  do 
not  believe  in  a  "vital  force."  The  movements  of  living 
things  are,  like  the  moveme-i*  o*"  all  matter,  the  expression 
of  the  world's  energy,  an  I  iilusu.tte  the  same  laws;  But 
to  these  matters  we  shall    efrn  in  anoti.er  chapter. 

Interesting,  because  of  •  s  larply  dc  nned  ?nd  far-reaching 
significance,  and  because  ihc  p^^c'^tiai  mass  is  so  nearly 
infinitesimal,  is  the  part  played  by  iron  in  the  story  of  life.  For 
food-supply  we  are  dependent  upon  animals  and  plants,  and 
ultimately  upon  plants.  But  these  cannot  produce  their 
valuable  food-stuffs  without  the  green  colouring-matter  in 
their  leaves,  by  help  of  which  they  are  able  to  utilise  the 
energy  of  sunshine  and  the  carbonic  acid  gas  of  the  air. 
But  this  important  green  pigment  (though  itself  perhaps 
free  from  any  iron)  cannot  be  fonned  in  the  plant  unless 
there  be,  as  there  almost  always  is,  some  iron  in  the  soil. 
Thus  our  whole  life  is  baseu  on  iron.  And  all  our  supplies 
of  energy,  our  powers  of  doing  work  either  with  our  own 
hands  and  brains,  or  by  the  use  of  animals,  or  through  the 
application  of  steam,  are  traceable — if  we  follow  them  far 
enough — to  the  sun,  which  is  thus  the  source  of  the  energy 
in  all  creatures. 

2.  Inter-relations  of  Plants  and  Animals.— We  often 
hear  of  the  "  balance  of  nature,"  a  phrase  of  wide  appli- 
cation, but  very  generally  used  to  describe  the  mutual 
dependence  of  plants  and  animals.  Every  one  will  allow 
that  most  animals  are  more  active  than  most  plants, 
that  the  life  of  the  former  is  on  an  average  more  intense 
and  rapid  than  that  of  the  latter.  For  all  typical  plants 
the  materials  and  conditions  of  nutrition  are  found  in  water 
and  salts  absoibed  by  the  roots,  in  carbonic  acid  gas 
absorbed  by  the  leaves  from  the  air,  and  in  the  energy  of 
tlic  sunlight  which  shines  on  the  living  matter  through  a 
screen  of  green  pigment.  Plants  feed  on  very  simple  sub- 
stances, at  a  low  chemical  level,  and  their  most  char- 
acteristic transformation  of  energy  is  that  by  which  the 
kinetic  energy  of  the  sunlight  is  changed  into  the  potential 


I 


r 


f 


ao 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PAST  t 


energy  of  the  complex  stuffs  which  animals  eat  or  which 
we  use  as  fuel.  But  animals  feed  on  plants  or  on  creatures 
like  themselves,  and  are  thus  saved  the  expense  of  build- 
ing up  food -stuffs  from  crude  materials.  Their  most 
characteristic  transformation  of  energy  is  that  by  which  the 
power  of  complex  chemical  substances  is  used  in  locomotion 
and  work.  In  so  working,  and  eventually  in  dying,  they 
form  waste-products— water  and  carbonic  acid,  ammonia 
and  nitrates,  and  so  on — which  may  be  again  utilised  by 
plants. 

How  often  is  the  inaccurate  statement  repeated  "that 
animals  take  in  oxygen  and  give  out  carbonic  acid, 
whereas  plants  take  in  carbonic  acid  and  give  out  oxygen  "  ! 
This  is  most  misleading.  It  contrasts  two  entirely  dis- 
tinct processes — a  breathing  process  in  the  animal  with 
a  feeding  process  in  the  plant.  The  edge  is  at  once 
taken  off  the  con  rast  when  the  student  realises  that  plants 
and  animals  being  both  (though  not  equally)  ahve,  must 
alike  breathe.  As  they  live  the  living  matter  of  both  is  oxi- 
dised, like  the  fat  of  a  burning  candle ;  in  plant,  in  animal, 
in  candle,  oxygen  passes  in,  as  a  condition  of  li'"e  or  com- 
bustion, and  carbonic  acid  gas  p  sses  out  as  a  waste-pro- 
duct. Herein  there  is  no  difference  except  in  degree  between 
plant  and  animal.  Each  lives,  and  n>ust  therefore  breathe. 
But  the  living  of  plants  is  less  intense,  therefore  the  breath- 
ing process   is  less  marked.      Moreover,  in   sunlight   the 

respiration   is  disguised   by  an   exactly  reverse  process 

peculiar  to  plants— the  feeding  already  noticed,  by  which 
carbonic  acid  gas  is  absorbed,  its  carbon  retained,  and  part 
of  its  oxygen  liberated. 

There  is  an  old-fashioned  experiment  which  illustrates 
the  "balance  of  nature."  In  a  glass  globe,  half-filled 
with  water,  are  placed  some  minute  water-plants  and  water- 
animals.  The  vessel  is  then  sealed.  As  both  the  plants 
and  the  animals  are  absorbing  oxygen  and  liberating  car- 
bonic acid  gas,  it  seems  as  if  the  little  living  world  enclosed 
in  the  globe  would  soon  end  in  death.  But,  as  we  have  seen, 
the  plants  are  able  in  sunlight  to  absorb  carbonic  acid  and 
liberate  oxygen,  and  if  present  in  sufficient  numbers  will 


33F* 


^ 


(.>:' 


CHAP.  II 


TAg  WehofLife 


ai 


I.; 


compensate  both  *or  their  own  breathing  and  for  that  of 
animals.  Thus  ti  e  result  within  the  globe  need  not  be 
suffocation,  but  harmonious  prosperity.  If  the  minute 
animals  ate  up  all  the  plants,  they  would  themselves  die 
for  lack  of  oxygen  before  they  had  eaten  up  one  another, 
while  if  the  plants  smothered  all  the  animals  they  would 
also  in  turn  die  away.  Some  such  contingency  is  apt  to 
spoil  the  experiment,  the  end  of  which  may  be  a  vessel  of 
putrid  water  tenanted  fcr  a  long  time  by  the  very  simple 
colourless  plants  known  as  Bacteria,  and  at  last  not  even 
by  them.  Nevertheless  the  "  vivarium  "  experinient  is  both 
theoretically  and  practically  possible.  Now  in  nature  th^re 
is,  indeed,  no  closed  vivarium,  for  there  is  no  isolation  and 
there  is  open  air,  and  it  is  an  exaggeration  to  talk  as  if  our 
life  were  dependent  on  there  being  u  proportionate  number 
of  plants  and  animals  in  the  neighbourhood.  Yet  the 
"  balance  of  nature  "  is  a  general  fact  of  much  importance, 
though  the  economical  relations  of  part  to  part  over  a  wide 
area  are  neither  rigid  nor  precise. 

We  have  just  mentioned  the  very  simple  plants  call'-d 
Bacteria.  Like  moulds  or  fungi,  they  depend  upon  other 
organisms  for  their  food,  being  without  the  green  colouring 
stuff  so  important  in  the  life  of  most  plants.  These  very 
minute  Bacteria  are  almost  omnipresent ;  in  weakly  animals 
—  and  sometimes  in  strong  ones  too  —  they  thrive  and 
multiply  and  cause  death.  They  are  our  deadliest  foes,  but 
we  should  get  rid  of  them  more  easily  if  we  had  greater  love 
of  sunlight,  for  this  is  thcT  most  potent,  as  well  as  most 
economical  antagonist.  But  it  is  not  to  point  out  the 
obvious  fact  that  a  Bacterium  may  kill  a  king  that  we  have 
here  spoken  of  this  class  of  plants  ;  it  is  to  acknowledge 
their  beneficence.  They  are  the  great  cleansers  of  the 
world.  Animals  die,  and  Bacteria  convert  their  corpses 
into  simple  substances,  restoring  to  the  soil  what  the  plants, 
on  which  the  animals  fed,  originally  absorbed  through 
their  roots.  Bacteria  thus  complete  a  wide  circle ;  th»;y 
unite  dead  animal  and  living  plant.  For  though  many  a 
plant  thrives  quite  independently  of  animals  on  the  raw 
materials  of  earth  and  air,  others  are  demonstrably  raisin^j 


H 


■|«j 


33 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART 


r': 


the  ashes  of  animals  into  a  new  life.  A  strange  pat 
ship  between  Bacteria  on  the  one  hand  and  leguminous  .md 
cereal  plants  on  the  other  has  recently  been  discovered. 
There  seems  much  likelihood  that  with  some  plants  of 
the  orders  just  named  Bacteria  live  in  normal  partner- 
ship. The  legumes  and  cereals  in  question  do  not  thrive 
well  without  their  guests,"  nay  more,  it  seems  as  if  the 
Bacteria  are  able  to  make  the  free  nitrogen  of  the  air 
available  for  their  hosts. 

3.  Relation  of  Animals  to  the  Earth.— Bacteria  are 
extremely  minute  organisms,  however,  and  stories  of 
their  industry  are  apt  to  sound  unreal.  But  this  cannot 
be  said  of  earthworms.  For  these  can  be  readily  seen 
and  watched,  and  their  trails  across  the  damp  footpath, 
or  their  castings  on  the  grass  of  lawn  and  meadow,  are 
familiar  to  us  all.  They  are  distributed,  in  some  form  or 
other,  over  most  regions  of  the  globe  ;  and  an  idea  of  their 
abundance  may  be  gained  by  making  a  nocturnal  expedition 
with  a  lantern  to  any  convenient  green  plot,  where  they 
may  be  seen  in  great  numbers,  some  crawling  about,  others, 
with  their  tails  in  their  holes,  making  slow  circuits  in  search 
of  leaves  and  vegetable  ddbris.  Darwin  estimated  that  there 
are  on  an  average  53,000  earthworms  in  an  acre  of  garden 
ground,  that  10  tons  of  soil  per  acre  pass  annually  through 
their  bodies,  and  that  they  bring  up  mould  to  the  surface  at 
the  rate  of  3  inches  thickness  in  fifteen  years.  Hensen  found 
in  his  garden  64  large  worm-holes  in  I4|  square  feet,  and 
estimated  the  weight  of  the  daily  castings  at  about  2 
cwts.  in  two  and  a  half  acres.  In  the  open  fields,  how- 
ever, it  seems  to  be  only  about  half  as  much.  But  whether 
we  take  Darwin's  estimate  that  the  earthworms  of  England 
pass  annually  through  their  bodies  about  320,000,000  tons 
of  earth,  or  the  more  moderate  calculations  of  Hensen,  or 
our  own  observations  in  the  garden,  we  must  allow  that  the 
soil-making  and  soil-improving  work  of  these  animals  is 
momentous. 

In  Yorubaland,  on  the  West  African  coast,  earthworms 
{Siphonogaster)  somewhat  different  from  the  common  Lum- 
bricus  are  exceedingly  numerous.    From  two  separate  square 


%  U  r 


;i>,«f  .iiifi^. S2^' ,      *tjafcsik26>-:=  m-i 


cha;.  II 


The  Web  of  Life 


23 


feet  of  land  chosen  at  random,  Mr.  Alvan  Millson  collected 
the  worm-casts  of  a  season  and  found  that  they  weighed 
when  dry  io|  lbs.  At  this  rate  about  62,233  tons  of  sub- 
soil would  be  brought  in  a  year  to  the  surface  of  each 
square  mile,  and  it  is  also  calculated  that  every  particle  of 
earth  to  the  depth  of  two  feet  is  brought  to  the  surface  once 
in  27  years.  We  do  not  wonder  that  the  district  is  fertile 
and  healthy. 

Devouring  the  earth  as  they  make  their  holes,  which  are 
often  4  or  even  6  feet  deep ;  bruising  the  particles  in  their 
gizzards,  and  thus  liberating  the  minute  elements  of  the  soil ; 
burying  leaves  and  devouring  them  at  leisure  ;  preparing  the 
way  by  their  burrowing  for  plant  roots  and  rain-drops,  and 
gradually  covering  the  surface  with  their  castings,  worms  have, 
in  th3  history  of  the  habitable  earth,  been  most  important 
factors  in  progress.  Ploughers  before  the  plough,  they 
have  made  the  earth  fruitful.  It  is  fair,  however,  to 
acknowledge  that  vegetable  mould  sometimes  forms  inde- 
pendently of  earthworms,  that  some  other  animals  which 
burrow  or  which  devour  dead  plants  must  also  help  in  the 
process,  and  that  the  constant  rain  of  atmospheric  dust,  as 
Richthofen  has  especially  noted,  must  not  be  overlooked. 

In  1777,  Gilbert  White  wrote  thus  of  the  earthworms — 

"The  most  insignificant  insects  and  reptiles  are  of  much  more 
consequence  and  have  much  more  influence  in  the  economy  of 
nature  than  the  incurious  are  aware  of.  .  .  .  Earthworms,  though  in 
appearance  a  small  and  despicable  link  in  the  chain  of  Nature,  yet, 
if  lost,  would  make  a  lamentable  chasm.  .  .  .  Worms  seem  to  be 
the  great  promoters  of  vegetation,  which  would  proceed  but  lamely 
without  them,  by  boring,  perforatiny;.  and  loosening  the  soil,  and 
rendering  it  pervious  to  rains  and  the  litres  of  plants  ;  by  drawing 
straws  and  stalks  of  leaves  and  twij^s  into  it ;  and,  most  of  all,  by 
throwint;  up  such  infinite  numbers  of  lumps  of  earth  called  worm- 
casts,  which,  being  their  excrement,  is  a  fine  manure  for  grain  and 
grass.  Worms  probably  provide  new  soil  for  hills  and  slopes  where 
the  rain  washes  the  earth  away  ;  and  they  affect  slopes  piobably  to 
avoid  being  flooded.  .  .  .  The  earth  without  worms  would  soon 
l)ecome  cold,  hard-bound,  and  void  of  fermentation,  and  con- 
sequently sterile.  .  .  .  These  hints  we  think  proper  to  throw  out,  in 
order  to  set  the  inquisitive  and  discerning  to  work.     A  good  mono- 


n 


.^tii 


r^ 


.fn- 


^^•IdSRiSw'^^ 


24 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  1 


graph  of  worms  would  afford  much  entertainment  and  information 
hLJoryT"  '""''  '"'  "°"''  "P^"  ^  '^^^^  ^"^  "-  fieldTn  natural 

After  a  while  the  discerning  did  go  to  work,  and  Hensen 
pubhshed  an  important  memoir  in  1877,  while  Darwin^ 
"good  monograph"  on  the  formation  of  vegetable  mould 
appeared  after  about  thirty  years'  observation  in  1881  •  and 
now  we  all  say  with  him,  -  It  may  be  doubted  whether  'there 

prrtTnTh^h'r  "V"f  "''f'  '^^"  P'^y^^  -  important  a 
cStures."         "^  """"^^ "'  ^"'*^  '^'''  lowly-organised 

Prof  Drummond,  while  admitting  the  supreme  imoort 
ance  of  the  work  of  earthworms,  eloquently  ple'lds  the  Ss' 

Tn,  ?  Tul  °',^^'^'^'  "^"^  ^'  ^"  agricultural  agent.  TWs 
insect,  which  dwelt  upon  the  earth  long  before  thf  true  ant 
•s  abunoant  in  many  countries,  and  notably  in  Tropical 
Atrica.  It  ravages  dead  wood  with  great  rapidity  "If 
a  man  lay  down  to  sleep  with  a  wooden  leg.  it  would  be  a 
heap  of  sawdust  in  the  morning,"  while  houses  and  decaying 
forest  trees,  furniture  and  fences,  fall  under  the  jaws  of  hf 
hungry  Termites.  These  fell  workers  are  blind  and  1  ve 
underground  ;  for  fear  of  their  enemies  they  dare  not  show 
fac:e.  and  yet  without  coming  out  of  their  ground  they  cannm 

along"  it!  them''  TL"  "''  ''""'l^''  ^     ^'^^J'  '^'^^  '^'^  8-""^  out 
earthworms,  keep  the  soil  circulating.     The  earth  tu£  cr,Vn 

lief  s;t:?^;::;nii^?d^ '  ^^^^^^"^ 

alluvium  of  a  distZit  vall'J/'  "  '°°''"'^  grains  to  swell  the 


i:i 


T.*apjMBiirwi  vrft  ifc 


CHAP.  II 


The  Web  of  Life 


*l 


The  influences  of  plants  and  animals  on  the  earth  are 
manifold.  The  sea- weeds  cHng  around  the  shores  and 
lessen  the  shock  of  the  breakers.  The  lichens  eat  slowly 
into  the  stones,  sending  their  fine  threads  beneath  the  sur- 
face as  thickly  sometimes  "  as  grass-roots  in  a  meadow-land," 
so  that  the  skin  of  the  rock  is  gradually  weathered  away. 
On  the  moor  the  mosses  form  huge  sponges,  which  mitigate 
floods  and  keep  the  streams  flowing  in  days  of  drought. 
Many  little  plants  smooth  away  the  wrinkles  on  the  earth's 
face,  and  adorn  her  with  jewels ;  others  have  caught  and 
stored  the  sunshine,  hidden  its  power  in  strange  guise  in 
the  earth,  and  our  hearths  with  their  smouldering  peat  or 
glowing  coal  are  warmed  by  the  sunlight  of  ancient  summers. 
The  grass  which  began  to  grow  in  comparatively  modern 
{i.e.  Tertiary)  times  has  made  the  earth  a  fit  home  for  flocks 
and  herds,  and  protects  it  like  a  garment ;  the  forests  affect 
the  rainfall  and  temper  the  climate,  besides  sheltering  multi- 
tudes of  living  things,  to  some  of  whom  every  blow  of  the 
axe  is  a  death-knell.  Indeed,  no  plant  from  Bacterium  to 
oak  tree  either  lives  or  dies  to  itself,  or  is  without  its 
influence  on  earth  and  beast  and  man. 

There  are  many  animals  besides  worms  which  influence 
the  earth  by  no  means  slightly.  Thus,  to  take  the  minus 
side  of  the  account  first,  we  see  the  crayfish  and  their 
enemies  the  water-vohs  burrowing  by  the  river  banks  and 
doing  no  little  damage  to  the  land,  assisting  in  that  process 
by  which  the  surface  of  continents  tends  gradually  to 
diminish.  So  along  the  shores  in  the  .arder  substance 
of  the  rocks  there  are  numerous  borers,  like  the  Pholad 
bivalves,  whose  work  of  disintegration  is  individually  slight, 
but  in  sum-total  great.  More  conspicuous,  however,  is  the 
work  of  the  beavers,  who,  by  cutting  down  trees,  building 
dams,  digging  canals,  have  cleared  away  forests,  flooded 
low  grounds,  and  changed  the  aspect  of  even  large  tracts 
of  country.  Then,  as  every  one  knows,  there  are  injuri- 
ous insects  innumerable,  whose  influence  on  vegetation,  on 
other  animals,  and  on  the  prosperity  of  nations,  is  often 
disastrously  great. 

But,  on  the  other  hand,  animals  cease  not  to  pay  their 


"■*«<  "/a««aBsw!WKA  •  '-'^-<».rij^?^-'%it:i 


- 1 


26 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


filial  debts  to  mother  earth.  We  see  life  rising  like  a  mist 
in  the  sea,  lowly  creatures  living  in  shells  that  are  like 
mosques  of  lime  and  flint,  dying  in  due  season,  and  sinking 
gently  to  find  a  grave  in  the  ooze.  We  see  the  submarine 
volcano  top,  which  did  not  reach  the  surface  of  the  ocean, 
slowly  raised  by  the  rainfall  of  countless  small  shells.  Inch 
by  inch  for  myriads  of  years,  the  snow-drift  of  dead  shells 
fonns  a  patient  preparation  for  the  coral  island.  The 
tiniest,  hardly  bigger  than  the  wind-blown  dust,  form  when 
added  together  the  strongest  foundation  in  the  world.  The 
vast  whale  skeleton  falls,  but  melts  away  till  only  the  ear- 
bones  are  left.  Of  the  ruthless  gristly  shark  nothing  stays 
but  teeth.  The  sea-butterflies  (Pteropods),  with  their  frail 
shells,  are  mightier  than  these,  and  perhaps  the  microscopic 
atomies  are  strongest  of  all.  The  pile  slowly  rises,  and  the 
exquisite  fragments  are  cemented  into  a  stable  foundation 
for  the  future  city  of  corals. 

At  length,  when  the  height  at  which  they  can  live  is 
reached,  coral  germs  moor  themselves  to  the  sides  of  the 
raised  mound,  and  begin  a  new  life  on  the  shoulders  of  death. 
They  spread  in  brightly  coloured  festoons,  and  have  often 
been  likened  to  flowers.  The  waste  salts  of  their  living 
perhaps  unite  with  the  gvpsum  of  the  sea-water,  at  any  rate 
in  some  way  the  originahy  soft  young  corals  acquire  strong 
shells  of  carbonate  of  lime.  Sluggish  creatures  they,  living 
in  calcareous  castles  of  indolence  !  In  silence  they  spread, 
and  crowd  and  smother  one  another  in  a  struggle  for  stand 
ing-room.  The  dead  forms,  partly  dissolved  and  cemented, 
become  a  broad  and  solid  base  for  higher  and  higher  growth. 
At  a  certain  height  the  action  of  the  breakers  begins,  great 
severed  masses  are  piled  up  or  roll  down  the  sloping  sides. 
Clear  daylight  at  last  is  reached,  the  mound  rises  above  the 
water.  The  foundations  are  ever  broadened,  as  vigorously 
out-growing  masses  succumb  to  the  brunt  of  the  waves  and 
tumble  downwards.  Within  the  surface -circle  weathering 
makes  a  soil,  and  birds  resting  there  with  weary  wings,  or 
perhaps  dying,  leave  many  seeds  of  plants  —  the  begin- 
nings of  another  life.  The  waves  cast  up  forms  of 
dormant    life    which    have  floated    from   afar,   and    a   ter- 


■"   "    "'  ^Ei 


mm 


CHAP.  11 


The  Web  of  Life 


27 


restrial  fauna  and  flora  begin.  It  is  a  strange  and  beautiful 
story,  dead  shells  of  the  tenderest  beauty  on  th^  rugged 
shoulders  of  the  volcano ;  corals  like  meadow  flowers 
on  the  graveyard  of  the  ooze ;  at  last  plants  and  trees, 
the  hum  of  insects  and  the  song  of  birds,  over  the  coral 

island. 

4.  Nutritive  Relations.— What  we  may  call  "  nutritive 
chains  "  connect  many  forms  of  life — higher  animals  feed- 
ing upon  lower  through  long  series,  the  records  of  which 
sound  like  the  stoty  of  «'  The  House  that  Jack  built."     On 
land  and  on  the  shore  these  series  are  usually  short,  for 
plants    are    abundant,    and    the    carnivores   feed   on   the 
vegetarians.      In  the  open  sea,  where  there  is  less  vegeta- 
tion, and  in  the  great  depths,  where  there  is  none,  carni- 
vore preys  upon  carnivore  throughout  long  series — fish  feeds 
upon  fish,  fish  upon   crustacean,  crustacean    upon  worm, 
worm  on  debris.     Disease  or  disaster  in  one  link  affects 
the  whole  chain.     A  parasitic  insect,  we  are  told,  has  killed 
off  the  wild  horses  and  cattle  in  Paraguay,  thereby  influencing 
the  vegetation,  thereby  the  insects,  thereby  the  birds.     Birds 
of  prey  and  small  mammals — so-called  "vermin" — are  killed 
off  in  order  to  preserve  the  grouse,  yet  this  interference  seems 
in  part  to  defeat  itself  by  making  the  survival  of  weak  and 
diseased  birds  unnaturally  easy,  and  epidemics  of  grouse- 
disease  on  this  account  the  more  prevalent.     A  craze  of  vanity 
or  gluttony  leads  men  to  slaughter  small  insect-eating  birds, 
but  the  punishment  falls     unluckily  on  the  wrong  shoulders 
— when  the  insects  which  the  birds  would  have  kept  down 
increase  in  unchecked  numbers,  and  destroy  the  crops  of 
grain  and  fruit.     In  a  fuel-famine   men   have  sometimes 
been  forced  to  cut  down  the  woods  which  clothe  the  sides 
of  a  valley,  an  action  repented  of  when  the  rain-storms  wash 
the  hills  to  skeletons,  when  the  valley  .i  flooded  and  the 
local  climate  altered,  and  when  the  birdi   robbed  of  their 
shelter  leave  the  district  to  be  ravaged  by  caterpillar  and 
fly.     American  entomologists  have  proved  that  the  ravages 
of  destructive  insects  may  be  checked  by  importing  and 
fostering  their  natural  enemies,  and  on  the  other  hand,  the 
sparrows  which  have  established  themselves  in  the  States 


i- 1  ■ 


?^^s^ 


38 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 

have  in  some  districts  driven  away  the  titmice  and  thus 
tavoured  the  survival  of  injurious  caterpillars. 

b.  More  Complex  Interactions.— The  flowering  plants 
and  the  higher   insects  have  grown    up  throughout    lone 
ages    together,    in    alternate    influence   and    mutual    per- 
fectmg.     They   now   exhibit   a  notable  degree  of  mutual 
dependence;    the    insects    are    adaoted   for  sipping  the 
nectar    from    the    blossoms;    the   flov  >rs    are    fitted   for 
givmg  or   receiving  the    fertilising   golden  dust  or  pollen 
which  their  visitors,  often  quite  unconsciously,  carry  from 
plant  to   plant.     The  mouth   organs   of  the  insects  have 
to  be    interpreted   in    relation   to  the   flowers   which   thev 
visit;    while    the    latter   show   structures    which    may   be 
spoken  of  as  the  "footprints  "  of  the  insects.     So  exact  is 
the  mutual  adaptation  that  Darwin  ventured  to  prophesy 
from  the  existence  of  a  Madagascar  orchid  with  a  nectar- 
spur  1 1  inches  long,  that  a  butterfly  would  be  found  in  the 
same   locality  with  a  suctorial  proboscis  long  enough  to 
dram  the  cup ;   and  Forbes  confirmed  the  prediction  bv 
discovering  the  insert. 

As  informatioii  on  the  relations  of  flowers  and  insects  is 
readily  attainable,  and  as  the  subject  will  be  discussed  in 
the  volume  on  Botany,  it  is  sufficient  here  to  notice  that  so 
far  as  we  can  infer  from  the  history  half  hidden  in  the 
rocks,  the  floral  wond  must  have  received  a  marked  impulse 
when  bees  and  other  flower-visiting  insects  appeared  ;  that 
for  the  successful    propagation   of  flowering  plants    it   is 
advantageous  that  pollen  should  be  carried  from  one  indi- 
vidual to  another,  in  other  words,  that  cross -fertilisation 
should    be   effected;    and  that,  for  the   great  majority  of 
flowering  plants,  this  is  done  through  the  agency  of  insects 
How  plants  became  bright  in  colour,  fragrant  in  scent,  rich 
m  nectar,  we  cannot  here  discuss  ;  the  fact  that  they  are  so 
is  evident,  while  it  is  also  certain  that  insects  are  attracted 
by  the  colour,  the  scent,  and  the  sweets.     Nor  can  there  be 
any  hesitation  in  drawing  the  inference  that  the  flowers 
which  attracted  insects  with  most  success,  and  insects  which 
got  most  out  of  the  flowers,  would,  ipso  facto,  succeed  better 
in  life. 


CHAP.  II 


The  Web  of  Life 


29 


No  illustration  of  the  web  of  life  can  be  better  than  the 
most  familiar  one,  in  which  Darwin  traced  the  links  of 
influence  between  cats  and  clover.  If  the  possible  seeds  in 
ihe  flowers  of  the  purple  clover  are  to  become  real  seeds, 
they  must  be  fertilised  by  the  golden  dust  or  pollen  from 
some  adjacent  clover  plants.  But  as  this  pollen  is  uncon- 
sciously carried  from  flower  to  flower  by  the  humble-bees, 
the  propositi r  1  must  be  granted  that  the  more  humble-bees, 
the  better  next  year's  clover  crop.  The  humble-bees,  how- 
ever, have  their  enemies  in  the  field-mice,  which  lose  no 
opportunity  of  destroying  the  combs ;  so  that  the  fewer 
field-mice,  the  more  humble-bees,  and  the  better  next  year's 
clover  crop.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  villages,  however,  it 
is  well  known  that  the  cats  make  as  efiective  war  on  the 
field-mice  as  the  latter  do  on  the  bees.  So  that  next  year's 
crop  of  purple  clover  is  influenced  by  the  number  of  humble- 
bees,  which  varies  with  the  number  of  field-mice,  that  is  to 
say,  with  the  abundance  of  cats  ;  or,  to  go  a  step  farther, 
with  the  number  of  lonely  ladies  in  the  village.  It  should 
be  noted,  however,  that  according  to  Mr.  James  Sime  there 
were  abundant  fertile  clover  crops  in  New  Zealand  before  there 
were  any  humble-bees  in  that  island.  Indeed,  many  think 
that  the  necessity  of  cross-fertilisation  has  been  exaggerated. 

Not  all  insects,  however,  are  welcome  visitors  to  plants ; 
there  are  unbidden  guests  who  do  harm.  To  their  visits, 
however,  there  are  often  obstacles.  Stiff  hairs,  impassably 
slippery  or  viscid  stems,  moats  in  which  the  intruders 
drown,  and  other  structural  peculiarities,  whose  origin  may 
have  had  no  reference  to  insects,  often  justify  themselves 
by  saving  the  plant.  Even  more  interesting,  however,  is 
the  preservation  of  some  acacias  and  other  shrubs  by  a 
bodyguard  of  ants,  which,  innocent  themselves,  ward  off 
the  attacks  of  the  deadly  leaf-cutters.  In  some  cases  the 
bodyguard  has  become  almost  hereditarily  accustomed  to 
the  plants,  and  the  plants  to  them,  for  they  are  found  in 
constant  companionship,  and  the  plants  exhibit  structures 
which  look  almost  as  if  they  had  been  made  as  shelters 
for  the  ants.  On  some  of  our  European  trees  similar 
little  homes  or  domatia  constantly  occur,  and  shelter  small 


f1 


I:    -y^ 


30 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


f 


I'ART  I 

insects  which  do  no  harm  to  the  trees,  but  cleanse  them 
from  mjurious  fungi. 

In   many  ways  plants   are   saved  from  the  appetite  of 

animals.       The    nettle 
has    poisonous     hairs  ; 
thistles,  furze,  and  holly 
are  covered  with  spines; 
the    hawthorn    has    its 
thorns    and    the     rose 
its  prickles  ;  some  have 
repulsive  odours ;  others 
contain  oils,  acids,  fer- 
ments,     and      poisons 
.vhich     many     animals 
dislike ;  the  cuckoo-pint 
{Arum)  is  full   of  little 
crystals  which  make  our 
lips  smart  if  we  nibble 
a  leaf.     In  our  studies 
of  plants  we  endeavour 
to  find  out  what  these 
qualities  primarily  mean 
to  their  possessors ;  here 
we  think  rather  of  their 
secondary     significance 
as    protections    against 
animals.       For   though 
snails    ravage    all    the 
plants  in  a  district  ex- 
cept   those    which    are 
repulsive,  the  snails  are 
at  most  only  the  second- 

"^J^  ^'t  t^'^^ft^'t^,   -y  ^f  »-^in  the  evolu- 
(After  Schimper.)  tion    of    the    repulsive 

T,,  .  qualities, 

are  atif  Mhf^  >nter-relations  between  plants  and  animals 
are  agam  .llustrated  by  the  carnivorous,  generally  insecti- 
vorous plants.  It  is  not  our  busine;s%o  discu  s  the 
ongmal  or  primary  import  of  the  pitchers  of  pitcher-plants, 


CHAP.  11 


The  Web  of  Life 


3> 


or  of  the  mobile  and  sensitive  leaves  of  Venus'  \  ly-Trap  ; 
nowadays,  at  any  rate,  insects  are  attracted  to  them, 
captured  by  them,  and  used.  Let  us  take  only  one  case, 
that  of  the  common  Bladderwort  {Utricularid).  Many  of 
the  leaflets  of  this  plant,  which  floats  in  summer  in  the 
marsh  ponJ,  are  modified  into  little  bladders,  so  fashioned 
that  minute  "  water-fleas  " — which  swarm  in  every  comer  of 
the  pool — can  readily  enter  them,  but  can  in  no  wise  get  out 
again.  The  small  entrance  is  guarded  by  a  valve  or  door, 
which  opens  inwar-^s,  but  allows  no  egress.  The  little  crusta- 
ceans are  attracted  by  some  mucilage  made  by  the  leaves,  or 
sometimes  perhaps  by  sheer  curiosity  ;  they  enter  and  cannot 
return  ;  they  die,  and  their  debris  is  absorbed  by  the  leaf. 

Again,  in  regard  to  distribution,  there  are  numerous 
relations  between  organisms.  Spiny  fruits  like  those  of 
Jack-run-the-hedge  adhere  to  animals,  and  are  borne  from 
place  to  place ;  and  minute  water-plants  and  animals  are 
carried  from  one  watercourse  to  another  on  the  muddy 
feet  of  birds.  Darwin  removed  a  ball  of  mud  from  the 
leg  of  a  bird,  and  from  it  fourscore  seeds  germinated.  Not 
a  bird  can  fall  to  the  ground  and  die  without  sending  a 
throb  through  a  wide  circle. 

A  conception  of  these  chains  or  circles  of  influence 
is  important,  not  only  for  the  sake  of  knowledge,  but  also  as 
a  guide  in  action.  Thus,  to  take  only  one  instance  among 
a  hundred,  it  may  seem  a  far  cry  from  a  lady's  toilet-table 
to  the  African  slave-trade,  but  when  we  remember  the  ivoiy 
backs  of  the  brushes,  and  how  the  slaves  are  mainly  used  for 
transporting  the  tusks  of  elephants — a  doomed  race — from 
the  interior  to  the  coast,  the  riddle  is  read,  and  the  respon- 
sibility is  obvious.  Over  a  ploughed  field  in  the  summer* 
morning  we  see  the  spider-webs  in  thousands  glistening 
with  mist-drops,  and  this  is  an  emblem  of  the  intricacy  of 
the  threads  in  the  web  of  life — to  be  seen  more  and  more 
as  our  eyes  grow  c'ear.  Or,  is  not  the  face  of  nature  like 
the  surface  of  a  gentle  stream,  where  hundreds  of  dimpling 
circles  touch  and  influence  one  another  in  an  infinite  com- 
plexity of  action  and  reaction  beyond  the  ken  of  the  wisest  ? 


A 


■% 


''4| 


CHAPTER    III 

THE  STRUGGLE  OF   LIFE 

I.  Nature  and  Extent  of  tkeStruggl,-2.  Armcur  and  Weaiom- 
3.  Different  Forms  of  Struggle  -4.  Cruelty  of  the  Stru^le 

I.  Nature  and  Extent  of  the  Struggle.— If  we  realise 
what  IS  meant  by  the  "web  of  life,"  the  recognition  of 
the  "struggle  for  existence"  cannot  be  difficult  Animals 
do  not  live  m  isolation,  neither  do  they  always  pursue 
paths  of  peace.  Nature  is  not  iike  a  menagerie  where 
beast  IS  separated  from  beast  by  iron  bars,  neither  is  it 
a  mfilde  such  as  would  result  if  the  bars  of  all  the  cages 
were  at  once  removed.  It  is  not  a  continuous  Waterloo, 
nor  yet  an  amiable  compromise  between  weaklings  The 
truth  lies  between  these  extremes.  In  most  places  where 
animals  abound  there  is  struggle.  This  may  be  silent  and 
yet  decisive,  real  without  being  very  cruel,  or  it  may  be 
full  of  both  noise  and  bloodshed. 

This  struggle  is  very  old ;  it  is  older  than  the  conflicts 
^f  men,  older  than  the  ravin  of  tooth  and  claw,  it  U  as  old 
as  life.  The  struggle  is  often  very  keen— often  for  life  or 
death.  But  though  few  animals  escape  experience  of  the 
battlefield— and  for  some  there  seems  no  discharge  from 
this  war— we  must  not  misinterpret  nature  as  "a  continual 
free-fight."  One  naturalist  says  that  all  nature  breathes  a 
hymn  of  love,  but  he  is  an  optimist  under  sunny  southern 
•kies ;  another  compares  nature  to  a  huge  gladiatorial 
show  with  a  plethora  of  fighters,  but  he  speaks  as  a  pes- 


CHAP.  lit 


The  Struggle  of  Life 


simist   from   amid  the  din  of  individualistic  competition. 
Nature  is  full  of  struggle  and  fear,  but  the  struggle  is 
sometimes  outdone  by  sacrifice,  and  the  fear  is  sometimes 
cast  out   by  love.      We   must   be    careful  to  remember 
Darwin's  proviso  that  he  used  the  phrase  "struggle  for 
existence  "  "  in  a  large  and  metaphorical  sense,  including  the 
dependence  of  one  being  on  another,  and  including  (which 
is  more  important)  not  only  the  life  of  the  individual,  but 
success  in  leaving  progeny."     He  also  acknowledged  the 
importance  of  mutual  aid,  sociability,  and  sympathy  among 
animals,  though  he  did  not  carefully  estimate  the  relative 
importance  of  competition  on  the  one  hand  and  sociability 
on  the  other.     Discussing  sympathy,  Darwin  wrote,   "  In 
however  complex  a  manner  this  feeling  may  have  originated, 
as  it  is  one  of  high  importance  to  all  those  animals  which 
aid  and  defend  one  another,  it  will  have  been  increased 
through    natural    selection ;    for  those  communities  which 
included   the   greatest  number  of  the   most    sympathetic 
members  would  flourish  best,  and  rear  the  greatest  number 
of  offspring."      I    should    be    sorry   to   misrepresent    the 
opinions   of  any   man,    but    after   considerable    study   of 
modern  Darwinian  literature,  I  feel  bound  to  join  in  the 
protest  which  others  have    raised    against  a  tendency  to 
narrow  Darwin's  conception  of  "the  struggle  for  existence," 
by  exaggerating  the  occurrence  of  internecine  competitive 
struggle.     Thus  Huxley  says,  "  Life  was  a  continuous  free- 
fight,  and  beyond  the  limited  and  temporary  relations  of 
the  family,  the  Hobbesian  war  of  each  against  all  was  the 
normal   state   of  existence."      Against  which    Kropotkine 
maintains  that  this  "view  of  natt  z  has  as  little  claim  to 
be  taken  as  a  scientific  deduction  as  the  opposite  view  of 
Rousseau,  who  saw  in  nature  but  love,  peace,  and  harmony 
destroyed  by  the  accession  of  man."  ..."  Rousseau  has 
committed  the  error  of  excluding  the  beak-and-claw  fight 
from  his  thoughts,  and  Huxley  is  committing  the  opposite 
error;  but  neither  Rousseau's  optimism  nor  Huxley's  pessi- 
mism can  be  accepted  as  an  impartial  interpretation  of 
nature." 

a.  Armour  and  Weapons.— If  you  doubt  the  reality 

o 


34 


TJie  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 


of  the  struggle,  take  a  survey  of  the  different  classes  of 
animals.  Ever)rwhere  they  brandish  weapons  or  are  forti- 
fied with  armour.  "The  world,"  Diderot  said,  "is  the 
abode  of  the  strong."  Even  some  of  the  simplest 
animals  have  offensive  threads,  prophetic  of  the  poison- 
ous lassoes  with  which  jellyfish  and  sea-anemones  are 
equipped.  Many  worms  have  horny  jaws;  crustaceans 
have  strong  pincers;  many  insects  have  stings,  not  to 
speak  of  mouth  organs  like  surgical  instruments ;  spiders 
give  poisonous  bites  ;  snails  have  burglars'  files ;  the  cuttle- 
fish have  strangling  suckers  and  parrots'  beaks.  Among 
backboned  animals  we  recall  the  teeth  of  the  shark  and  the 
sword  of  the  swordfish,  the  venomous  fangs  of  serpents,  the 
jaws  of  crocodiles,  the  beaks  and  talons  of  birds,  the  horns 
and  hoofs  and  canines  of  mammals.  Now  we  do  not  say 
that  these  and  a  hundred  other  weapons  were  from  their 
first  appearance  weapons,  indeed  we  know  that  most  of 
them  were  aot.  But  they  are  weapons  now,  and  just  as  we 
would  conclude  that  there  was  considerable  struggle  in  a 
community  where  every  man  bore  a  revolver,  we  must 
draw  a  similar  inference  from  the  offensive  equipment  of 
animals. 

As  to  armoured  beasts,  we  remember  that  shells  of  lime 
or  flint  occur  in  many  of  the  simplest  animals,  that  most 
sponges  are  so  rich  in  spicules  that  they  are  too  gritty  to 
be  pleasant  eating,  that  corals  are  polypes  within  shells 
of  lime,  that  many  wonns  live  in  tubes,  that  the  members 
of  the  starfish  class  are  in  varying  degrees  lime-clad,  that 
crustaceans  and  insects  are  emphatically  armoured  animals, 
and  that  the  majority  of  moiiuscs  live  in  shells.  So  among 
backboned  animals,  how  thoroi'^hly  bucklered  were  the 
fishes  of  the  old  red  sandstone  aJ,^^inst  hardly  less  effect- 
ive teeth,  how  the  scales  of  modem  fishes  glitter,  how 
securely  the  sturgeon  swims  with  its  coat  of  bony  'mail ! 
-Amphibians  arc  mostly  weaponless  and  armourless,  but 
reptiles  are  scaly  animals  par  exxcllence,  and  the  tortoise, 
for  instance,  lives  in  an  almost  impregnable  citadel.  Birds 
soar  above  pursuit,  and  mammals  are  swift  and  strong, 
but  among  the  latter  the  armadillos  liave  bony  shields  of 


CHAP,  in  The  Struggle  of  Life  35 

marvellous  strength,  and  hedgehog  and  porcupine  have 
their  hair  hardened  into  spines  and  quills.  Now  we  do  not 
say  that  all  these  structures  were  from  the  first  of  the 
nature  of  armour,  indeed  they  admit  of  other  explanah'ons, 
but  that  they  serve  as  armour  now  there  can  be  no  doubt. 
And  just  as  we  conclude  that  a  man  would  not  wear 
a  chain  shirt  without  due  reason,  so  we  argue  from  the 
prevalence  of  animal  armour  to  the  reality  of  struggle. 

For  a  moment  let  me  delay  to  explain  the  two  saving- 
clauses  which  I  have  inserted.  The  pincers  of  a  crab  are 
modified  legs,  the  sting  of  a  bee  has  probably  the  same 
origin,  and  it  is  likely  that  most  weapons  originally  served 
some  ether  than  offensive  purpose.  We  hear  of  spears 
becoming  pruning-hooks ;  the  reverse  has  sometimes  been 
true  alike  of  animals  and  of  men.  By  sheer  use  a  structure 
not  originally  a  weapon  became  strong  to  slay ;  for  there 
is  a  profound  biological  truth  in  the  French  proN  jrb  :  "  A 
force  de  forger  on  devient  forgeron" 

And  again  as  to  armour,  it  is,  or  was,  well  known  that  a 
boy's  hand  often  smitten  by  the  "  tawse  "  became  callous  as 

to  its  epidermis.     Now  that  callousness  was  not  a  device 

providential  or  otherwise— to  save  the  youth  from  the  pains 
of  chastisement,  and  yet  it  had  that  effect.  Hy  bearing 
blows  one  naturally  and  necessarily  becomes  thick-skinned. 
Moreover,  the  epidermic  callousness  referred  to  might  be 
acquired  by  work  or  play  altogether  apart  from  school 
discipline,  though  it  might  also  be  the  effect  of  the  blows. 
In  the  same  way  many  structures  which  are  most  useful  as 
armour  may  be  the  "mechanical"  or  natural  results  of 
what  they  afterwards  help  to  obviate,  or  they  may  arise 
quite  apart  from  their  future  significance. 

3-  Different  Porms  of  Struggle.— If  you  ask  why 
animals  do  not  live  at  peace,  I  answer,  more  Scoitko, 
Why  do  not  we  ?  The  desires  of  animals  conflict  with 
those  of  their  neighbours,  hence  the  struggle  for  bread 
ind  the  competition  for  mates.  Hunger  and  love  solve 
the  world's  problems.  Mouths  have  to  be  filled,  but 
population  tends  locally  and  temporarily  to  outrun  the 
means  of  subsistence,  and  the  question  "which  mouths" 


r^w 


ip^^?* 


CHAP.  Ill 


The  Struggle  of  Life 


37 


has  to  be  decided — sometimes  by  peaceful  endeavour,  as 
in  migration,  sometimes  with  teeth  clenched  or  ravenous. 
Many  animals  are  carnivorous,  and  must  prey  upon  weaker 
forms,  which  do  their  best  to  resist  Mates  also  have  to 
be  won,  and  lover  may  fight  with  lover  till  death  is  stronger 
than  both.  But  these  struggles  for  food  and  for  mates  are 
often  strivings  rather  than  strife,  nor  is  a  recognition  of  the 
frequent  keenness  and  fierceness  of  the  competition  incon- 
sistent with  the  recognition  of  mutual  aid,  sociability,  and 
love.  There  is  a  third  form  of  the  struggle, — that  between 
an  animal  and  its  changeful  surroundings.  This  also  is  a 
struggle  withoit  strife.  Fellow  competitors  strive  for  their 
share  of  the  limited  means  of  subsistence ;  between  foes 
there  is  incessant  thrust  and  parry ;  in  the  courtship  of 
mates  tli«  le  are  many  disappointed  and  worsted  suitors ; 
over  all  are  the  shears  of  fate — a  changeful  physical 
environment  which  has  no  mercy. 

An  analysis  of  the  various  forms  of  struggle  may  be 
attempted  as  follows : 

(a)  Between  animals  of  the  same  kind  which 
compete  for  similar  food  and  other 
necessaries  of  life — Struggle  between 
fellows. 

{b)  Between  animals  of  diffefent  kinds,  the 
one  set  striving  to  devour,  the  other  set 
endeavouring  to  escape  their  foes,  e.g. 
between  carnivores  and  herbivores — 
Struggle  between  foes. 

(f)  Between  the  rival  suitors  for  desired 
mates — Struggle  between  rivals  in 
love. 


For 
Food 


For 
Love 

For 
Foot- 
hold 


{(i)  Between  animals  and  changeful  surround- 
ings — Struggle  with  fate. 


In  most  cases,  besides  the  egoism  or  individualism,  one 
must  recognise  the  existence  of  altruism,  paren,  love  and 
sacrifice,  mutual  aid,  care  for  others,  and  sociality. 


38 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 

Before  we  consider  these  different  forms  of  struggle,  let 
us  notice  the  rapid  multiplication  of  individuals  which 
furnishes  the  material  for  what  in  "a  wide  and  meta- 
phorical sense  "  may  be  called  a  "  battlefield." 

A  single  Infusorian  may  be  the  ancestor  of  millions  by 
the  end  of  a  week.  A  female  aphis,  often  producing  one 
offspring  per  hour  for  days  together,  might  in  a  season  be 
the  ancestor  of  a  progeny  of  atomies  which  would  weigh 
down  five  hundred  millions  of  stout  men.  "  The  roe  of  a 
cod  contains  sometimes  nearly  ten  million  eg^s,  and  sup- 
posing each  of  these  produced  a  young  fish  which  arrived 
at  maturity,  the  whole  sea  would  immediately  become  a 
solid  mass  of  closely  packed  codfish."  The  unchecked 
multiplication  of  a  few  mice  or  rabbits  would  soon  leave  no 
standing-room  on  earth. 

But  fortunately,  with  the  exception  of  the  Infusorians,  these 
multiplications   do   not   occur.      We   have   to   thank   the 
struggle  in  nature,  and  especially  the  physical  environment 
that  they  do  not.     The  fable  of  Mirza's  bridge  is  continually 
true, — few  get  across. 

(a)  It  is  often  said  that  the  struggle  between  fellows  of  the 
same  kind  and  witli  the  same  needs  is  keenest  of  all,  but 
this  is  rather  an  assumption  than  an  induction  from  facts. 
The  widespread  opinion  is  partly  due  to  an  a  priori  con- 
sideration of  the  problem,  partly  to  that  anthropomorphism 
which  so  easily  besets  us.  We  transfer  to  the  animal 
world  our  own  experience  of  keen  competition  with  fellows 
of  the  same  caste,  and  in  so  doing  are  probably  unjust 
Thus  Mr.  Grant  Allen  says — 

"  The  baker  does  not  fear  the  competition  of  the  butcher  in  the 
struggle  for  life ;  it  is  the  competition  of  the  other  bakers  that 
sometimes  inexorably  crushes  him  out  of  existence.  ...  In  this 
way  the  great  enemies  of  the  individual  herbivores  are  not  the 
carnivores,  but  the  other  herbivores.  ...  It  is  not  so  much  the 
battle  between  the  tiger  and  the  antelope,  between  the  wolf  and 
the  bison,  between  the  snake  and  the  bird,  that  ultimately  results 
in  natural  selection  or  survival  of  the  fittest,  as  the  struggle  between 
tiger  and  tiger,  between  bison  and  bison,  between  snake  and  aiiakc 
between  antelope  and  antelope.  .  .  .  Homo  komini  lupus,  says 
the  old  proverb,  and  so,  we  may  add,  in  a  wider  sense,  lupus  lupo 


CHAP.  Ill 


Ike  Struggle  of  Life 


39 


lupus,  also.   .  .  .  The  struggle  i.;  fierce  between  allici.  kinds,  and 
fiercest  of  all  between  individual  members  of  the  same  species." 

I  have  quoted  these  sentences  because  they  are  clearly  and 
cleverly  expressed,  after  the  manner  of  Grant  Allen,  but  I 
do  not  believe  that  they  are  true  statements  of  facts.  The 
evidence  is  very  unsatisfactory.  In  his  paragraph  sum- 
marised as  "struggle  for  life  most  severe  between  indi- 
viduals and  varieties  of  the  same  species ;  often  severe 
between  species  of  the  same  genus,"  Darwin  gave  five 
illustrations  :  one  species  of  swallow  is  said  to  have  ousted 
another  in  North  America,  the  missel-thrush  has  increased 
in  Scotland  at  the  expense  of  the  song-thrush,  the  brown 
rat  displaces  the  black  rat,  the  small  Asiatic  cockroach 
drives  its  great  congener  before  it,  the  hive-bee  imported 
to  Australia  is  rapidly  exterminating  the  small,  stingless 
native  bee.  But  the  cogency  of  these  instances  may  be 
disputed :  thus  what  is  said  about  the  thrushes  is  denied  by 
Professor  Newton.  And  on  the  other  hand,  we  know  that 
reindeer,  beavers,  lemming,  buffaloes  and  many  other 
animals  migrate  when  the  means  of  subsistence  are  unequal 
to  the  demands  of  the  population,  and  there  are  other 
peaceful  devices  by  which  animals  have  discovered  a  way 
out  of  a  situation  in  which  a  life-and-death  struggle  might 
seem  inevitable.  Very  instructive  is  the  fact  that  beavers, 
when  too  numerous  in  one  locality,  divide  into  two  parties 
and  migrate  up  and  down  stream.  The  old  proverb  which 
Grant  Allen  quotes,  Homo  homini  lupus,  appears  to  me  a 
libellous  inaccuracy ;  the  extension  of  the  libel  to  the 
animal  world  has  certainly  not  been  justified  by  careful 
induction.  For  a  discussion  of  the  alleged  competition 
between  fellows,  I  refer,  and  that  with  pleasure  and  grati- 
tude, to  Kropotkine's  articles  on  '*  Mutual  Aid  among 
Animals,"  Nineieenth  Century,  September  and  November 
1890. 

{V)  Of  the  struggle  between  foes  difTering  widely  in  kind 
little  need  be  said.  It  is  very  apparent,  especially  in  wild 
countries.  Carnivores  prey  upon  herbivores,  which  some- 
times unite  in  successful  resistance.     Birds  of  prey  devour 


mnp 


40 


"V 


if 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


small  mammals,  and  sometimes  have  to  fight  hard  for  their 
booty.  Reptiles  also  have  their  battles— witness  the  combats 
between  snake  and  mongoose.  In  many  cases,  however 
carnivorous  animals  depend  upon  small  fry;  thus  many 
birds  feed  on  fishes,  insects,  and  worms,  and  many  fishes 
live    on    minute   crustaceans.       In   such    cases    the    term 


Fig.  6. -Weasel  attacking  a  grouse.    (From  St.  John's  mid  Sports.) 

Struggle  must  again  be  used  "  in  a  wide  and  metaphorical 


i/Mihv- 


sense 


(r)  In  a  great  number  of  cases  there  is  between  rival  males 
a  contest  for  the  possession  of  the  females,-a  competition 
m  which  beauty  and  winsomeness  are  sometimes  as  im- 
portant as  strength.  Contrast  the  musical  competition 
between  rival  songsters  with  the  fierce  combats  of  the  stags 


CHAP.   Ill 


The  Struggle  of  Life 


41 


Many  animals  are  not  monogamous,  and  this  causes  strife  ; 
a  male  seal,  for  instance,  guards  his  harem  with  ferocity. 

(rf)  Finally,  physical  nature  is  qui  te  careless  of  life.  Changes 
of  medium,  temperature,  and  moisture,  continually  occur, 
and  the  animals  flee  for  their  lives,  adapt  themselves  to 
new  conditions,  or  perish.  Cataclysms  are  rare,  but 
changes  are  common,  and  especially  in  such  schools  of 
experience  as  the  sea-shore  we  may  study  how  vicissitude 
has  its  victims  or  its  victors. 

The  struggle  with  Fate,  that  is  to  say,  with  changeful 
surroundings,  is  more  pleasant  to  contemplate  than  the 
other  kinds  of  struggle,  for  at  the  rigid  mercilessness  of 
physical  nature  we  shudder  less  than  at  the  cruel  competi- 
tion between  living  things,  and  we  are  pleased  with  the 
devices  by  which  animals  keep  their  foothold  against  wind 
and  weather,  storm  and  tide,  drought  and  cold.  One  illus- 
tration must  suffice  :  drought  is  common,  pools  are  dried  up, 
the  inhabitants  are  left  to  perish.  But  often  the  organism 
draws  itself  together,  sweats  off  a  protective  sheath,  which 
is  not  a  shroud,  and  waits  until  the  rain  refreshes  the  pools. 
Not  the  simplest  animals  only,  but  some  of  comparatively 
high  degree,  are  thus  able  to  survive  desiccation.  The 
simplest  animals  encyst,  and  may  be  blown  about  by  the 
wind,  but  they  rest  where  moisture  moors  them,  and  are 
soon  as  lively  as  ever.  Leaping  a  long  way  upwards,  we 
find  that  the  mud- fish  {Protopterus)  can  be  transported 
from  Africa  to  Northern  Europe,  dormant,  yet  alive, 
within  its  ball  of  clay.  We  do  not  believe  in  toads  appear- 
ing out  of  marble  mantelpieces,  and  a  palaeontologist  will 
but  smile  if  you  tell  him  of  a  frog  which  emerged  from  an 
intact  piece  of  old  red  sandstone,  but  amphibians  may 
remain  for  a  long  time  dormant  either  in  the  mud  of  their 
native  pools  or  in  some  out-of-the-way  chink  whither  they 
had  wandered  in  their  fearsome  youth. 

A  shop  which  had  once  been  used  in  the  preparation 
of  bone-dust  was  after  prolonged  emptiness  reinstated  in  a 
new  capacity.  But  it  was  soon  fearfully  infested  with  mites 
{Glyciphagus\  which  had  been  harboured  in  crevices  in  a 
strange  state  of  dry  dormancy.     Every  mite  had  in  a  sense 


49 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART 


^   s' 


died,  but  remnant  cells  in  the  body  of  each  had  clubbed 
together  in  a  life-preserving  union  so  effective  that  a  return 
of  prosperity  was  followed  by  a  reconstitution  of  mites  and 
by  a  plague  of  them.     Of  course  great  caution  must  be 
exercised  with  regard  to  all  such  stories,  as  well  as  in 
regard   to  the   toads   within   stones.      Of  common   little 
animals  known  as  Rotifers,  it  is  often  said,  and  sometimes 
rightly,  that  they  can  survive  prolonged  desiccation.     In  a 
small  pool  on  the  top  of  a  granite  block,  there  flourished  a 
family  of  these  Rotifers.     Now  this  little  pool  was  period- 
ically swept  dry  by  the  wind,   and   in    the   hollow  there 
remained  only  a  scum  of  dust.     But  when  the  rain  returned 
and  filled  the  pool,  there   were   the  Rotifers  as  lively  as 
ever.     What   inference  was  more    natural    than    that  the 
Rotifers   survived    the   desiccation,   and    lay   doi-mant   till 
moisture  returned.?     But  Professor  Zacharias  thought  he 
would  like  to  observe  the  actual  revivification,  and  taking 
some  of  the  dusty  scum  home,  placed  it  under  his  micro- 
scope on  a  moist  slide,  and  waited  results.     There  were  the 
corpses  of  the  Rotifers  plain  enough,  but  they  did  tiot  revive 
even  in  abundant  moisture.     What  was  the  explanation  ? 
The  eggs  of  these  Rotifers  survived,  they  developed  rapidly, 
they  reinstated  the  family.     And  of  course  it  is  much  easier 
to  understand  how  single  cells,  as  eggs  are,  could  survive 
being  dried  up,  while  their  much  more  complex  parents 
perished.     I  do  not  suggest  that  no  Rotifers  can  survive 
desiccation,  it  is   certain   that  some  do;  but  the  story  I 
have  told  shows  the  need  of  caution.     There  is  no  doubt, 
moreover,  that  certain  simple  "worms,"  known  as  "paste- 
eels,"  « vinegar-eels,"  etc.,  from  their  frequent  occurrence 
in  such  substances,  can  survive  desiccation  for  many  years. 
Repeated  experiments  have  shown  that  they  can  lie  dormant 
for  as  long  as,  but  not  longer  than,  fourteen  years  !  and  it 
is  interesting  to  notice  that  the  more  prolonged  the  period 
of  desiccation  has  been,  the  longer  do  these  threadworms 
take  to  revive  after  moisture  has  been  supplied.      It  seems 
as  if  the  life  retreated  further  and  further,  till  at  length  it 
may  retreat  beyond  recall.     In  regard  to  plants  there  are 
many  similar  facts,  for  though  accounts  of  the  germination 


CRAP.  Ill 


The  Struggle  of  Life 


43 


of  seeds  from  the  mummies  of  the  pyramids,  or  from  the 
graves  of  the  Incas,  are  far  from  satisfactory,  there  is  no 
doubt  that  seeds  of  cereals  and  leguminous  plants  may 
retain  their  life  in  a  dormant  state  for  years,  or  even  for 
tens  of  years. 

But  desiccation  is  only  one  illustration  out  of  a  score 
of  the  mariner  in  which  animals  keep  their  foothold  against 
fate.  I  need  hardly  say  that  they  are  often  unsuccessful ; 
the  individual  has  often  fearful  odds  against  it.  How  many 
winged  seeds  out  of  a  thousand  reach  a  fit  resting-place 
where  they  may  germinate  ?  Professor  Mobius  says  that 
out  of  a  million  oyster  embryos  only  one  individual  grows 
up,  a  mortality  due  to  untoward  currents  and  surroundings, 
as  well  as  to  hungry  mouths.  Yet  the  average  number  of 
thistles  and  oysters  tends  to  continue,  "  So  careful  of  the 
type  she  seems,  so  careless  of  the  single  life."  Yet  though 
the  average  usually  remains  constant,  there  is  no  use  trying 
to  ignore,  what  Richard  Jefferies  sometimes  exaggerated, 
that  the  physical  fates  are  cruel  to  life.  But  how  much 
wisdom  have  they  drilled  into  us  ? 

"  For  life  is  not  as  idle  ore, 

But  iron  dug  from  central  gloom, 
And  heated  hot  with  burning  fears. 
And  dipt  in  baths  of  hissing  tears, 

And  battered  by  the  shocks  of  doom 

To  shape  and  use." 

4.  Ornelty  of  the  Struggle. — Opinions  differ  much  as 
to  the  cruelty  of  the  "  struggle  for  existence,"  and  the 
question  is  one  of  interest  and  importance.  Alfred  Russel 
Wallace  and  others  try  to  persuade  us  that  our  ccnception 
of  the  "cruelty  of  nature"  is  an  anthropomorphism;  that, 
like  Balbus,  animals  do  not  fear  death  ;  that  the  rabbit 
rather  enjoys  a  run  before  the  fox  ;  that  thrilling  pain  soon 
brings  its  own  anaesthetic ;  that  violent  death  has  its 
pleasures,  and  starvatioii  its  excitement.  Mr.  Wallace, 
who  speaks  with  the  authority  of  long  and  wide  ex- 
perience, enters  a  vigorous  protest  against  Professor 
Huxley's   description    of  the    myriads   of  generations   of 


»^ 


44 


''  '"''^iwWIipWWMIiiii'.tii'yiiii  11 /I'm 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART    I 

herbivorous   animals    "which  have   been   tormented   and 
devoured  by  carnivores  "  ;  of  both  alike  "  subject  to  all  the 

tTr"''  f"S^'?"'  '°  °'^  "«"'  ^•^^^^'  ^"d  over-multiplica 
tion  ;  of  the  "more  or  less  enduring  suffering"  which  is 
the  meed  of  both  vanquished  and  victor;  of  the  whole 
creation  groaning  in  pain.  "There  is  good  reason  to 
believe."  says  Mr.  Wallace,  "  that  the  supposed  to  ments 
and  niisenes  of  animals  have  little  real  existence,  but  are 
the  reflection  of  the  imagined  sensations  of  cultivated  men 
and  women  in  similar  circumstances,  and  that  the  amount 

aL'n?«t      r"\  '^""'f  ""'  ''''  ^^^"^^"'^  ^°r  existence 
among  animals  ,s  altogether  insignificant."     "  Animals  are 
spared  from  the  pain  of  anticipating  death  ;  violent  deaths, 
f  not  too  prolonged,  are  painless  and  easy;    neither  do 
those  which  die  of  cold  or  hunger  suffer  much     the  popula 
Idea  of  the  struggle  for  existence  entailing  misery  and  paL 
on  the  animal  worid  is  the  very  reverse  of  the  tmth  "  ^He 
concludes  by  quoting  the  conclusion  of  Darwin's  chapter  on 
the    struggle    for   existence:    "When    we   reflect   on    this 
struggle,  we  may  console  ourselves  with  the  full  belief  that 
the  war  of  nature  is  not  incessant,  that  no  fear  is  felt    ha 

healthy,  and  the  happy  survive  and  multiply."  Yet  i  was 
Darwin  who  confessed  that  he  found  in  the  world  "oo 
much  misery."  ^"° 

We  have  so  little  security  in  appreciating  the  real  life- 
the  mental  and  physical  pain  or  happiness-of  anima^hat 
there  is  apt  to  be  exaggeratio.  on  both  sides,  according  a 
a  pessimistic  or  an  optimistic  mood  predominates.  I  there 
fore  leave  It  to  be  settled  by  your  own  observation  whether' 
hunted  and  captured,  dying  and  starving,  maimed  aS  half 
frozen  animals  have  to  endure  "an  altogether  insignificant 

"TuM°  vT'  '"''""^  '"  ^^^  =^-^^'«  ^-  existen";?" 
whi^  M     w  n  *^  """''  ''"^'"''  '^^'  ^^^'^  is  much  truth  in 
what  Mr.  Wallace  urges.     Moreover,  the  term  cruelty  can 
hardly  be  used  with  accuracy  when  the  involved  infliction 

less'f'ruel-rth?-  •  I"  ""^  ^^"^  ^^^  camivoresTr 
IL  "  1,.'°    ?"L"^  '!?^  *^-  -  -«  to  our  domesti- 


....  — -    "•«"   wc   arc   lo   OU 

cated  animals.     We  must  also  remember  that  the 


struggle 


<Tl9?«veW4f«. 


isMaas&''iS!S'^-if.  °r^!wiiii'''$^r:viF^E2fia?ssBSHE&> 


CHAP.  Ill 


The  Struggle  of  Life 


45 


for  existence "  is  often  applicable  only  in  its  '*  wide  and 
metaphorical  sense."  And  it  is  fair  to  balance  the  happiness 
and  mutual  helpfulness  of  animals  against  the  pain  and 
deathful  competition  which  undoubtedly  exist. 

What  we  must  protest  against  is  that  one-sided  inter- 
pretation according  to  which  individualistic  competition  is 
nature's  sole  method  of  progress.  We  are  told  that  animals 
have  got  on  by  their  struggle  for  individual  ends  ;  that  they 
have  made  progress  on  the  corpses  of  their  fellows,  by  a 
"  blood  and  iron  "  competition  in  which  each  looks  ov^  for 
himself,  and  extinction  besets  the  hindmost.  To  those  who 
accept  this  interpretation  the  means  employed  seem  justified 
by  the  results  attained.  But  it  is  only  in  after-dinner  talk 
that  we  can  slur  over  whatever  there  is  of  pain  and  cruelty, 
overcrowding  and  starvation,  hate  and  individualism,  by 
saying  complacently  that  they  are  justified  in  us  their 
children;  that  we  can  rest  satisfied  that  what  has  been 
called  "a  scheme  of  salvation  for  the  elect  by  the  damnation 
of  the  vast  majority  "  is  a  true  statement  of  the  facts ;  that 
we  can  seriously  accept  a  one-sided  account  of  nature's 
regime  as  a  justification  of  our  own  ethical  and  economic 
practice. 

The  conclusions,  which  I  shall  afterwards  seek  to 
substantiate,  are,  that  the  struggle  for  existence,  with  its 
associated  natural  selection,  often  involves  cruelty,  but 
certainly  does  not  always  do  so ;  that  joy  and  happiness, 
helpfulness  and  co-operation,  love  and  sacrifice,  are  also 
facts  of  nature,  that  they  also  are  justified  by  natural 
selection  ;  that  the  precise  nature  of  the  means  employed 
and  ends  attained  must  be  carefully  considered  when 
we  seek  from  the  records  of  animal  evolution  support 
or  justification  for  human  conduct ;  and  that  the  tragic 
chapters  in  the  history  of  animals  (and  of  men)  must  be 
philosophically  considered  In  such  light  as  we  can  gather 
from  what  we  know  of  the  whole  book. 


^^^'^^ESWa^v-:. 


CHAPTER    IV 


:•' 


SHIFTS    FOR    A    LIVING 

I.  Insulation -2.  ConccahncH-i.  Parasitism-^.  General  Re- 
semblance to  Surroundings -i.  Variable  Colouring~6.  Rat^id 
Chanse  of  Colour —t.  Special  Protective  Resemblance -%. 
IVarnmg  Colours -q.  Mimicry— lo.  Afasiimr-ii.  Com- 
bmatton  of  Advantageous  Qualities— 12.  Surrender  of  Parts 

Granting  the  struggle  with  fellows,  foes,  and  fate,  we  are 
led  by  force  of  sympathy  as  well  as  of  logic  to  think  of  the 
shifts  for  a  living  which  tend  to  be  evolved  in  such  con- 
ditions, and  also  of  some  other  ways  by  which  animals 
escape  from  the  intensity  of  the  struggle. 

I.  InBUlation.— Some   animals    have  got   out   of  the 
struggle  through  no  merit  of  their  own,  but  as  the  result 
of  geological  changes  which   have   insulated    them   from 
their  enemies.     Thus,  in  Cretaceous  times   probably    ihe 
marsupials  which  inhabited  the  Australasian  region  were 
insulated.      In   that   region   they  were  then   the  only  re- 
presentatives of  Mammalia,  and  so,  excepting  the  "native 
dog,    some  rodents  and  bats,  and  more  modern  imports, 
they  still  continue  to  be.     By  their  insulation  they  were 
saved  from  that  contest  with  stronger  mammals  in  which 
all    the    marsupials    left   on    the    other  continents   were 
exterminated,  with  the  exception  of  the  opossums,  which 
hide  in  American  forests.     A  similar  geological  insulation 
accounts  for  the  large  number  of  lemurs  in  the  Island  of 
Madagascar. 


CHAP.  IV 


Shifts  for  a  Living 


47 


2.  Ooncealment. — A  change  of  habitat  and  mode  of  life 
is  often  as  significant  for  animals  as  it  is  for  men.  It  is 
easy  to  understand  how  mammals  which  passed  from 
terrestrial  to  more  or  less  aquatic  life,  for  instance  beaver 
and  pwlar  bear,  seals,  and  perhaps  whales,  would  enjoy 
a  period  of  relative  immunity  after  the  awkward  time 
of  transition  was  over.  So,  too,  many  must  have  passed 
from  the  battlefield  of  the  sea -shore  to  reLitive  peace 
on  land  or  in  the  deep-sea.  In  a  change  from  open  air 
to  underground  life,  illustrated  for  instance  in  the  mole, 
many  animals  have  sought  and  found  safety,  and  the 
change  seems  even  now  in  progress,  as  in  the  New 
Zealand  parrot  S/ri/tgops,  which,  having  lost  the  power 
of  flight,  has  taken  to  burrowing.  Similarly  the  power 
of  flight  must  have  helped  insects,  some  ancient  saurians, 
and  birds  out  of  many  a  scrape,  though  it  cannot  be 
doubted  th^t  this  transition,  and  also  that  from  diurnal  to 
nocturnal  habits,  oft.      brought  only  a  temporary  relief. 

3.  Parasitism. — i-rom  the  simple  Protozoa  up  to  the 
beginning  of  the  backboned  sei  s,  we  find  illustrations  of 
animals  which  have  taken  to  a  thievish  existence  as  unbidden 
guests  in  or  on  other  organisms.  Flukes,  tapeworms,  and 
some  other  "  worms,"  many  crustaceans,  insects,  and  mites, 
are  the  most  notable.  Few  animals  are  free  from  some  kind 
of  parasite.  There  are  various  grades  of  parasitism  ;  there 
arc  temporr-ry  and  permanent,  external  and  internal,  very 
degenerate,  and  very  slightly  affected  parasites.  Some- 
times the  adults  are  parasitic  while  the  young  are  free-liv- 
ing, sometimes  the  reverse  is  true  ;  sometimes  the  parasite 
completes  its  life  in  one  host,  often  it  reaches  maturity  only 
after  the  host  in  which  its  youth  has  been  passed  is  de- 
voured by  another.  In  many  cases  the  habit  was  probably 
l)cgun  by  the  females,  which  seek  shelter  during  the  period 
of  egg -laying;  in  not  a  few  crustaceans  and  insects  the 
females  alone  are  parasitic.  Most  often,  in  all  probability, 
liun;;er  and  the  search  for  shelter  led  to  the  estabUshment 
of  the  thievish  haLit.  Now,  the  advantages  gained  by  a 
thoroughgoing  parasite  are  great— safety,  warmth,  abund- 
ant food,  in  short,  "complete  material  well-being."    But 


48 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


there  is  another  aspect  of  the  case.     Parasitism  tends  to  be 
followed   by   degeneration  —  of  appendages,    food -canal, 
sense-organs,   nervous   system,   and  other  structures,  the 
possession  and  use  of  which  make  life  worth  living.     More- 
over, though  the  reproductive  system  never  degenerates, 
the  odds  are  often  many  against  an  embryo  reaching  a  fit 
host  or  attaining  maturity.     Thus  Leuckart  calculates  that 
a  tapeworm  embryo  has  only  about  i  chance  in  83,000,000 
of  becoming  a  tapeworm,  and  one  cannot  be  sorry  that 
its  chance  is  not  greater.     In  illustration  of  the  degenera- 
tion which  is  often  associated  with  parasitism,  and  varies 
as  the  habit  is  more  or  less  predominant,  take  the  case  of 
Sacculina—^  crustacean  usually  ranked  along  with  bar- 
nacles and  acorn-shells.     It  begins  its  life  as  a  minute  free 
"  nauplius,"  with  three  pairs  of  appendages,  a  short  food- 
canal,  an  eye,  a  small  brain,  and  some  other  structures 
characteristic  of  many  young  crustaceans.     In  spite  of  this 
promiseful  beginning,  the  young  Sacculina  becomes  a  para- 
site, first  within  the  body,  and  finally  under  the  tail,  of  a 
crab.     Attached   by   absorptive   suckers   to   its  host,  and 
often  doing  no  slight  damage,  it  degenerates  into  an  oval 
sac,   almost  without   trace   of  its   former   structure,   with 
reproductive    system    alone    well    developed.       Yet    the 
degeneration  is  seldom  so  great  as  this,  and  it  is  fair  to 
state  that  many  parasites,  especially  those  which  remain  as 
external  hangers-on,  seem  to  be  but  slightly  afTccted  by  their 
laiy  thievish  habit ;  nor  can  it  be  denied  that  most  are  well 
adapted  to  the  conditions  of  their  life.     But  on  the  whole 
the  parasitic  life  tends  to  degeneration,  and  is  unprogress- 
ive.     Meredith  writes  of  Nature's  sifting 

"  Behold  the  life  of  ease,  it  drifts. 
The  sharpened  life  commands  its  course  1 
She  winnows,  winnows  roughly,  sifts, 
To  dip  her  chosen  in  her  source. 
Contention  is  the  vital  force 
Whence  pluck  they  brain,  her  pri«e  of  gifts." 

4«  Ckntnd  Reiemblance  to  Snrroimdinfi. Many 

transparent    and    translucent    blue    animals    are    hardly 


CHAP.  IV 


Shifts  for  a  Living 


49 


visible  in  the  sea;  white  animals,  such  as  the  polar  bear, 
the  arctic  fox,  and  the  ptarmigan  in  its  winter  plumage 
are  inconspicuous  upon  the  snow;  green  animals,  such 
as  insects,  tree-frogs,  lizards,  and  snakes,  hide  among  the 
leaves  and  herbage ;  tawny  animals  harmonise  with  sandy 
soil ;  and  the  hare  escapes  detection  among  the  clods.  So 
do  spotted  animals  such  as  snakes  and  leopards  live  unseen 
in  the  interrupted  light  of  the  forest,  and  the  striped  tiger 
is  lost  in  the  jungle.  Even  the  eggs  of  birds  are  often  well 
suited  to  the  surroundings  in  which  they  are  laid.  There 
can  be  no  doubt  that  this  resemblance  between  the  colour 
of  an  animal  and  that  of  its  surroundings  is  sometimes  of 
protective  and  also  aggressive  value  in  the  struggle  for 
existence,  and  where  this  is  the  case,  natural  selection 
would  foster  it,  favouring  with  success  those  variations 
which  were  best  adapted,  and  eliminating  those  which  were 
conspicuous. 

But  there  are  many  instances  of  resemblance  to  sur- 
roundings which  are  hard  to  explain.  Thus  Dr.  A.  Seitz 
describes  a  restricted  area  of  woodland  in  South  Brazil,  where 
the  great  majority  of  the  insects  were  blue,  although  but 
a  few  m"!(^  off  a  red  colour  was  dominant.  He  maintains 
that  the  facts  cannot  in  this  case  be  explained  as  due  either 
to  general  protective  resemblance  or  to  mimicry. 

I  have  reduced  what  I  had  written  in  illustration  of 
advantageous  colouring  of  various  kinds,  because  this 
exceedingly  interesting  subject  has  been  treated  in  a  readily 
available  volume  by  one  who  has  devoted  much  time  and 
skill  to  its  elucidation.  Mr.  E.  B.  Poulton's  Colours  of 
Animals  (International  Science  Series,  London,  1890)  is  a 
fascinating  volume,  for  which  all  interested  in  these  aspects 
of  natural  history  n»ust  be  gra'  ful.  With  this  a  forth- 
coming work  {Animal  Coloration,  London,  1892)  by  Mr. 
F,  E.  Beddard  should  be  compared. 

5-  Variable  Colouring.— Some  animals,  such  as  the 
ptarmigan  and  the  mountain-hare,  become  white  in  winter, 
and  are  thereby  safer  and  warmer.  In  some  cases  it 
H  certain  that  the  pigmented  feathers  and  hairs  become 
white,   in   other   cases   the   old    feathers   and  hairs  drop 


,  TV^QJg' 


■"wic^MnwB^imT-'riraTW.Tniiiju     .w.^:'* 


so 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


oflf  and  are  replaced  by  white  ones ;  sometimes  the 
whiteness  is  the  result  of  both  these  processes.  It  is 
directly  due  to  the  formation  of  gas  bubbles  inside 
the  hairs  or  feathers  in  sufficient  quantity  to  antagonise 
the  effect  of  .my  pigment  that  may  be  present,  but  in 
the  case  of  new  growths  it  is  not  likely  that  any  pig- 
ment is  formed.  In  sc  ue  cases,  e.g.  Ross's  lemming  and 
the  American  hare  {Lepus  americanus),  it  has  been  clearly 
shown  that  the  change  is  due  to  the  cold.  It  is  likely  that 
this  acts  somewhat  indirectly  upon  the  skin  through  the 
nervous  system.  We  may  therefore  regard  the  change  as 
a  variation  due  to  the  environment,  and  it  is  at  least 
possible  that  the  permanent  whiteness  of  some  northern 
animals,  e.g.  the  polar  bear,  is  an  acquired  character  of 
similar  origin.  There  are  many  objections  to  the  theory 
that  the  winter  whiteness  of  arctic  animals  arose  by  the 
accumulation  of  small  variations  in  individuals  which,  being 
slightly  whiter  than  their  neighbours,  became  dominant  by 
natural  selection,  though  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the 
whiteness,  however  it  arose,  would  be  conserved  like  other 
advantageous  variations. 

To  several  naturalists,  but  above  all  to  Mr.  Poulton,  we 
are  indebted  for  much  precise  information  in  regard  to  the 
variable  colouring  of  many  caterpillars  and  chrysalides. 
These  adjust  their  colours  to  those  of  the  surroundmgs,  and 
even  the  cocoons  are  sometimes  harmoniously  coloured. 
There  is  no  doubt  that  the  variable  colouring  often  has 
protective  value.  Mr.  Poulton  experimented  with  the 
caterpillars  of  the  peacock  butterfly  {Vanessa  to),  small 
tortoise-shell  (Vanessa  urtica\  garden  whites  {Pieris 
brassica  and  Pieris  rapa\  and  many  others.  Caterpillars 
of  the  small  tortoise-shell  in  black  surroundings  tend  to  be- 
come darker  as  pupae ;  in  a  white  environment  the  pupx 
are  lighter ;  in  gilded  boxes  they  tend  to  become  golden. 
The  surrounding  colour  seems  to  influence  the  caterpillar 
"  during  the  twenty  hours  immediately  preceding  the  last 
twelve  hours  of  the  larval  statr,"  "and  this  is  probably  the 
true  meaning  of  the  hours  during  which  the  caterpillar 
rests  motionless  on  the  surface  upon  which  it  will  pupate. ' 


CHAP.   IV 


Shifts  for  a  Living 


5> 

"  It  appears  to  be  certain  that  it  is  the  skin  of  the  larva 
which  is  influenced  by  surroundinjj  colours  during  the 
sensitive  period,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  cfifects  are 
wrought  through  the  medium  of  the  nervous  system." 

Accepting  the  facts  that  caterpillars  are  subtly  affected 
by  surrounding  colours,   so  that  the  quiescent  pupie  har- 
monise with  their  environment,  and  that  the  adjustment  has 
often  protective  value,  we  are  led  to  inquire  into  the  origin 
of    this    sensitiveness.      That    the    change    of   colour    is 
not  a  direct  result  of  external   influence  is   certain,   but 
of  the  physiological  nature  of  the  changes  we  know  little 
more  than  that  it  must   be  complex.      It   may  be  main- 
tained, that  "  the  existing  colours  and  markings  are  at  any 
rate   in    part    due  to  the  accumulation   through  heredity 
of   the   indirect    influence   of    the    environment,    working 
by  means  of  the    nervous    system  ; "    "  to  which   it  may 
be  replied,"  Poulton  continues,  «« that  the  whole  use  and 
meaning  of  the   power  of  adjustment   depends    upon    its 
freedom  during  the  life  of  the  individual ;  any  hereditary 
bias  towards  the  colours  of  ancestors  would  at  once  destroy 
the  utility  of  the  power,  which  is  essentially  an  adaptation 
to  the  fact  that  different  individuals  will  probably  meet  with 
different  environments.     As  long  ago  as  1873   Professor 
Meldola  argued  that  this  power  of  adjustment  is  adaptive, 
and  to  be  explained  by  the  operation  of  natural  selection." 
Foulton's  opinion  seems  to  be,  that  the  power  of  producing 
variable  colouring  arose  as  a  constitutional  variation  apart 
from  the  influence  of  the  environment,  that  the  power  was 
fostered  in  the  course  of  natural  selection,  and  that  its 
limits  \\ere  in  the  same  way  more  or  less  defined  in  adapta- 
tion  to   the   most   frequent   habitat   of  the   larvae  before 
and  during  pupation.     The  other  theory  is  that  the  power 
arose  as  the  result  of  environmental  influence,  was  accumu- 
ated  by  mheritance  throughout  generations,  and  was  fostered 
like  other  profitable  variations  by  natural  selection.     The 
question   is   whether   the   power  arose   in  direct    relation 
to  environmental  influence  or  not,  whether  external  influence 
was  or  was  not  a  primary  factor  in  evolving  the  power  of 
adapting  colour,  and  in  defining  it  within  certain  limits. 


f 


5a  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 

6.  Bapid  Ohange  of  Oolonr. — For  ages  the  chamaeleon 
has  been  famous  for  its  rapid  and  sometimes  striking 
changes  of  colour.  The  members  of  the  Old  World 
genus  Chamceleo  quickly  change  from  green  to  brown 
or  other  tints,  but  rather  in  response  to  physical  irrita- 
tion and  varying  moods  than  in  relation  to  change  of 
situation  and  surrounding  colours.  So  the  American 
"  chamaeleons  "  {Anolis)  change,  for  instance,  from  emerald 
to  bronze  under  the  influence  of  excitement  and  various 
kinds  of  light.  Their  sensitiveness  is  exquisite  ;  "  a  pass- 
ing cloud  may  cause  the  bright  emerald  to  fade."  Some- 
times they  may  be  thus  protected,  for  "  when  on  the  broad 
green  leaves  of  the  palmetto,  they  are  with  difficulty  per- 
ceived, so  exactly  is  the  colour  of  the  leaf  counterfeited. 
But  their  dark  shadow  is  very  distinct  from  beneath."  Most 
of  the  lizards  have  more  or  less  of  this  colour-changing 
power,  which  depends  on  the  contraction  and  expansion 
of  the  pigmented  living  matter  of  cells  which  lie  in  layers 
in  the  under-skin,  and  are  controlled  by  nerves. 

In  a  widely  different  set  of  animals — the  cuttle-fishes— 
the  power  of  rapid  colour-change  is  well  illustrated.  When 
a  cuttle-fish  in  a  tank  is  provoked,  or  when  one  almost 
stranded  on  the  beach  struggles  to  free  itself,  or,  most 
beautifully,  when  a  number  swim  together  in  strange  unison, 
flushes  of  colour  spread  over  the  body.  The  sight  suggests 
the  blushing  of  higher  animals,  in  which  nervous  excitement 
passing  from  the  centre  along  the  peripheral  nerves  influ- 
ences the  blood-supply  in  the  skin  ;  but  in  colour-change  the 
nervous  thrills  affect  the  pigment-containing  cells  or  chroma- 
tophores,  the  living  matter  of  which  contracts  or  expands 
in  response  to  stimulus.  It  must  be  allowed  that  the  colour- 
change  of  cuttle-fish  is  oftenest  an  expression  of  nervous 
excitement,  but  in  some  cases  it  helps  to  conceal  the 
animals. 

More  interesting  to  us  at  present  are  those  cases  of 
colour- change  in  which  animals  respond  to  the  hues  of 
their  surroundings.  This  has  been  observed  in  some 
Amphibians,  such  as  tree-frogs  ;  in  many  fishes,  such  as 
plaice,    stickleback,    minnow,    trout,    Goinus  ruthtnsparri. 


.  BWIWP'Jft '-<■•*?•  A-iVt»SThJ» 


CHAP.  !▼ 


Shifts  for  a  Living 


53 

Serranus ;  and  in  not  a  few  crustaceans.  The  researches 
of  Briicke,  Lister,  and  Pouchet  have  thrown  much  light  on 
the  subject.  Thus  we  know  that  the  colour  of  surround- 
ings affects  the  animals  through  the  eyes,  for  blind  plaice, 
trout,  and  frogs  do  not  change  their  tint.  The  nervous' 
thrill  passes  from  eye  to  brain,  and  thence  extends,  not  down 
the  main  path  of  impulse— the  spinal  cord— but  down  the 
sympathetic  chain.  If  this  be  cut,  the  colour-change  does 
not  take  place.  The  sympathetic"  system  is  connected  with 
nerves  passing  from  the  spinal  cord  to  the  skin,  and  it  is 
along  these  that  the  impulse  is  further  transmitted.  The 
result  is  the  contraction  or  expansion  of  the  pigment  in  the 
skin-cells.  Though  the  path  by  which  the  nervous  influence 
passes  from  the  eye  to  the  skin  is  somewhat  circuitous,  the 
change  is  often  very  rapid.  As  the  resulting  resemblance 
to  surroundings  is  often  precise,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that 
the  peculiarity  sometimes  profits  its  possessors. 

7.  Special  Protective  Resemblance.  —  The  likeness 
between  animals  and  their  surroundings  is  often  very  precise, 
and  includes  form  as  well  as  colour.    Thus  some  bright  butter- 
flies, <r.^.  Kallima,  are  conspicuous  in  flight,  but  become 
precisely  like  brown  withered  leaves  when  they  settle  upon 
a  branch  and  expose  the  under  sides  of  their  rai-ed  wings  ; 
the  leaf-insects  {Phyllium)  have  leaf-like  wings  and  legs  ;' 
the  "walking-sticks"  {Phasmid(f\  with  legs  thrown  out  at 
all  angles,  resemble  irregular  twigs ;  many  caterpillars  (of 
Geometra  moths  especially)  sit    motionless   on  a  branch, 
supported  in  a  strained  attitude  by  a  thin  thread  of  silk,  and 
exactly   resemble   twigs  ;   others  are   like  bark,  moss,  or 
li  "len.     Among  caterpillars  protective  resemblance  is  very 
common,  and  Mr.  Poulton  associates  its  frequent  occurrence 
with  the  peculiarly  defenceless   condition  of  these  young 
animals.     ••  The  body  is  a  tube  which  contains  fluid  under 
pressure  ;  a  slight  wound  entails  great  loss  of  blood,  while 
a  moderate  injury  must  prove  fatal."     ••  Hence  larvai  are  so 
coloured  as  to  avoid  detection  or  to  warn  of  some  unplea- 
sant attribute,  the  object  in  both  cases  being  the  same— to 
leave  the  larva  untouched,  a  touch  being  practically  fatal." 
Among  backboned  animals  we  do  not  expect  to  find  many 


■^ryS-  ,-&. 


54 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


examples  of  precise  resemblance  to  surrounding  objects  ; 
but  one  of  the  sea-horses  {Phyllopteryx  eques)  is  said  to  be 
exceedingly  like  the  seaweed  among  which  it  lives.  It  is 
very  difficult  at  present  to  venture  suggestions  as  to  the 
constitutional  tendencies  which  may  have  resulted  in 
"  walking-leaves  "  and  "  walking-sticks,"  but  forms  related 
to  these  tend  to  resemble  leaves  or  sticks  sufficiently  to  deter 


Fu;.  7.— r.taf-in-ccl  -cata.l  on  a  bran,  h      (From  Heit.) 

one  from  postulating  a  mere  sport  as  the  origin  of  the 
p('(  iili.'uity  which  distinguishes  riiyllium  or  riuuituu  On 
the  other  hand,  some  of  the  strangely  precise  minute 
resemblances  n1^■^' be  the  fostered  results  of  slight  indefinite 
sports.  It  is  aiso  possible  that  some  of  the  cleverer 
animals,  such  as  spiders,  learn  to  hide  among  the  lichens 
and  on  the  bark  which  they  most  resemble.  But  in  every 
case,  and  especially  where  there  are  many  risks,  as  among 


^U 


CHAP.  IV 


Shifts  for  a  Living 


55 


caterpillars,  the  protective  resemblance  would  be  '"ostered 
in  the  course  of  natural  selection. 


Fig.  8.— Moss  insect.    (From  Belt.) 

8.  Warning  Colours. — While  many  animals  are  con- 
cealed by  their  colouring,  others  are  made  the  more 
conspicuous.  But,  as  the  latter  arc  often  unpalatable  or 
dangerous,  Wallace  suggested  that  the  colours  were 
warnings,  which,  as  Poulton  says,  "assist  the  education 
of  enemies,  enabling  them  to  easily  learn  and  remember 
the  animals  which  arc  to  be  avoided.'  Expressing 
the  same  idea.  Belt  says,  "  the  skunk  goes  leisurely  along, 
holding  up  his  white  tail  as  a  danger-flag  for  none  to  come 
within  range  of  his  nauseous  artillery,"  So,  the  brightness 
of  the  venomous  coral-snake  {Elafis)  is  a  warning;  the 
rattlesnake,  excitedly  shaking  its  rattle,  "warns  an  intruder 
of  its  presence"';  the  cobra  "  endeavours  to  terrify  its  enemy 
by  the  startling  appearance  of  its  expanded  hood  and  con- 
spicuous eye-like  marks."  The  language  in  which  conspicu- 
ous colours  are  described  by  many  naturalists  tends  to 
exaggerate  the  subtlety  of  animals,  for  the  intentional 
warning  of  possible  molesters  involves  rather  complex  ideas. 
Belt's  description  of  the  skunk,  for  instance,  recalls  a  more 
familiar  sight — a  cat  showing  fight  to  a  dog — in  regard  to 
\\\\\d\  Mantegazza  gravely  tells  us  that  the  cat  "  bristles  up 
her  fur,  and  inflates  herself  to  appear  larger,  and  to  frighten 
the  dog  who  threatens  her  "  !  In  our  desire  to  be  fair  to  the 
subdety  of  animals,  it  is  indeed  difficult  to  avoid  being 
credulous. 


'  llJUijlJl'J 


56 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


Perhaps  the  best  illustration  which  Belt  gives  is  that  of 
a  certain  gaily-coloured  frog  : — 

"  In  the  woods  around  Santo  Domingo  there  are  many  frogs. 
Some  are  green  or  brown,  and  imitate  green  or  dead  leaves,  and 
live  amongst  foliage.  Others  are  dull  earth-coloured,  and  hide  in 
holes  and  under  logs.  All  these  come  out  only  at  night  to  feed,  and 
they  are  all  preyed  upon  by  snakes  and  birds.  In  contrast  to  these 
obscurely-coloured  species,  another  little  frog  hops  about  in  the 
daytime  dressed  in  a  bright  livery  of  red  and  blue.  He  cannot  be 
mistaken  for  any  other,  and  his  flaming  vest  and  blue  stockings 
show  that  he  does  not  court  concealment.  He  is  very  abundant 
in  the  damp  wood,  and  I  was  convinced  that  he  was  uneatable 
so  soon  as  I  had  made  his  acquaintance,  and  saw  the  happy  sense 
of  security  with  which  he  hopped  about.  I  took  a  few  specimens 
home  with  me,  and  tried  my  fowls  and  ducks  with  them,  but  none 
of  them  would  touch  them.  At  last,  by  throwing  down  pieces  of 
meat,  for  which  there  was  a  great  competition  amongst  them,  1 
managed  to  entice  a  young  duck  into  snatching  up  one  of  the 
little  frogs.  Instead  of  swallowinjj  it,  however,  it  instantly  threw 
it  out  of  its  mouth,  and  went  alinut  jerking  its  head,  as  if  trying  to 
throw  off  some  unpleasant  taste.' 

Admirable,  also,  are  the  illustrations  given  by  Mr.  Poulton 
in  regard  to  many  caterpillars,  such  as  the  larva  of  the 
currant  or  magpie  moth  (^Abraxas  grossulariata),  which  is 
conspicuous  with  orange  and  black  markings  on  a  cream 
ground,  and  is  refused  altogether,  or  rejected  with  disgust, 
by  the  hungry  enemies  of  other  caterpillars.  Professor 
Herdman  and  Mr.  Garstang  have  also  shown  that  the 
Eolid  Nudibranchs  (naked  sea-slugs),  with  brightly-coloured 
and  stinging  dorsal  papillae,  are  rarely  eaten  by  fishes  ;  and 
the  same  is  true  of  some  other  conspicuous  and  unpalat- 
able marine  animals. 

The  general  conclusion  seems  fairly  certain  that  the 
conspicuousness  of  many  unpalatable  or  noxious  animals  is 
imprinted  on  the  memory  of  their  enemies,  who,  after  pay- 
ing some  premiums  to  experience,  learn  to  leave  animals 
with  "warning  colours"  alone.  It  will  be  interesting 
to  discover  how  far  the  bright  colour,  the  nauseous  taste, 
the  poisonous  properties,  the  distasteful  odour,  sometimes 
found  associated,  are  physiologically  related  to  one  another, 
but  to  answer  these  questions  we  are  still  unprepared. 


CHAP.  IV 


Shifts  for  a  Living 


57 


9.  Mimicry. — Mr.  Poulton  has  carefully  traced  the  transi- 
t.vjn  from  warning  to  mimetic  appearance,  and  it  is  evident 
that  if  hungry  animals  have  been  so  much  impressed  with 
the  frequent  association  of  unpalatableness  and  conspicuous 
colours  that  they  do  not  molest  certain  bright  and  nauseous 
forms,  then  there  is  a  ch;uice  that  palatable  forms  may 
also  escape  if  they  are  sufficient  y  like  those  which  are 
passed  by.     The  term  mimicry  is  restricted  to  those  cases 


Fig.  9.— Hornet  {Priocnemis)  above,  .nnd  mimetic  bug  {Spinigcr)  beneath. 

(From  Belt.) 

"  in  which  a  group  of  animals  in  the  same  habitat,  character- 
ibed  by  a  certain  type  of  colour  and  pattern,  are  in  part 
specially  protected  to  an  eminent  degree  (the  mimicked),  and 
in  part  entirely  without  special  protection  (the  mimickers) ;  so 
that  the  latter  live  entirely  upon  the  reputation  of  the  former." 
Tlie  fact  was  "  discovered  by  Bates  in  Tropical  America 
(1862),  then  by  Wallace  in  Tropical  Asia  and  Malaya 
( 1 866),  and  by  Trimen  in  South  Africa  (1870)";  while  Kirby, 
in  18 1 5,  referred  to  the  advantage  of  a  certain  fly  being 
like  a  bee,  and  of  a  certain  spider  resembling  an  ant 


58 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


r 


The  constant  conditions  of  mimicry  are  clearly  and  tersely 
summed  up  by  Wallace.      They  are  :  — 

1.  That  the  imitative  species  occur  in  the  same  area, 
and  occupy  the  very  same  station,  as  the  imitated. 

2.  That  the  imitators  are  always  the  more  defenceless. 

}'.  ^^^^    ^^^    imitators    ire  always    less    numerous    in 
individuals. 

4.   That    the   imitators  differ   from    the    bulk    of  their 
allies. 


Fig.  la— Hunimin'-bird  moth  (Macroglossa  titan),  and  humming-bird 
(.  >./>,\jmis  GouUit),    (From  Bates.) 

S.  That  the  imitation,  however  minute,  is  external  and 
visible  only,  never  extending  to  internal  characters  or  to 
such  as  do  not  aftect  the  external  appearance. 

Many  inedible  butterflies  are  mimicked  by  others  quite 
different.  Many  longicorn  beetles  exactly  mimic  wasps, 
bees,  or  ants.  The  tiger- beetles  are  mimicked  by  more 
harmless  insects  ;  the  common  drone-fly  {Eristalis)  is  like 
a  bee;  spiders  are  sometimes  ant-like.  Mr.  Bates  relates 
that  he  repeatedly  shot  humming-bird  moths  in  mistake  for 
humming-birds.  Among  Vertebrates  genuine  mimicry  is 
rare,  but  it  is  well  known  that  some  harmless  snakes  mimic 


CHAP.   IV 


Shifts  for  a  Living 


59 


lue  swollen 


poisonous  species.  Thus,  the  very  poisonous  coral-snakes 
{Elaps),  which  have  very  characteristic  markings,  are 
mimicked  in  din';i  ;nt  localities  by  several  harmless  forms. 
Similarly  in  regard  to  birds,  Mr.  Wallace  notices  that  the 
powerful  "friar-birds"  {Tropidorhynckus)  of  Malaya  are 
mimicked  by  the  weak  and  timid  orioles.  *'  In  each  of  the 
great  islands  of  the  Austro-Malayan  region  t\ere  is  a  dis- 
tinct species  of  Tropidorhynchus,  -md  thpr.  is  al^^ays  along 
with  it  an  oriole  that  exactly  mimics  it." 

That  there  may  be  mimetic  resembla  uc  I  <.  -  •  (_n  d'£tii,«.\ 
forms  there  can  be  no  doubt,  and  tbt»  v  ii  kj{  ii\^  -:».■- txw- 
blance  has  been  verified  ;  but  there  ?'~  -oir.r  ,;m  .  u  ;_i,d«'  .rv 
to  weaken  the  case  by  citing  instan.jt  -  ;  j  ,ii  .  t-  =  .  liici 
liave  been  insuflSciently  criticised.  flu.-  f^  i,>  ;?  i  ,. -dlv 
justify  us  in  saying  that  the  larvae  ot  t'.r  .  .^^  lar*.  tl^u.k 
'Slolh  {Chirrocatnpn)  " terrify  their  en- r.ii  .  '  ,  r^>  .ujij/o 
tion  of  a  cobra-like  serpent ; "  or  that  the  'ob  .  ,  nluch 
spi'-es  abrrii  by  the  large  eye-like  'specac 
dilated  h'  od,  offers  an  appropriate  model  foi 
interior  end  of  the  caterpillar,  with  its  terrifying  markings." 

Th°re  is  only  on*;  theory  of  mimicry,  namely,  that  among 
the  min.icking  animals  varieties  occurred  which  prospered 
by  bei.ig  somewhat  like  the  mimicked,  and  that  in  the 
course  of  natural  selection  this  resemblance  was  gradually 
increased  until  it  became  domirant  and,  in  many  cases, 
remarkably  exact. 

As  to  the  primary  factors  giving  rise  to  the  variation,  we 
can  only  speculate.  To  begin  with,  indeed,  there  must 
have  been  a  general  resemblance  between  the  ancestors  of 
the  mimicking  animal  and  those  of  the  mimicked,  for  cases 
like  the  Humming-Bird  and  its  Doppel-Ganger  moth  are  very 
rare.  But  this  does  not  take  us  very  far.  The  beginning 
of  the  mimetic  change  is  usually  referred  to  ore  of  those 
"indefinite,"  "fortuitous,"  "spontaneous"  variations  which 
are  believed  to  be  common  among  animals.  It  is  logically 
possible  that  this  may  have  been  the  case,  and  that  there 
was  at  the  very  beginning  no  relation  between  the  variation 
of  the  mimicker  and  the  existence  of  the  mimicked.  But 
as  illustrations  of  mimicry  accumulate — ar.d  they  are  already 


m 


Mi 

Hi 


6o 


TJie  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART    I 


c 

o 


J  £ 

O    1. 

X  'J 


s  ; 


-  I 


S§i 


'.--,  iiiy-A     r  . 


CHAP.  IV 


Sh'"s  for  a  Living 


6i 


very  numerous — one  ii  tempted  to  ask  whether  there  may 
not  be  in  many  cases  some  explanation  apart  from  the  action 
of  natural  selection  upon  casual  changes.  May  not  the 
similar  surroundings  and  habits  of  mimickers  and  mimicked 
have  sometimes  something  to  do  with  their  resemblance ; 
may  it  not  be  that  the  presence  of  the  n  'micked  has  had  a 
direct,  but  of  course  very  subtle,  influence  on  the  mimickers  ; 
is  it  altogrether  absurd  to  suppose  that  there  may  be  an 
element  of  consciousness  in  the  resemblance  between  oriole 
and  friar-bird  ? 

10.  *< Masking"  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  ways 
in  which  animals  strengthen  their  hold  on  life.  It  is  best 
illustrated  on  the  sea-shore,  where  there  is  no  little  struggle 
for  existence  and  much  opportunity  for  device.  There  many 
animals,  such  as  crabs,  are  covered  by  adventitious  dis- 
guises, so  that  their  real  na«^ure  is  masked.  Elsewhere, 
however,  the  same  may  be  seen  ;  the  cases  of  the  caddis- 
worms — made  of  sand  particles,  small  stones,  minute  shells, 
or  pieces  of  bark — serve  at  once  for  protection  and  conceal- 
ment ;  the  cocoons  of  various  caterpillars  are  often  masked 
by  extrinsic  fragments.  The  nests  of  birds  are  often  well 
disguised  with  moss  and  lichen. 

But  among  marine  animals  masking  is  more  frequent. 
"Certain  sea-urchins,"  Mr  Poulton  says,  "cover  themselves 
so  completely  with  pebbles,  bits  of  rock  and  shell,  that  one 
can  see  nothing  but  a  little  heap  of  stones  ;  and  many  marine 
molluscs  have  the  same  habits,  accumulating  sand  upon  the 
s'.'.rface  of  the  shell,  or  allowing  a  dense  growth  of  Algas  to 
cover  them." 

This  masking  is  in  many  cases  quite  involuntar>'.  Thus 
the  freshwater  snails  [LytttMcrus)  may  be  so  thickly  covered 
with  Algae  that  they  can  hardly  move,  and  some  marine 
forms  are  unable  to  favour  or  prevent  the  growth  of  other 
orjjanisms  upon  their  shells,  but  how  far  this  is  from  be- 
injj  the  whole  story  is  well  known  to  all  who  are  ac([uain»'!(! 
with  our  shore  crabs.  F"or  though  they  also  may  be  invol- 
untarily masked,  there  is  ample  evi<ience  that  they  some- 
times disguise  themselves. 

The  hermit-crabs   are  to    some  extent    masked   wiihin 


62 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 


their  stolen  shells,  especially  if  these  be  covered  by  I'no 
Hydroid  Hydractinia  or  other  ortjanisms.  Various  other 
crabs  {Stenorhynchus^  Inachus^  Maitt,  Drottiia,  Pisa)  arc 
masked  by  the  seaweeds,  sponges,  and  zoophytes  which 
cover  their  carapace.  Moreover,  the  interest  of  this  mask- 
ing is  increased  by  the  fact  observed  by  Mr.  Bateson  at 
Plymouth  that  the  crabs  sometimes  fix  the  seaweeds  for 


Fig.  la.  -Sack-bearing  caterpillar  (.Vaff(>/Apra).     (Ktani  Mates.) 

themselves.  Mr.  Hatesnn  describes  how  the  nah  seizes  a 
piece  of  weed,  tears  off  a  piece,  chews  the  end  in  his  moufli. 
and  then  nibs  it  firmly  on  his  head  and  legs  until  it  i- 
raugh-  by  the  turved  hairs  and  fi.xed  "  Ihe  whole  pri 
(ceding  is  most  human  and  piirimseful.  Many  substance-, 
as  hydroids,  spong«  s  I'oly/oa,  and  weetls  of  many  kin<! 
and  colour?,  arc  thus  used;  but  these  various  substaiu' 
ate  nearly  always  ..>minetrica!!y  i>!attd  on  c orrt^ponduK; 


M  HA  , 


CHAP.  IV 


Shifts  for  a  Living 


63 


parts  of  the  body,  ar.d  particularly  long  plume-like  pieces 
are  fixed  on  the  head."  Thus,  as  Carus  Sterne  says,  is  the 
story  of  "  Bin  am's  walking  wood  "  re-enacted  on  the  sea- 
shore. Furthermore,  a  Stenorhynchus  which  has  been 
cleaned  will  immediately  begin  to  clothe  itself  again,  with 
the  same  care  and  precision  as  before.  Mr.  Robertson  of 
Millport  often  saw  Stennrhynchus  longirostris — a  common 
crab — picking  about  its  limbs  and  conveying  the  produce 
to  its  mouth.  "  If  other  observations  confirm  the  view  that 
this  animal  is  a  true  vegetarian,  we  shall  have  one  example 
at  least  of  an  independent  agriculturist,  who  is  not  only 
superior  of  his  lands,  but  carries  them  with  him  when 
he  removes."  I  also  have  seen  the  crab  doing  what  "  tlie 
naturalist  of  Cumbrae  "  observed.  In  further  illustration 
of  masking  we  may  cite  Dromia  vulgaris,  often  covered 
with  sponge ;  Dromia  excavata,  with  compound  ascidians ; 
the  Amphipod  Atylus,  with  seaweed  ;  while  a  species  of 
Dorippe  is  said  to  bear  a  bivalve  shell,  or  even  a  leaf,  as  a 
shield,  and  another  crab  cuts  off  the  tunic  of  a  sea-squirt 
and  hitches  it  on  his  own  shoulders. 

Sometimes  this  masking  serves  as  a  warning  or  deterrent ; 
witness  that  hermit-crab  {Pagurns  cvamnsis)  whose  stolen 
shell  is  surrounded  by  a  bright  orange  sponge  (Suberiles 
domuncula).  As  this  sponge  is  full  of  flinty  needles,  has  a 
strong  odour  and  a  disagreeable  taste,  we  do  not  wonder 
tint  Mr.  Garstang  finds  that  fish  dislike  it  intensely,  noi 
ran  we  doubt  that  the  hennit-crab  trades  on  the  reputation  of 
its  associate.  In  other  cases  the  masking  will  aid  in  con- 
icalment  and  favour  attack.  To  the  associations  of  crabs 
and  sea-anemones  we  shah  afterwards  refer. 

II.  OombinAtion  of  AdTantageoiw  Qualities.  —  Mr 
I'oulton  describes,  in  illustration  of  the  combination  of 
many  methods  of  defence,  the  case  of  the  larva  of  the 
puss  moth  {Cerura  vinula).  It  resembles  the  leaves  of  the 
poplar  and  willow  on  which  it  lives.  When  disturbed  it 
assumes  a  terrifyinjj  attitude,  mimetic  of  a  Vertebrate 
appearance  !  The  effect  is  heightened  by  the  protrusion  of 
two  pink  whips  from  the  tenninal  prongs  of  the  body,  an<l 
tinally  the  (feature  defemis  itself  hy  squirting'  formic  acid. 


64 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


I'ART  I 


!-:i  J 


Yet  in  spite  of  all  this  power  of  defence,  the  laira  often  falls 
a  victim  to  ichneumon-flies.    These  manage  to  lay  their  egys 

within  the  caterpillar,  which 
by  and  by  succumbs  to  the 
voracity  of  the  hatched 
ichneumon  maggots.  Mr. 
I'oulton  believes  that  the 
puss  moth  larva  "  has  been 
saved  from  extennination 
by  the  repeated  acquisition 
of  new  defensive  measures. 
But  any  improvement  in 
Fig.  13. -" Terrifying  attitude"  of  the  the  means  of  defence  ha^ 

caterpillar  of   Crura  vmuta      (From    ^^^^^     ,„et    ^y    j^e     greater 
Chambers  s  ^(•O'c/o'/. ;  after  Poultoii.)  ,     ,1 

mgenuity  or  boldness  of 
foes  ;  and  so  it  has  come  about  that  many  of  the  besl- 
protected  larv;e  are  often  those  which  die  in  the  largest 
numbers  from  the  attacks  of  enemies.  The  exceptional 
standard  of  defence  has  been  only  reached  through  the 
pressure  of  an  exceptional  need." 

13.  Surrender  of  Parts.— Among  the  strange  life -pro- 
serving  powers  which  animals  exhibit,  we  must  also 
include  that  of  surrendering  parts  of  the  body  in  'lu' 
panic  of  capture  or  in  the  struggle  to  escape.  A  rat 
will  gnaw  off  a  leg  to  free  itself  from  a  trap,  and  I  ha\  r 
heard  of  a  stoat  which  did  not  refrain  from  amputatin* 
more  than  one  limb.  But  the  cases  to  which  we  now  refi  r 
are  not  deliberate  amputations,  but  rctlex  and  unconsciou-^ 
surrenders.  Many  lizards  (such  as  our  British  "  slowworm  "  ) 
will  readily  leave  their  tails  in  their  captor's  grasp  ;  cnis- 
tarcans,  insects,  and  spiders  part  with  their  limbs  and 
scramljlc  off  maimed  but  safe  ;  starfishes,  brittle-stars,  and 
feather-stars  resign  their  arms,  and  the  sea-cucumbers  their 
viscera.  A  large  number  of  cases  have  been  studied  I'V 
Kredericq  and  (liard. 

Among  Crustacea  the  habit  is  most  perfectly  developed 
in  the  crabs,  e.^.  the  common  shore-rrab  (('(/n///wj///(r«(/.»), 
and  in  the  spiny  lobster  {Pitlinitrus),  but  it  is  also  exhibited 
by  the  cra\ tish  (As/uius),  the  common  lobster  (^llotnarus). 


CHAP.  IV  Shifts  for  a  Living  5c 

the  shrimp  (frangon\  and  the  prawn  {Palamon).  In  crabs 
and  in  the  spiny  lobster  the  surrender  of  a  limb  is  effected 
by  the  forcible  contraction  of  the  basal  muscles,  and  the 
line  of  rupture  is  through  the  second-lowest  joint.  FrtJde- 
ricq's  researches  seem  to  prove  conclusively  that  the  sur- 
render is  a  reflex  and  unconscious  act,  but  its  protective 
value  is  not  less  great.  The  chances  are  in  favour  of  the 
crab  escapmg,  the  residue  of  muscle  prevents  haemorrhage 
from  the  stump,  and  in  the  course  of  time  the  lost  limb  is 
replaced  by  a  new  growth.  The  crab  does  not  know  what 
It  IS  doing,  but  It  unconsciously  illustrates  that  it  is  better 
that  one  member  should  perish  than  that  the  whole  life 
should  be  lost. 

Not  a  few  insects  readily  surrender  their  legs,  but  these 
are  not  replaced.  Spiders  arc  captured  if  the  legs  are  fixed 
without  irritating  the  nerves,  for  that  is  an  essential  con- 
dition of  the  reflex  amputation.  In  regard  to  lizards,  also, 
It  has  been  shown  that  a  reflex  nervous  excitement,  and  not 
mere  brittleness,  is  the  condition  of  surrender.  Here  how- 
ever,  the  lost  tail  may  be  replaced.  Among  Mollilsca  a 
surrender  of  parts  has  been  recorded  of  Harpa  veniricosa, 
Dons  cruenta,  Stenopus,  some  species  of  Helix,  the  razor- 
shell  Solen  ;  while  it  is  well  known  that  male  cuttle-fishes 
sometimes  part  with  one  of  their  arms  for  special  sexual 
purposes.  A  great  many  «  woms  "  break  very  easily,  and 
the  severed  parts  are  sometimes  able  to  regrow  the  whole 
organism. 

Among  the  Echinoderms  the  tendency  to  disrupt  is  exhi- 
bued  to  an  extraordinary  degree.  Thus  Professor  Preyer  has 
^liown  that  the  seven-rayed  ^l^x^^h  {Asterias  ienuisfiina) 
urrenders  its  arms  with  great  readiness,  often  giving  off 
three  or  four  at  a  time.  Hut  each  ray  may  reproduce  an 
entire  starhsh.  Professor  Edward  Forbes  tells  how  a  speci- 
men of  LuMa  which  lie  had  dredged,  was  disappearing 
-r  the  side  of  the  boat  wlu.i  he  cau«ht  it  by  one  of  its 
■«'n  s;  It  surrendered  the  arm  and  escaped,  giving  "a  wink 
-  ension  "  wi.b  one  of  its  eyes.  Brittle-sta's  (Ophiuroil) 
>r  many  kinds  are  true  to  their  popular  name,  and  the 
C  rmoKis  are  not   less  disruptive.       Not  only  are  the  arms 


66  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 

readily  given  off,  but  these  break  into  many  fiagments. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  that  this  habit,  combined  with  the 
marvellous  power  of  regrowth  which  these  animals  possess, 
is  of  great  protective  value,  while  it  is  also  probable  in  regard 
to  both  Echinoderms  and  some  worms,  that  the  disruption 
of  parts  may  really  increase  the  number  of  individuals. 

There  is  no  need  to  enumerate  all  the  protective  habits 
and  devices  which  animals  exhibit.     Some  "  feign  "  death, 
by  falling  in  panic  into  a  state  allied  to  hypnotic  trance, 
perhaps  in  some  of  the  higher  animals  by  conscious  decep- 
tion ;  others  roll  themselves  up  into  balls,  as  in  forms  so 
different  as  myriapods  and  armadillos  ;  but,  finally,  I  shall 
cite  from  Dr.  Hickson's  Naturalist  in  North  Celebes  one 
other  device.     '*  I  often  saw  advancing  slowly  over  the 
sea-   ardens,   in  parties  of  from  four  to  six,  a  group  of 
cutt    -fish,  swimming  with  an  even  backward  movement, 
the      inges   of  their   mantles   and  their  arms  trembling, 
»»•    ttei'    colour  gradually  changing  to  what  seemed  to 
n       nost   infinite   variety   of  hues   as   they   passed 
jv.      he      rious  beds  of  the  sea -bottom.     Then  suddenly 
ihe      would  be  a  commotion  in  what  was  previously  a 
cah     md  placid  scene,  the  striped  and  speckled  reef  fishes 
wo        be  sen  darting  away  in  all  directions,  and  of  the 
cut       ishef    U  that  remained  were  four  or  five  clouds  of  ink 
in  t,H  clftfl       Iter.     They  had  thrown  dust  in  the  eyes  of 
some  -OS*        ark  or  voracious  fish." 

liu.  should  not  like  to  suggest  the  ide.i  that  animals 
are  alw;»  i  careful  and  anxious,  or  forced  to  continual 
struggle  and  shift. 

••  They  do  not  iweat  and  whine  alwut  their  condition, 

They  do  not  lie  awake  in  the  dark  and  weep  for  their  sins, 

They  do  not  make  me  sick  discussing  their  duty  to  CJotl, 

Not  one  is  dissatisfied,  not  one  is  demented 

With  the  mania  of  owning  things ; 

Not  one  kneels  to  another,  nor  to  his  kind  that  lived  thous.^n(b 

of  years  ago ; 
Not  one  is  respectable  or  unhappy  over  the  whole  earth." 

Walt  V.'iiitmak. 


CHAPTER    V 

SOCIAL    LIFE    OF   ANIMALS 

I.  Partnerships— 2.  Co-operation  and  Division  of  Labour— %    Gre- 
gartous  Life  and  Combined  Action—/^.  Beai>ers—s   Bees— 6 
't"?"^;  ^f':^'''"-^-  Evolution  of  Social  Life-^.  Advanta^res 
of  Soaal  Ltfe—io.   A  Note  on  the  Social  Organism  — ii 
Conditstons 

The  over- fed   plant   bears   many  leaves   but  its  flowers 
are  few ;    the  animal  which  eats  too  much  becomes  fat  • 
and  we  know  that  within  the  living  body  one  part  may 
K'row  out    of  proportion    to    the    others.      It  seems  as   if 
organ  competed  with  organ  within  the  living  engine,  as 
.f  one  tissue  outgrew  its  neighbors  in  the  living  web,  as 
If  there   were    some    struggle   for  existence  between  the 
individual  units  which  form  the  city  of  cells  in  any  of  the 
higher  animals.      This   idea   of  internal   competition    has 
been  elaborated  by  a   Gennan   biologist,  Roux,  in  a  work 
entitled  7-^^  Struggle  of  Parts  within  (he  Organism,  and 
It  IS  full  of  suggestivencss.     It  can  be  verified  from   our 
own  experience  ;  but  yet  it  seems  strange.     For  we  rightly 
'»nk  of  an  organism  as  a  unity  in  which  the  parts  are 
Iranothef         '"  '""'"^'  helpfulness,  being  members  one 

Now,  just  as  a  biologist  would  exaggerate  greatly  if  he 
maintained  that  the  struggle  of  parts  was  tht  most  inv 
Fitant  fact  about  an  organism,  so  would  a  naturalist  if  he 


t. 


ill 


i    \ 


I  « 


68  TAe  Study  of  Animal  Life  pakt  i 

Coherence  and  harmony  and  mutual  helpfulness  of 
parts— whether  these  be  organs,  tissues,  or  cells— are 
certainly  facts  in  the  life  of  individuals ;  we  have  now 
to  see  how  far  the  same  is  true  of  the  larger  life  in 
which  the  many  are  considered  as  one. 

I.  Partnersliips. —Animals  often  live  together  in  strange 
partnerships.  The  «« beef-eater"  birds  {Buphagus)  perch 
on  cattle  and  extract  grubs  from  the  skin ;  a  kind  of  plover 
{Pluvianus  agyptius)  removes  leeches  and  other  parasites 
from  the. back  of  the  crocodile,  and  perhaps  "picks  his  teeth," 
as  Herodotus  alleged  ;  the  shark  is  attended  by  the  pilot-fish 
{Naucrates  ductor\  who  is  shielded  by  the  shark's  reputa- 
tion, and  seems  to  remove  parasites  from  his  skin. 

Especially  among  marine  animals,  we  find  many  almost 
constant  associations,  the  meaning  of  which  is  often  obscure. 
Two  gasteropods  Rhizochilus   and  Magilus    grow   along 
with  certain  corals,  some  barnacles  are  common  on  whales, 
some  sponges  and  polypes  are  always  found  together,  with- 
out there  being  in  any  of  these  cases  either  parasitism  or 
partnership.      But  when  we  find  a  little  fish  living  con- 
tentedly inside  a  large  sea -anemone,  or  the  little  pea-crab 
(Pinnotheres)  within  the  horse-mussel,  the  probable  explana- 
tion is  that  the  fish  and  the  crab  are  sheltered  by  their 
hosts  and  share  their  food.     They  are  not  known  to  do 
harm,  while  they  derive  much  benefit.     They  illustrate  one 
kind  of  "  commensalism,"  or  of  eating  at  the  same  table. 

But  the  association   between  crabs   and  sea -anemones 

affords  a  better  illustration.     One  of  the  hermit-crabs  of 

our   coast  {Pagurus  f»ideauxii)   has    its   borrowed    shell 

always  enveloped  by  a   sea-anemone  {Adamsia  palliaia), 

and  Pagimis  bernJumius  may  be  similarly  cnsheathed  by 

Adamsia  rondeletii.      Mobius    describes   two   crabs    from 

Mauritius  which  bear  a  sea-anemone  on  each  claw,  and  m 

some  other  crab?  a  similar  association  occurs.      It  seems 

that  in  some  cases  the  crab  deliberately  chooses  its  ally  and 

plants  it  on  its  shell,  and  that  it  does  not  leave  it  behind  at 

the  period  of  shell -chanKim       Deprived  of  its  polype  c-Mn- 

panion,  one    was    seen    to      :    restlessly   ill  at   ease   imtil 

It  obtained  another  of  the  same  kind.     The  use  of  the  sea- 


CHAP.  V 


Social  Life  of  Animals 


69 


anemone  as  a  mask  to  the  crab — and  also  perhaps  as 
aid  in  attack  or  defence — is  obvious ;  on  the  other  hand, 
the  sea-anemone  is  carried  about  by  the  crab  and  may 
derive  food  from  the  crumbs  of  its  bearer's  repast. 

Commensalism  must  be  distinguished  from  parasitism, 
in  which  the  one  orgapism  feeds  upon  its  host,  though  it  is 
quite  possible  that  a  commensal  might  degenerate  into  a 
parasite.  Quite  distinct  also  is  that  intimate  partnership 
known  as  symbiosis,  illustrated  by  the  union  of  algoid  and 
fungoid  elements  to  form  a  lichen,  or  by  the  occurrence  of 
minute  Algae  as  constant  internal  associates  and  helpful 
partners  of  Radiolarians  and  some  Coelenterates. 

2.  Co-operation  and  Division  of  Labour.— The  idea 
of  division  of  labour  has  been  for  a  long  time  familiar  to 
men,  but  its  biological  importance  was  first  satisfactorily 
recognised  by  Milne-Edwards  in  1827. 

Among  the  Stinging-animals  there  are  many  animal 
colonies,  aggregates  of  individuals,  with  a  common  life. 
These  begin  from  a  single  individual  and  are  formed  by 
prolific  budding,  as  a  hive  is  formed  by  the  prolific  egg- 
laying  of  a  queen-bee.      The  mode  of  reproduction   is 
asexual  in  the  one  case,  sexual  in  the  other ;  the  resulting 
individuals  are  physically  united  in  the  one  case,  psychically 
united  in  the  other  ;  but  these  differences  are  not  so  great 
as  they  may  at  first  sight  appear.     Many  masses  of  coral 
are  animal  colonies,  but  among  the  members  or  "  persons," 
as  they  are  technically  called,  division  of  labour  is  very  raie  ; 
moreover,  in  the  growth  of  coral  the  younger  individuals 
often    smother    the    older.      In    colonial    zoophytes   the 
arl)orescent  mode  of  growth  usually  obviates  crushing ;  and 
tliere  is  sometimes  very  marked  division  of  labour.     Thus 
in  the  colony  of  Hydractittia  polypes,  which  is  often  found 
Kiowing  on  the  shells  tenanted  by  hermit-crabs,  there  may 
be  a  hundred  or  more  individuals  all  in  organic  connection. 
Ihe   polypes   are    minute    tubular   animals,   connected    at 
their  bases,  and  stretching  out  from  the  surface  of  the  shell 
into  the  still  water  of  the  pool  in  which  the  hermit-crab  is 
rciimif.     But  among   the   hundred   individuals   there   are 
three  or  four  castes,  the  differences  between  which  probably 


^SiSimX^. 


■  I 


alii 


1*.  •      I 


70 


T/t£  Study  of  Auimal  Life 


PAR  r  I 


result  from  the  fact  that  in  such  a  large  colony  perfect 
uniformity  of  nutritive  and  other  conditions  is  impossible. 
Individuals  which  are  fundamentally  and  originally  like  one 
another  grow  to  be  different,  and  perform  different  func- 
tions according  to  the  caste  t  >  which  they  belong. 

Many  are  nutritive  in  form  like  the  little  freshwater 
Hydra— iv\m\7cc  animals  with  an  extensile  body  and  with  .1 
terminal  mouth  wreathed   round  by  mobile  tentacles.     On 

these  the  whole  nutrition  of  tlie 
colony  depends.  Beside  the>e 
there  are  reproductive  "  per- 
sons," which  cannot  feed, 
being  mouthless,  but  secure 
the  continuance  of  the  species 
and  give  rise  to  embryos  which 
start  new  colonies.  Then  there 
are  Ion,;,  lank,  sensitive  mem- 
bers, also  mouthless,  which 
serve  as  the  sense-organs  of  tlic 
colony,  and  are  of  use  in  tlc- 
tccting  food  or  danger.  Wht  11 
danger  threatens,  the  polypo 
cower  down,  and  there  are  IcU 
projecting  small  hard  spines, 
which  some  regard  as  a  fourtli 

Fig.   t4. -Colony    of  lfy.i,act!,.;<x  class  of  individuals— star\c(l, 
tchinata.  a,  luitritivo  iiniividiiais ;  abortive    members     like    the 

h,     reproductive     individiinl> ;     c>    ^,  .^i      i         »i     i  _  i 

abortive    spines;     and    there    are    thoms  On  the  hawthom  hed^e. 

.ilso  louK    mouthlps  individii.-ils    j^  rccognising  their  utility  to 

specialised  m  sensitiveness.    (From  °  °  ' 

charnVjers's  h'.ncyciop. ;  .iftcr  All-  the  colony  as  a  whole  we  can 
'"'"'>•  hardly  overlook  the  fact  that 

their  life  as  individuals  is  prarticaliy  nil. 

trate  the  dark  side  of  division  of  labour. 


They  well  illus- 


i!   ■         I 


Ilcriwrt  .^pcnrer  .nnd  Krnst  Ilacckel  Imve  cxiilnincl  voiy  rlc.TiIy 
one  l.tw  of  jir  )j^rcss  aiiionif  those  animals  \v)iich  form  colonics. 
'I'lio  crmlo  form  nf  a  colciy  is  an  ai,'::,'rij;aU  of  siniilat  inilivi(hi.il^, 
the  perfected  colony  is  an  intcip-aie  in  wliich  by  division  of  lalimir 
greater  harmony  of  life  li  >  resulted,  and  in  which  the  whole  colony 
is  more  thoroughly  compacted  into  a  unity.     Among  the  Stinging- 


:i, 


CHAP.  V  Social  Life  of  Animals  71 

animals,  we  find  some  precise  illustrations  of  such  integrated  colonies, 
especially  in  the  Siphonophora  of  which  the  Portuguese  Man-of-War 
i/'kysalia)  is  a  good  example.  There  is  no  doubt  that  these 
beautiful  organisms  are  colonies  of  individuals,  which  in  structure 
are  all  referable  to  a  "  medusoid  "  or  jellyfish-like  type.  But  the 
division  of  labour  is  so  harmonious,  and  the  compacting  or 
oi^nisation  of  the  colony  is  so  thorough,  that  the  whole  moves  and 
lives  as  a  single  organism. 

E.  Perrier  in  his  work  entitled  Les  Colonies  Animales  (Paris, 
1882),  shows  how  organic  association  may  lead  from  one  grade  of 
organisation  and  individuality  to  another,  and  explains  very  clearly 
how  sedentary  and  passive  life  tends  to  develop  mere  aggregates, 
while  free  and  active  life  tends  to  integrate  the  colony.  With  this 
may  be  compared  A.  Lang's  interesting  study  on  the  influence  of 
sedentary  life  and  its  connection  with  asexual  reproduction — Das 
Einfluss  des  Festsitten  (Jena,  1889).  Haeckel,  in  his  GmtrelU 
MorpkologU  (a  vols,,  Berlin,  1866),  was  one  of  the  first  to  shed  a 
strong  clear  light  on  the  difficult  subject  of  organic  individuality, 
its  grades  and  its  progressive  complexity.  To  Spencer,  Principles 
of  Biology  (2  vols.,  London,  1863-67),  we  owe  in  this  connection 
the  elucidation  of  the  transition  from  aggregates  to  integrates,  and 
of  the  lines  of  differentiation,  i.e.  the  progressive  complication  of 
structure  which  is  associated  with  division  of  lalwur. 

3-  Gregarious  Life  and  Combined  Action.— Most 
mammals  are  in  some  degree  gregarious.  The  solitary 
kinds  are  in  a  distinct  minority.  The  isolated  are  ex- 
posed to  attack,  the  associated  are  saved  by  the  wisdom 
of  their  wisest  members  and  by  that  strength  which  union 
gives.  Many  hoofed  animals,  such  as  deer,  antelopes, 
goats,  and  elephants,  live  in  herds,  which  are  not  mere 
crowds,  but  organised  bands,  with  definite  conventions  and 
with  a  power  of  combined  resistance  which  often  enables 
them  to  withstand  the  attacks  of  carnivores.  Marmots  and 
prairie-dogs,  whose  "  cities  "  may  cover  vast  areas,  live  peace- 
ful and  prosperous  lives.  Monkeys  furnish  many  illustra- 
tions of  successful  gregarious  life.  As  individuals  most  of 
them  are  comparatively  defenceless,  and  usually  avoid  com- 
ing to  close  quarters  with  their  adversaries ;  yet  in  a  body 
tliey  are  formidable,  and  often  help  one  another  out  of 
scrapes.  Brehm  tells  how  he  encountered  a  troop  of  baboons 
which  defied  his  dogs  and  retreated  in  good  order  up  the 


MICROCOrY    RBOUiTION   TfST  CHART 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


1.0 


1^ 

§21 

tim 

m^ 

U£ 

■  3^ 

13^ 

IK 

lit 
u 

Im 

■  2.2 


MM* 

I 


2.0 


1.8 


.^S 


i    /1PPLIED  IIVHGE    I 


nc 


1653   Cast   Main   StrMt 

RochMter.   Utw  York        U609       USA 

(716)   482  -0300  -  Phon* 

(:'16)   288-5989  -  Fo» 


72 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


heights.  A  young  one  about  six  months  old  being  left 
behind  called  loudly  for  aid.  *'  One  of  the  largest  males, 
a  true  hero,  came  down  3:sain  from  the  mountain,  slowly 
went  to  the  young  one,  co.xed  him,  and  triumphantly  led 
him  away — the  dogs  being  too  much  astonished  to  make  an 
attack." 


Fig.  15. — Chimpanzee  (. !     hropopUhc.  us  or  Troglodytts  calvui). 
(I  .uiuDuChaillu.) 


Many  birds,  such  as  rooks  and  swallows,  nest  together, 
and  the  sociality  is  citen  advantageous.  Kropotkine  cites 
from  Dr.  Coucs  an  observation  in  regard  to  some  little  clirt"- 
svvallows  which  nested  in  .1  colony  quite  near  the  home  of  a 
prairie-falcon.  "The  little  peaceful  birds  had  no  fear  of 
their  rapacious  neighbour  ;  they  did  not  let  it  even  approach 
to  their   colony.      They  immediately  surrounded    it   an<l 


■^Mwm 


) '  J  a  « y .  t 


CHAP.  V 


Social  Life  of  Animals 


73 

chased  it,  so  that   it  had  to  make  oflF  at  once."     Of  the 
cranes,  Kropotkine  notes  that  they  are  extremely  "sociable 
and  hve  m  fnendly  relations,  not  only  with  their  congeners 
but  also  with  most  aquatic  birds."     They  post  sentries,  send 
scouts,  have  many  friends  and  few  enemies,  and  are  very 
intelligent.     So  is  it  also  with  panots.     «'  The  members  of 
each  band  remam  faithfully  attached  to  each  other,  and  they 
share  m  common  good  or  bad  luck."     They  feed  together 
fly  together,  rest  together  ;  they  send  scouts  and  post  sen- 
tinels ;  they  find  protection  and  pleasure  in  combination. 
Like  the  cranes,  they  are  very  intelligent,  and  safe  from 
most  enemies  except  man. 

On  the  other  hand,  some  of  the  most  successful  carni- 
vores, e.g.  wolves,  hunt  in  packs,  and  not  a  few  birds  of 
prey  (some  eagles,  kites,  vultures)  unite  to  destroy  their 
quarry.      Combination  for  defence  has  its  counterpart  in 
combination  for  attack.     In  both  cases  the  collective  action 
IS  often  associated  with  the  custom  of  posting  sentinels,  who 
warn  the  rest,  or  of  sending  scouts  to  reconnoitre.      Pecu- 
liarly mteresting  are  those  cases  in  which  the  relatively 
weak  unite  to  attack  the  strong ;  thus  a  few  kites  will  rob  an 
eagle  and  wagtails  will  persecute  a  sparrow-hawk.     Kropot- 
kine has  noticed  how  the  aquatic  birds  which  crowd  on  the 
shores  of  lakes  and  seas  often  combine  to  drive  off  intrud- 
ing  birds  of  prey.     «  In  the  face  of  an  exuberant  life,  the 
Ideally  armed  robber  has  to  be  satisfied  with  the  off-fall  of 
that  life. 

Among  many  animals  there  is  co-operation  in  labour,  as 
well  as  combination  for  attack  or  defence.  Brehm  relates  that 
baboons  and  other  monkeys  act  in  thorough  concert  in 
plundering  expeditions,  sending  scouts,  posting  sentinels,  and 
even  forming  a  long  chain  for  the  transport  of  the  spoil.  It 
IS  said  that  several  Hamadryad  baboons  will  unite  to  turn 
over  a  large  stone,  sharing  the  booty  found  underneath. 
When  the  Brazilian  kite  has  seized  a  prey  too  large  for  it 
to  carry  ,t  summons  its  friends;  and  Kropotkine  cites  a  re- 
markable case  in  which  an  eagle  called  others  to  the  car- 
Lin''  I  u'''.''^"%^'!'  ^°^^'''^'" '"  «^«t  companies,  forming  a 
wide  half-circle  facing  the  shore  and  catching  the  fish  thus 


k% 


!    f   i 


S  ■  ..   'A 


74 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  1 


If!!-. 


enclosed.  Burial  beetles  unite  to  buty  the  dead  mouse  or 
bird  in  which  the  eggs  are  laid,  and  the  dung-beetles  help 
one  another  in  rolling  balls  of  food.  But  of  all  cases  of 
combined  activity  the  migration  of  birds  is  at  once  the  most 
familiir  and  the  most  beautiful — the  gathering  together,  the 
excitement  before  starting,  the  trial  flights,  the  reliance 
placed  in  the  leaders.  Migration  is  usually  social,  and 
is  sustained  by  tradition. 

4.  Beavers. — That  the  highly -socialised  beavers  have 
been  extenninated  in  many  countries  where  they  once 
abounded  is  no  argument  against  their  sociaUty,  for  man 
has  ingenuity  enough  to  baffle  any  organisation.  A  family 
of  about  si .  members  inhabits  one  house,  and  in  suitable 
localities — secluded  and  rich  in  trees — many  families  con- 
gregate in  a  village  community.  The  young  leave  the  par- 
ental roof  in  the  summer  of  their  third  year,  finu  mates  for 
themselves,  and  establish  new  homesteads.  The  community 
becomes  overcrowded,  however,  and  migrations  take  place 
up  and  down  stream,  the  old  lodges  being  sometimes  left  to 
the  young  couples.  It  is  said,  moreover,  ihat  lazy  or  other- 
wise objectionable  members  may  be  expelled  from  the  society, 
and  condemned  to  live  alone.  Under  constraint  of  fear  or 
human  interference,  and  away  from  social  impulse,  beavers 
may  relapse  into  lazy  and  careless  habits,  and  in  many 
cases  each  family  lives  its  life  apart;  but  in  propitious 
conditions  their  achievements  are  marvellous.  Th*;  burrow 
may  rise  into  a  constructed  home,  and  the  members  of 
many  families  may  combine  in  wood-cutting  and  log-rolling, 
and  yet  more  markedly  in  constructing  dams  and  digging 
canals.  Make  allowances  for  the  exaggeration  of  enthusiastic 
observers,  but  lead  Mr.  Lewis  Morgan's  stories  of  the  evolu- 
tion of  a  broken  burrow  into  a  comfortable  lodge,  varying 
according  to  the  local  conditions  ;  of  the  adaptation  of  the 
dams  against  the  rush  of  floods  ;  of  canals  hundreds  of  feet 
in  length — labours  without  reward  until  they  are  finished  ; 
of  the  short-cut  waterways  across  loops  of  the  river  ;  an  \  cf 
"  locks  "  where  continuous  canals  are,  from  the  nature  of  the 
ground,  impossible.  The  Indians  have  invested  beavers 
with  immortality,  but  it  is  enough  for  us  to  recognise  that 


CHAP.  V 


Social  Life  of  Animals 


75 

they  exhibit  more  sagacity  than  can  be  explained  by  heredi- 
tary habit,  for  they  often  adapt  their  actions  to  novel  condi- 
tions in  a  manner  which  must  be  described  as  intelligent. 
Especially  when  we  remember  that  the  beaver  belongs  to  a 
somewhat  stupid  rodent  race,  are  we  inclined  to  believe  that 
it  is  the  cleverest  of  its  kind  because  the  most  socialised. 

5.  Bees.— Many  centuries  have  passed  since  men  first 
listened  to  the  humming  of  the  honey-bees,  and  found  in  the 
hive  a  symbol  of  the  strength  of  unity.  From  Aristotle's 
time  till  now  naturalists  have 
been  studying  the  life  of  bees, 
without  exhausting  either  its 
facts  or  its  suggestions.  The 
society  is  very  large  and 
complex,  yet  very  stable  and 
successful.  Its  customs  seem 
now  like  those  of  children  at 
play,  and  now  like  the  real- 
ised dreams  of  social  refor- 
mers. The  whole  life  gives 
one  the  impression  of  an  old- 
established  business  in  which 
all  contingencies  have  been 
so  often  experienced  that 
they  have  ceased  to  cause 
hesitation  or  friction.  There 
is  indeed  much  mortality, 
some  apparent  cruelty,  and 
the  constantly  recurring  ad- 
venture of  migration  ;  but  though  hive  may  war  against 
hive,  inter-civic  competition  has  virtually  ceased,  and  the 
life  proceeds  smoothly  with  the  hannony  and  effectiveness 
of  a  perfected  organisation. 

The  mother-bee,  whom  wc  call  a  "  queen  " — though  she 
is  without  the  wits  and  energy  of  a  ruler — is  to  this  extent 
lic.ul  of  the  community,  that,  by  her  prolific  egg-laying,  she 
increases  or  restores  the  population.  \'ery  sluggish  in 
tlieir  ordinary  life  are  the  numerous  males  or  ♦•  drones,' 
one  of  whom,  fleet  and  vigorous  beyond  his  fellows,  w  ill  pair 


G.  16. — Honey-bee  {A fits  mellifica). 
A,_  queen  ;  1!,  drone  ;  C,  worker. 
(From  Chambers's  Khij\/o/>.) 


»  1 


m 
IP 


^m 


76 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


with  a  queen  in  her  nuptial  flight,  himself  to  die  soon  after, 
saved  at  least  fiom  the  expulsion  and  massacre  which  await 
all  the  sex  when  the  supplies  of  honey  run  short  in  autumn. 
The  queen  and  drones  are  important  only  so  far  as  multiplica- 
tion is  concerned.     The  sustained  life  of  the  hive  is  wholly  in 
the  hands  of  the  workers,  who  in  brains,  in  activity,  and 
general  equipment  are  greatly  superior  to  their  "  queen." 
"  The  queen  has  lost  her  domestic  arts,  which  the  worker  pos- 
sesses in  a  perfection  never  attained  by  the  ancestral  types  ; 
while  the  worker  has  lost  her  maternal  functions,  although 
she  still  possesses  the  needed  organs  in  a  rudimentary  state." 
What  a  busy  life  is  theirs,  gathering  nectar  and  pollen 
unwearyingly,  while  the  sunshine  lasts,  neatly  slippinj  into 
the  secrets  of  the  flowers  or  stealing  their  treasures  by 
force,  carrying  their  booty  home  in  swift  sweeping  flight, 
often  over  long  distances  unerringly,  unloading  the  pollen 
from  their  hind-legs  and  packing  it  into  some  cells  of  the 
comb,  emptying  out  the  nectar  from  their  crop  or  honey- 
sac  into  store-cells,  and  then  off  again  for  more — s.ich  is 
their   socialised   mania  for   getting.      But,  besides   these 
•'  foragers  " — for  the  most  part  seniors — there  are  younger 
stay-at-home  "  nurses,"  whose  labours,  if  less  energetic,  are 
not  less  essential.     For  it  is  their  part  to  look  after  the 
grubs  in  their  cradles,  to  feed  them  at  first  with  a  "  pap  "  of 
digested  nectar,  and  then  to  wean  them  to  a  diet  of  honey, 
pollen,  and  water ;  to  attend  the  queen,  guiding  her  move- 
ments and  feeding  her  while  she  lays  many  eggs,  sometimes 
2000  to  3000  eggs  in  a  day.     Mr.  Cheshire,  in  his  incom- 
parably careful  book  on  Bees  and  Beekeeping^  laughs  at  the 
"many  writers  who  have  given  the  echo  to  a  mediaeval 
fancy  by  stating  that  the  queen  is  ever  surrounded  by  a 
circle   of  dutiful   subjects,  reverently  watching  her  move- 
ments, and  liable  to  instant  banishment  upon  any  neglect 
of  duty.     These  it  was  once  the  fashion  to  compare  to  the 
twelve  Apostles,  and,  to  make   the   ridiculous   suggestion 
complete,  their  number  was  said  to  be  invariably  twelve  ! ' 
But  Mr.  Cheshire's  own  account  of  the  nurses'  work,  and  of 
the  whole  life  of  the  hive,  is  more  marvellous   than  any 
mediaeval  fancy. 


hi 


CHAP.  V 


Social  Life  of  Animals 


77 


We  have  not  outlined  nearly  all  the  labours  of  the 
workers.  There  is  the  exhausting  though  passive  labour  of 
forming  the  wax  which  oozes  out  on  the  under-surface  of  the 
body,  and  then  there  is  the  marvellous  comb-building,  at 
which  the  bees  are  very  neat  and  clever  workers,  though  they 
do  not  deserve  the  reputation  for  mathematical  insight  once 
granted  them.  "Their  combs,"  Mr.  Cheshire  says,  "are 
rows  of  rooms  unsurpassably  suitable  for  feeding  and  nurtur- 
ing the  larvae,  for  giving  safety  and  seclusion  during  the 
mystic  sleep  of  pupa-hood,  for  ensconcing  the  weary  worker 
seeking  rest,  and  for  safely  warehousing  the  provisions  ever 
needed  by  the  numerous  family  and  by  all  during  the 
winter's  siege.  Corridors  run  between,  giving  sufficient 
space  for  the  more  extensive  quarters  of  the  prospective 
mother,  and  affording  every  facility  to  the  busy  throng 
walking  on  the  ladders  the  edges  of  their  apartments  supply  ; 
while  the  exactions  of  modern  hygiene  are  fully  met  by  air, 
in  its  native  purity,  sweeping  past  the  doorway  of  every 
inhabitant  of  the  insect  city." 

We  shall  not  seek  to  penetrate  into  the  more  hidden 
mysteries  of  the  life  of  bees  ;  for  instance,  "  how  the  drones 
have  a  mother  but  no  father,"  or  how  high  feeding  makes 
the  difference  between  a  queen  and  a  worker.  An  outline 
of  the  yearly  life  is  more  appropriate.  From  the  v/inter's 
rest  the  surviving  bees  reawaken  when  the  early-flowering 
trees  begin  to  blossom  ;  the  workers  engage  in  a  *'  spring 
cleaning,"  and  the  queen  restores  the  reduced  population 
by  egg-laying.  New  supplies  of  food  are  brought  in,  new 
bees  are  bom,  and  in  early  summer  we  see  the  busy  life  in 
all  its  energy.  The  pressure  of  increased  population  makes 
itself  felt,  and  migration  or  "  swarming  "  becomes  impera- 
tive. In  due  time  and  in  fair  weather  "  the  old  mother 
departs  with  the  superabundance  of  the  population." 
Meanwhile  in  the  parent-hive  drones  have  been  born,  and 
several  possible  queens  await  liberation.  The  first  to  be 
set  free  has  to  hold  her  own  against  newcomers,  or  it  may  be 
to  die  before  one  of  them.  The  successful  new  queen  soon 
becomes  restless,  issues  forth  in  swift  nuptial  flight,  is 
fertilised  by  a  drone,  and  returns  to  her  home  to  begin 


li 


* 


78 


The  Study  of  AninuU  Life 


PART  1 


prolific  egg-laying,  and  perhaps  after  a  time  to  lead  off 
another  swarm.  During  the  busy  summer,  when  food  is 
abundant,  the  lazy  males  are  tolerated ;  but  when  their 
function  is  fulfilled,  and  when  the  supplies  become  scarce, 
they  are  ruthlessly  put  to  death.  "  No  sooner  does  income 
fall  below  expenditure,  than  their  nursing  sisters  turn 
their  executioners,  usually  by  dragging  them  from  the  hive, 
biting  at  the  insertion  of  the  wing.  The  drones,  strong  for 
their  especial  work,  are,  after  all,  as  tender  as  they  are 
defenceless,  and  but  little  exposure  and  abstinence  is 
required  to  terminate  their  being.  So  thorough  is  the  war 
of  extermination,  that  no  age  is  spared ;  even  drone  eggs 
are  devoured,  the  larvae  have  their  juices  sucked  and  their 
'  remains '  carried  out — a  fate  in  which  the  chrysalids  are 
made  to  take  part,  the  maxim  for  the  moment  being,  He 
that  will  not  work,  neither  shall  he  eat."  This  Lycurgan 
tragedy  over,  the  equilibrium  of  the  hive  is  more  secure, 
and  the  winter  comes. 

The  social  life  of  hive-bees  is  of  peculiar  interest, 
because  it  represents  the  climax  of  a  series  of  stages. 
Hermann  Miiller  has  traced  the  plausible  history  of  the 
honey-bee  from  an  insect  like  the  sand -wasp,  and  has 
shown  in  other  kinds  of  bees  the  various  steps  by  which 
the  pollen-gathering  and  nectar-collecting  organs  have  been 
developed.  The  habits  of  life  gradually  lead  up  to  the 
consummately  social  life  of  the  hive.  Thus  Prosopis,  which 
lays  its  eggs  in  the  pith  of  bramble-stems  ;  the  wood-boring 
Xylophaga ;  and  the  leaf-cutting  Megachile,  which  lines  its 
burrows  with  circles  ct'  om  rose  leaves,  are  solitary  bees. 
The  various  species  of  humble-  or  bumble-bee  {Bombus),  so 
familiarly  industrious  ^rom  the  spring,  when  the  willows 
bear  their  catkins,  till  the  autumn  chill  benumbs,  are  half 
way  to  the  hive-bees  ;  for  they  live  in  societies  of  mother, 
drones,  and  workers  during  summer,  while  the  sole  surviv- 
ing queens  hibernate  in  solitude.  From  the  humble-bee, 
moreover,  we  gain  this  hint,  thr.t  the  home  is  centred  in 
the  cradle,  for  it  is  in  a  nest  with  honey  and  pollen  stored 
around  the  eggs  that  the  hive  seems  to  have  begun. 

6.  Ants.— Even  more  suggestive  of  our  own  social  organ- 


'*Me 


CHAP.  V  Socta/  Li^e  ^f  Animals 


79 

isation  is  the  LUiputian  wor\,d  of  the  ants,  who,  like  micro- 
scopic men,  build  bams  and  h^y  ^p  stores,  divide  their  labour 
and  indulge  m  play,  wage  warig  and  make  slaves.     Like  the 
bee-hive,  the  ant-nest  includes  , three  kinds  of  individuals- 
a  queen  mother  or  more  than  c.^e,  a  number  of  short-lived 
males,  and  a  crowd  of  workers.  ^  The  queen  is  again  pre- 
eminently maternal,  and  if  we  ,  can  trust  the  enthusiastic 
observers,  she  is  attended  with  k^y^i  devotion,  not  without 
some  judicious  control.     Farren  white  describes  how  the 
workers  attend  the  queen  m  her.  pe^mbulations :  -They 
formed  round  her  when  she  rested  ;  s-^^e  showed  their  regard 
for  her  by  gently  waking  over  her,  ot^^ers  by  patiently  watch- 
mg  by  her  and  cherishing   her  wito^  their  antenL,  and 
in  every  way  endeavouring  to  testifyl  to  their  affectionate 
attachment  and  generous   submission  «      Qould   ventures 
further,   alleging  that    «'m  whatever  \  apartment  a  queen 
condescends  to  be  present,  she  commands  obedience  and 
respect,  and  a  universal  gladness  spreacjs  itself  through  the 
who  e  cell,  which  is  expressed  by  partici  ,iar  acts  of  joy  and 
exultation.     They  have  a  peculiar  way  ok  cWinnmo-  iAo«;«,r 
and  standing  up  on  their  Ld  legs,  a'nd  ,;SwXhe 
others.     These  frolics  they  make  use  of  ^"oth'o^congratu- 
late  each  other  when  they  meet,  and  to  shuw  their  rLard 
for  the  queen."      These  are  wonderful  hG  of  assumed 
emotions  1     Should  an  indispensable  queei,,  Up  dp«:;rn„«  f« 
quit  the  nest,  the  workers  do  not  hesitatt'!    t  ^3  l^d   tn 
keep  her  by  force,  and  to  tear  off  her  wingCg  to  secure  her 
stay.     It  is  certain  at  least  that  as  the  queens  settle  down 
to  the  labour  of  maternity,  their  wings  are  lo^t—Derhans  in 
obedience  to  some  physiological  necessity.     FLom  th*»  mnrh 
greater  number  of  the  wingless  workers,  we  zxL  ^JtI  fnm?t 
that  the  males  and  mothers  of  the  social  ant^  are  win/ed 
insects  ;  but  this  fact  becomes  impressive  if  in  >  «„„  „nmm.r 
weather  we  are  fortunate  enough  to  see  therm  alesTnd 
young  queens  leaving  the  nest  in  the  nuptial  flight  during 
which  fertilisation   take     place.     Rising   in   th?   'j^  Xv 
glitter  like  sparks,  pale  into  curling  smoke,  an^  vanish 
"Sometimes  the  swarms  of  a  whole  district  hav.»   y.' 
noticed  to  unite  their  countless  myriads,  and,  seen  at'  a  dis- 


if 


if-. 


8o 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


I'AKT   I 


Si 


^\Vi. 


tance,  produce  an  effect  resei^tibling  the  flashing  of  the 
Aurora  BoreaHs  ;  sometimes  the  effect  is  that  of  rainbow- 
hues  in  the  spray  of  laughing  waterfalls  ;  sometimes  that  of 
fire  ;  sometimes  that  of  a  smoke- wreath."  *'  Each  column 
looks  like  a  kind  of  slender  metwork,  and  has  a  tremulous 
undulating  motion.  The  poise  emitted  by  myriads  and 
myriads  of  these  creatures  does  not  exceed  the  hum  of 
a  single  wasp.  The  sliightest  zephyr  disperses  them."' 
After  this  midsummer  d^y's  delight  of  love,  death  awaits 
many,  and  sometimes  mo/st.  The  males  are  at  best  short- 
lived, but  the  surviving  /queens,  settling  down,  may  begin 


^--^!^ 


FiG.  17.— Sauba  aiyts  at  work  ;  to  the  left  below,  an  ordinary  worker  ;  to  the 
right   a  large-headyd  worker  ;  above,  a  subterranean  worker.     (From  Hates.) 

to  form  nests,  jgathering  a  troop  of  workers,  or  sometimes 
proceeding  alojne  to  found  a  colony. 

A  caste  o.f  workers  {i.e.  normally  non -reproductive 
females)  disti/nct  from  the  males  and  queens,  involves,  nf 
course,  some  J  division  of  labour ;  but  there  is  more  tliau 
this.  Worke/rs  of  different  ages  perform  different  tasks — 
foraging  or  /lousekeeping,  fighting  or  nursing,  as  the  case 
may  be  ;  amd  just  as  the  various  human  occupations  lea\  e 
marks  botln  for  good  and  ill  in  those  who  follow  them,  so 
the  divisybn  of  labour  among  ants  is  associated  with  differ- 
ences ofif  structure.  Thus,  in  the  Saiiba  or  Umbrella  Ant  of 
^rdizW JyCEcodof/ia  ccpJialotcs\  so  well  described  by  Bates  in 


/ 


/ 


CHAP.  V 


Social  Lt/e  of  Aninuds 


8i 

\ix%  Naturalist  on  the  Amazons,  there  are  three  classes  of 
workers.     All  the  destructive  labour  of  cutting  sixpence-like 
disks  froin  the  leaves  of  trees  is  done  by  individuals  with 
smal    heads,  while  others  wiifh   enormously  large   heads 
simply  walk  about  looking  on.      These  «« worker-majors  " 
are  not  soldiers,  nor  is  there  \any  need  for  supervising 
office.3.      "I   think,"  Bates   say^/.<they  serve,   bsomf 
sort,   as  passive   instruments   of  <  protection   to   the    real 
workers.     Their  enormously  large,  .hard,  and  indestructible 
heads   may  be   of  use   in   protecting  them   against    the 
attacks  of  insectivorous  animals.     T>hey  would  be,  on  this 
vievv,  a  kind  ofpzkes  de  resistance,  sf^rving  as  a  foil  against 
onslaughts   made   on   the  main   body  of  workers."     The 
third  order  of  workers  includes  very  .strange  fellows,  with 
he  same  kind  of  head  as  the  worker-majors  have,  but  "the 
ront  IS  clothed  with  hairs  instead  of  b-eing  polished,  and 
hey  have  in  the  middle   of  the  forehead  a^win  simple 

n'         ;    /.T^   °^  '^^   ^^^"'■^    P°^^^^s«-      Among  the 
honey  ants  {Myrmecocystus  mexicanus)  .described  by  Dr 
M'Cook  from  the  "Garden  of  the  Gods  "tin  Colorado,  the 
division  of  labour  is   almost  like  a  joke*.     The  woiers 

fn!r-??u^^"  ^'T  '''^^'"  ^^"^'  and    discharge  their 
spoils  mto  the  mouths  of  some  of  their  stay-at-home  fellows 
These  passive  "  honey-pots "  store  it  up,  till'  the  abdomen 
becomes  tense  and  round  like  a  grape,  but  e^ventuaUy  they 
have  even  more  tantalisingly  to  disgorge  it  foV  other  mem- 

exhibited,  as  Forel  has  shown,  by  many  sp^^cies  of  ants. 
The  hungry  apply  to  the  full  for  food,  anld  get  it.  A 
reiusal  is  said  to  be  sometimes  punished  by  de;ath  » 

Marvellous  in   peace,  the   ants  may  also  ^practise  the 
anti-social  "art  of  war,"  sometimes   against i^other  com! 
™rbl^>TrP"'"'  --times  lith  other  kind" 
and^^.  H  .  ''^^'^y  '^y^'  "^^^^  ^"'^^  b^^"  c-^lebrated; 
fmnn         ^^l  °^.*^'"''  ^'  '^  '*  ^^'^  ^"  event  o{f  the  firs 
mportance,  has  been  formally  recorded."     ^neas  x  Sylvius 

S  TJS  X^"^  circumstantial  account  of  one  contested 
the  tn^I  obstinacy  between  a  great  and  small  species  on 
the  tnmk  of  a  pear  tree,  gravely  states,  "This  actioA  was 

G 


\ 


;  i 


i.\. 


>', ' ." 


t- 

El 

fr      : 

I'S^ 

g 

'.Ms 

L 

MMM 

'■d 

w 

''ia 

^ 

fl 

B 

■i 

M 


i*.' 


'im 


83  TAe  Study  of  /animal  Life  part  i 

fought  in  the  pontificate  of  Eufenius  IV.,  in  the  presence  of 
Nicholas  Pistoriensis,  an  eminent  lawyer,  who  related  the 
whole  history  of  the  battle  w«th  the  greatest  fidelity."  In 
the  fray  the  combatants  are  thoroughly  absorbed,  yet  at  a 
little  distance  other  worker's  are  uninterruptedly  Heading 
their  daily  paths  ;  the  mel^;e  is  intense,  yet  every  ant  seems 
to  know  those  of  its  own  j/party  ;  the  result  of  it  all  is  often 
nothing.  We  laugh  at  tK>e  ants— the  laugh  comes  back  on 
ourselves.  / 

In  some  cases  an  ex/pedition  has  the  definite  end  of  slave- 
making,  as  is  known  ,^^0  be  true  of  Formica  sanguinea—s. 
British  species,  and  oi  j°olyergus  rufescens,  found  on  the  Con- 
tinent. The  former  c/aptures  the  larvae  of  Formica  fusca, 
carries  them  home, /and  owns  them  henceforth  as  well- 
treated  slaves ;  whjfie  the  Amazon  Ant  {Polyergus)  draws 
its  supply  from  t  >oth  F.  fusca  and  F.  cunicularia,  and 
seems  to  have  be  come  almost  dependent  on  its  captives. 
Indeed,  Huber  sa  ys  that  he  never  knew  the  Amazons  take 
nourishment  but  /  from  the  mouth  of  the  negro  captives ; 
while  Lubbock  riotes  that  every  transition  exists  between 
bold  and  active  b/)aron-like  marauders  and  enervated  masters, 
who  are  virtuallly  helpless  parasites  upon  their  slaves— a 
suggestive  illusjtration  of  laziness  outwitting  itself. 

Slaves  som-'ewhat  painfully  suggest  domesticated  animals, 
and  these  ar  e  also  to  be  found  among  ants.  For  what 
Linnjeus  said  long  ago,  that  the  ants  went  up  trees  to  "  milk 
their  cows,  th  e  Aphides,"  is  true.  The  ants  tickle  these  little 
plant-lice  wit'  h  their  antennae,  and  lick  the  juice  \vhich  oozes 
from  them ;  'nay  more,  according  to  some,  they  inclose  and 
tend  these  , -milch  kine,  and  even  breed  them  at  home. 
Seed-harves  'ting  and  the  like  may  be  fairly  called  agricul- 
tural, and  d'  o  not  the  leaf-cutters  grow  mushrooms,  or  at 
least  feed  'on  the  fungi  which  2^iow  on  the  leaves,  stored 
some  say  '"  with  that  end  in  view  ?  The  driver  ants, 
"whose  "dread  is  upon  every  living  thing,"  when  they 
are  on  'the  stampede,  remind  us  of  the  ancient  troops 
of  non:Aad  hunters,  though  some  of  them  are  blind.  Thus 
there/  are  hunting,  agricultural,  and  pastoral  ants  — three 
type/vs,  as   Lubbock   remarks,   offering  a   strange   analogy 


/ 


CHAF.  V  Social  Life  of  Animais 


H 

to^the  three  great  phases  in  the  history  of  human  develop- 
Very  quaint  is  another  habit  of  thi.  "little  people,  so 

hZt" T-r''  ^^"'  °?''P^"^  °^  ^°^^^^^'^^  guests  in'the 
home  These  are  mostly  little  beetles,  and  have  been 
carefiilly  studied  by  Dr.  Weismann,  who  distinguishes  trSe 
guests  {Atemeles,  Lomechusa,  Claviger)  which  are  caredTor 
and  fed  by  the  ants,  from  others  {Dinarda,  H^^terius 
Form^oxenu^  wh.ch  are  tolerated,  though  not  Ireated  whh 
special  fnendlmess,  and  which  feed  on  dead  ants  or  vege 
table  debris  ;  while  a  third  set  are  tolerated-like  mice  in 
our  houses-only  because  they  cannot  be  readily  tumTout 

Z^l^  ^'""'f  ^T''''  '^^  ''^''  ^"°^"  '^  ^^^'«^^-^,  a  lively 
an  mal,  constantly  moving  its  feelers,  and  experimenting 
with  everything.     If  one  be  attacked  by  a  hostile  ant  k 

ut  i/^htis?","'  '-^  ^"^^^°"'^^  '^y  -^--'y  --S  e 
but  If  this  IS  hopeless  it  emits  a  strong  odour,  which  seems 

to  narcotise  the  ant.      These    little^  familiarr  are   reX 

dependent   upon    their  hosts,    who    feed    them   and    get 

caresses  in  return.     It  is  easy  to  understand  the  presence 

are  pets,  taken  away  by  the  owners  when  there  is  a  flitting 

relations,  since  they  can  be  shifted  from  one  nest  to 
another,  or  even  from  spe-.ies  to  species.  It  seems  hkev 
;rfre  mo-^^"!?  ^TT^  '""I  ''^'^  semi-d;rsuS 

I  cannot  Img.-r  longer   over  the  interestin?  character 

tu^e   r^h'""'"  V"""'"  ''"'  '"  '^'^  of'theirS: 
lecture,    oi    their    roads,    tunnels,    bridges     and    rnv^r^H 

r:Lh,ed''ofT-'°'  "■'  r??'  -"  --'^«  -"  f° 

me  aisabled,  of  their  proverbial  industry,  and  vet  of  th.ir 

*  tf r  itr\°eTan'?z"ci';i:rj;^  trr r 

C^tht?  *^"^  ''^  "^'^  n.mi„n're"de«sf  oraZ; 


3i 


>  m 


84  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 

about  their  power  of  recognising  their  fellow-citizens  (even 
when  intoxicated),  and  of  communicating  definite  impres- 
sions to  one  another  by  a  subtle  language  of  touch  and 
gesture  ;  or  about  their  instincts  and  intelligence,  and  the 
limitations  of  these.  But  it  will  be  better  to  read  some  of 
the  detailed  observations,  endeavouring,  though  necessarily 
with  slight  success,  to  think  into  the  nature  of  ants, — their 
pertinacity,  their  indomitable  "pluck,"  their  tireless  in- 
dustry, their  organic  sociality.  Surely  all  will  agree  with 
Sir  John  Lubbock,  to  whose  patient  observations  we  ewe 
so  much,  that,  "when  we  see  an  ant-hill,  tenanted  by- 
thousands  of  industrious  inhabitants,  excavating  chambers, 
forming  tunnels,  making  roads,  guarding  their  home, 
gathering  food,  feeding  the  young,  tending  their  domestic 
animals,  each  one  fulfilling  its  duties  industriously  and 
without  confusion,  it  is  difficult  altogether  to  deny  them  the 
gift  of  reason,"  or,  perhaps  more  accurately,  intelligence, 
for  we  cannot  rscape  the  conviction  •*  that  their  mental 
powers  differ  hum  those  of  men  not  so  much  in  kind  as 
in  degree." 

Kropotkine  says  that  the  work  of  ants  is  performed 
"according  to  the  principles  of  voluntary  mutual  aid." 
"  Mutual  aid  within  the  community,  self-devotion  grown  into 
a  habit,  and  very  often  self-sacrifice  for  the  common  wel- 
fare, are  the  rule."  The  marvels  of  their  history  are  "  the 
natural  outcome  of  the  mutual  aid  which  they  practise  at 
every  stage  of  their  busy  and  laborious  lives."  To  this 
mode  of  life  is  also  due  "  the  immense  development  of  indi- 
vidual initiative."  Ants  are  not  well  protected,  but  *'  their 
force  is  in  mutual  support  and  mutual  confidence."  "  And 
if  the  ant  stands  at  the  very  top  of  the  whole  class  of  In- 
sects for  its  intellectual  capacities;  if  its  courage  is  only 
equalled  by  the  most  courageous  Vertebrates,  and  if  its 
brain~to  use  Darwin's  words—  *  is  one  of  the  most  mar- 
vellous atoms  of  matter  in  the  world,  perhaps  more  so  tlian 
the  brain  of  man,'  is  it  not  due  to  the  fact  that  mutual  aid 
has  entirely  taken  the  place  of  mutual  struggle  in  the  com- 
munities of  ants  ? " 

7.  Ttrmites. — The  true  ants  are  so  supremely  interest- 


iilit 


ik^ 


CHAP.  ▼  Social  Life  of  Animals  85 

ing,  that  the  Termites  or  «  white  ants  "  (which  are  not  ants  at 
all)  are  apt  to  receive  scant  justice.  Perhaps  inferior  in  intel- 
ligence, they  have  the  precedence  of  greater  antiquity  and 
all  the  interest  which  attaches  to  an  old-established  society 
Nor  IS  their  importance  less  either  to  practical  men  or  to 
speculative  biologists.  In  1781  Smeathman  gave  some 
account  of  their  economy,  noting  that  there  were  in  everv 
spec.es  three  castes,  "first,  the  working  insects,  which,  for 
brevity,  I  shall  generally  call  labourers-,  next,  the  fighting 
m^sox  soldters,  which  do  no  kind  of  labour  ;  and,  last  of 
all,  the  wmged  ones,  or  perfect  insects,  which  are  male  and 
female,  and  capable  of  propagation  " 

The  "workers,"  blind  and  wingless,  and  smallest  in  the 
ant-hill,  do  all  the  work  of  foraging  and  mining,  attending 
the  royal  pair  and  nursing  the  young.  The  soldiers,  also 
blind  and  wingless,  are  much  larger  than  the  workers,  but 
diere  are  relatively  only  a  few  in  each  hill.  «  They  stand  " 
Prof  Drummond  says,  "or  promenade  about  as  sentries,  it 
the  mouths  of  the  tunnels.  When  danger  threatens,  in  the 
shape  of  true  ants,  the  soldier  termite  advances  to  the  fight  " 
With  a  few  sweeps  of  its  scythe-like  jaws  it  clears  the 

thai  'work'"' A?/  ""^^^-j?-  ^^  '^e  fray,  quietly  Continue 

vhnL  7       /     "'"^', '"  '^^  ^"^■^•"'  ^'^"^  "P  i"  a  chamber 
whose  door  admits  workers  but  is  much  too  small  for  the 

enants  to  pass  out  if  they  would,  a  fortunate  investigator 

ome times  finds  the  royal  pair.     The   male  is  sometimes 

though  by  no  means  extraordinary.     The   queen-mother 

oTxTcits'  ;7  T"^^°^^^"•^"^•     ''^•^  -easur's  two 
to  SIX  inches  while  the  worker  is  only  about  a  fifth  of  an 

witr iS  •     ^"^^  \''  T'^  ''''  '''''  '-^"^  ^^^  -- '-" 

Drt  of  it  K%      '   ^'^"^  ^^''^   ^'■"PP^^    ^fl^-      The  hind 

^iLi     ^  K^^  's  enormously  distended  with  eggs,  and 

the  head  bears  about  the  same  proportion  to  the  rest  of 

m    n.5^  V.    •  ^"  ^^'  P^''''''^>'  ^"'J  "  phenomenal  cor- 

-^''     h  '  '  V  T  1  ''''^''''''  -^-'^'*-^"»*  of  femaleness 
a  Iari,e.  cylindrical  package,  in  shape  like  a  sausage, 


j     1 1  J. 

Wk 

\       ' 

iVj 

M 

Ml 

''1911 


86 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART   I 


and  as  white  as  a  bolster."  But  have  some  admiration  for 
her:  she  sometimes  lays  60  eggs  per  minute,  or  80,000 
in  a  day,  and  continues  reproducing  for  months.  As  she 
lays,  she  is  assiduously  fed  by  the  nursing-workers,  while  the 
eggs  are  carried  off  to  be  hatched  in  the  nurseries.  At  the 
breeding  season,  numerous  winged  males  and  females  leave 


Fig.  18.— Diagrammalic  section  of  a  termite's  iie»t  (after  Houssay).  In  tin-  walls 
there  are  winiliiig  passajjes  (/) ;  uppermost  is  a  well-aired  empty  aliii' (D) 
the  next  story  (C)  is  a  nursery  where  the  young  termites  are  hatclicil  mi 
shelves  (r»)  and  (*) ;  the  next  is  a  hall  (H)  snpporte<l  by  pillars  ;  Ix-neaili  iliis 
is  a  royal  chamber  (>)  in  which  the  kinjj  and  queen  are  imprisoned  ;  aniuiul 
this  the  chambers  of  workcr-tcrniites  (v)  and  some  store  chambers  (/'.); 
excavated  in  the  grnuiul  arc  holes  (i)  out  of  which  the  materi.d  umcI  in 
making  the  termitary  was  dug.  'J'he  whole  structure  is  sometimes  lu-is 
feet  in  height. 


the  hill  and  its  workers  in  swarms,  most  of  them  simply  10 
die,  others  to  mats  with  individuals  from  another  hill  and 
to  begin  to  form  new  colonics. 

The  plot  of  the  story  becomes  more  intricate,  however, 
when  we  notice  Fritz  Miiller's  observations,  that  "  besides 


CHAP.  V 


Social  Life  of  Animals 


87 


the  winged  males  and  females  which  are  produced  in  vast 
numbers,  and  which,  leaving  the  termitary  in  large  swarms, 
may  intercross  with  those  produced  in  other  communities, 
there  are  (in  some  if  not  all  of  the  species)  wingless 
males  and  females  which  never  leave  the  termitary  where 
they  are  born,  and  which  replace  the  winged  males  or 
females  whenever  a  community  does  not  find,  in  due  time,  a 
true  king  or  queen."  There  is  no  doubt  as  to  the  existence 
of  both  winged  and  wingless  royal  pairs.  According  to 
Grassi,  the  former  fly  away  in  spring,  the  others  ascend  the 
throne  in  summer.  The  complementary  kings  or  viceroys 
die  before  winter ;  their  mates  live  on,  widowed  but  still 
maternal,  till  at  least  the  next  summer. 

This  replacement  of  royalty  reminds  us  that  hive  bees, 
bereft  0/  their  queen,  will  rear  one  from  the  indifferent  grub, 
but  the  termites  with  which  we  are  best  acquainted  seem 
almost  always  to  have  a  reserve  of  reproductive  members. 
This  other  difference  between  termites  and  ants  or  bees 
should  be  noticed,  that  in  the  latter  the  "workers"  are 
highly-developed,  though  sterile  females,  while  in  the  former 
the  workers  seem  to  be  arrested  forms  of  both  sexes.  They 
are  children  which  do  not  grow  up. 

8.  Evolution  of  Social  Life.— To  Professor  Alfred 
Espinas  both  naturalists  and  sociologists  are  greatly  in 
debted  for  his  careful  discussion  of  the  social  life  of  animals. 
It  may  be  useful,  therefore,  to  give  an  outline  of  the  mode 
of  treatment  followed  in  his  work — Des  Sodith  Animates  : 
Etude  de  Psychologic  Compart'e  (Paris,  1877)  : 

Co-operation,  which  is  an  essential  characteristic  of  all  society, 
implies  some  degree  of  organic  afT.nity.  There  are,  indeed,' 
occasional  associations  between  unrelated  forms—"  mutualism,"  in 
which  both  associates  are  benefited;  "commensalism,"  in  which 
»he  benefit  is  mainly  one-sided ;  parasitism,  which  is  distinctly 
anti-social,  deteriorating  the  host  and  also  the  rank  of  the  tempor- 
arily benefited  parasite.  Of  normal  societies  whose  members  are 
mutually  dependent,  two  kinds  may  be  distinguished— (a)  the 
organically  connected  colonies  of  animals,  in  which  there  is  a 
common  nutritive  life  ;  {b)  those  associations  which  owe  their  origin 
nnd  meaning  to  reproduction.  Of  the  latter,  some  do  not  become 
more  than  domestic,  and  these  are  distinguished  as  conjugal  (in 


3.. 


i 


\M 


r! 

K 


M  1 1 


i 


t 


fi  J 


'I'l  ijL 

\\r,: 


'ii;:; 


r  : 


ii 


'.1 


I 


I  . 


88 


T/ie  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  1 


whi  h  the  parents  alone  are  concerned),  maternal  (in  wliich  the 
mother  is  the  head  of  the  family),  and  paternal  (in  which  the  male 
becomes  prominent).  But  higher  than  the  pair  and  the  family  is 
what  Espinas  calls  the  "peuplade,"  what  we  usually  call  the 
society,  whose  bonds  are,  for  the  most  part,  psychical. 

But  'et  us  consider  this  problem  of  the  evolution  of 
sociality.  The  body  of  every  animal — whether  sponge  or 
mammal — is  a  city  of  living  units  or  cells.  But  there  are 
far  simpler  animals  than  sponges.  The  very  simplest 
animals,  which  we  call  firstlings  or  Protozoa,  differ  from  all 
the  rest,  in  being  themselves  units.  The  simplest  animals 
are  single  cells  ;  each  is  comparable  to  one  of  the  myriad 
units  which  make  up  a  sponge,  a  coral,  a  worm,  a  bird,  a 
man. 

Here,  therefore,  there  is  an  apparent  gulf.  The  simplest 
animals  are  units — single  cells  ;  all  other  animals  are  com- 
binations of  units — cities  of  cells.  How  is  this  gulf  to  be 
bridged  ?  It  is  strange  that  evolutionists  have  not  thought 
more  about  this,  for  on  the  transition  from  a  unit  to"  a  com- 
bination of  units  the  possibility  of  higher  life  depends. 

Every  higher  animal  begins  its  individual  life  as  a  single 
cell,  comparable  to  one  of  the  firstlings.  This  single  cell, 
or  egg-cell,  divides  ;  so  do  most  of  the  Protozoa.  But  when 
a  Protozoon  divides,  the  results  separate  and  live  in- 
dependent lives  ;  when  an  egg- cell  divides,  the  results 
of  division  cohere.  Therefore,  the  whole  life  of  higher 
animals  depends  upon  a  coherence  of  units. 

But  how  did  this  begin  ?  What  of  the  gulf  between 
single-celled  Protozoa  and  all  the  other  animals  which  arc 
many-celled .''  Fortunately  we  are  not  left  to  mere  specula- 
tion. The  gu'*"  has  been  bridged,  else  we  should  not  exist ; 
but,  more  than  'hat,  the  bridge,  or  part  of  it,  is  still  left. 
There  are  a  few  >  ^  the  simplest  animals  which  form  loose 
colonies  of  units,  wnich,  when  they  divide,  remain  together. 
Whether  it  was  through  weakness,  as  I  am  inclined  to 
believe,  that  the  transition  forms  between  Protozoa  and 
higher  animals  became  strong,  or  for  some  hidden  reason, 
we  do  not  know.  Some  speak  of  this  coherence  of 
firstlings  as  a  primal   illustration   of  organic  ;issociation, 


CHAP.   V 


Social  Life  of  Animals 


89 

co-operation,  surrender  of  individuality,  of  sociality  at  a  low 
level,  but  it  is  unwise  to  apply  these  words  to  creatures 
so  simple.  All  that  we  certainly  knov/  is  that  some  of  the 
simplest  animals  form  loose  colonies  of  units,  that  the  gulf 
between  them  and  the  higher  animals  is  thus  bridged,  and 
that  the  bridging  depends  on  coherence.      Our  first  con- 


(.:>=a>^ 


".•  !<>•— Siphonophore  colony,  showing  the  float  (<i),  tlie  swimmiiiKbclls 
I  It  nutntivo,  reproductive,  and  other  nieniljcrb  of  the  colony  Uiiealh  (\ 
the  Hrolutio)!  o/Scx  ;  after  Haeckel.) 


,(/■); 

(Ironi 


elusion,  therefore,  is,  that  the  possibility  of  there  being  any 
lii^;her  animals  depends,  primarily  at  least,  not  on  competition 
Itut  on  the  coherence  of  units. 

')ur  next    step   is    this:    When    we    study   spong?s,   or 
zt'ophytes,  or  most  corals,-  or  some  t>  pes  usually  classed  as 


"H% 


% 


ifsi 


90  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 

«*  worms,"  we  see  that  the  habit  of  forming  colonies  is 
common.  Every  sponge  is  a  simple  sac  to  begin  with, 
but  it  buds  off  others  like  itself,  and  the  result  is  a  coherent 
colony.  A  zoophyte  is  not  one  individual,  but  a  connected 
colony  of  individuals.  Throughout  the  colony  there  is  one 
life  ;  all  the  individuals  have  a  common  origin,  and  all  are 
members  one  of  another.  In  varying  degrees  of  perfection 
the  life  of  the  whole  is  unified.  Moreover,  the  unity  is 
often  increased,  not  diminished,  by  the  fact  that  the  indivi- 
duals are  not  all  alike.  There  is  division  of  labour  among 
them;  some  may  feed  while  others  reproduce,  some  feel 
much  while  others  may  be  quite  callous.  Thus,  as  we 
already  mentioned,  the  Portuguese  Man-of-War,  a  colony 
of  small  jellyfish -like  individuals,  has  much  division  of 
labour,  and  yet  there  is  much,  though  by  no  means  perfect, 

unity  of  life. 

Our  second  conclusion  is  that  among  many  animals- 
beginning  with  sponges  and  ending  with  the  searsquirts, 
which  are  acknowledged  to  be  animals  of  high  degree— 
the  habit  of  forming  colonies  is  common,  and  that  these 
colonies,  though  organically  continuous,  illustrate  the  essence 
of  society  ;  for  in  them  many  individuals  of  common  descent 
and  nature  are  united  in  mutual  dependence  and  help- 
fulness. 

The  next  step  towards  an  understanding  of  the  social 
relations  of  animals  is  very  different  from  that  in  which  we 
have  recognised  the  habit  of  forming  colonies.  The  factor 
which  we  have  now  to  acknowledge  is  the  love  of  mates. 
This  also  has  its  history,  this  also  has  its  prophecies  among 
the  firstlings,  but  we  shall  simply  assume  as  a  fact  that 
among  crustaceans  and  insects  first,  in  fishes  and  amphi- 
bians afterwards,  in  reptiles  too,  but  most  conspicuously 
among  birds  and  mammals,  the  males  are  attracted  to.  the 
females,  and  in  varying  degrees  of  perfection  enter  into 
relations  of  mutual  helpfulness.  The  relations  and  the 
attractions  may  be  crude  enough  to  begin  with,  but  perhaps 
even  we  hardly  know  to  what  heights  of  devotion  their 
highest  expressions  may  attain.  To  mere  physical  fondness 
are  added   subtler  attractions  of  sight   and   hearing,  and 


CHAP.  V 


Social  Life  of  Animals 


9> 


these  are  sublimed  in  birds  and  mammals  to  what  we  call 
love.  This  love  of  mates  broadens  out ;  it  laps  the  family  in 
its  folds  ;  it  diffuses  itself  as  a  saturating  influence  through 
the  societies  of  animals  and  of  men.  **  Sociability,"  Espinas 
says,  "  is  based  on  the  friendliness  of  mates." 

The  fourth  step  is  the  evolution  of  the  family.  From 
monkeys  and  beavers  and  many  kinds  of  birds,  to  ants  and 
bees  and  diverse  insects,  many  animals  illustrate  family 
life.  There  is  no  longer  the  physical  continuity  charac- 
teristic of  the  colony,  but  there  is  a  growing  psychical 
unity.  It  is  natural  that  the  first  ties  of  family  life  should 
be  those  between  mother  and  young,  and  should  be  strong- 
est when  the  number  of  offspring  is  not  very  large.  But 
even  in  some  beetles,  and  more  notably  in  certain  fishes 
and  amphibians,  the  males  exhibit  parental  care  and  affec- 
tion ;  while  in  higher  animals,  especially  among  birds,  the 
parents  often  divide  the  labours  of  the  family.  "  Children," 
Lucretius  said,  "children  with  their  caresses  broke  down 
the  haughty  temper  of  parents." 

The  fifth  step  is  the  combination  of  families  into  a 
society,  such  as  we  find  illustrated  by  monkeys  and 
beavers,  cranes  and  parrots,  and  in  great  perfection  by 
ants.  The  members  are  less  nearly  related  than  in  the 
family,  but  there  may  be  even  more  unity  of  spirit. 

I  do  not  say  that  it  is  easy  to  understand  how  coherence 
of  units  led  to  the  formation  of  a  "  body,"  how  colonies 
became  integrated  and  the  labours  of  life  more  and  more 
distributed,  how  love  was  evolved  from  apparently  crude 
attractions  between  the  sexes,  how  the  love  of  mates  was 
broadened  into  parental  and  filial  affection,  or  how  families 
well  knit  together  formed  the  sure  foundations  of  society  ; 
but  I  believe  that  it  is  useful  to  recognise  these  steps  in  the 
history. 

We  hardly  know  how  to  express  ourselves  in  regard  to 
the  origin  of  affection.  But  I  cannot  get  beyond  Aristotle's 
fundamental  principle  of  evolution,  that  there  is  nothing  in 
the  end  which  was  not  also  in  the  beginning. 

Yet  we  may  fairly  say  that  the  sociality  and  helpfulness 
of  animals  are  flowers  whose  roots  are  in  kinship.     Off- 


m 


■  JS'i 
13 


r/; 


:i3 


lii 


; 


9* 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  1 


spring  are  continuous  in  nature  with  their  parents ;  the 
family  has  a  unity  though  its  members  be  discontinuous 
and  scattered ;  "the  race  is  one  and  the  individual  many." 

9.  Advantages  of  Social  Life. — But  animals  are  social, 
not  only  because  they  love  one  another,  but  also  because 
sociahty  is  justified  of  her  children.  "  The  world  is  the 
abode  of  the  strong,"  but  it  is  also  the  home  of  the  loving ; 
"  contention  is  the  vital  force,"  but  the  struggle  is  modified 
and  ennobled  by  sociality. 

(a)  Darwin^s  Position.  —  Darwin  observed  that  "the 
individuals  which  took  the  greatest  pleasure  in  society 
would  best  escape  various  dangers ;  while  those  that 
cared  least  for  their  comrades,  and  lived  solitary,  would 
perish  in  greater  numbers."  He  distinctly  emphasised 
that  the  phrase  "the  struggle  for  existence"  was  to  be 
used  in  a  wide  and  metaphorical  sense — to  include  all  the 
endeavours  which  animals  make  both  selfishly  and  un- 
selfishly to  strengthen  their  foothold  and  that  of  their 
offspring.  But  he  was  not  always  successful  in  retaining 
this  broad  view,  nor  was  he  led  to  compute  with  sufficient 
care  to  what  extent  mutual  aid  is  a  factor  in  evolution 
counteractive  of  individualistic  struggle. 

Without  losing  sight  of  the  reality  of  the  struggle  for 
existence ;  without  disputing  the  importance  of  natural 
selection  as  a  condition  of  evolution — securing  that  the 
relatively  fittest  changes  succeed  ;  without  ignoring  what 
seems  almost  a  truism,  that  love  and  social  sympathies  have 
also  been  fostered  in  the  course  of  natural  selection ;  we 
maintain— (i)  that  many  of  the  greatest  steps  of  progress 
— such  as  those  involved  in  the  existence  of  many -celled 
animals,  loving  mates,  family  life,  mammalian  motherhood, 
and  societies — were  not  made  by  the  natural  selection  of 
indefinite  variations  ;  (2)  that  affection,  co-operation,  mutual 
helpfulness,  sociality,  have  modified  the  struggle  for  material 
subsistence  by  lessening  its  intensity  and  by  ennobling  its 
character. 

(b)  Kropotkitte's  Posilion.—hgaSnst.  Prof.  Huxley's  con- 
clusion that  "  Life  was  a  continual  free- fight,  and  beyond 
the   limited   and   temporary   relations   of  the   family  the 


I 


CHAF.  V 


Social  Life  of  Animals 


93 


Hobbesian  war  of  each  against  all  was  the  normal  slate  of 
existence,"  let  me  place  that  of  Kropotkine,  to  whose  admir- 
able discussion  of  mutual  aid  among  animals  I  again 
acknowledge  my  indebtedness. 

"  Life  in  societies  is  no  exception  in  the  animal  world. 
It  is  the  rule,  the  law  of  nature,  and  it  reaches  its  fullest 
development  with  the  higher  Vertebrates.  Those  species 
which  live  solitary,  or  in  small  families  only,  are  relatively 
few,  and  their  numbers  are  limited.  .  .  .  Life  in  societies 
enables  the  feeblest  mammals  to  resist,  or  to  protect  them- 
selves from,  the  most  terrible  birds  and  beasts  of  prey ; 
it  permits  longevity ;  it  enables  the  species  to  rear  its  pro- 
geny with  the  least  waste  of  energy,  and  to  maintain  its 
numbers,  albeit  with  a  very  slow  birth-rate  ;  it  enables  the 
gregarious  animals  to  migrate  in  search  of  new  abodes. 
Therefore,  while  fully  admitting  that  force,  swiftness,  pro- 
tective colours,  cunning,  and  endurance  of  hunger  and  cold, 
which  are  mentioned  by  Darwin  and  Wallace  as  so  many 
qualities  making  the  individual  or  the  species  the  fittest 
under  certain  circumstances,  we  maintain  that  under  any 
circumstances  sociability  is  the  greatest  advantage  in  the 
struggle  for  life.  .  .  The  fittest  are  thus  the  most  soci- 
able animals,  and  sociability  appears  as  the  chief  factor  ot 
evolution,  both  directly,  by  securing  the  well-being  of  the 
species  while  diminishing  the  waste  of  energy,  and  indirectly 
by  favouring  the  growth  of  intelligence.  .  .  .  Therefore 
combine — practise  mutual  aid  !  That  is  the  surest  means 
for  giving  to  each  and  to  all  the  greatest  safety,  the  best 
guarantee  of  existence  and  progress — bodily,  intellectual, 
and  r.ioral.     That  is  what  nature  teaches  us." 

lo.  A  Note  on  "The  Social  Organism." — It  is  com- 
mon nowadays  to  speak  of  society  as  "  the  social  organism," 
and  the  metaphor  is  not  only  suggestive  but  convpnient 
— suggestive  because  it  is  profitable  to  biologist  and  soci- 
ologist alike  to  follow  out  the  analogies  between  an  organism 
and  society,  convenient  because  there  is  among  organisms 
— in  aggregates  like  sponges,  in  perfected  integrates  Ike 
birds — a  variety  sufficient  to  meet  all  grades  and  views  of 
society,  and  because  biologists  differ  almost  as  much  in 


1  4 


m 


94  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 

their  conceptions  of  an  "  organism "  as  sociologists  do  in 
regard  to  **  society." 

It  may  be  questioned,  ho\  ever,  whether  we  need  any 
other  designation  for  society  than  the  word  society  sup- 
plies, and  whether  the  biological  metaphor,  with  physical 
associations  still  clinging  to  it,  is  not  more  illusory  than  help- 
ful. For  the  true  analogy  is  not  between  society  and  an 
individual  organism,  but  between  human  society  and  those 
incipient  societies  which  were  before  man  was.  Human 
society  is,  or  ought  to  be,  an  integrate — a  spiritual  integrate 

of  organisms,  of  which  the  bee-hive  and  the  ants'  nest, 

the  community  of  beavers  and  the  company  of  monkeys, 
are  like  far-oflf  prophecies.  And  in  these,  as  in  our  own 
societies,  the  modem  conception  of  heredity  leads  us  to 
recognise  that  there  is  a  very  real  unity  even  between 
members  physically  discontinuous. 

The  peculiarity  of  human  society,  as  distinguished  from 
animal  societies,  depends  mainly  on  the  fact  that  man  is  a 
social  person,  and  knows  himself  as  such.  Man  is  the  realis- 
ation of  antecedent  societies,  and  it  is  man's  realisation  of 
himself  as  a  social  person  which  makes  human  society  what 
it  is,  and  gives  us  a  promise  of  what  it  will  be.  As  bio- 
logists, and  perhaps  as  philosophers,  we  are  led  to  conclude 
that  man  is  determined  by  that  whole  of  which  he  is  a 
part,  and  yet  that  his  life  is  social  freedom  ;  that  society  is 
the  means  of  his  development,  and  at  the  same  time  its 
end  ;  that  man  has  to  some  extent  realised  himself  in  society, 
and  that  society  has  been  to  some  extent  realised  in  man. 

But  I  am  slow  to  suppose  that  we,  who  in  our  ignorance 
and  lack  of  coherence  are  like  the  humbler  cells  of  a  great 
body,  have  any  adequate  conception  of  the  social  organism 
of  which  we  form  part. 

II.  Conclusions.  —  I  would  in  the  main  agree  with 
Kropotkine  that  "  sociability  is  as  much  a  law  of  nature  as 
mutual  struggle  "  ;  with  Espinas  that  "  Le  milieu  social  est 
la  condition  ndcessaire  de  la  conservation  et  du  renouvelle- 
ment  de  la  vie";  and  with  Rousseau  that  "man  did  ait 
make  society,  but  society  made  man." 


CHAPTER   VI 


THE   DOMESTIC   LIFE   OF   ANIMALS 


I.  The  Love  cf  Mates — 2.  Love  and  Care  for  Offspring 


Winter  in  our  northern  climate  sets  a  spell  upon  life. 
The  migrant  birds  escape  from  it,  but  most  living  things 
have  to  remain  spell-bound,  some  hiding  with  the  supreme 
patience  of  animals,  others  slumbering  peacefully,  others  in 
a  state  of  "  lat  ife "  stranger  than  death.  But  within 
the  hard  rind  of  e  trees,  or  lapped  round  by  bud  scales, 
or  imprisoned  within  the  husks  of  buried  see  '  '^  life  of 
plants  is  ready  to  spring  forth  when  the  south  wi.  '  iws ; 
beneath  the  snow  lie  the  caterpillars  of  summer  butterflies, 
the  frogs  are  waiting  in  the  mud  uf  the  pond,  the  hedgehog 
curled  up  sleeps  soundly,  and  everywhere,  under  the  seeming 
death,  life  rests  until  the  spring.  '*  For  the  coming  of 
Ormuzd,  the  Light  and  Life  Bringer,  the  leaf  slept  folded, 
the  butterfly  was  hidden,  the  germ  concealed,  while  the  sun 
swept  upwards  towards  Aries." 

But  when  spring  does  come,  heralded  by  r*- turning 
migrants — swallows  and  cuckoos  among  the  n-  t — how 
marvellous  is  the  reawakening  !  The  buds  swell  a  J  burst, 
the  corn  sends  up  its  light  green  shoots,  the  primrose  and 
celandine  are  in  blossom,  the  mother  humble-bee  conies 
out  from  her  hiding-place  and  booms  towards  the  willow 
catkins,  the  frogs  croak  and  pair,  none  the  worse  of  their 
fast,  the  rooks  caw  noisily,  and  the  cooing  of  the  dove  is 
heard  from  the  wood.     Then,  as  the  pale  flowers  are  sue- 


96 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 


ceeded  by  those  of  brighter  tints,  as  the  snowy  hawthorn 
gives  place  to  the  laburnum's  "  dropping  wells  of  fire  "  and 
the  bloom  of  the  lilac,  the  butterflies  flit  in  the  sunshine,  the 
chorus  of  birds  grows  stronger,  and  the  lambs  bleat  in  the 
valley.  Temperature  rises,  colours  brighten,  life  becomes 
strong  and  lusty,  and  the  earth  is  filled  with  love. 

I.  The  Love  of  Mates.— In  human  life  one  of  the 
most  complex  musical  chords  is  the  love  of  mates,  in  the 
higher  forms  of  which  we  distinguish  three  notes  — 
physical,  emotional,  and  intellectual  attraction.  The  love 
of  animals,  however,  we  can  only  roughly  gauge  by 
analogy;  our  knowledge  is  not  sure  enough  to  appreci- 
ate it  justly,  though  we  know  beyond  any  doubt  that  in 
many  the  physical  fondness  of  one  sex  for  another  is  sub- 
limed by  the  addition  of  subtler  emotional  syinpathies. 
Among  mammals,  which  frequently  pair  in  spring,  the 
males  are  often  transformed  by  passion,  the  "  tirnid  "  I.. 
becomes  an  excited  combatant  with  his  rivals,  while  in  t' 
beasts  of  prey  love  often  proves  itself  stronger  than  hunger. 
There  is  much  ferocity  in  mammalian  courtship— savage 
jealousy  of  rivals,  mortal  struggles  between  them,  and  suc- 
cess in  wooing  to  the  strongest.  In  many  cases  the  love- 
making  is  like  a  storm— violent  but  passing.  The  animals 
pair  and  separate— the  females  to  motherhood,  the  males  to 
their  ordinary  life.  A  few,  like  some  small  antelopes,  seem 
to  remain  as  mates  from  year  to  year ;  many  monkeys  are 
said  to  be  monogamous  ;  but  this  is  not  the  way  of  the 

majority. 

Birds  are  more  emotional  than  mammals,  and  their  love- 
making  is  more  refined.  The  males  are  almost  always 
more  decorative  than  their  mates,  and  excel  in  the  power  of 
song.  They  may  sing,  it  is  true,  from  sheer  gladness  of 
heart,  from  a  genuine  joy  of  life,  and  their  lay  rises 
"like  the  sap  in  the  bough";  b.t  the  main  motive  of 
their  music  is  certainly  love.  It  may  not  always  be  music 
to  us,  but  it  is  sweet  to  the  ears  for  which  it  is  meant— to 
which  in  many  tones  the  song  says  ever  "  Hither,  my  love ! 
Here  I  am  !  Here ! "  Nor  do  the  male  birds  woo  by 
singing  alone,  but  by  love  dances  and  by  fluttering  displays 


•  i 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Life  of  Animals 


\    h'M 


97 


-,!l.i.  i.,1, 


I^'SWA 


I. 


-t^ 


^t) 


v(     S 


J 

n 


l« 


E 


I 


■9 
2 


^^^Pi^^, 


r,-«!  wf.><>Jj^ 


\'  y\ 


™J\"W' 


if) 

/I 


V 

o 

I 

(3 


H 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART   I 


i     >. 


98 

of  their  bright  plumage ;  with  flowers,  bright  pods,  and 
I  •  i\hells  the  bower-birds  decorate  tents  of  love  for 
:S  hUytool      The  mammals  woo  chiefly  by  force  ;  the 
Wrds  arToften  moved  to  love  by  beauty,  and  mates  often 
hven  prolonged  partnership  with  mutual  dehght  and  help- 
fulness   ^xty  years  before  Darwin  elaborated  h.s  theory  of 
exual  selection'according  to  which  males  have  grown  more 
auractive  because  the  most  captivating  svutors  were  mos 
sucSul  in  'ove.  the  omitholorist  Bechstem  noted  how  the 
female  canary  or  finch  would  choose  the  best  smger  among 
a^rowd  oTsIitors  ;  and  there  seems  some  reason  to  beheve 
^ha^The  female's  Choice  of  the  most  --ca^  or  tne  .^^^^^^ 
handsome  has  been  a  factor  m  progress.     Wallace  on    he 
contrar^  maintains   that    the  females  are  plamly  dressed 
because  of  the  fate  which  has  befallen  the  conspicuous  durmg 
Sation  and  surely  they  must  thus  be  handicapped.     To 
others  it  s;ems  more  natural  to  admit  that  there  ts  truth  ,n 
both  Darwin's  and  Wallace's  conclusions,  bufto  regard  ,1  c 
ml^es   as   stronger,  handsomer,  or   more   musical   sinM;! 
because  hey  are  males,  of  more  active  constitutional  hab.t 
?han  their  mates.   To  this  view  Mr  Wallace  himself  mchnes, 
clpard  w  th  the  lion',  thundei,  the  elephant's  trunv 
oetS  or  the  stag's  resonant  bass,  and  the  might  wn.ch 
Tes  beWnd  tbese,  or  with  the  warble  of  the  nightingale, 
he  caroUf  the  thrush,  the  lark's  blithe  lay,  or  the  n.ocking- 
Wrd?  n!.cm,^e,  and  the  en.utional  wealth  which  these  ex- 
nress  tne  challenges  and  calls  of  love  among  jther  classe 
ranimaL  are  apt'to  seem  lacking  in  force  or  beauty^    1  u 
our  human  judgment  affords  no  sure  criterion.     The  f.ogs 
Td  newts   which  lead  on  an  average  a  somewhat  sluggish 
Ufe   wake  up  at  pairing  time,  and  croak  according  to  .he,r 
strength      The  males'are  often  furnished  with  two  rcsoiv 
at  n/sacs  at  the  back  of  the  mouth,  and  how  they  can  c  0  k 
TeUersb;  marsh-land  know  ;  the  North  American  bu 
frog  bellows  by  himself,  and  the  South  American  tree  f.ogs 
ViniH  a  rnncert  in  the  branches. 

'°'of  the  mJ^ing  of  fishes  we  know  little,  but  there  are  ...ne 
well  known  cases  alike  of  display  and  o    tournament     T 
stickleback    fights    with    his    rivals,    leads    h.s    mate  tc 


cH»p.  VI       The  Domestic  Life  of  Animals  99 

the  nest  by  captivating  wiles,  dances  round  lier  in  a  frenzy, 


■1! 

I^K' 

vj^K't 

'>! 

•i* 

!■ 

Fi'i  . I.— Male  and  female  bird  of  paradise  {P.ir.uiiua  minor).     (From  ICvolu 
tioH  e/SiX  ;  after  Catalogue  of  Dii.:,Jcn  .Museum.) 

■ind  .ifterwurds  guards   the   eggs   with  jealous  care.     The 


m 


^m 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


XOO 

male  salmon,  with  their  hooked  lower  jaws,  fight  with  their 
rivals  sometimes  to  the  death.  ,•    i .      i  :i.^ 

5S.t,ht  sr  :f  *e,n  are  ™f ..  u.„g  «, 
Lrrl  leas  and  wing-edges  as  mstruments.  The  crickets 
S  mem"fth«  LL  "sing,"  and  the  death-watch  tap. 

"  t  frslmer^lgh.,  when  co.ours  are  put  out  by  the 
darlne*  the"tow.woL  'shines  brightly  on  the  mossy  bank^ 
7     r.   Rritifh   soecies  (Ijvnpyr     nccHlucct)  the  wingKl 
LV'»d  the  IgCfetiale  Z.  both  luminous  ;  the  latter 
^^.M  Mcels  n  brightness,  while  her  mate  has  larger  eyes. 
^tv«  Ae  pho  Jhorescence  may  mean  to  the  const,tu.,o„ 
Srh^«ct!i^  is  certainly  a  love-slgnal  between  the  sexc  . 
But  U  know  most  about  the  Italian  glowworm  (Luaoh, 
te  to^  of  whose  behaviour  we  have  a  lively  picture-tha„b 
«  PmfessoT  Emerys  nocturnal  observations  u;  the  meadows 
.Li  Moena     The  females  sit  among  the  grass  i  the 
Zl"  s  «y^Kn  search  of  them.     When  a  female  catches 

Skh«s::.^-e^^rrg^;t;n:H 
S^rifn"ti::^irThV'^m:i^^^^^^^^^^^ 

coquette  s  ?»<"«•  '  ij^„,.,jj  ^nd  the  intensity  seems 
^mth  th  S;J  t.^te  >««  W  the  fem^e  is  .,we 
restricted  The  most  noteworthy  difference  »s  that  tw 
Smrnous  rhythm  of  the  male  is  more  rapid,  with  br,e^ 
flaThes  while  that  of  the  female  is  more  prolonged  ith 
fonger  inTervals,  and  more  tremulous-iUummed  symbols  of 

J^'U.  we  did  not  ignore  that  the  courtship  o  au«t 
mammals  is  somewhat  rough  So,  ^«^J^J"'"f ,;  ,^ 
dances  of  many  butterflies,  the  merry  songs  of  the  tra 


~'^m§^mK^mm*Js^:^sss^ 


2] 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Life  of  Animals  loi 

hoppers,  and  the  flashing  signals  of  the  glow-insects,  it  is 
just  that  we  should  turn  to  the  strange  courtship  of  spiders, 
which  is  less  ideal.  Of  what  we  may  be  prepared  to  find 
we  get  a  hint  from  a  common  experience.  Not  long  ago  I 
found  in  a  gorge  some  spiders  which  I  had  never  seen 
before.  Wishing  to  examine  them  at  leisure,  I  captured  a 
male  and  a  female,  and,  having  only  one  box,  put  them, 
with  misgivings,  together.  When  I  came  to  examine 
them,  however,  the  male  was  represented  by  shreds. 
Such  unnatural  conduct,  though  by  no  means  universal 
among  spiders,  is  common.  The  tender  mercies  of  spiders 
are  cruel.  We  have  lately  obtained  an  account  of  the 
courtship  of  spiders  from  George  W.  and  Elizabeth  G. 
Peckham,  from  whose  careful  observations  I  select  the 
following  illustrations : 

According  to  these  observers,  "there  is  no  evidence  that  the 
male  spiders  possess  greater  vital  activity ;  on  the  contrary,  it  is 
the  female  that  '<;  the  more  ac*'ve  and  pugnacious  of  the  two. 
There  is  no  rel-  .  in  either  sex  between  development  of  colour 
and  activity.  'Itie  Lycosida,  which  are  the  most  active  of  all 
spiders,  have  the  least  colour-development,  while  the  sedentary  orb- 
weavers  show  tlie  most  brilliant  hues.  In  the  numerous  cases 
where  the  male  differs  from  the  female  by  brighter  colours  and 
ornamental  appendages,  these  adornments  are  not  only  so  placed 
as  to  be  in  full  view  of  the  female  during  courtship,  but  the  atti- 
tudes and  antics  of  the  male  spider  at  that  time  are  actually  such  as 
to  display  them  to  the  fullest  extent  possible.  The  fact  that  in  the 
Altida  the  m.les  vie  with  each  other  in  making  an  elaborate  dis- 
play, ^  only  of  their  grace  and  agility,  but  also  of  their  beauty, 
befor-  t.  females,  and  that  the  females,  after  attentively  watching 
the  dances  and  tournaments  which  have  been  executed  for  their 
Rraiification,  select  for  their  mates  the  males  that  they  find  most 
pleasing,  points  strongly  to  the  conclusion  that  the  great  differences 
in  colour  and  in  ornament  between  these  spiders  are  the  result  of 
sexual  selection." 

These  conclusions  support  Darwin's  position  that  the  female's 
choice  is  a  great  factor  in  evolving  at'ractiveness,  and  are  against 
Wallace's  contention  that  bright  colours  express  greater  vitality, 
and  that  the  females  are  less  brilliant  because  enemies  eliminate 
the  conspicuous.  It  is  quite  likely  that  Darwin's  view  is  true  in 
some  cases  (e.g.  these  spiders),  and  Wallace's  conclusion  true  in 
others  (<^.  birds  and  butterflies),  m  that  both  may  be  true  in 


^M^ 


?:^Sft. 


i^^§ffMi 


i'    *^  -i 


I02 


Tlie  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


„„v  c.^,  »H.e  ...fact  ^^  tufS^l  ^^  " '-\" 
Xays  more  brilliant  than  t^^l'X'l^y  of  maleness,  which 
brSncy  is  wrapped  «P^-lo"g  ^  J  ^^  superabundant  vitality,  or  as 
it  is  not  sufficient  to  ^f^^^f^i^^ey  towards  a  relative  increase 
greater  activity,  but  rather  as  ^Jj^^^^^ges  over  those  >.hich  are 
^f  destructive  or  d.srupUve  ^^'^^^  ^^^  Wem  is  very  complex, 
constructive  or  ^^"^^f"^'':^' J't.^J^.^.  We  need  to  know 
and   dogmatic   conclusions   are   prcm  .  ^^  to  winch  0  . 

?Je  chemical  nature  and  ^^^^°7,e  ,n  apprSmate  balance-sheet 
colour  is  due  ;  we  "--'^.,  °  ^^^JheU  s'^xes.  Knough  of  th.s, 
of  the  income  and  expenditure  of  the  ^^^  ^^^^  romance- 

however  ;  let  us  return  to  the  pictures. 
Su  to  these:  patient  observers: 


G  W  und  E.  G.  Peckham.) 

e       1  tVint  the  males  of  Saiih 
..  On  reaching  the  country  we  found  that  ^  .^  ^^^^  ^.^^ 

;>„/..  were  nuti.e  and  were  waunjg  f-    hc^ej^  ^^^^  ,^  ,„niulc 
Cilh  both  spiders  and  msccts.     In  U^is    i        ^^  ^^^^^^^  ^ 
difference  l^tween  the  sexes      On  May    4  ^^^  ^^^  ,,  y 

female  and  placed  her  m  one  of  Ojc  larg«  ^  ^^  ^,^^  ^^^^,       ,,,1 
we  put  a  male  m  wuh  her.     He  sa  ^^  ^^^.^^ 

still,  twelve  =nches  away.     The  glance  .^^^^^^  f^,^„,  ^et 

he  at  once  moved  toward  her.  ^^^^y^^J^^.^Uable  performances 
he  stood  still,  and  then  ^^^^^'^^  ^^dmnng  female.  She  cyca 
that  an  amorous  male  <^°»l^;^^ "^^^^.r  time  to  time,  so  that  h 
him  eagerly,  changmg  her  f-'^  ^^^.;^\.„  ^.hde  Ix^dy  on  one  sj 
might  always  be  '" -^^-j  J'*^' J  owering  it  on  the  other  by  foW- 
by  straishtemng  out  th^  legs,  aim 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Life  of  Animats  103 

ing  the  first  two  pairs  of  legs  up  and  under,  leaned  so  far  over  as  to 
be  in  danger  of  losing  his  balance,  which  he  only  maintained  by 
sidling  rapidly  toward  the  lowered  side.     The  palpus,  too,  on  this 
side  was  turned  back  to  correspond  to  the  direction  of  the  legs 
nearest  it.     He  moved  in  a  semicircle  of  about  two  inches,  and 
then  instantly  reveised  the  position  of  the  legs  and  circled  in  the 
opposite  direction,  gradually  approachins;  nearer  and  nearer  to  the 
female.     Now  she  das'^es  toward  him,  while  he,  raising  his  first  pair 
of  legs,  extends  them  upward  and  forward  as  if  to  hold  her  off,  but 
withal  slowly  retreats.     Again  and  again  he  circles  from  side  to 
side,  she  gazing  toward  him  in  a  softer  mood,  evidently  admiring 
the  grace  of  his  antics.     This  is  repeated  until  we  have  counted  one 
hundred  and  eleven  circles  made  by  the  ardent  little  male.     Now 
he  approaches  nearer  and  nearer,  and  when  almost  within  reach 
whirls  madly  around  and  around  her,  she  joining  and  whirling  with 
him  in  a  giddy  maze.     Again  he  falls  back,  and  resumes  his  semi- 
circular motions  with  his  body  tilted  over ;  she,  all  excitement, 
lowers  her  head  and  raises  her  body,  so  that  it  is  almost  vertical. 
Both  draw  nearer,  she  moves  slowly  under  him,  he  crawling  over 
her  head,  and  the  mating  is  accomplished."    The  males  are  quarrel- 
some   and    fight    with 
one  another  ;  but  after 
watching      "hundreds 
of   seemingly    terrible 
battles "    between    the 
males  of  twelve  differ- 
ent species,  the  obser- 
vers were  forced  to  the 
conclusion  that  "they 
are    all    sham    affairs 
gotten  up  for  the  pur- 
pose of  displaying  be 
fore  the  females,  who 
commonly  stand  by  in- 
terested     spectators." 
"It  seemed  cruel  sirait 
at  first  to  put  eight  or 
ton  males  (of  Dendiy- 
phaii/,s  capitatiis)  into 
abox  to  see  them  fight. 


Yxc,      i  — I'wo  male  spiders  (Zygoballus  btttini) 
fighting.    (After  O.  W.  and  E.  G.  Peckh.im.) 


but  it  was  soon  apparent  that  they  were  very  prudent  little  fellows, 
and  were  fully  conscious  that  'he  who  fii;hts  and  runs  away  will 
live  t(.  fight  another  d.ry.'  In  fact,  after  two  weeks  of  hard  fi  hting 
we  were  unable  to  discover  one  wounded  warrior.  .  .  .  The 
single  female  (of  Phidippm  morsitans)  that  we  caught  duung  the 


164 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


I 


FIG.  .4.-Malc  argus  pheasant  di>pbylng  its  plumage,     tl'ron,  l)arw»,.) 


rrs:«:s^Lr^r;.=":="°------^^ 


wmmm^^^^^%<w^~m 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Life  of  Animals  105 

upon  them  and  killed  them."  ''The  female  of  Deudryphantes 
tlegam  is  much  larger  than  the  male,  and  her  loveliness  is  accom- 
panied by  an  extreme  irritability  of  temper,  which  the  male  seems 
to  r^ard  as  a  constant  menace  to  his  safety ;  but  his  eagerness 
being  great,  and  his  manners  devoted  and  tender,  he  gradually 
overcomes  her  opposition.  Her  change  of  mood  is  only  brought 
about  after  much  patient  courting  on  his  part."  In  other  species 
(Philaus  militaris)  the  males  take  possession  of  young  females  and 
keep  guard  over  them  until  they  become  mature.  We  sometimes 
hear  of  courtship  by  telephone.  In  the  Epeiridse  spiders  "  it  seems 
to  be  carried  on,  to  some  extent  at  least,  by  a  vibration  of  web 
lines,"  as  M'Cook  and  Termeyer  have  also  observed. 

Surely  it  is  a  long  gamut  this,  from  a  mammal's  clamant 
call  and  forcible  wooing,  or  from  the  sweet  persuasiveness 
of  our  singing  birds,  and  the  fluttering  displays  of  others,  to 
the  trembling  of  a  thread  in  the  web  of  a  spider.  But, 
however  varied  be  the  pitch  of  the  song  and  the  form  of 
the  dance,  all  are  expressions  of  love. 

Mates  are  also  attracted  to  one  another  by  odours. 
These  are  best  known  in  mammals  {e.g.  beaver  and  civet) 
and  in  reptiles  ;  they  predominate  in  the  males,  and  at  the 
breeding  season.  They  usually  proceed  from  skin  glands  ; 
but  we  understand  little  about  them.  They  serve  as 
incense  or  as  stimulant,  but  perhaps  this  usefulness  is 
secondary.  The  zoologist  Jaeger  regards  the  odoriferous 
substances  in  plants  and  animals  as  characteristic  of  and 
essentially  associated  with  each  life ;  but  without  going  so 
far  we  may  recognise  that  in  the  general  life  of  flowers 
and  animals  alike  odours  are  very  important.  We  know, 
too,  that  certain  odours  make  much  impression  upon  us ; 
such  as  those  of  hawthorn  and  of  the  hay-field,  of  newly- 
mown  grass  and  of  withered  leaves,  of  violet  and  of 
lavender;  and  furthermore,  that  in  some  mysterious  way 
some  fragrances  excite  or  soothe  the  system,  and  have 
become  associated  with  sexual  and  other  emotions, 

2.  Love  and  Care  for  Offspring.  —  Gradual  as  the 
incoming  of  spring  has  been  the  blossoming  of  parental 
love  among  animals.  We  can:  at  tell  in  what  forms  it 
first  appeared  in  distinctness.  We  cannot  say  Lo  here  !  or 
1.0  there !  for  it  is  latent  in  them  all 


i  ml 


*ii-itf!»l 


am!' 


!.  1  : 


io6  TJie  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  j 

In  many  of  the  lower  animals  the  units  which  begin 
new  lives  are  readily  separated  from  the  parent ;  but  in 
others,  e.g.  some  of  the  simplest,  or  some  by  no  means 
simple  "worms,"  and  even  some  insects,  the  parent  life 
disappears  in  giving  birth  to  the  young.  Reproduction  or 
the  continuance  of  the  species  often  involves  a  sacrifice  of 

the  individual  life. 

It  is  strangely  true,  even  in  the  highest  forms,  that 
reproduction,  though  a  blossoming  of  the  whole  life,  is  also 
the  beginning  of  death.  It  is  costly,  and  brings  death  as 
well  as  life  in  its  train.  This  is  tragically  illustrated  by 
many  insects,  such  as  butterflies,  who  die  soon  after  repro- 
ducing, though  often  not  before  they  have,  in  obedience  to 
instinctive  impulse,  cared  most  effectively  for  their  eggs— 
the  results  of  which  they  do  not  live  to  see.  Think  also  of 
the  mayflies,  or  Ephemeridae,  who,  after  a  prolonged  aquatic 
life  as  larva,  become  winged,  dance  in  the  sunlight  for  an 
hc'ir,  mate  and  reproduce,  and  die.  ^   ,      , 

Picture  the  long  larval  life  in  the  water,  and  the  short 
aerial  happiness  lasting  for  an  evening  or  two.     Long  life, 
compared  with  the  span  of  many  other  insects  but  short 
love ;    there  may  be  years  of  patience,  and   but   a  day 
of   pleasure;     great    preparations,    and    the    anli-climax 
of  death.      The  eggs  lie  half  conscious   m   the  water, 
faintly  stirred  by  the  growing  life  within,  lapped  round 
about    by   peace,  — though   the   trout   thin   them   sorely. 
In  the  survivors  the  embryos  become  conscious,  awaken 
from  their  rocking,  and  turn  themfelves  in  their  cradles. 
See    the    larvae   creep   forth,   wash    themselves   gaily  m 
the    water,   and    hungrily    fall    upon    their    prey,   some 
smaller   insects.      The    little   "  water-wings "   grow,   and 
the  air  soaks  into  the  blood ;  the  larvae  cast  their  skins 
many  times,  and  hide  from  the  fishes.     At  length  comes 
the  final  moult,  md  the  making  oi  the  air-wings,  of  which 
in  the  summer  e  ening  you  may  see  the  first  short  flight  as 
the  insects  rise  hke  a  living  mist  from  the  pool.     But  even 
yet  a  thin  veil,  too  truly  suggestive  of  a  shroud,  encumbers 
them  ;    and  they  rest  wearily  on   the   grass  or  on  the 
branches  of  the  willow.     Watch  them  writhe  and  jerk,  as  it 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Ltfe  of  Animals  107 

impatient,  till  at  length  their  last  encumbrance  —  their 
"ghost,"  as  naturalists  call  it — is  thrown  off.  Now  the 
other  life,  the  life  of  love,  begins.  Merrily  they  dance  up 
and  down,  dimpling  the  smooth  water  into  smiling  with  a 
touch— chasing,  embracing,  separating.  See  the  filmy  fairy 
wings,  the  large  lustrous  eyes  of  the  males,  the  tail  fila- 
ments gracefully  sweeping  in  the  dance !  They  never 
pause  to  eat — they  could  not  if  they  tried  ;  hunger  is  past, 
love  is  present,  and  in  the  near  future  is  death.  The 
evening  shadows  grow  longer, — shadows  of  death  to  the 
Ephemerides.  The  trout  jump  at  them,  a  few  rain-drops 
thin  the  throng,  the  stream  bears  others  away.  The 
mothers  lay  their  eggs  in  the  water,  and  wearily  die  forth- 
with— cradle  and  tomb  are  side  by  side ;  the  males  seem 
to  pass  in  a  sigh  from  the  climax  of  loving  to  the  other 
crisis  of  dying.  But  the  eggs  are  in  the  water,  and 
the  dance  of  love  is  more  than  a  dance  of  death. 
Turning  homewards,  we  cannot  but  think  sadly  of  other 
Ephemerides,  of  patient  larval  life,  of  the  gradual 
revealing  of  the  higher  self,  of  shrouds  thrown  aside  and 
wedding  robes  put  on,  of  hunger  eaten  up  by  love,  of  the 
sacrifice  of  maternity,  of  cradle  and  tomb  together.  Yet 
we  remember  the  eggs  in  the  water,  the  promise  of  the 
future  beneath  the  surface  of  the  stream.  Under  the  horse- 
chestnut  tree,  too,  the  wind  has  blown  the  shed  petals  like 
white  foam,  but  the  tree  itself  is  strong  like  Ygdrasil,  and 
among  the  branches  a  bird  sings  in  the  twilight. 

Returning  in  more  matter-ot-fact  mood  to  parental  care, 
we  need  not  dwell  upon  those  cases  where  the  young 
are  simply  sheltered  for  a  while  about  the  body  of  the 
mother,  hanging  to  a  jellyfish,  on  some  sea-urchins  hidden 
in  tents  of  spines,  in  one  or  two  sea-cucumbers  half  buried 
in  tht  skin,  adhering  to  the  naked  ventral  surface  of  the 
common  little  leech  {Clepsine\  imprisoned  in  modified 
tentacles  in  some  marine  worms,  carried  about  in  a  dorsal 
brood-chamber  in  many  water-fleas,  or  under  the  curved 
tail  of  higher  crustaceans,  retained  within  the  gills  of 
bivalves^  and  so  on.  Such  adaptations  are  interesting, 
they  involve  prolonged  physical  contact  between  mother 


I 


1 1 


io8  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  parti 

and  offspring,  but  we  are  in  search  of  cases  where  the 
parent  acts  as  if  she  cared  for  her  young. 
^    But  this  care,  as  we  said,  begins  very  gradually.    Thus, 
in  some  lowly  crustaceans  the  young  may  return  to  the 
brood -chamber   of  the  mother,  even  after  hatchmg  and 
moulting;    and  young  crayfish  are  said  to jeturn  to  the 
Tdter  of  the  maternal  tail  after  they  have  been  se   adnft. 
Strange,  too,  are  the  males  of  some  sea-spiders  (Pycno- 
gonidl)  who  carry  about  the  ova  on  their  legs.     It  is  con- 
Idently  stated  that  the  headless  freshwater  mussel  keeps 
the  embryos  imprisoned   even   after   the   norma    period, 
until  some  freshwater  fish  be  present,  to  which  they  may 
attach  themselves  ;  while  some  cuttle-fishes  are  said  to  exert 
themselves  in  keeping  their  egg-clusters  dean  an.,  safe 

But  it  is  among  insects,  with  their  full,  free  life  that  we 
see  the  best  examples  of  parental  care  in  backboneless 
animals.     Some  scoff  at  the  «  beetle-pricker  »  or  the  scara- 
be!st.-and  such  genial  laughter  as  that  of  the  Profes^o:at 
the  Breakfast  Table  has  a  healthy  resonance,-but  those 
who  scoff  have  not  read  Kirb/s  Utters,  else  they  would 
feel  that  the  student  of  insects  watches  at  a  wdUhead  o 
romance    and    marvel    inexhaustibly  fresh.      What,    for 
nsmce,  shall  we  say  of     -e  workerjees.  who,  though  no 
parents,  tend  and  nurse  the  grubs  with  constant  care  ;  or  o 
^e   likewise  sexless   worker-ants,  whose  first  endeavou 
when  the  nest  is  disturbed  is  to  save,  not  themselves  bu 
the  young ;   or  of  the  care  that   flies,  moths,  and  other 
insects  wUl  take  to  lay  their  eggs  in  ^"^stances  and  suua- 
tions  best  fitted  for  the  future  young  ?    We  must  think  back 
nto  the  past  history  of  climatic  and  other  conditions  if 
rwould  understand   the   frequently  elaborate   provision 
which  mother  insects  make  for  offspring  which  they  neve 
see  •  the  ancestors  had  probably  a  longer  life,  and  had  the 
gr^  ification  of  seeing  the  result  of  their  labours,  and  no. 
fhe  inherited  habit  works  on,  perhaps  with  no  vision  of 
the  future.     We  must  also  allow  that  the  offspnng  mis- 
takenly deposited  by  an  imperfect  maternal  instinct  would 
most  likely  die,  and  thus  leave  the  race  more  seleit.     But 
after  thinking  out  these  explanations,  the  facts  remain  mar- 


iT-it--' 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Life  of  Animals 


109 


vellous.  Thus  W.  Marshall  saw  an  Ichneumon  fly 
{Polynema  natans)  remain  twelve  hours  under  water, 
without  special  adaptations  for  such  a  life,  swimming  about 
with  her  wings,  and  depositing  her  eggs  within  the  larvae  of 
caddis-flies  I 

We  are  accustomed,  the  same  naturalist  says,  to  look 
upon  a  hen  which  gathers  her  brood  under  her  wings  as  a 
picture  of  loving  care,  but  we  must  recognise  that  the  same 
is  true  of  earwigs,  spiders,  and  scorpions.  Many  of  us 
have  lifted  a  large  stone  on  the  dry  bank,  and  seen  the 
hurry-scurry  of  small  animals  ;  there  are  earwigs  among 
the  rest,  and  the  pale-yellowish  young  crowd  quickly  under 
the  shelter  of  their  mothers,  who  stand  guard  with  open 
pincers.  Female  spiders,  too,  so  fierce  and  impatient  as 
mates,  are  most  "respectable  mothers."  Some  make  nests, 
guard,  feed,  and  even  fight  for  the  young ;  others  carry  the 
eggs  about  with  them.  "  I  have  often,"  Marshall  says, 
"made  fun  of  the  little  creatures,  taking  away  their 
precious  egg-sac  and  removing  it  to  a  slight  distance.  It 
was  interesting  to  see  how  eagerly  they  sought,  and  how 
joyously,  one  may  even  say,  they  sprang  upon  their  *  one 
and  all '  when  they  found  it  again.  Sometimes  I  cheated 
them  with  a  little  ball  of  wool  of  the  size,  form,  and  colour 
of  the  egg-sac,  which  they  quickly  seized,  and  as  rapidly 
rejected." 

Many  fishes  lay  their  eggs  by  hundreds  in  the  water, 
and  thenceforth  have  .lothing  more  to  do  with  them,  but 
even  among  these  cold-blooded  animals  there  are  illustra- 
tions of  parental  care.  From  a  bridge  over  the  river  you 
may  be  able  to  watch  the  female  salmon  ploughing  a 
furrow  in  the  gravelly  bed,  and  there  laying  her  eggs,  care- 
ful not  to  disturb  the  places  where  others  have  already 
spawned.  In  quiet  by-pools  you  may  find  the  gay  male 
stickleback  guarding  the  nest  which  he  has  made  of  twined 
fibres  partly  glued  together  with  mucus.  There  the  female 
has  laid  eggs,  but  he  has  driven  her  forth  :  he  will  do  all 
the  nursing  himself.  No  approaching  enemy  is  too  large 
for  him  to  attack ;  his  courage  equals  his  seeming  pride. 
When  the  youn^  are  hatched,  but  not  yet  able  to  fend  for 


no  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 

themselves,  his  cares  are  increased  tenfold.  It  is  hard  to 
keep  the  youngsters  in  the  cradle.  "No  sooner  has  he 
brought  one  bold  truant  back,  than  two  others  are  out,  and 
so  it  goes  on  the  whole  day  long." 

We  are  not  clever  enough  to  understand  why  the  males 
among  many  fishes  are  so  much  more  careful  than  the 
females  For  the  stickleback  is  not  alone  m  his  excellent 
behavio'ir  The  male  Chinese  macropod  {Polyacanthus) 
makes  .rothy  nest  of  air  and  mucus,  in  which  he  places 
his  mates  eggs.  He,  too,  watches  jealously  over  the  brood, 
and  "has  his  hands— or  rather  his  mouth— full  to  recover 
the  hasty  throng  when  they  stray,  and  to  pack  them  again 
into  their  cradle."  Of  all  strange  habits,  perhaps  that 
is  strangest  which  some  male  fish  {e.g.  Arius)  have  of 
hatching  the  eggs  in  their  mouths  ;  what  external  danger  s 
must  have  threatened  them  before  this  quaint  brooding- 
chamber  was  chosen  !     Or  is  if  not  almost  like  a  joke  to  see 

the  male  sea-horse  swelling  up  as 
the  eggs  which  he  has  stowed 
away  in  an  external  pocket  hatch 
and  mature,  "till  one  day  we 
see  emerging  from  the  aperture  a 
number  of  small,  almost  transpar- 
ent creatures,  something  like 
marks  of  interrogation."  Hut 
.  some    female    fishes    also    carry 

S  their  eggs  about,  attached  to  the 
ventral  surface  (in  the  Siluroid 
fish,  Aspredo),  or  stowed  away  in 
a  ventral  pouch  (in  Solenostovui, 
allied  to  pipe-fishes),  arrange- 
ments which  recur  among  amphi- 
FiG.  as.  — Sea-horse    (Hippo-  ^,;ans,  but  On   the  dorsal  surface 

campus  guttulatus).     (b  rom       ,  ^,    '  ,      , 
Evolution  of  Sex;  after  Atlas    of  the  DOdy. 

of  Naples  Station.)  Amphibians,     like    fishes,    to 

which  they  are  linked  by  many  ties,  are  either  quaint  or 
careless  parents.  Again,  the  males  assume  the  responsi- 
bilities of  nurture.  The  obstetric  frog  {^lytes  obstetnoim), 
common  in  some  parts  of  the  Continent,  takes  the  eggs  from 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Life  of  Animals  iii 

his  mate,  winds  them  round  his  hind-legs,  and  retires  into  a 
hole,  whence,  after  a  fortnight  or  so,  he  betakes  himself  to  the 
water,  there  to  be  relieved  by  the  speedy  hatching  of  his 
precious  burden.  Even  quainter  is  the  habit  of  the  male  of 
a  Chilian  irog{Rhinodenna  darwinii),  who  keeps  the  eggs  and 
the  young  in  a  pouch  near  the  larynx,  turning  a  resonating 
sac  in  a  most  inatter-of-fact  way  into  a  cradle.  He  is  some- 
what leaner  after  it  is  all  over.  It  is  interesting  to  notice 
how  similar  forms  and  habits  recur  among  animals  of  dif- 
ferent kinds,  like  the  theme  in  some  musical  compositions. 
The  spiral  form  of  shell  common  in  the  simple,  chalk-forming 
Foraminilers  recurs  in  the  pearly  nautilus ;  the  eye  of  a 
fish  is  practically  like  that  of  many  a  cuttle,  though  the 
two  are  made  in  quite  different  ways  ;  and  an  extraordinary 
development  of  paternal  care  may  signalise  animals  so 
distinct  as  sea-spider,  stickleback,  and  frog. 

But  we  must  not  be  unfair  to  the  female  amphibians. 
Without  doubt  most  of  them  are  willing  to  be  quickly  rid 
of  their  eggs  or  young,  and  as  these  are  usually  very 
numerous,  the  mortality  in  the  pools  is  of  little  moment. 
In  some  cases,  however,  water-pools  are  less  available 
than  in  Britain,  and  then  we  find  adaptations  securing  the 
welfare  of  the  young.  The  black  salamander  of  the  Alps, 
living  at  elevations  where  pools  are  rare,  retains  her  twin 
oiibpring  until  more  than  half  of  the  tadpole  life  is  past. 
They  breathe  and  feed  in  a  marvellous  way  within  the 
body  of  the  mother,  and  are  bom  as  lung-breathers.  In 
the  case  of  the  Surinam  Toad  {Pipa),  the  male  places  half 
a  hundred  eggs  on  the  back  of  the  female,  where  they 
become  surrounded  by  small  pockets  of  skiii,  from  which 
the  young  toads  writhe  out  fully  formed.  In  two  other 
cases  {Nototrema  and  Notodelphys\  the  above  somewhat 
expensive  adaptation,  which  involves  a  great  destruction 
of  skin,  is  replaced  by  a  dorsal  pouch  in  which  the  eggs 
hatch,  an  arrangement  dimly  suggestive  of  the  pouch  of 
kangaroos  and  other  marsupial  mammals. 

Fishes  and  amphibians  are  linked  closely  by  their  likeness 
in  structure,  and,  as  we  t,.ve  seen,  they  are  somewhat  alike 
in  parental  habits ;  bui  ixow  great  is  the  contrast  between 


Irti 


iia  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  fart  i 

the  habits  of  birds  and  reptiles,  in  spite  of  their  genuine 
blood-relationship.     Yet  the  python  coiled  round  her  eggs 
is  a  prophecy  of  the  brooding  birds    as  in  past  ages  the 
flopping  Saurians  prophesied  their  sw.ft-wmged  fl.gh  .  ^  The 
sharpness  of  the  contrast  is  also  lessened  by  the  fac*    u,'  <. 
few  birds,  like  the  mound-builders,  do  not  brood  at  a  I ,  \vli.k 
others,  it  must  be  confessed,  are  somewhat  carde   ..     But, 
exceptions  and  ciiminals  apart,  birds  are  so  lav.sl,   n,  the. 
love   so  constant  i.i  iheir  carefulness,  that  it  is  difficuii  t<. 
speak  of  them  without  exaggeration.      I  am  quite  willing  to 
allow  that   they  often    act  without    thought  (that    is   hall 
the  beauty  of  it) ;   nor   do    I    doubt   that   many  spec.es 
would  have  gone  to  the  wall  long  since  m  the  stioiggle  of 
life  if  the  parents  had  not  t„ken  so  much  care  of  the  young  ; 
but  I  would  rather  emphasise  at  present  the  reality  that 
they  do  sacrifice  themselves  for  the  sake  of  their  young 
to  a  most  remarkable  degree,.and  spend  themselves  not  for 
individual  ends,  but  for  their  offspring.  .,,,.. 

Before  the  time  of  egg-laying  the  birds  build  the.r  nests, 
eageily  but  without  hurry,  instinctively  yet  with  some  plas- 
tidty,  and  often   with   much    beauty.      On  the  laid  eggs, 
whi-^h    require    warmth    to   develop,    the    mothers    brood, 
and  though  to  rest  after  reproduction  is  natural,  the  brood- 
ing is  not  without  its  literal  patience.     Among  polygamous 
birds  the  males  are,  as   one  would  expect,  more  or   less 
carclc.s  of  their  mates,  but  most  of  the  monogamous  males 
are  careful  either  in    sharing  the  duty  of  brooding  or  m 
supplying  the  females  with  food.     After  the   eggs   hatdi 
the    degree    of    care    required    vanes   according    to   the 
state  of  the  young;  for  many  are  precociously  energetic 
and  able  to  look  after  themselves,  while  others  still  requ.re 
prolonged  nurture.     They  need   large   quantities  of  food, 
[o  supply  which  all  the  energies   of  both   parents   seem 
sometimes  no  more  than  adequate ;  they  may  still  require 
o  l2  brooded   over,  and  certainly  to  be  protected  from 
rain  and  enemies.     After  they  are  reared,  they  have    o  be 
tr    ht  to  fly,  to  catch  food,  to  avoid  danger,  and  a  dozen 
o         a.ts.     With  what  apparent  love-willing  and  joyow 
-    s  al'  this  done  for  them  I 


MiiM 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Life  /Animals  113 

Consider  the  cunning  often  displayed  in  leaving  or 
approaching  the  nest,  in  removing  debris  which  would 
betray  the  whereabouts  of  the  young,  or  in  distracting 
attention  to  a  safe  distance  ;  remember,  too,  that  some  birds 


Fii;.  26.— NcM  of  tail'ir-bird  (prthotoinm  heHettif).    (AOer  Firehni.) 

Will  shift  cither  eggs  or  yoiuig  to  a  new  resting-place  when 
extreme  danger  threatens  ;  estimate  the  energy  spent  in 
feeding  the  brood,  sometimes  on  a  diet  quite  different 
from  that  of  adult  life  ;  and  acknowledge  that  the  parental 
instmrt  is  very  deeply  rooted,  since  fostering  young  not 
their  ouu  may  be  practisc.l  by  orphaneil  birds  of  both 
i>tMs.  Listen  to  the  bird  vvhi(  h  h  is  been  bereaved,  and  tell 
mc  IS  not  the  "lone  singer  wonderful,  causing  tears"? 

riic  female  of  the  Indian  and  African  hombill  nests  in 
a  hole  in  a  tree,  the  entrance  to  which  she  plasters  up  so 
that  no  room   is   left   either  for   exit   or  entrance.     The 

1 


i  11 


.11 


F    ^ 


Tfu  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


114 

Malays  imagined  that  this  was  the  work    >f  ,|^e J-l-s 
male    but  it  is  the    female's    own    domg.        ^tie  sus, 
M^hTsays    "securely  hidden,  safe  from  any  carnivore 
^r  m^Sievous  ape  or  snake  stealthily  climbing,  whde  the 
irfxlns    him'self   lovingly   to  bring   h.s    mate   those 
drfiehtfol  things  in  which  the  tropical  forest  is  nch-fruus 
aW   a  1,   but    occasionally   a  delicate   mouse    or  juicy 
C^     He  flies  with  his   booty  to  the  tree   and  gives  a 
oTculiar  knock,  which  his  mate  knows  as  his  signal,  and 
?h"  "herbeak  through  the  na-ow  window  welco^^^^g^^^^^^ 
meal."     At  the  end  of  the  period  of  incubation.  C.  M  Wood 
forf  says  "the  devoted  husband  is  worn  to  a  skeleton. 

BSml.  like  men.  have  their  vices,  and  birds,  gener- 
ally soTdeal  i^  their  behaviour,  are  sometimes  criminal. 
OmiAologists  assure  us  that  the  degree  of  parental  care 
v^S^nofonly  in  neariv -related  species,  but  also  among 
TrTberofthe  same  species.  We  need  not  ay  muc 
stress  on  the  fact  that  a  bird  occasionally  slips  its  egg 
So  a  neighbour's  nest,  for  when  a  partridge  thus  uses  a 

^hLln^^'rough  bed.  or  a  V^^  ^^^^^ ^K^l^^^t^C^ 
is   likely  enough   that  the   mtruder    had  been   disturbed 

from  her  own  resting-place  when  ^b«"%  *°  ^^^^ -^^J 
approach  something  diflferent  in  the  case  of  the  American 
SSrich  (/?A.a).  the  female  of  which  ^^^^^'^^^l^^^ 
utilise  a  neighbour's  burrow;  nor  does  the  owner  seem 
to  oWect.  for  all  the  brooding  is  discharged  by  the  mal 
I^a^'    t  is  no  great  art  to  be  paUent  and  ^gn^--^ 

know  HS^'^Sibe7of  females  sometimes  lay  their  eggs 

■"  wra^s^glad  to  hear  the  cuckoo's  call  in  spring  that 
we  almost  foi/et  the  wickedness  of  the  voluble  bird.     Ih 
;:.rs  have  h?ped  us.  for  they  have  generously  .demised,  n 
fact  idolised,  the  cuckoo,  the  "darhng  f  ^^V P^'^l;^  „  , 
wandering  voice  babbling  of  sunshine  ^^^f^^^'^^Xoo. 
"sweet."  nay  more,  a  "blessed  bird."     But  the  cue k 
harhoaxJ  the  p;>ets.  for  they  are  even  worse  than  h.r 
Tegwdary  reputati^of  being  sparrow-hawks  m  d.sgu.se. 


CHAP.  VI      The  Domestic  Life  of  Animals  115 

they  are  "greedy  feeders,"  says  Brehm,  "discontented,  ill- 
conditioned,  passionate  fellows;  in  short, decidedly  unamiable 
birds."  The  truth  must  be  told,  the  cuckoo  is  an  immoral 
vagabond,  an  Ishmaelite,  an  individualist,  a  keeper  of  game 
"preserves."  There  are  so  many  males  that  they  have 
perverted  and  thoroughly  demoralised  the  females  ;  there  is 
no  true  pairing ;  they  are  polyandrous.  The  birds  are  too 
hungry  for  genuine  love,  though  there  is  no  lack  of  passion ; 
while  by  voraciously  devouring  hairy  caterpillars  they  have 
acquired  a  gizzard-fretting  feltwork  in  their  stomachs,  and 
for  all  I  know  are  cursed  by  dyspepsia  as  well  as  by  a  con- 
stitutionally evil  character.  It  is  not  quite  correct  to  say 
that  the  cuckoo-mother  is  immoral  because  she  shirks  the 
duties  of  maternity;  it  is  rather  that  she  puts  her  young  out 
to  nurse  because  she  is  immoral.^  The  so-called  "  parasitic  " 
trick  is  an  outcrop  of  an  egoistic  constitution  which  shows 
Itself  m  many  different  ways.  The  young  bird,  "a  dog  in 
the  manger  by  birth,"  evicts  the  helpless  rightful  tenants 
whether  they  are  still  passive  in  the  eggs  or  more  assertive 
as  nestlings,  and  as  he  grows  up  a  spoilt  child  his  foster 
parents  lead  no  easy  life.  But  though  the  poet?  have  been 
hoaxed,  I  do  not  believe  that  the  nurses  of  the  fledgling 
are;  it  seems  rather  as  if  the  naughtiness  of  their 
changelmg  had  some  charm. 

Of  course  there  is  another  way  of  looking  at  the  cuckoo's 
crime.  It  is  advantageous,  and  there  is  much  art  m  the 
well-executed  trick  by  which  the  mother  foists  her  several 
eggs,  at  intervals  of  several  days,  into  the  nests  of  various 
birds,  which  are  usually  insectivorous  and  suited  for  the 
upbnngmg  of  the  intruder.  I  think  there  is  at  least  some 
deliberation  m  this  so-called  instinct.  Nor  should  one  forget 
that  the  mother  occasionally  returns  to  the  natural  habit  of 
hatching  her  own  eggs,--£i  pleasant  fact  which  several  trust- 
worthy  observers  have  thoroughly  established.  Still,  in 
spite  of  the  poets,  the  note  of  this  "  blessed  bird  »  must  be 
regarded  ^  suggestive  of  sin  I 

whkhil  !I«.''TJ1  T*"  "***'"  '^**  ^  *'*^«^  occasionally  used  word, 
do  „5.^ir^  !^*'"^  ***"*'*•  *  "-y  '»»««'««  »*y  definitely  that  I 
«tS^^^!L*'  "*  ^^^^^  in  crediting  animals  with  morU 
wihet  ,  or.  indoed,  any  conceptions.  ^ 


j^a*,:' 


'*"j(L.t  .-^,, 


^mMk 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


ii6 

There  IS  much  to  be  said  about  the  domestic  life  of 
animaU-their  courtship,  their  helpful  partnership,  and  the.r 
parrtage-but  perhaps  I  have  said  enough  to jnduce  you 
fortSnk  about  these  Things  more  carefully.     Many  of  the 
deep  St  problems  of  biology-the  origin  and  evolution  o 
sex  the  delation  of  reproduction  to  the  individual  and  to  the 
spec  es-should  be  considered  by  those  who  feel  themselves 
naSly  inclined  to  such  inquiries  ;  moreover,  m  connection 
"h   our  own  lives,  it  is  profitable  to  investigate  among 
ri  mals  the  different  grades  of  the  love  of  "^^^^^./^^  the 
Son  between  the  rate  of  reproduction  and  the  degree  o 
development.     First,  however,  it  were  better  that  we  should 
waTchTe  ways  of  animals  and  seek  after  some  sympathy 
wkh  them,  that  we  may  respect  their  love,  and  salute  hem 
nf  with  stone  or  bullet,  but  with  the  praise  of  gladdened 

^^'Ruskin's  translation  of  what  Socrates  said  in  regard  to 
the  halcyon  is  suggestive  of  the  mood  in  which  we  should 
consider  these  things. 

^"^iiSr^  Not  great ;  but  it  has  received  great  honour  from  the 
all  others  in  their  calmness,  though  in  the  mids  of    °™; 

Sir.r.ol.'r.hinr»aTt  ho„ou?  .ho„  h„.  for  i.  r™ 

""S^'li.«    "  It  is  nghlly  due  imlMd,  O  Socralcs,  for  O.er.  i. 
.  SZtlJl  .hU.U  for  men  »d  women,  rn  .he,  ..l- 

'"l^^'r-Sh'Ilt «  no.  then  ».«..  .he  h.lc,on,  .nd  «  go  W 
to  the  city  by  the  sands,  fo'  »l  «  time  ? 


w^m^ 


CHAPTER    VII 


it 


THE    INDUSTRIES   OF   ANIMALS 

I.  Hunting— 2.  Shepherding— t,.  Storing— a,.  Making  of  Homei 

5.  Movements 

It  is  likely  that  primitive  man  fed  almost  wholly  upon  fruits. 
His  early  struggles  with  animals  were  defensive  rather  than 
aggressive,  though  with  growing  strength  he  would  become 
able  for  more  than  parrying.  We  can  fancy  how  a  band  of 
men  who  had  pursued  and  slain  some  ravaging  wild  beast 
would  satisfy  at  once  hunger  and  rage  by  eating  the  warm 
flesh.  Somehow,  we  know,  hunting  became  an  habitual  art. 
We  can  also  fancy  how  hunters  who  had  slain  a  mother  animal 
kept  her  young  alive  and  reared  them.  In  this  or  in  some 
other  way  the  custom  of  domesticating  animals  begar,  and 
men  became  shepherds.  And  as  the  hunter's  pursuits'were 
partially  replaced  by  pastoral  life,  so  the  latter  became  in 
some  regions  accessory  to  the  labours  of  agriculture,  with 
the  development  of  which  we  may  reascnably  associate  the 
foundation  of  stable  homesteads.  Around  these  primary 
occupations  arose  the  various  human  industries,  with  division 
oflabour  between  mnn  and  woman,  and  between  man  and 
man. 

Thesft  human  industries  suggest  a  convenient  arrange- 
ment  for  those  practised  by  animals.  For  here  again  there 
are  hunters  and  fishers— beasts  of  prey  of  all  kinds— pursuing 
the  chase  with  diverse  degrees  of  art ;  shepherds,  too,  for  some 
ants  use  the  aphides  as  cows ;  and  farmers  without  doubt. 


1 18  TJie  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  i 

if  we  use  the  word  in  a  sense  wide  enough  to  include  those 
who  collet,  modify,  and   store  the  various   fruUs  of  the 

"""t;  illustrating  these  industries,  I  shall  follow  a  charming 
volume  by  Fr  J^ric  Houssay.  Les  Industries  des  Ammaux, 

^^t'  a^W-Of  this  primary  activity  there  are  many 
kinds  The  crocodile  lies  in  wait  by  the  ^^ucer's  edge, 
^python  hangs  like  a  ^an  fro^  t.e  Uee,  ^t^^^ 

fSr  -Se  angler-fish  ^Lophius  piscatorius)  is  some- 
what  protectively  coloured  as  he  lies  on  the  sand  among 
what  Proiecuvc  y  filaments  dangle,  and 

the  seaweeds;   on  nis   oacK  uu.^ 

nossiblv  suggest  worms  to  curious  little  fishes  ^^nlc^, 
vrturing  nSr,  areengulfed  by  the  angler's  horrid  maw, 

^h^^zi  :tr  Ttr^  j^. 

,1-        -      Thmir  of  the  Indian   Toxctes,  a  nsn  wnun 

SS&,^e':^>nra%s^rcr^;tt 

^«1ref.sSe  (i».  J^Wor),  which  spite  .ts  v.cum 

tions  of  the  Amazon  ants.      AU  sircngui  «!•« 
Thst^nding,  ,h.  *- J'jf- ^;  "^nr.- <^«'« 


CHAP.  VII        The  Industries  of  Animals 


119 


are  often  utilised,  the  weak  combine  against  the  strong, 
and  the  victims  of  even  the  strong  carnivores  often  show 
fight  valiantly. 

2.  Sbepherding. — Although  the  ants  are  the  only  animals 
which  show  a  pastoral  habit  in  any  perfection,  and  that 
only  in  four  or  five  species  {e.g.  Lasius  niger  and  Lasius 
brunneus),  !  think  that  the  fact  is  one  about  which  we 
may  profitably  exercise  our  minds.  I  shall  follow  Espinas's 
admirable  discussion  of  the  subject. 

We  may  begin  with  the  simple  association  of  ants  and 
aphides  as  commensals  eating  at  the  same  bountiful  table. 
But  as  ants  discovered  that  the  aphides  were  overflowing 
with  sweetness,  they  formed  the  habit  of  licking  them,  the 
aphides  submitting  with  passive  enjoyment.  Moreover,  as 
the  ants  nesting  near  the  foot  of  a  tree  covered  with 
aphides  would  resent  that  others  should  invade  their  pre- 
serves, it  is  not  surprising  to  find  that  they  should  continue 
their  earthen  tunnels  up  the  stem  and  branches,  and  should 
eventually  build  an  aerial  stable  for  some  of  their  cattle. 
Thither  also  they  transport  some  of  their  own  larvae  to  be 
sunned,  and  as  they  carried  these  back  again  when  the 
rain  fell,  they  would  surely  not  require  the  assistance  of  an 
abstract  idea  to  prompt  them  to  take  some  aphides  also 
downstairs.  Or  perhaps  it  is  enough  to  suppose  that  the 
aphides,  by  no  means  objecting  to  the  ants'  attentions, 
did  not  require  any  coaxing  to  descend  the  tunnels,  and 
eventually  to  live  in  the  cellars  of  the  nests,  where  they 
feed  comfortably  on  roots,  and  are  sheltered  from  the  bad 
weather  of  autumn.  In  autumn  the  aphides  lay  eggs  in 
the  cellars  to  which  they  have  been  brought  by  force  or 
coaxing  or  otherwise,  and  these  eggs  the  ants  take  care  of, 
putting  them  in  safe  cradles,  licking  them  as  tenderly  as 
they  do  those  of  their  own  kind.  Thus  the  domestication 
of  aphides  by  ants  is  completed. 

Now  what  is  the  theory  of  this  sljepherding  ?  (1)  We 
have  no  warrant  for  saying  that  the  ants  have  deliberately 
domesticated  these  aphides,  as  men  have  occasionally 
added  to  the  number  of  their  domesticated  animals.  It 
does  not  seem  to  me  probable  that  even  primitive  man 


•iff 


1|i 

m 


•^1 


!■#! 


'W 


lMP?W-WfiS^ 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  I 


&i5r 


I30 

domestications.     (2)  Nor   is    it   u      y  dominant 

began  i";  -^^^   '^^^^^^  selection. 

V  l^  Jw!  is  more  a  luxury  than  a  necessity,  and 
>°L  not  Ukdy  to  have  been  e^volved  before  the  estab- 
!•  hment  of  the  sterile  caste  of  workers,  who  have  no  means 

lV^!n».,  mistake  of  an  individual  worker  ant,  but  the 
Imcle  oT  he  community's  progressive  development  ,n 
"TnteUectual  somnambulism,"  helped  in  some  -neasur'  ^j 
the  sSsh  habits  of  the  aphides.  And,  .f  you  wish,  the 
ferula  C  be  added,  "  which  was  justified  m  the  course 

°'  Tst«S-Not  a  few  animals  hide  their  prey  or  |he;r 
eathertoT^d  with  marvellous  memory  for  locahnes 
Sum  to  them  after  a  short  time.  But  genmne  stonng 
wTmore  Snt  future  is  illustrated  by  the  squirrels,  wh.C, 
Wde  the"t«rrls  like  misers.  Many  mice  and  other  rodents 
do  likewl^and  in  some  cases  the  habit  seems  to  become 
f  si«  :f?»e,  so  large  are  the  supplies  la,d  >n  aganjst  h 
:«t*r'«  .irarcitv  Very  quaint  are  the  sacrc  scaraDees 
X'L  ""^^^^^^^  of  dung  to  their  holes,  an 

Ifme^imercollect  supplies  at  which  they  gnaw  for  a  couple 
of  weeks      Some  anfs'(..^.  Atta  barhara)  accumulate  stores 
of  ^afn  occasionally  large  enough  to  be  worth  robbing 
and^heti  is  no  doubt  that  they  are  able  to  keep  the  se  d 
from  germinating  for  a  considerable  t-e,  while  thysto 
he  germination  after  it  has  begun  ^Y  gnawing  off  pbmd 
Ind  radicle  and  drying  the  seeds  afresh.     Dr.  M  Cooks 
^count   of  the  agricdtural   ant  of  Texas   {Pogomynnex 
nrJ.)    gives    even    more    marv.Uous    illustrations    0 
famitng  habits,  for  these  ants  to  a  certain  extent  at  least 
cuSe  in  front  of  their  nests  a  kind  of  grass  with  a  ncc 


^-%^^=^!-^ 


CHAP.  VII         The  Industries  of  Animals  121 

like  seed.     They  cut  off  all  other  plants  from  their  fields, 
aiid  thus  their  crops  flourish. 

But  animals  store  for  their  offspring  as  well  as  for 
themselves.  The  habit  is  very  characteristic  of  insects, 
and  is  the  more  interesting  because  the  parents  in  many 
cases  do  not  survive  to  see  the  rewards  of  their  industry. 
Sometimes,  indeed,  there  is  no  industry,  for  the  stores  of 
other  insects  may  be  utilised.  Thus  a  little  beetle  {Sitaris 
muralis)  enters  the  nest  of  a  bee  {Anthophora  pilifera)  and 
lays  its  eggs  in  the  cells  full  of  honey.  More  laudable  are 
the  burying-beetles  {Necrophorus),  which  unite  in  har- 
monious labour  to  bury  the  body  of  a  mouse  or  a  bird, 
which  serves  as  a  resting-place  for  their  eggs  and  as  a 
larder  for  the  larvae.  The  Spkex  wasp  makes  burrows, 
in  which  there  are  many  chambers.  Each  chamber  con- 
tains an  egg,  and  is  also  a  larder,  in  which  three  or  four 
crickets  or  other  insects,  paralysed  by  a  sting  in  the  nervous 
system,  remain  alive  as  fresh  meat  for  the  Sphex  larva 
when  that  is  hatched.  After  the  Sphex  has  caught  and 
stung  its  cricket  and  brought  it  to  the  burrow,  it  enters 
at  first  alone,  apparently  to  see  if  all  is  right  within. 
That  this  is  thoroughly  habitual  is  evident  from  Fabre's 
experiment.  While  the  Sphex  was  in  the  burrow,  he  stole 
away  the  paralysed  cricket,  and  restored  it  after  a  little ; 
yet  the  wasp  always  reconnoitred  afresh,  though  the  trick 
was  played  forty  times  in  succession.  Yet  when  he  substi- 
tuted an  unparalysed  cricket  for  the  paralysed  one, 
the  Sphex  did  not  at  once  perceive  what  was  amiss,  but 
soon  awoke  to  the  gravity  of  the  situation,  and  made  a 
fierce  onslaught  on  the  recalcitrant  victim.  So  it  is  not 
wholly  the  slave  of  habit. 

4-  Making  of  Homes. — Houssay  arranges  the  dwellings 
of  animals  in  three  sets — (a)  those  which  are  hollowed 
out  in  the  earth  or  in  wood;  (p)  those  which  are 
constructed  of  light  materials  often  woven  together ;  and 
(f)  those  which  are  built  of  clay  or  similar  material.  We 
may  compare  these  to  the  caves,  wigwams,  and  buildings 
in  which  men  find  homes. 

Burrows  are  simplest,  but   they  may  be   complex   io 


■--. 
Ifri 

5». 


122 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


V.\RT  1 


details      Those  of  the  land-crabs  (Gccardnus),  <h'= J"";!- 
c  S^S  bees  (Xy,oc.p.y  .he  sand-n,ar,ens  t  c  „a™    ,  ; 
rabbitt  the  prairie  dogs,  ilUrstrale  th,»  kmd  of  dwe.l.,r„ 

™XtSr:.SS'°o\.W«.)  weaves  and  glues 


FIG.  ,7.-SwaUows  iflulidonaria  urkka)  and  their  nest.     (After  lirch.n.) 

the  leaves  and  stems  of  water-plants  ;  the  minutest  mouse 

ir/xs  SeT -^'  tosr;!"'-- 

""' WbuMings,  the  swallows'  nests  by  the  window,  a.ul  .k 


CHAP.  VII         The  Industries  of  Animals 


123 


paper  houses  which  wasps  construct,  are  well  known ;  but  we 
should  not  forget  the  architecture  of  the  mason-bees,  the 
gre.it  towers  of  the  termites,  and  the  lodges  of  the  beavers. 

Perhaps  I  may  be  allowed  to  notice  once  again,  whrit  I 
have  suggested  in  another  chapter,  that  while  many  of  the 
shelters  which  animals  make  are  for  the  young  rather  than 
for  the  adults,  the  hne  of  definition  is  not  strict,  and  some 
which  were  nests  to  begin  with  have  expanded  into  homes 

an  instance  of  a  kind  of  evolution  which  is  recognisable 

in  many  other  cases. 

5.  Movements. — But  animals  are  active  in  other  ways. 
All  their  ways  of  moving  should  be  considered — the  marvel- 


FiG.  28.— Flight  of  crested  heron,  ten  images  per  second.    (From  Chambers's 
EncycloJ>. ;  after  Murey.) 

lous  flight  of  birds  and  insects,  the  power  of  swimming 
and  diving,  the  strange  motion  of  serpents,  the  leap,  the 
heavy  tread,  the  swift  gallop  of  Mammals.  All  their 
gainbolings  and  playful  frolics,  their  travels  in  search  of 
food,  and  their  migrations  over  land  and  sea,  should  be 
reckoned  up. 

Most  marvellous  is  the  winged  flight  of  birds.  As  a 
boat  is  borne  along  when  the  wind  fills  the  sails,  or  when 
the  oars  strike  the  water,  and  as  a  swimmer  beats  the 
water  with  his  hands,  so  the  bird  beating  the  air  backwards 
with  its  wings  Is  borne  onward  in  swift  flight.  But  the 
air  is  not  so  resistent  as  the  water,  and  no  bird  can  float  in 
the  air  as  a  boat  floats  in  the  water.     Thus  the  stroke  has 


\n 


'II 


■J 


Hi 


mmmi 


^^wpMiiivg 


i^w:0!m 


124  T/ie  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  1 

a  downward  as  well  as  a  backward  direction.     When  there 
is  more  of  the  downward  direction  the  bird  rises,  when  there 
is  more  of  the  backward  direction  it  speeds  forward ;  but 
usually  the  stroke  is  both  downwards  and  backwards  for 
the  lightest  bird  has  to  keep  itseir  from  falling  as  it  fl.es. 
The  hoUowness  and  sponginess  of  many  of  the  bones  com- 
bine strength  of  material  with  lightness,  and  the  balloon- 
like air-sacs  connected  with  the  lungs   perhaps  help  the 
birds  in  rising  from  the  ground;  but,  buoyant  as  many  buds 
are,  all  have  to  keep  themselves  up  by  an  effort.     But  he 
possibility  of  flight  also  depends  upon  the  fac    that  the 
raising  of  the  wing  in  preparation  for  each  stroke  can  be 
accomplished  with  very  little  effort ;  the  whole  wing  and 
its  individual  feathers  are  adjusted  to  present  a^maxinuun 
surface  during  the  down-stroke,  a  minimuin  surface  dunng 
the  elevation  of  the  wing.    There  are  many  different  kmds  0 
flight,  which  require  special  explanation— the  fluttering  0 
humming-birds,    the    soaring  of  the    lark,  the    masterful 
hovering  of  the  kestrel,  the  sailing  of  the  albatross.      The 
effortless  sailing  motion   of  many  birds  is  comparable  to 
that  of  a  kite,  » the  weight  of  the  bird  corresponding  to  the 
tail  of  the  kite  ;"  it  is  possible  only  when  there  is  wind  or 
when  great  velocity  has  been  previously  attained. 


WW.'^^': 


PART  II 


THE    POWERS   OF   LIFE 


CHAPTER  VIII 


VITALITY 


'J 

I-  «! 


I.  The  Task  of  Physiology— 2.  The  Seat  of  Life— i.  The  Eturgy  of 
Life — 4.  Ceils,  the  Elements  of  Life — 5.  The  Machinery  oj 
Life — 6.  Protoplasm — 7.  Thi  Chemical  Elements  of  Life — 8. 
Growth — 9.  Origin  of  Life 

I.  The  Task  of  Physiology.  —  So  far  we  have  been 
considering  the  ways  of  living  creatures,  as  they  live  and 
move,  feed  and  grow,  love  and  fight ;  as  they  build  their 
homes  and  tend  their  young.  We  shall  now  turn  to 
the  inner  mysteries,  and  seek,  so  far  as  we  may,  to  fathom 
the  wisdom  of  the  hidden  parts.  We  shall  describe  the 
machinery — the  means  by  which  the  forces  of  life  cause 
those  movements  by  which  we  recognise  their  presence. 

This  study  is  called  physiology ;  and  the  plan  of  our 
sketch  of  present  knowledge  will  be  as  follows :  We  shall 
first  try  to  realise  what  we  mean  by  life ;  we  shall  then 
limit  ourselves  to  the  consideration  of  certain  kinds  of  life, 
and  attempt  to  make  plain  in  what  parts  of  all  living 
creatures  are  the  forces  of  life  most  active.  Having  done 
this,  we  shall  describe  the  life  processes  of  the  simplest 
creatures,  and  then  those  of  the  higher  animals. 

It  is  not  easy  to  say  clearly  what  we  mean  by  li^"  ;  but 
we  recognise  as  one  of  its  characteristics  the  pt  ^r  of 
movement. 


,'r; 


■yrxi 


126  The  Study  of  Animal  Lift  partu 

Stiil,  this  gives  no  distinction  between  the  blowing  of 
wind  and  the  life  of  man ;  but  the  other  charactenstics  of 
life  wiU  be  realised  as  we  proceed  in  our  ^^^"^^  V^ 
certain  that  without  movement  there  is  no  life.     Further 
thought  may  lead  us  to  define  life  as  that  'complex  of 
forces  which  produces  form."     Thus  the  sta- like  crystals 
of  a   snowflake,   the   diamond  drops   of  dew,  the  over- 
shadowing   mountains,    wodd    all    be    '^naged    in    our 
minds   as   living,   though    of   more    lowly  life   than   the 
Uchens  of  the  bare  hill-tops,  the  grass  of  the  plains,  or  man 
himself.     We  have  no  space  here  to  trace  the  connections 
between  such  an  idea  and  the  beliefs  of  all  simple  peoples, 
and  the  inspirations   of  aU  poets,  but  the   similarity  is 
evident,  and  the  usefulness  in  philosophy  of  such  general- 
ised conceptions  is  great. 

But  the  physiology  which  we  shall  sketch  here  will  be  a 
narrower  one;  it  will  be  confined  to  the  life  of  plants  and 
animals,  and  we  shall  attempt  to  show  precisely  how  that 
life  is  separated  from  the  life  of  the  dust  and  of  the  air. 

2  The  Seat  of  Life.— Now  in  what  parts  within  the 
living  body  are  the  life  forces  most  actively  at  work  ? 

When  we  look  at  any  living  creature  we  are  all  too 
willing,  even  if  the  wonder  of  life  stirs  within  us,  to  remain 
satisfied  with  a  vague  apprehension  of  a  mystery.  It  is 
strange  that  so  many  generations  of  men  passed  away 
befoi-  any  steps  were  taken  towards  a  conception  of  the 
intimate  material  processes  of  life  and  growth  and  death 
The  moving  train  has  been  watched,  but  the  engine  and 
the  stoker  have  been  almost  unnoticed. 

Let  us  consider  the  growth  of  a  tiee.  The  outward  manner 
of  its  growth  we  can  observe,  a  few  superficial  details  of  its 
inner  life  we  already  know,  and  of  this  knowledge  we  may 
look  fo-  great  expansion,  but  the  ultimate  processes  of  its 
life  are  still  a  complete  mystery  to  us. 

The  tree  is  alive,  but  is  A  all  alive  ?  Cut  a  stake  from 
its  heart  and  olant  it  in  the  ground ;  it  will  not  grow,  and 
shows  no  sig..J  of  life,  but  we  are  not  puizled  ;  the  tree,  wc 
think,  can  only  live  as  a  whole,  and  we  know  how  easily 
most  Uving  things  are  killed  by  local  injuries.     But  if  we 


CHA».  VIII 


Vitality 


ta7 


cat  a  stake  from  the  outer  part  of  the  tree,  leaving  the 
bark  on,  and  set  it  in  the  ground,  it  may  happen  that  buds 
will  appear,  pushing  through  the  bark,  and  stretching  out 
into  shoots. 

There  is  a  mystery  for  us  to  begin  with :  some  parts  of 
a  tree  may  have  a  life  of  their  own.  Indeed,  we  all  know 
that  gardeners  do  not  rear  geraniums  and  other  plants  from 
seeds,  but  from  cutti  igs.  Potatoes,  as  we  know,  will  give 
origin  to  new  plan  .3,  and  even  small  parts  of  potatoes  will 
do  so.  Roses  are  grafted  into  the  stems  of  the  wild  brier, 
and  in  this  way  two  life -currents  are  mingled.  We  may 
remember,  too,  that  all  seeds  are  only  parts  that  have 
become  separated  from  the  parent  plant.  We  ourselves, 
formed  in  the  darkness  of  the  womb,  were  separated  at 
birth  from  the  mothers  who  bore  us. 

Let  us  think  of  the  seeds  of  plants  for  a  little.  Formed 
in  the  warmth  and  brightness  of  the  summer  sun,  ripened  in 
the  glow  of  autumn,  they  fall  to  the  ground,  are  carried 
hither  and  thither  bv  trickling  runlets  of  water,  by  the 
winds,  by  animals,  and.  scattered  over  new  pastures. 
Through  the  long  chill  of  winter  they  remain  asleep  ;  but 
not  dead, — slow  preparation  is  being  made  for  the  new 
day.  With  the  warm  winds  of  spring — when  the  birds 
come  back  to  us  and  sing  their  first  songs  of  love  and 
courtship — the  countless  buds  of  the  woods,  the  gardens, 
and  the  hedgerows,  all  the  seeds  we  sowed  in  the  autumn, 
all  the  com  we  scattered  in  the  first  hours  of  the  new 
morning,  awake ;  the  buds  burst,  the  tiny  leaves  unroll ;  in 
the  seeds  there  is  a  great  activity, — the  slender  shoots 
stretch  forth — spring  passes  into  summer — and  we  await  the 
harvest. 

3-  The  Eneivy  of  Life.— What  is  the  cause  ot  this 
strength  of  life  ?  How  is  it  that  in  an  acre  of  forest  tons  of 
solid  matter  are  lifted  high  into  the  air,  while  thf  branches 
waving  under  the  blue  sky  seem  to  enjoy  the  bri^^^  iness  of 
the  sun  after  the  gloom  of  winter  ?  1  his  assertion  of  the 
poets  of  the  gladness  of  nature  at  the  springtime  is  no  mere 
wandering  fancy,  it  is  simple  truth ;  the  intensity  of  life  at 
that  time  is  due  entirely  to  the  greater  warmth  of  the  air 


/ 


X 


,a8  The  Study  of  Animal  Life 

reason  why  '^  '"",    .      ,    creatures,  that  consciousness 
3S°S.;"b^i«^  1^-  «iO.'  inc^ased  vigour  or 

;;::^aX.  "x^n^r 'energ,  of   sUJ^n  jh.H    by 

--hanic^'  .rsrj  rr>,"t.*:uera"5 

;S'  .h     m^inTi"  *e  plant,  b,  which  ^h.  en.g, 

^  the  sun',  mys  is  transmuted  ;>»o  W''    J^S 

answer  to  this  riddle  '^»  'J!"JZ'a J  wUh  a  water 

r ''^""u'roperatd  «V XSmy  stuff  agai^ 
shmy  sap.    If  we  open  a  duu  ^.^ 

under  the  l>ark  of  '«■=' ^.f  *  l^'teTnid-d.  in  all 
.he  tissues  of  a  butt,  and  mgr^.nss«    ^^  .^^^^^^^^ 

lifrJ^afw^^   fin*    vha    we  may  call  for  the  moment 

li!,  sTmy^'sT;  while  in  the  ha..  >-'„  P^  °  „f  „  ^i 
which  we  know  can  hve  no  more,  we  »";^  "°;"  J".       ^^ 

Z^^Z^^^l  rJorenTne.  -  we  do  ™. 

•"'T'Sli."S/S»*'  of  Uf..-1-e.  us  ,ea.e  .ho  .aes 
now'foTT'lMe,  and  turn  to  .he  simplest  of  all  1> 
^«.,rM  which  Hve  in  water  and  In  damp  places.     Ihcj 
S^'r  LthUt  only  a  few  of  the  larger  ones  can  be  . 

»•««  .n#.fka  movine  about  in  the  water  m  whicn  mcy 
L  'BuHhe;  cTnXf  seen  quite  easily  with  a  micrcscop.^ 
We  find  them  to  be  little  transparent  drops  f J  « 
matter.     They  are  not  really  drops;  many  of  them  ha>e 


iPx-msacrW^.r^^Xi:-   "Jt;. 


'^^r^pmrk^-^ 


CHAF.  VIII 


Vitality  i«9 

distinct  shapes,  others  constantly  change  their  form.  They 
move,  indeed,  by  a  kind  of  flowing ;  one  part  of  their  body  is 
pushed  out  and  a  part  on  the  farther  side  drawn  in.  Some 
of  these  lowly  creatures  have  skeletons  or  shells  of  lime  or 
of  flint.  Great  numbers  of  these  shells,  when  the  little 
inmates  are  dead,  form  beds  of  chalk  and  ooze.  Now 
all  living  creatures  begin  life  in  this  way;  at  first  they 
are  tiny  masses  of  a  jelly-like  translucent  stuflT.  Each 
mass  gets  a  skin  or  surrounding  wall ;  if  fed,  it  grows 
hrger,  and  a  wall  is  built  up  inside  it,  making  its  house  a 
two-roomed  one.  This  process  goes  on  and  on  ;  the  whole 
mass  grows  larger  and  larger,  and  becomes  divided  up  into 
a  corresponding  number  of  compartments.  The  chambers 
are  not  quite  separated ;  there  are  always  holes  left  in  the 
walls,  through  which  strands  of  the  jelly-like  stuff  pass,  and 
so  all  of  them  are  connected.  The  divisions  in  each 
separaie  kind  of  animal  or  plant  take  place  in  a  special 
way,  until  at  last  the  whole  body  is  built  up,  with  all  its 
peculiarities  of  form  and  internal  arrangement.  The  cells 
of  an  animal's  body  do  not,  however,  form  walls  as  definitely 
as  do  those  of  plants. 

In  an  ordinary  plant  there  are  millions  of  those  com- 
partments ;  they  are  called  cells,  from  their  likeness  in 
general  appearance  to  the  cells  of  a  honeycomb ;  and  the 
enclosed  stuff  that  we  have  spoken  of  as  jelly  is  called 
protoplasm,  because  it  is  believed  that  the  first  living  things 
that  were  formed  were  little  drops  of  jelly-like  stuflT,  not 
unlike  that  within  the  cells,  or  composing  the  animalculae  in 
water.  Protoplasm,  wherever  it  occurs,  from  the  highest 
to  the  lowest  forms  of  life,  is  supposed  to  have,  within 
certain  limits,  a  similarity  of  nature. 

In  some  plants  the  cells  are  large  enough  to  be  visible 
to  the  naked  eye,  but  the  cells  of  most  plants  and  animals 
are  so  small  that  they  can  only  be  seen  with  a  microscope. 

We  can  now  give  a  complete  answer  to  the  question, 
What  parts  of  a  tree  are  alive  ?  It  is  only  the  protoplasm 
of  the  cells.  The  walls  of  the  cells  are  more  or  less  dead. 
As  the  cells  grow  older  and  larger,  and  the  walls  become 
thicker,  the  amount  of  protoplasm  within  gets  relatively 

K 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


FAKT  II 


^^ 


less  •  at  last  it  slowly  dies  and  withers  awg^;  the  ceUs  are 
^iiMtr  and  that  is  why  the  stake  cut  from  the  old  hard 
'^T£e  toddle  of  the  t Jee  could  not  grow.-it  was  quite 

^^*f  The  Machinery  of  Idfe—We  have  found  that,  in 

.om*;  ^  Ae^rotoplasm  within  the  cells  is  the  machmery 

of^L     For  sLplicity,  we  shall  speak  of  protoplasm  as 

?•«;%«»««     •Ais  uUng  matter  in  plants  is  such  that 

S  t^^nn^eUrgy'of  sunlight  into  potential  en.^ 

l.i'^mnlicated   substances   such   as  wood.      This  trans- 

?    Tnn^lnerev  is  one  of  the  chief  labours  of  plants  in 

Horir  A  SSt  d^l  of  the  energy  that  reaches  the.r 

formatter  is  W  for  their  own  upward  growth  ;  so  that. 

rweSJJ^ore,  thousands  of  1  >ns  of  matter  are  every 

Tearover  every  acre  of  forest,  raised  high  into  the  air. 

^nlimals^he  Uvin^  ^c^^^^^^  X^ s^/h 

f:Z:X:,o.^:^^trS^^or.^  -  these  is  used  by  it 
I^^llf  about  and  so  transformed  into  energy  of  motion. 
CSSsIs  chiefly  shown  in  the  storage  of  energy, 
Xe  life^o?  aSm2s  in  the  use  of  that  store.    Chiefly  we  say, 
for  itits  X  move  to  a  slight  extent;  as  a  whole,  when 
hey  tw^etround  a  tree  or  bend  towards  the  sun  ;  and  m 
h'fr  wS^  when  the  sap  rises  and  falls.     Animals  also,  to  a 
St^nV  build  up  substances  of  high  potential  energy. 
^So  S  lis  certain,  but  when  we  inquire  by  what  an-angc 
ment  of  parts  the  liv  ng  matter  is  able  to  be  a  machme  for 
r^isfo^ation  of  energy,  we  are  unable  to  fo-  any  co. 
xDc  «*t  discovery  of  the  cells  and  their  living 

Sd  fte  nTessary  physical  condition,,  arguing  from  * 

Z  .^vitie.  of  .h.  living  ■""'•'"nhr^U  tht  s«^ 
from  the  stnictural  arrangements  of  the  ceUs ,  '"'J  '  f; 
^  that  the  living  matter,  a  part  wuhm  «  "«  '« 
SScteus,  and  the  cell-wall,  were  m  A«™«''"  *«  Pf^„ 
a  mach  ne,  and  that  the  various  activities  of  the  cells  w«e 
SuT^TlH^ing  shapes  of  wall,  and  dispo«,t.on  of, «  ™.* 
puts.     It  WM  soon  shown,  however,  that  the  wall  «as  "» 


CHAP.  Till 


Vitality 


131 


a  necessary  part  of  the  living  matter,  and  that  the  nucleus 
did  not  always  occur.  The  cell  is  a  machine,  not  in  virtue 
of  the  disposition  of  its  visible  parts,  but  as  a  consequence 
of  the  arrangement  of  its  molecules.  We  know  this  much 
about  the  living  machinery,  that  it  is  far  more  perfect 
than  the  machinery  of  our  steam-engines,  the  perfection  of  a 
machine  being  measured  by  the  relation  between  the  energy 
which  enters  it  and  that  which  leaves  it  as  work  done. 

«« Joule  pointed  out  that  not  only  does  an  animal  much 
more  nearly  resemble  in  its  functions  an  electro-magnetic 
engine  than  it  resembles  a  steam-engine,  but  also  that  it  is 
a  much  more  efficient  engine ;  that  is  to  say,  an  animal, 
for  the  same  amount  of  potential  energy  of  food  or  fuel 
supplied  to  it— call  it  fuel  to  compare  it  with  other  engines 
—gives  you  a  larger  amount  converted  into  work  than  any 
engine  which  we  can  construct  physically,"  And  Joly  has 
expressed  the  contrast  between  an  inanimate  material 
system  and  an  organism  as  follows :  "  While  the  transfer 
of  energy  into  any  inanimate  material  system  is  attended 
by  effects  retardative  to  the  transfer  and  conducive  to  dis- 
sipation, the  transfer  of  energy  into  any  animate  material 
system  is  attended  by  effects  conducive  to  the  transfer 
and  retardative  of  dissipation." 

It  is  from  protoplasm  that  we  must  start  in  our  study 
of  living  machinery ;  let  us  see  how  far  we  can  attain  to 
exact  conceptions  of  its  nature.  We  will  first  describe 
shortly  what  is  known  as  to  the  structure  of  protoplasm  01 
living  matter,  chiefly  to  show  how  hopeless  is  any  attempt 
at  a  solution  of  the  problem  in  terms  of  visible  structure. 
The  powers  of  the  microscope  are  limited  by  the  physical 
nature  of  light,  and  that  limit  has  already  nearly  been 
reached  ;  and  yet  we  know  the  structure  of  matter  is  so  ex- 
cessively minute  that  within  the  compass  of  the  finest  fibre 
visible  with  the  microscope  there  is  room  for  th-  most  intri- 
cate structural  arrangements. 

6.  Protoplasm.— Protoplasm  used  commonly  to  be  de- 
scnbed  as  a  structureless  mass  ;  we  now  know  that  it  often 
^  structure  somewhat  like  a  heap  of  network.  It  is  a 
complex  of  finely-arranged  strands,  with  knots  or  sweUings 


'ia'fjsis^ 


,3a  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  n 

at  the  junctions  of  the  strands,  and  with  in  each  cell,  one 
nr  more  central  and  larger  swellings,  probably  of  a  highly 
sLda Used  nSure,  called  nuclei.  The  size  of  the  meshes 
vE  and  they  are  filled  "now  with  a  fUud,  now  wjth  a 
mTre  solid  substance,  or  with  a  finer  and  more  dehcate 
network,  minute  particles  or  granules  of  vanable  sue  be.ng 
someUmes  lodged  in  the  open  meshes,  sometimes  deposited 


identkal  in  refractive  power  with  the  bars  or  films  .,f  he 
network,  that  the  whole  substance  appears  ho,„ogenc^^^^^ 
The  only  means  we  have  of  getting  any  further  kno.le 
of  this  arrangement  is  by  staining  U  wuh  various  d>cs  and 
observing  the  effects  of  the  dyes  upon  the  vanous  part. 
"  A^l  with  various  staining  and  other  reagents  leads  to 


CHAT,  irtti 


Vifa/ify 


«33 


the  conclusion  that  the  substance  of  the  network  is  of  a 
different  character  from  the  substance  filling  up  the  meshes. 
Similar  analysis  shows  that  at  times  the  bars  or  films  of  the 
network  are  not  homogeneous,  but  composed  of  different 
kinds  of  stuff;  yet  even  in  these  cases  it  is  difl5cult,  if  not  im- 
possible, to  recognise  any  definite  relation  of  the  components 
to  each  other  such  as  might  deserve  the  name  of  structure." 
Plainly  there  is  not  much  light  to  be  got  by  further  investi- 
gations in  this  direction.  Ordinary  chemical  analysis,  too, 
is  of  little  avail ;  for  how  can  we  say  what  parts  of  the 
mass  are  alive,  even  if  we  could  separate  part  from  part  ?  Is 
it  only  the  meshwork  that  is  really  living  matter,  or  are  the 
granules  part  of  it,  or  are  the  fluid  contents  the  chiefly  vital 
substance  ? 

Let  us  turn  now  to  the  activities  of  the  living  stuff,  and 
see  what  we  can  learn  from  them.  We  have  already  spoken 
of  one  of  the  activities  of  living  matter,  especially  of  plant 
protoplasm,  that  of  surrounding  itself  with  a  wall  Now  we 
might  at  first  be  inclined  to  suppose  that  the  wall  was  simply 
due  to  a  hardening  and  drying  of  the  soft  substance  at  those 
places  where  it  touched  the  air.  It  is  possible  that  that  may 
have  been  the  stimulus  which  caused,  as  a  reaction,  the 
wall-making  at  the  dawn  of  life,  and  which  may  still  have 
some  connection  with  it ;  but  what  we  have  to  take  note  of 
is  the  fact  that  the  walls,  as  they  are  made  by  the  higher 
plants,  have  always  a  definite  structure  and  chemical  natur  . 

If  we  examine  the  cells  of  the  leaves  of  a  plant  growing 
in  the  sunlight,  we  find  the  green  colouring  matter  to  be 
generally  collected  in  little  rounded  masses.  Looking  more 
closely,  we  find  it  to  be  the  fluid  which  fills  the  meshwork 
of  the  masses.  At  certain  points  in  the  meshwork  we  find 
minute  masses  of  starch  constantly  being  formed.  They  seem 
to  pass  along  the  strands  and  collect  in  the  centre  of  the  net- 
work, until  quite  a  large  mass  of  starch  is  accumulated  there. 
If  we  examine  the  plant  at  night,  some  time  afcer  darkness 
has  set  in,  we  find  no  traces  of  starch  in  the  cells  of  the 
Icares,  There  is  evidence  that  the  starch  has  been  trans- 
formed into  sugar,  and  can  then,  by  osmotic  and  perhaps 
by  other  processes,    be   removed   from   the   leaves,   and 


;z  TOar«^scscXEK»trS»i~:. 


134  TAe  Study  of  Animal  Lift  mm  u 

carried  by  -the  vessds  to  aU  parts  of  the  plant.  So  we  get 
a  first  notion  of  how  a  plant  is  fed.  Starch  is  a  com- 
pound containing  carbon  and  the  elements  of  water.  The 
carbon,  we  know,  comes  from  the  carbonic  acid  of  the  air; 
the  water  is  absorbed  by  the  roots  from  the  soil.  In  some 
way  the  Uving  matter  of  the  cells,  by  means  partly  of  the 
green  colouring  matter,  is  able  to  transform  the  energy  of  the 
sun's  rays  into  potential  energy  of  a  combustible  substance 

starch  ;  so  we  get  clear  evidence  of  a  machinery  for  the 

transformation  of  energy.  We  have  taken  a  plant  as  our 
example  throughout,  partly  because  the  cells  are  more 
evident  than  in  anunals,  and  partly  because  the  chemical 
processes  give  evidence  of  a  transformation  of  kmetic  mto 
potential  energy  more  clearly  than  do  those  of  animals ;  for 
the  animals  eat  the  plants,  and  so  by  using  the  potential 
energy  of  plant  substance  are  able  to  live  and  move. 

We  have  now  some  idea  of  the  sources  of  the  energy  of 
life.  Plants  get  their  food  from  the  air  by  their  leaves,  and 
from  the  soil  by  their  roots,  which  absorb  water  and  salts 
dissolved  in  water.  By  aid  of  the  energy  of  sunlight  they 
build  these  up  into  complex  substances,  which  they  use  for 
the  growth  of  their  living  matter,  for  the  formation  of  sup- 
porting structures,  and  for  other  purposes.  Animals  eat 
these  substances.  They  build  up  their  own  bodies  of  living 
matter  and  supporting  structures,  and  they  move  about. 

In  order  to  get  a  clearer  notion  of  the  nature  of  living 
matter  we  must  attempt  to  trace  the  manner  in  which  these 
various  substances  are  built  up.  We  have  first  to  discover 
what  arc  the  substances  that  are  made.  In  all  living 
creatures  there  are,  in  addition  to  water  and  salts,  such  as 
common  salt  and  soda,  three  groups  of  stuffs :— ■ 

Carbohydrates,  such  as  starch  and  sugar,  made  of  carbon 
with  hydrogen  and  oxygen  in  the  same  proportions  as  they 

occur  in  water ;  '  ,  ,        .c 

F«/j— substances  containing  the  same  three  elements, 

but  with  a  smaller  proportion  of  oxygen ; 

/»«?/«<&— substances  containing  always  carbon,  hydrogen, 
oxygen,  and  nitrogen,  with  a  small  percentage  of  sulphur. 

The  constitution  of  protcids  is  difficult  to  determine. 


cbjlT.  Tin 


Vitality 


«3S 


The  above  elonents  are  always  present,  and  in  proportions 
which  vary  within  narrow  limits;  but  in  addition  to 
these  substances  there  seem  to  be  always  present  others 
which,  wheti  the  proteids  are  burnt,  remain  as  ash  in  the 
form  of  salts  chiefly  chlorides  of  sodium  and  potassium,  but 
also  small  quantities  of  calcium,  magnesium,  and  iron,  as 
chlorides,  phosphates,  sulphates,  and  carbonates.  The  mole- 
cule of  a  proteid  must  be  very  complex  ;  thus  that  of  albumen 
is,  at  its  smallest,  Cggg,  H^gj,  N^^,,  Ogg,  S^;  most  probably  it 
is  some  multiple  of  this. 

The  food-stuflFs  of  plants,  then,  are  salts,  water,  and  car- 
bonic acid,  and  a  certain  amount  of  oxygen.  Of  these,  by 
means  of  the  sun's  energy,  they  build  up  complex  substances 
— carbohydrates,  fats,  proteids,  which,  with  salts,  water,  and 
oxygen,  serve  as  the  food  of  animals.  The  living  matter, 
the  machinery  by  which  all  this  is  done,  is,  if  it  can  be 
classed  at  all,  a  proteid.  But  this  only  means  that  all 
living  matter  contains  the  five  essential  elements  and  some 
others  which  in  the  ash  exist  as  salts. 

The  various  services  which  the  different  food-materials 
are  set  to  within  the  body  will  be  described  later,  when  we 
are  considering  the  details  of  the  animal  economy.  Here 
we  shall  take  note  of  the  elements  that  enter  into  the 
construction  of  the  food-stuffs. 

7.  The  Chemical  Elements  of  Life. — There  are  sixty- 
eight  elements  to  be  found  in  varying  abundance  upon  the 
earth,  but  by  analysis  of  the  food-stuffs  and  of  living  matter 
itself,  we  find  that  only  twelve  of  these  occur  with  any  con- 
stancy in  oi:ganisms.  They  are  carbon,  hydrogen,  oxygen, 
nitrogen,  sulphur,  phosphorus,  chlorine,  potassium,  sodium, 
calcium,  magnesium,  and  iron. 

Now  nine  of  these  elements  form  sixty-four  per  cent  by 
weight  of  the  earth's  crust;  while  aluminium  and  silicon, 
substances  that  are  only  very  occasionally  found  in  living 
creatures,  form  thirty-five  per  cent,  being  the  chief  consti- 
tuents of  quartz  and  felspar,  sand  and  clay,  in  short  the 
greater  part  of  all  rocks.  All  the  other  elements,  three  of 
which — hydrogen,  nitrogen,  and  phosphorus — enter  into 
life,  form  the  remaining  one  per  cent 


13* 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  n 


Since  the  ultimate  analysis  of  the  objective  side  of  life 
seems  to  show  that  life  is  to  be  pictured  as  matter  in  an 
unstable  and  constantly  altering  condition,  it  will  be  of 
interest  to  find  the  conditions  that  determine  which  of  the 
elements  are  to  take  part  in  it. 

It  seems  that  matter  in  order  to  enter  into  life  must  be — 

(i)  Common,  (2)  mobile,  that  is  capable  of  easily 
entering  into  solution  or  becoming  gaseous,  and  (3)  capable 
of  forming  many  combinations  with  other  elements. 

Nine  of  the  elements  fulfil  the  first  condition ;  a  tenth, 
nitrogen,  is  the  chief  constituent  of  the  atmosphere; 
while  hydrogen  is  present  everywhere  in  water.  Why  do 
not  aluminium  and  silicon  take  their  share  in  life  ?  Because 
they  do  not  fulfil  conditions  (2)  and  (3).  Their  oxides  are 
quartz  and  aluminia,  two  of  the  hardest  substances  known. 
Emery  and  ruby  are  two  forms  of  aluminia ;  while  the  oxide 
of  carbon,  the  source  of  all  the  carbon  used  in  life,  is  a  gas. 

CsLrbon,  which  takes  so  great  a  part  in  life  processes  that 
the  chemistry  of  organic  substances  is  commonly  spoken  of 
as  the  chemistry  of  the  compounds  of  carbon,  fulfils  all  three 
requirements  in  an  eminent  degree.  For  although  in  its 
pure  form  a  solid,  and  sometimes  a  very  hard  substance,  yet 
it  readily  forms  an  oxide  which  is  present  in  the  atmosphere, 
and,  as  we  know,  serves  as  one  of  the  chief  foods  of  plants. 
Its  power  of  entering  into  combination  with  other  elements 
is  practically  infinite.  Nitrogen,  although  by  itself  an  inert 
form  of  matter,  is  able  to  combine  with  carbon  compounds 
and  add  fresh  complexity. 

It  is  easy  to  see  why  water  is  so  important  in  life.  It 
dissolves  the  other  substances,  and  so  allows  them  to  come 
into  closer  contact,  and  to  change  in  position  more  easily, 
than  if  they  were  solid.  So  the  first  stuff  that  was  complex 
and  unstable  enough  to  be  properly  described  as  living  was 
almost  certainly  formed  in  water,  long  ago,  when  the  condi- 
tions of  greater  heat,  and  consequently  greater  mobility  of 
all  substances,  made  chemical  changes  more  active. 

The  importance  of  the  solvent  power  of  water  m  a  com- 
plex organism  is  obvious  when  we  think  of  the  blood,  the 
great  food  stream  and  drain.     It  is  shown  in  an  interesting 


CHAP,  vni 


Vitality 


m 


way  by  the  suspended  animation  of  a  dried  seed,  which  will 
remain  for  years  dormant,  but  ready  when  moistened  to 
spring  mto  active  life. 

How,  then,  are  these  substances  built"  up  into  living 
aeatures  ?  Let  us,  that  we  may  see  this  matter  clearly, 
think  for  a  moment  of  the  conditions  of  life  of  the  simplest 
creatures,  the  formless  masses  of  living  matter.  All  that 
the  simplest  plants  need  is  water  holding  oxygen,  carbonic 
acid,  and  salts  in  solution.  Out  of  these  simple  materials 
by  the  magic  touch  of  their  living  bodies,  they  can  build  up 


Z'  -    ~-  \ 


B 


P    V-  ... 


y 


^      / 

y" 


/ 


X 


the  complex  matter  of  which  those  bodies  are  made;  so  that 
they  can  grow  and  divide  until  there  may  be  hundreds  in 
place  of  a  single  one.  The  image  we  must  form  of  this 
•ncrease  of  hving  matter  is  that  step  by  step  substances  of 
an  ever-growing  complexity  are  made,  one  from  the  other, 
unt.l  at  last  a  substance  so  unstable  is  made  that  it  begins 
to  break  down  into  simpler  forms  of  matter  at  the  least 
deviation  from  the  precise  conditions  in  which  it  was  made 
and  perhaps  also  with  a  ferment-like  action  causes  changed 


138  The  Study  of  Animal  Lift  partii 

in  aU  that  it  touches;  and  this  we  caU  the  living  matter 
As  this  living  matter  breaks  down  into  simpler  substances, 
or  as  it  causes  surrounding  substances  to  break  down, 
energy  is  set  ffee  for  use  in  movement.     We  may  make 
a  diagram  of  this  process.     The  steps  go  up  and  down ;  the 
top  one  we  call  protoplasm  (Fig.  A).     This  shows  only  one 
line  of  ascent  and  one  of  descent     There  niay  be  many,  al 
going  on  at  the  same  time,  as  is  shown  m  Fig.  B.     But 
these  are  much  too  simple ;  they  show  contmuou«  ascending 
and  descending  stairs,  but  each  step  does  not  really  result 
directly  from  the  one  below,  but  must  result  from  two  or 
more  stairs  meeting;  and  at  each  meeting  there  must  be 
substances  formed  -^hich  are  useless,  and  begin  to  break 
down,  or  are  cast  out  of  the  system  at  once. 

8    Orowth.— The  power  of  growth,  of  adding  to  itself 
subslance  of  the  same  nature  as  itself,  is  the  real  mystery 
of  living  matter.     A  crystal  grows  out  of  its  solution    he 
star  or  pyramid  is  built  up  with  perfect  regu  anty,  but  the 
process  is  much  simpler  than  the  growth  of  living  matter. 
The  substance  of  which  it  will  be  formed  is  already  there, 
but  the  protoplasm  has  to  make  its  own  substance  as  U 
grows.     This  is  the  true  difference  between  the  two  pro- 
cesses, and  not,  as  is  usually  stated,  that  a  crystal  grows  by 
depositing  matter  on  its  surface,  while  a  cell  grows  by  putting 
matter  within  itself.     For  when  two  cells  fuse,  which  of  en 
occurs,  growth  is  really  as  much  by  aggregation  as  in  the 
case  of  a  crystal,  and  such  manner  of  growth  is  made 
possible  simply  because  the  two  cells  are  masses  of  matter 
of  equal  complexity.     But  when  less  complex  matter  is  given 
to  a  cell  it  cannot  add  that  matter  to  itself  until  it  has  been 
transformed   into  substance  as  complex  as   itself,     ims 
change  can  only  be  effected  within  the  little  laboratory  of 
the  cell  itself.     The  fact  that  the  growth  of  a  crystal  may 
be  endless,  while  that  of  a  cell  is  limited,  which  is  usually 
cited  as  the  distinctive  difference,  is  a  consequence  of  the 
necessity  of  the  protoplasm  for  forming  its  own  substance 
within  its  own  substance.     For  when  a  cell  grows  m  sue 
the  ratio  of  its  surface  to  its  volume  constantly  decreases, 
and  therefore,  since  new  material  can  only  be  absorbea 


CHAT.  VIII 


Vitality 


139 


through  the  surface,  there  must  be  a  certain  size  of  cell  at 
which  the  rate  of  absorption  is  just  sufficient  for  the  nourish- 
ment of  the  protoplasm.  Beyond  this  point  a  cell  cannot 
grow ;  but  if  it  divides,  then  the  mass  to  be  fed  remains  the 
same,  while  the  absorbing  surface  is  increased.  This,  then, 
is  the  necessitating  cause  of  cell-division.  But  it  would  be 
unwise  to  suppose  that  there  are  not  other  causes  that  help 
to  produce  this  result,  which  has  as  a  consequence  the 
possibility  01  Timense  variety  of  disposition  of  the  daughter 
cells,  and  therefore  of  organic  forms ;  for,  to  begin  with,  a 
more  obvious  means  of  obtaining  increased  surface  would 
be  for  the  cell  merely  to  become  flattened  or  to  spread  out 
irregularly,  which,  indeed,  we  see  in  many  of  the  Protozoa. 

Since  their  growth  implies  cell-division  as  one  of  its  con- 
sequences, and  since  cell-division  is  the  basis  of  reproduc- 
tion, synonymous,  indeed,  in  the  Protozoa  with  reproduc- 
tion, we  get  the  idea  of  successive  generations  of  animals  as 
merely  the  continued  growth  of  former  generations.  This 
makes  intelligible  to  us  all  the  facts  of  heredity  which  are 
so  surprising  if  we  conceive  of  each  generation  as  a  number 
of  untried  souls  that  have  left  some  former  dwelling-place  to 
come  and  live  among  us.  Our  children  are,  in  truth,  abso- 
lutely portions  of  ourselves.  If  this  be  so,  we  must  imagine 
in  the  ovum — the  tiny  mass  of  protoplasm  from  which  we 
are  formed  by  continued  division — a  most  extraordinary 
subtlety  of  constitution. 

Try  to  picture  the  complexity  of  the  arrangement  of  parts. 
There  are  two  tiny  masses  of  protoplasm  ;  so  far  as  we  can 
see  they  are  the  same,  yet  from  one  will  grow  a  man,  from 
the  other  a  tree.  If  the  germ  that  will  grow  into  a  human 
being  could  only  properly  be  fed  outside  the  body  of  the 
mother,  so  far  as  we  know  it  might  leave  that  body  as 
an  almost  invisible  cell,  and  would  grow  and  divide,  add 
cell  to  cell,  until  the  creature  was  fully  formed — sculp- 
tured out  of  dust  and  air.  Our  early  life  within  the  womb, 
our  nourishment  by  the  blood  of  our  mother,  is  only  nature's 
way  of  preserving  us  from  injury.  What  we  shall  be  is 
already  marked  out  before  the  t%%  begins  to  grow. 

It  is  only  the  highest  animals  who  are  thus  shielded. 


:ll;j 


I40  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  »a»t  n 

The  birds  cover  their  eggs  with  their  wings.  The  butterfly 
lays  hers  where  the  grubs  will  find  their  food.  The  star- 
fish cast  theirs  adrift  in  the  sea.  The  same  story  is  true 
of  the  flowers.  They  are  the  nursing  mothers.  In  their 
heart  the  young  plant  grows  until  the  first  leaves  appear ; 
not  till  then  does  it  drop  away,  and  not  without  food 
prepared  and  placed  ready  for  use— enclosed  in  what  we 
call  the  seed.  But  the  seaweed,  like  the  star- fish  that 
crawls  upon  it,  allows  its  young  seeds  quite  unformed  to  be 
floated  away  by  the  tide. 

All  seeds,  then,  are  parts  of  the  living  matter  of  the 
parent ;  some  leave  naked  and  without  food  ;  others  are 
protected  by  shells  or  by  husks  which  are  filled  with  food  ; 
others  live  within  the  mother  until  they  have  ceased  really 
to  be  seeds,  and  are  fully  formed  new  creatures. 

Now  the  living  matter  of  any  sir'nie  organism  is  so  much 

the  same  throughout  the  whole  bouy  that  almost  any  part 

of  it  will  do  to  build  the  new  generation     om.      Thus, 

although  the  sea-anemone  does  sometimes  set  apart  certain 

cells  as  seeds,  yet  any  part  of  the  body  will,  if  cut  off,  gi  w 

mto  a  complete  creature.    The  same  thing  is  true  of  a  moss 

pUnt     But  the  more  highly  organised  animals  have  their 

living  matter  set  to  such  different  service  in  their  various 

organs  that  most  of  it  does  not  keep  all  the  qualities  of  the 

whole  creature,  but  only  of  that  part  to  which  it  belongs. 

Thus  if  a  starfish  lose  its  arm,  another  will  grow  from  the 

stump.    A  snail  can  in  this  way  repeatedly  regrow  its  horns. 

Even  so  highly  developed  an  animal  as  a  lizard  can  grow  a 

new  tail.     With  ourselves  this  power  is  confined  to  growing 

new  skin  if  we  lose  part  of  it,  or  mending  a  bone  if  it  be 

broken,  and  other  similar  processes. 

When  we  clearly  understand  in  what  way  the  offspring 
of  all  creatures  arise  from  their  parents,  how  they  are,  as 
Erasmus  Darwin  said  long  ago,  like  separated  buds,  then 
we  see  the  truth  of  the  often-made  comparison  between  any 
or  all  species  of  animals  and  an  organism.  The  individuals 
of  a  species  are  not  indeed  bound  togethei  by  protoplasmic 
strands,  but  thei?  interdependence  is  not  less  complete.  A 
•ingle  species  utterly  destroyed  might  modify  the  life  of  the 


CHAV.  VIII 


Vitality 


141 


whole  earth.  Life  itself  is  dependent  upon  the  invariable 
presence  of  minute  quantities  of  iron  in  the  soil  A  wan- 
dering tribe  of  savages  is  an  organism  not  quite  so  high  in 
the  scale  of  social  organisms  as  is  the  hydra  in  the  scale 
of  individuals ;  for  the  cells  of  the  hydra,  although  divided 
broadly  into  an  outer  and  an  inner  layer,  are  yet  more 
divided  in  their  functions  than  are  the  members  of  a 
savage  tnL?.  For  there  are  only  two  kinds  of  person  in 
such  a  tribe — hunters  and  cooks ;  while  a  highly  civilised 
community,  with  its  immense  variety  of  workmen,  is  prob- 
ably not  so  well  organised  as  any  mammal ;  for  there  are 
in  such  a  state  thousands  of  persons,  untrained  to  any  special 
labour,  merely  a  burden  to  themselves  and  to  the  nation. 

9.  Origin  of  Life.— We  have  said  that  life  probably 
began  when  the  conditions  of  heat  and  solubility  of  sub- 
stance were  more  fovourable  to  the  formation  of  peculiar 
and  complex  matter  than  at  present  But  such  a  state- 
ment is  often  thought  to  be  unphilosophical  in  view  of  the 
fact  that  we  have  at  present  no  experience  of  the  foiiuation 
of  such  substances,  and  that  it  has  been  conclusively  proved 
that  living  creatures  always  proceed  from  pre-existing  life. 
But  those  who  urge  such  objections  forget  that  all  that  has 
been  proved  is,  that  the  simplest  creatures  known  to  be  alive 
at  present  can  be  formed  only  by  cell -division  one  from 
another,  and  not  from  simple  chemical  materials.  But  we 
must  remember  that  those  simplest  animals  are  highly 
developed  in  comparison  with  the  complex  matter  from 
which  we  conceive  life  to  have  sprung;  and  no  one 
would  now  expect  that  such  comparatively  highly  developed 
animals  could  arise  from  simple  matter.  There  is  certainly 
no  evidence  of  the  formation  at  present  of  the  very  simplest 
and  original  living  matter.  But,  in  the  first  place,  could 
we  see  it,  even  with  a  microscope,  if  it  were  to  be  formed  ? 
Might  it  not  be  formed  molecule  by  molecule  ?  And, 
secondly,  what  chance  of  survival  would  such  elementary 
creatures  have  among  the  voracious  animals  that  swann  in 
all  places  where  such  simplest  creatures  might  possibly  be 
formed  ?  Instantly  they  would  be  devoured,  before  they 
could  grow  large  enough  to  be  seen. 


ift 


f~  •■'?*i;;'*5 


I4« 


The  Study  of  Animal  Lift  part  ii 


Lastly,  let  it  be  carefully  observed,  such  a  belief  as  this 
as  to  the  origin  of  life,  and  of  the  basis  of  all  life  in  chemical 
processes,  carries  with  it  no  necessary  adherence  to  the 
doctrines  of  Materialism.  The  materialist  analyses  the 
whole  objective  world  of  phenomena  into  matter  and  motion. 
So  fiu:,  his  conclusion  is  perfectly  legitimate  ;  but  when  he 
maintains  that  matter  and  motion  are  the  only  realities  of 
the  world,  he  is  making  an  unwarrantable  assumption. 
Matter  in  motion  is  accompanied  by  consciousness  in  our- 
selves. We  infer  a  similar  consciousness  in  creatures  like 
ourselves.  As  the  movements  and  the  matter  differ  from 
those  that  occur  within  our  body,  so  will  the  accompanying 
consciousness.  The  simplest  state  of  affairs  or  "  body " 
we  can  imagine  is  that  of  a  gas  such  as  hydrogen.  But 
such  a  simple  sUte  of  matter  may  have  its  accompanying 
consciousness,  as  different  from  ours  as  is  the  structure  of 
our  bodies  from  that  of  a  hydrogen  molecule.  This  is,  of 
course,  also  an  assumption,  but  it  is  one  that  harmonises 
with  the  facts  of  experience. 

The  opposite  extreme  to  Materialism  is  Idealism,  and  in 
this  school  of  philosophy  an  assumption  precisely  similar, 
and  exactly  opposite  to  that  of  Materialism,  is  made.  The 
idealist  says  the  objective  world  of  phenomena  has  no  exist- 
ence at  all,  it  is  the  creation  of  mind.  An  objection  to 
such  a  theory  lies  in  the  question.  If  matter  and  energy  are 
the  creation  of  mind,  how  is  it  that  we  find  them  to  be 
indestructible  ? 

Popular  philosophy  has  mi.le  an  assumption  which  lies 
midway  between  these  extremes.  It  postulates  two  reali- 
ties, matter  and  spirit,  having  little  effect  upon  one  another, 
but  acting  harmoniously  together. 

But  the  view  that  is  here  set  forth  postulates  neither 
matter  nor  spirit,  but  an  entity  which  is  known  objectively 
as  matter  and  energy,  and  subjectively  as  consciousness. 
This  philosophy  goes  by  the  name  of  Monism.  The  term 
consciousness  is  used  for  lack  of  any  other  to  express  the 
constant  subjective  reality.  Carefull/  speaking,  it  is,  of 
course,  only  the  more  complex  subjective  processes  that 
form  consciousneAt. 


CHAPTER    IX 


THE  DIVIDED   LABOURS  OF  THE  BODY 

I.  Divisim  of  l3b<mr—%.  The  FutuHons of  tkt  Body  :  Movement; 
Nutrition',  Digestion;  Absorption;  The  Work  of  the  Liver 
and  th*  Kidn^t;  Respiralitn;  Circulation;  The  Chtmges 
within  th*  CeU$ ;  The  AcHvititt  of  th*  Nervous  System— 
3.  Shetch  of  Psychology 

I.  DiTision  of  Lftboor.— The  simplest  animals  are  one- 
celled  ;  the  higher  animals  are  built  up  of  numberless  cells. 
All  the  processes  of  life  go  on  within  a  single  cell  In  a 
many-celled  animal  the  labours  of  life  are  divided  among 
the  various  groups  of  cells  which  form  tissues  and  organs. 
The  history  of  physiological  development  is  the  history  of 
this  division  of  labour. 

When  a  dividing  cell,  instead  of  separating  into  two 
distinct  masses,  remained,  after  the  division  of  its  nucleus, 
with  the  two  daughter  masses  lying  side  by  side,  joined 
together  by  strands  of  protoplasm,  then  the  evolution  of 
organic  form  took  a  distinct  step  upwards,  and  at  the  same 
time  arose  the  possibility  of  greater  activity,  by  means  of 
the  division  of  labour.  For  when  the  process  had  resulted 
in  the  formation  of  an  organism  of  a  few  doien  cells, 
arranged  very  likely  in  the  form  of  a  cup,  the  outer  cells 
might  devote  the  greater  part  of  their  energies  to  movement 
Md  the  inner  cells  to  the  digestion  of  food.  In  the  com- 
men  Hydru  the  body  consists  of  two  kyers  of  cells  arranged 
to  form  a  tub^  the  mouth  <rf  which  is  encircled  by  tentacle*, 


ii 


^iL_ 


T:^^ 


V;^,>. 


144 


TAe  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  n 


The  cells  of  the  outer  layer  are  protective,  nervous,  and 
muscular ;  the  cells  of  the  inner  layer  are  digestive  and 
muscular.  The  cells  of  Hydra  are  therefore  not  so  many- 
sided  in  function  as  are  Amoebae.  In  animals  higher  than 
the  simplest  worms,  a  middle  layer  of  cells  is  always  formed 
which  discharges  muscular,  supporting,  and  other  functions. 

With  advancing  complexity  of  structure  the  specialisa- 
tion of  certain  cells  for  the  performance  of  certain  functions 
has  become  more  pronounced.  In  the  human  body  the 
division  of  labour  has  reached  a  state  of  great  perfection ; 
we  shall  give  a  slight  sketch  of  its  arrangements. 

2.  Th«  Functioiis  of  the  Body.— Our  objective  life 
consists  of  movement,  and  of  feeding  to  supply  the  energy 
for  that  movement  Growth,  reproduction,  and  decay  are 
elsewhere  treated  o£ 

Movement. — We  move  by  the  contraction  of  cells  massed 
into  tissues  called  muscles.  Contractility  is  a  property  of 
all  living  matter ;  in  muscle-cells  this  function  is  predomi- 
nant This  is  all  that  need  be  said  here  of  movement ;  the 
processes  of  nutrition  we  must  follow  more  closely. 

Nutrition.— AM  the  cells  of  our  bodies  are  nourished  by 
the  stream  of  fluid  foodstuff,  the  blood,  which  flows  in  a 
number  of  vessels  called  arteries,  veins,  or  capillaries, 
according  to  their  place  in  the  system.  From  this  stream 
each  cell  picks  out  its  food;  and  into  another  stream— 
the  lymph  stream — moving  in  separate  channels — the 
lymphatics,  which,  however,  join  the  blood  channels,  each 
cell  casts  its  waste  material ;  just  as  a  single-celled  animal 
takes  food  from  the  water  in  which  it  lives  and  casts  its 
waste  into  it 

Nutrition  must  therefore  consist  of  two  series  of  activi- 
ties. One  series  will  have  for  its  object  the  preparation 
of  food-matter  so  that  it  may  enter  the  blood,  and  the 
excretion  of  waste  products  out  of  the  blood.  The  other 
series  will  consist  of  the  activities  of  the  individual  cells,— 
the  manner  in  which  they  feed  themselves. 

The  first  step  in  the  preparation  of  the  blood  is  digestion 
Most  food-stuff  is  solid  and  indiffusible  ;  before  it  can  enter 
the  Wood  it  must  be  made  soluble  and  diffusible.    The 


CHAR  a   "^^  I>ivided  Labours  of  the  Bcdy         145 

supply  of  ojqrgen  to  the  tissues  is  also  a  part  of  these  first 
processes  of  nutntion.  Being  a  gas,  it  is  treated  in  a 
special  way  which  will  be  described  imiiediately. 

Dtgestwn.—T^^  various  food-stuffs  have  various  chemi- 
cal qualities.      After  being  swallowed  they  enter  a.C 
ube,  the  digestive  tract   or  alimentary   canal.      ^Jithif 
this  canal   they  are   subjected   to  the  action   of  variois 
digestive  juices  prepared  by  masses  of  cells  called  glands 
Saliva  IS  one   of  these  juices,  gastric  juice   is  another 
pancreatic  juice  is  another.      The  effect  of  these  juices 
upon  the  food  IS  that  most  of  it  is  dissolved  in  the  juice 
and  made   diffusible.     Thus   we   see  an  example  of  the 
division  of  labour.     An  amoeba  flows  jound  a  soHd  particle 
of  food  and  digests  it.     In  the  higher  animals  the  Ss  of 

tt  tTriiS^elr  ^^^^"'^'"^'  ^°^  '""^  ^^-'-  «^- 

AbsarpHoru-m^x  the  food  is  digested  it  leaves  the 
alimentary  canal,  and  is  absorbed  into  the  blood-vessels 
and  lymphatics  in  the  walls  of  the  canal.  Absorption  Ts  not 
a  mere  process  of  diffusion.  It  is  diffusion  modified  by  ?he 
cells  hnmg  the  alimentary  tract  Certain  chemical  changes 
are  effected  at  the  same  time.     Most  of  the  absorb^  ?^ 

TbUd  t  ""/'  '",!  *'^  '^*  ^^^  not  go  directly  t^ 
the  blood  being  first  absorbed  into  that  other  system  of 

S\**u^'"P^"*'*^-  Eventually  it  also  getsTnto  the 
blood ;  for  the  two  streams  are  connected 

.f2!v  ^'^^  "-^  tf^  Liver  and  the  Kidneys.~.T\,^  cells 
of  the  liver  secrete  a  juice  called  bile,  which  is  poured  into 
?n  ^'T.*?"^  ^^^     "^^  «^^*  ft^-^ction  of  this  j^dis 

u  t°  is  ? •  }'  '''  '  '"^.^"  "'*  '"  ^^«  '^•^^^'on  o"  fat 
.0  nc^^^'  .K  f  ^^  ^"  *'5''^''°"-  "^^  »t^«^  of  food-stuff 
going  to  the  hver  contains  sugar,  the  result  of  the  digest"" 
0  carbohydrates ;  albumen,  the  result  of  the  digest b^^S 
absorption  of  proteids ;  and  certain  waste  Sgen^us 
matter,  formed  during  the  digestion  of  proteids  "'*'°^*"°" 

themseh'e'^lli^'  "'^"'  "^'^  *^*  '"^"'  '^^''^  »»  '^'thin 
«  InJ  "      •.  ""'  '°'*  °^**y  *^^»  ^  Pot«^t°  »to«s  up 

*r  as  IS  known  they  do  not  affect  the  albumen  in  any  way, 


«iS«j5::-.<«"#=«^«' ; 


146  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  n 

but  the  waste  nitrogenous  matter  is  altered  and  then  sent 
on  in  the  blood  stream  to  the  kidneys. 

The  cells  of  the  kidneys  take  this  stuff,  which  was  pre- 
pared in  the  liver,  and  other  waste  nitrogenous  products 
out  of  the  blood,  pass  them  and  a  certain  amount  of  water 
along'to  the  urinary  bladder,  which  empties  itself  from  time 

to  time. 

Respiration. — Breathing  consists  of  two  distinct  acts, 
inspiration  and  expiration.  During  an  inspiration  air  is 
drawn  into  lungs.  Thence  the  oxygen  passes  by  diffusion, 
modified  by  the  fact  that  the  essential  membrane  is  a  living 
one,  into  the  blood.  There  it  enters  into  a  loose  combina- 
tion with  haemoglobin,  the  red  colouring  matter  of  the 
blood  cells,  and  is  thus  carried  to  the  cells  of  the  tissues  to 
be  absorbed  into  their  living  matter.  During  an  expiration 
we  breathe  out  air  which  has  less  oxygen  and  more  carbonic 
acid  gas  than  normal  air.  The  carbonic  acid  is  a  waste- 
product  formed  by  the  cells  of  the  body  ;  it  first  enters  the 
blood,  is  then  carried  to  the  lungs,  and  leaves  the  blood- 
vessels by  a  process  of  diffusion  similar  to  that  by  which 
the  oxygen  entered.  The  close  association  of  these  two 
processes  is  simply  due  to  the  fact  that  an  organ  fitted  for 
the  diffusion  of  one  gas  in  one  direction  will  do  for  the 
diffusion  of  all  gases  in  any  direction. 

Circulation. — The  blood  is  maintained  in  a  healthy  state 
by  the  processes  we  have  described.     By  the  active  con- 
traction of  the  heart  it  is  pumped  round  and  round  the 
body,  continually  carrying  with  it  fresh  food  to  the  tissues, 
and  carrying  away  with  it  the  waste  matter  cast  out  of  the 
tissues.      All  the  blood-vessels,  except  the  very  smallest, 
have  muscular  walls.     The  heart  is  a  large  hollow  mass  of 
muscles,  is  a  part  of  a  pair  of  large  blood-vessels  that  have 
been  bent  upon  themselves,  and  arranged  so  as  to  foni\ 
four  separate  chambers,  two  upper  and  two  lower,  an  upper 
and  a  lower  opening  directly  into  one  another  on  exich  side. 
By  the  contraction  of  the  lower  chamber  of  the  left  pair  the 
blood  is  forced  through  all  the  vessels  of  the  body ;  these 
collect  and  empty  the  blood  into  the  upper  chamber  of  the 
right  pair ;  from  this  it  passes  into  the  lower  chamber  on 


CHAP.  «    Tks  Divided  Labours  of  the  Body         147 

the  »me  side,  and  from  this  it  is  forced  through  the  vessels 
of  the  lungs,  returning  to  the  upper  chamber  of  the  left 
side,  and  so  to  the  lower  chamber  of  the  left  side 

The  way  in  which   the  blood  is  able  to  nourish  the 

tissues  isasfollowsr—The  outgoing  vessels-arteries-enter 
each  mass  of  tissue;  within  it  they  break  up  into  number- 
less  very  small,  very  thin-walled  vessels-capiUaries ;  the 
blood  oozes  through  these  into  the  smaU  spaces— lymph 
spaces-that  occur  throughout  the  tissues ;  adjacent  to  these 

rf?n"l  *"  "^^.l^''  ^^•'^^  ^^''^  ^•^""^  ^^^  lymph-the  fluid 
that  fills  the  small  spaces  and  the  vessels  connected  with 
them— what  they  need,  and  cast  into  it  their  waste.  The 
lymph  spaces  open  into  lymph  vessels,  which,  as  has  been 
noted,  jom  the  blood-vessels.  Oxygen  and  carbonic  acid, 
being  gases,  pass  directly  from  the  blood  through  the  walls 
of  the  vessels  to  the  tissues,  and  from  the  tissues  to  the 
Dlood. 

The  Changes  within  the  Cells.-ln  speaking  of  proto- 
pbsm  an  outhne  of  the  kind  of  knowledge  that  ^ve  possess 
of  the  chemical  changes  that  take  place  within  the  cells 
has  been  given.  We  know  little  more  than  the  sub- 
stances that  enter  the  cells  and  the  substances  that  leave 
tnem. 

Perhaps  even  this  is  too  much  to  say ;  n  ,re  exacUy,  we 
know  the  substances  that  enter  the  body  by  the  mouth  and 
nose,  and  through  the  alimentary  canal  and  lungs:  we 
know  the  substances  that  leave  the  body  through  the 
kidneys,  and,  in  expiration,  through  the  nose.  A  laree 
amount  of  water  and  traces  of  other  matters  leave  the  body 
M  perspiration  ;  but  the  chief  use  of  sweating  is  probably 
7ZT  IT  °/»^«  temperature  of  the  body,  and  the  skin 

way  that  the  kidneys  are.     The  undigested  matter  that 

^^ITa  '*''   ^"^-"^J^^   ^''^  "ever   been  within   the 
blood,  and  does  not  therefore  concern  us  in  this  inquiry.    • 
But  we  know  very  little  more  than  this ;  the  analysis  of 

ur^n'Z'J,*'^"^'^  *\"  *"y  particular  mass  of  tissue  exerts 
u^n  he  blood-,.*  the  differences  that  must  exist  between 
"«  substances  entering  it  and  the  substances  leaving  it— i« 


i 
I 


148 


Thi  Study  of  Animal  Lift  faet  n 


very  difficult  of  detenzunation,  because  of  the  immense 
quantity  of  blood  that  passes  through  any  tissue  in  a  short 
time.  This  concludes  our  sketch  of  the  interchange  of 
matter  within  the  body. 

The  Activities  of  the  Nervous  Systetn. — We  have  now 
to  consider  the  arrangement  of  the  nervous  system — first 
merely  as  the  means  by  which  all  the  varied  activities  of 
the  tissues  of  the  separate  parts  of  the  body  are  co-ordi- 
nated and  wrought  into  an  harmonious  series  of  artions, 
and  then  as  the  associate  of  consciousness  and  of  mental 
processes. 

Just  as  protoplasm  may  be  called  the  physical  basis  of 
life,  so  is  nervous  tissue  par  excellence  the  physical  basis  of 
consciousness  and  of  mind.  Throughout  the  whole  animal 
kingdom  it  has  a  superficial  similarity  of  structure,  and 
consists  of  the  same  three  parts. 

(i)  First  there  are  cells  adapted  to  receive  notice  of 
change  in  the  outer  world.  Changes  in  the  sur- 
rounding medium  and  affecting  such  cells  are 
called  stimuli.  These  cells  sensitive  to  stimuli 
form  the  chief  part  of  the  sense  organs  —  the 
eyes,  ears,  nose,  tongue.  Also  in  the  skin 
there  are  cells  sensitive  to  alterations  of  touch 
and  temperature.  The  effect  of  stimuli  upon 
such  cells  is  probably  to  set  them  into  a  state  of 
molecular  agitation,  which  may  or  may  not  result 
in  chemical  changes. 
(3)  There  are  connecting  fibres  or  nerves,  which, 
being  connected  with  the  sensory  cells,  take  up 
the  vibrations  or  possibly  the  chemical  changes 
of  the  sensory  cells  and  transmit  them  to  the 
«  centre." 
(3)  There  are  "central"  cells,  in  which  the  nerves 
end,  and  which  are  set  in  molecular  agitation  by 
the  vibrations  of  the  nerves.  This  molecular 
agitation  is  often,  when  the  central  cells  are  in 
the  brain,  accompanied  by  consciousness.  Ap- 
parently also  agitations  may  arise  <*  spontane- 
ously" within  these  central  cells  and  stimulate 


CHAP.  IX   The  Divided  Labours  of  the  Body         149 

Aft  outgobg  neives,  and  cause  muscular  move, 
ments,  or  the  activity  of  glands,  or  other  cellular 
activities. 

In  many  ways  analogous  to  the  nervous  system   is 

i%hlT^^  ^^^  °^  *  ^°""^'  *^«  receiving  rt^ons 
are  the  nerve  cells,  among  which  are  the  cells  of  the  se^se 
organs;  the  connecting  wires  are  the  nerve  fibres ^he 
cen^  stations  are  the  groups  of  cells  called  ^ll  ?« 
ch,ef  of  wh.ch  are  in  the  brain  and  spinal  corA^fhe  less 
important  gangha  are  like  the  bmnch  offices,  they  recdve 

are  like  the  offices  of  a  government,  in  which  messages  are 
received,  plans  elaborated  on  the  strength  of  the  news  and 
orders  sent  out  to  various  parts  of  the  country  Tl  'such 

anUL'lr?'"  '''.'  ?^^^  •"  ''^  nervouTsysVl  are 
called  reflex  actions,  whether  a  received  messasre  be  s^nf 

on  unaltered,  or  whether  the  receiving  cTu  refSla^s  the 
body.  The  analogy  of  telegraph  stations,  even  with  the 
iS^f  .V°/''  them  and  with  responiible  pe"o„s  to 

t^^^ti^^S'nt:  -"ir '  "^"^^ '"-  --^'^^  ^^-  ^ 

3-  Sketch  of  Psychoicgy.—The  following  is  lanrelv 

iT^'  to  which  we  refer  the  reader,  and  to  which^e 
acknowledge  our  indebtedness.  ' 

caulLr*b!^°tL^P^"!.***  "^^"S^'^^  »  "ervous  matter. 
»used  by  changes  m  the  outer  world,  result  in  what  we 
call  a  change  of  consciousness  *  m  wnai  we 

ner^t^er  t^'cllirs^^^^^^^^^  ^'^^^  '^^  ^^-^^--  «' 
imp^reSs.°^'°°'''*'"'"*''  P"^"^^^  ^^  »*'°^"»'  "*  called 

WvL  orllJ  •  "P°°  ™'"°'^'  "^^  memory  is  the  re 

'^val  of  past  impressions,  which,  we  must  suppose,  have  b 


-■-v-;rg<Vi'.!^t^^j«lg 


I  i 

1 

! 


150  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  n 

some  way  been  stored  within  the  cells  of  the  brain  in  the 
form,  from  the  objective  point  of  view,  of  a  certain 
arrangement  of  its  particles. 

When,  after  the  revival  of  past  impressions,  we  are  able 
to  discriminate  between  them,  we  call  them  sensations. 

Now  sensations  are  referred,  in  consciousness,  not  to 


Fig.  31.— Attitude  of  a  hen  protecting  her  brood  against  a  dog 
(From  Darwin's  Expression  0/ Emotions.) 

the  brain  cells  which  discriminate  between  them,  but  to  the 
cells  of  the  sense  organs  which  received  them. 

Further,  we  refer,  by  experience,  the  causes  of  sen- 
sations to  the  outer  world.  We  do  this  by  a  mental  pro- 
cess which  is  called  perception. 

Now  out  of  perceptions,  and  through  associations,  there 
arise  expectations.  The  mental  process  involved  in  the 
formation  of  an  expectation  is  called  inference. 


CHAP.  IX    The  Divided  Labours  of  the  Body  151 

Inference  is  of  two  kinds  : 

(1)  Perceptual,  drawn  from  direct  experience,  as  in 

the  inference  as  to  a  rain  storm  from  a  black 
cloud. 

(2)  Conceptual,  which,  though  based  upon  experience, 

yet   can   predict   events   that  have  never  been 
experienced.     For  instance,  one  who  had  studied 
in  books  only  the  causes   of  volcanic   activity, 
might  predict  with  a  certain  amount  of  confidence 
a  flow  of  lava  from  a  volcano,  when  he  saw  it  in 
that  state  of  activity  which  he  knew  usually  pre- 
ceded an  eruption  of  lava. 
What  we  call  the  emotions,  love,  hate,  fear,  and  others, 
are,  so  far  as  we  can   tell,  agitations  of  nervous  matter 
which  affect  consciousness.     Their  exciting  stimuli— infer- 
ences for  example— proceed,  immediately,  from  within  the 
brain,  ultimately,  from  changes  in  the  outer  world. 

We  have,  therefore,  the  following  orders  of  conscious- 
ness, which  are  easily  distinguishable  in  theory : 

(1)  Impressions,    or    the    effects    of    environmental 

changes  upon  nervous  matter ;  the  retaining  and 
revival  of  these  constitutes  the  basis  of  memory. 

(2)  Sensations,  which  occur  when  the  differences  that 

exist  between  impressions  are  discriminated. 

(3)  Perceptions,    which   are  the  outward  projections 

into  the  world,  by  mental  acts,  of  the  molecular 
disturbances   caused   in   the   brain    by  environ- 
mental changes.     For  example,  light  falls  upon 
the  retina,  stimulates  the  optic  nerve,  and  causes 
a  molecular  disturbance  in  the  brain,  but   the 
consciousness  excited  in  us  is  not  of  the  brain 
disturbance,  but  of  the  light. 
It  is  most  essential  that  the  distinction  between  per- 
ceptual and  conceptual  inference  be  cleariy  realised,  as  it  is 
probable  that  it  is  the  faculty  for  the  latter  which  more 
than  anything  else  separates  man  from  the  lower  animals. 
We  may  be  nearly  certain  that  many  animals  exercise  per- 
ceptual  inference,  and  we  may  affirm  with  little  doubt  that 
none  has  ever  performed  a  conceptual  one.     It  has  been 


iSa 


Th  Study  of  Animal  Lift  pakt  ii 


stated  that  a  monkey  that  had  learned  to  screw  and 
unscrew  a  handle  from  a  broom  had  learned  "  the  principle 
of  the  screw."  This  is  entirely  erroneous.  The  monkey 
merely  observed  that  a  certain  move-^-^nt  given  to  the 
handle  caused  it  to  separate  from  the  bioom,  and  inferred 
perceptually  that  the  same  result  would  always  follow  from 
the  same  action. 

It  is  evident  that  a  sound  comparative  psychology  of 
the  animal  kingdom,  or  even  of  a  few  of  the  highest 
species,  is  beyond  the  present  possibilities  of  science. 


A^as^^aaa^'szz-.^  sx.- 


^I^» 


CHAPTER   X 


INSTINCT 


'% 


X    i.,fii-rai 


3- 


U 


lagsofthe  Term— 2.  Carefvl  Usage  of  the  Term— 
rumples  of  Instinct-^  TAeOrigii^fiJsii^''^^ 

--iuermg  the  mental  life  of  animals,  we  must  settle 
/ar  r.  is  comparable  to  that  of  man.  We  judge  of  the 
v.er.J  p  ocesses  of  human  beings,  other  thin  furSveT 
dTr  '^'''?i^''^^^\^^  we  can  only  do  the  sa^e  whe2 
deahng  with  ammals.  If  we  often  err  in  irSiiT  Ae 
mental  states  of  our  feUow-men,  how  much  more^^efiaSe 

uX:  ItiTw   ~""'^""^  ^"^^""^  different  Sm 
h1  kTI    u?^  believmg  as  we  do  in  the  continuity  of 

IS  probable  that  m  time  we  may  arrive  at  a  certain  state 
^^Z"^t^T'^  '"  comparative  psycho^ 

surely  from  sensations,  the  world  of  every  creatui/mtS 
be  largely  constructed  from  its  dominant  sense  ;  i^  a  X 
for  instance,  fro: .  scent.  .  m  a  aog, 

ta  5l".^°!^°2n*^  '^'^^  *^*  *^^'*^"«  o^  animals  are  all  ascribed 

wW^e  the  a^^'  r  °°  "'^^  ""^^^"^  '^-  termis  £tt 
While  the  actiors  of  men  are  determined  by  reason,  those  of 

hTt  ^'  f  \P«>°»Pted  by  a  blind  power  of  doing  Sat  which 
«  fitted  to  the  successful  conduct  of  their  livl     This.  aS 

iT'  ?T?  "°*'°°  *"*  ^'^"»«»  modification.         ' 
•  «neS^  y!^*^'''*?*  **™  Iiurtliict-Every  one  has 
•geneml  notion  of  what  is  meant  by  insimct,  but  few  ar^ 


l.-y 


X     i     k 


MHii 


i|P 


iiMM 


I 
I 


»54 


The  Study  of  Animal  Lift  part  n 


agreed  as  to  the  precise  usage  of  the  word  ;  thus  when  the 
birds  build  their  nests,  or  when  the  bees  collect  honey  and 
form  the::  combs,  their  acts  are  vrith  one  accord  said  to  be 
mstinctive ;  but  some  would  demur  at  using  such  a  term  to 
describe  the  love  of  parents  for  their  children,  the  courage 
of  brave  men,  or  the  artisf  s  perception  of  beauty.  But, 
even  supposing  we  agree  to  mean  by  instinct  all  those  actions 
which  are  neither  simply  reflex  nor  purely  rational,  there 
will  still  remain  great  difference  of  opinion  as  to  its  origin. 
Thus  the  love  of  parents  will  not  be  imagined  as  due  to 
practice,  either  in  the  individual  or  its  ancestors,  but  rather 
to  take  origin  in  some  hidden  necessity  of  nature  ;  while 
the  rapid  closure  of  the  eyes  as  protection  from  an  expected 
blow  would  seem  in  all  likelihood  to  have  begun  in  a  rapid 
exercise  of  intelligence,  which,  by  being  often  repeated, 
had  ceased  to  be  accompanied  by  conscious  effort. 

It  seems  to  us  that  there  is  still  need  of  a  vast  amount 
of  observation  and  experiment  before  a  theory  of  the  origin 
of  instinct  that  will  be  at  all  satisfactory  can  be  framed.  As 
already  remarked,  it  is  not  easy  to  decide  even  in  what 
sense  the  term  ought  to  be  used.  This  being  so,  we  shall 
content  ourselves  with  mapping  the  field  of  thought  and 
indicating  the  lines  of  inquiry  that  must  be  followed  before 
a  just  view  of  the  subject  will  be  possible. 

If  we  arrange  examples  of  all  the  movements  of  animals 
in  the  order  in  which  they  are  performed  in  the  lifetime  of 
the  individuals,  not  limiting  ourselves  to  those  acts  which 
involve  the  whole  organism,  but  considering  also  those  which 
a  single  organ  or  mass  of  tissue  may  execute,  wi  shall  see 
at  a  glance  all  the  possible  varieties  of  activity  with  which 
we  can  be  concerned.  It  is,  of  course,  only  the  move- 
ments of  comparatively  large  masses  of  tissue  with  which 
we  can  deal  at  present.  The  molecular  movements  which 
lie  at  the  base  of  all  the  visible  ones  are  as  yet  a'nost 
unknown. 

Even  before  birth,  visible  movements  of  the  parts  of  the 
higher  animals  occur ;  as,  for  instance,  the  beating  of  the 
heart  Such  movements  may  be  either  "  automatic  "  or 
reflex.     At  birth,  in  addition  to  such  movements  of  its  parts, 


OUBiZ 


InsHttct 


"55 


VA 

% 


(2 


(3) 


the  oisranism  a^  as  a  whole  ;  it  reacts  to  its  environment, 
and  m  fame  performs  "  voluntary  "  actions. 

The  acts  of  the  parts  of  an  organism  may  be— 

(1)  "Automatic,"  as,  for  example,  the  beating  of  the 

heart 

(2)  Reflex,  as,  for  example,  the  intestinal  movements 

which    force   the   food   through   the   alimentary 
canal,  or  the  movements  involved  in  sneezing. 

(3)  Mixed  actions  which  are  partly  automatic   and 

partly  reflex,  such  as  the  respiratory  movements. 
The  movements  of  the  entire  organism  may  be  of  a  verv 
complex  nature.     They  may  be— 

(i)  Reflex ;  as  when  we  start  at  a  sudden  noise. 

"Innate,"  commonly  called  instinctive  ;  these  are 
best  observed  in  newly-born  animals,  for  in  them 
intelligence,  which  must  be  based  upon  experience. 
IS  necessarily  at  a  minimum. 
"Habitual,"  such  as  are  rapidly  learned  and  are 
then  performed  without  mental  effort,  which  imply 
an  mnate  capacity,  and  are  therefore  allied  to  (2) 

(4)  Intelligent,  such  as  imply  mental  activity,  which 

consists  in  the  combining  and  rearranging  all  the 
other  possible  acts  of  the  order— (i),  (2)  or  (3)  • 
and  which  may  be  recognised  in  all  adaptations 
to  novel  circumstances. 
^   This  classification  possesses  most  obvious  faults,  but  it 

tlT^'^l  "^^Tl'  J^  '^""^^^  »«'"«  °f  th«=  difficulties 
th  deUy  the  would-be  definer  of  instinct.  For  the  essen- 
tial criterion  of  an  instinctive  action  is  that  all  the  machinery 

^'.H  %^  L""''"^^  "  *  '^^^''  *°  *  ""**"  «i'«"Iu»,  lies 
^ady  formed  within  the  organism  ;  but  the  apparently  in- 
soluble  questions  present  themselves,  How  soon  may  not 
actions  be  modified  by  intelligence  ?  "and  How  in  a  mature 
^rirT-  "^"'"^'^•■^♦''^  experience  i.  one  to  separate 
L^inTvlract'sr'"  "''  '^°"  ^'^  •"^^"'^^"''y  "^^^''«-^ 
Also  it !,  evidem  that  "habitual-  actions  may  be  "instinct- 
ive actions  deferred  until  the  creature  be  further  dev-1- 
opeu,  as  the  flight  of  many  birds  is  deferred  j  or  they  may 


'■i 


156 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         »a»t  i 


be  actions  in  the  formatiott  of  which  intelligence  has  had  a 
cosiidetable  share. 

Now  all  these  activities  of  an  entire  oigmnism  may  be 
studied  from  four  points  of  view : — 

(i)  Of  natural  history,  or  general  description,  such  as 

occurs  here  and  there  throughout  this  work : 
(a)  Of  physiology,  or  the  analysis  of  the  muscular, 
nervous,   and   other  mechanisms   involved ;  as 
treated  generally  in  the  last  chapter : 

(3)  Of  psychology,  or  the  investigation  into  the  states 

of  consciousness  and  mental  processes  concerned ; 
as  sketched  in  the  last  chapter : 

(4)  Of  aetiology,  or  study  of  the  factors  in  their  origin 

and  development. 

We  shall  first  define  more  carefully  than  we  have  yet 
done  what  we  shall  speak  of  as  instinct,  then  give  a  few 
examples,  and  finally  discuss  the  aetiology  of  it. 

2.  The  Oareftil  Uiage  of  tbe  term  Instinct.— We  Iiave 
enumerated  all  the  possible  varieties  of  action,  and  the  pos- 
sible states  of  consciousness  with  which  they  may  be  asso- 
ciated have  been  described  in  the  last  chapter.  If  we  retain 
the  use  of  the  term  instinct  we  must  explain  to  what  ordei 
of  activity  we  shall  apply  it.  In  our  use  of  the  term  we 
shall  not  strive  after  any  great  precision  ;  for,  as  already 
noted,  the  difficulty  of  precision  seems  to  us  to  be  at  present 
msurmountable.  In  a  general  way  we  shall  call  any  action 
which  does  not  require  for  its  execution  any  immediate 
exertion  of  perceptual  inference  an  instinctive  action.  Thus 
a  burned  child  dreads  the  fire  ;  such  dread  and  its  const 
quent  avoidance  of  fires  may,  with  propriety,  be  termed 
instinctive.  After  the  first  bum  the  avoidance  will,  for  a 
short  time,  be  the  result  of  perceptual  inference ;  but  in 
perhaps  a  few  days  only  the  avoidance  becomes  "  instinct- 
ive" ;  or  it  might  be  called  "  habitual,"  as  hinted  previoubiy. 
It  is,  of  course,  to  be  understood  that  an  "instinctive"' 
action  is  not  necessarily  the  result  of  this  *'  lapsed  intelli 
gence,"  as  it  has  been  called.  Thus,  when  a  worci 
wrigg!es  away  from  a  fire  it  probably  has  not  at  any  tin« 
reasoned  out  to  itself  the  advantages  of  such  procedure, 


JV.-:: 


dUK  t 


Tmsimei 


'57 


yrt  It  may  wdl  be  said  to  avoid  the  fire  instinctively.  It  is 
obvious  that,  If  we  agree  to  use  the  tenn  as  defined,  we 
must  call  aU  the  actions  of  the  lower  animals,  whose  con- 
saousness  has  never  risen  to  the  level  of  perceptual  infer- 
jaice,  instinctive.  This  definition  is  based  upon  the  assump- 
Uon  that  we  can  determine  the  CMiscious  states  of  animals  • 
but,  as  we  have  repeatedly  said,  it  ,s  only  within  very  wide' 
limits  that  we  can  with  any  certainty  do  this.  The  inten- 
tion, however,  is  to  preclude  all  those  actions  which  are 
certainly  or  probably  rational,  and  at  the  same  time  include 
adaptive  reflex  actions. 

Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  has  defined  instinct  as  compound 
reflex  action,  while  Mr.  Romanes  separates  it  from  reflex 

action  and  from  reason  as  follows  : 

••  Reflex  action  is  non-mentai  neuro-muscular  adjustment 
due  to  the  inherited  mechanism  of  the  nervous  system, 
which  IS  found  to  respond  to  particular  and  often-recurring 
sttmuli,  by  giving  nse  to  particular  movements  of  an 
adaptive  though  not  of  an  intentional  kind." 

"  Instinct  is  reflex  action  into  which  there  is  imported 
the  element  of  consciousness.  The  term  is  therefore  a 
generic  one,  comprismg  all  these  faculties  of  mind  which 
are  concerned  in  consciousness  and  adaptive  action, 
antecedent  to  individual  experience,  without  necessary 
knowledge  of  the  relation  between  means  employed  and 
ends  attained,  but  similarly  performed  under  similar  and 
requently-recurring  circumstances  by  all  the  individuals  of 
the  same  species." 

"Reason  or  intelligence  is  the  faculty  which  is  con- 
amed  m  the  intentional  adaptation  of  means  to  ends.  It 
^rcfore  imphes  the  conscious  knowledge  of  the  relation 
Detween  means  employed  and  ends  attained,  and  may  be 
"wcised  m  adaptauon  to  circumstances  novel  alike  to  the 
ttpcncnce  of  the  individual  and  that  of  the  species." 

Mr.  Romanes  therefore  separates  reflex  action  from 
^mct,ve  action   by  limiting  the   term  instinct  to  th"^ 

Hbd,fin^?'  •^'^'  ^  *  '"^""  °^  *^«'  'conscious  reflexes. 
«tt  definition  is  open  to  objection  on  the  same  ground  that 
««  's.  only  m  a  greater  degree ;  for  it  it  easier  to  deter 


rsd 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  »a»t  ii 


mine  the  presence  of  perceptual  inference  than  the  absence 
of  consciousness;  this  criterion  may  be  of  theoretical 
interest, — ^it  is  of  no  practical  use.  The  other  attributes  he 
enumerates  should  be  carefully  studied. 

Pro£  Lloyd  Morgan  also  separates,  but  by  no  hard-and- 
fast  line,  the  automatic  and  reflex  actions,  which  are 
reactions  to  definite  stimuli,  from  instinctive  actions,  which, 
according  to  him,  are  ♦*  sequences  of  co-ordinated  activities, 
performed  by  the  individual  in  common  with  all  the  mem- 
bers of  the  same  more  or  less  restricted  group,  in  adaptation 
to  certain  circumstances,  oft  recurring  or  essential  to  the 
continuance  of  the  species." 

He  separates  these  from  intelligent  actions,  which  are 
••performed  in  special  adaptation  to  special  circumstances." 
Instinctive  activities  he  conceives  to  be  perfonned 
"  without  learning  or  practice."  If  the  actions  need  a  Httle 
practice  he  calls  them  ••  incomplete  instincts"  ;  if  a  great  deal 
of  practice  be  necessary  they  are  called  "  habitual  activities'  ; 
if  they  are  not  perfectly  developed  at  birth  but  after  further 
development  can  be  performed  without  practice  they  may  be 
called  "deferred  instincts."  A  further  useful  classification 
of  instincts  is  into  "  perfect  "  and  •'  imperfect,"  according  to 
the  precision  of  their  adaptation  to  the  desired  end. 

Mr.  Lloyd  Morgan's  definition,  like  the  others,  implies  that 
one  can  separate  rational  from  non-rational  actions  ;  but  he 
safeguards  himself  by  defining  instincts  as  "  oft-recurrin!,'  or 
essential  to  the  continuance  of  the  species,"  in  ciutra- 
distinction  to  intelligent  actions  which  are  performed  in 
special  adaptation  to  special  circumstances.  It  is  important 
to  notice  that  the  terms  of  the  definition  are  that  instincts 
are  either  oft-recurring  or  essential,  and  not  oft-recurrins,- 
and  essential,  for  many  instincts  are  only  either  one  or  the 
other  and  not  both.  But  it  is  not  always  possible  to  say  of 
a  certain  action  that  it  is  a  special  adaptation  to  a  special 
circumstance,  and  is  therefore  rational,  and  not  in  reality 
an  instinctive  adaptation  to  circumstances  that  are  of  frequeiu 
occurrence  although  we  have  not  observed  them  to  be  so. 

This  definition,  however,  emphasises  the  fact  that  instincts 
are  common  to  species ;  it  is,  however,  not  easy  to  cstimaie 


CRAP.  X 


Instinct 


«59 


the  exact  significance  of  this  fact,  for  the  apparent  similarity 
m  the  actions  of  individuals  of  the  same  species  must,  to  a 
certam  taUao^  be  due  to  incomplefeness  of  observation. 

It  IS  after  <^SHi^ring  all  these  definitions  that  we  have 
come  to  the  c<*c?usv>n  that  it  is  convenient  to  describe  all 
those  actions  of  animals  which  are  not  immediately  rational 
or  mtelhgent  as  instincts,  li  we  classify  an  instinct  as 
reflex  m  cases  where  the  exact  chain  of  internal  events  is 
known  and  use  the  other  <^ifications  already  enumerated, 
we  reach  a  simplicity  and  pw^^ioo  of  speech  that  is 
convenient 

At  the  same  time  all  such  enteral  m  adaptiveness  and 
similarity  of  performance  in  all  the  individuals  of  a  species 
can  obviously  be  applied  as  they  are  discovered. 

The  essential  distinction,  we  believe,  between  non- 
mtelhgent,  that  is,  instinctive,  and  intelligent  actions,  is 
that  non-intelligent  actions  are  performed  in  virtue  of  the 
innate  and  co-ordinated  mechanisms  of  the  organism 
whereas  for  an  intelligent  action  the  organism  has  to  do  a 
greater  or  less  amount  of  the  co-ordination  for  itself. 

3.  Ettmples  of  Inatinct-If  we  classify  aU  the  actions 

of  animals  accordmg  to  the  period  of  life  at  which  they  are 

performed,  we  shall  find  that  there  are  three  distinct  clLses 

Laratd  ""^   *'*^    convenience    be    considered 

They  are — 

(1)  Those  which  are  performed  at  birth,  or  shortly 

afterwards,  as  perfectly,  or  neariy  so,  as  at  anv 
future  time ;  ' 

(2)  Thoso  more  varied  actions  which  are  characteristic 

of  tiie  mature  life  of  any  animal : 

Ti^^/:^**°^*  ^^'"^^  ^'■'^  associated  with  reproduction 
ihe  first  of  these  classes  must  evidently  consist  of  very 

pure  mstmcts    since  the  creature  cannot  be  supposed  to 

reason  before  it  has  any  store  of  experience 

actions' n^•°"^ "'''".''  ^""  'yP'^^*^  ^y  '^^  marvellous 
actions  of  insects,  such  as  ants,  bees,  and  wasps.     These 

«iv  l)e  instinctive,  but  it  is  very  probable  that  many  of 

Acni  are,  at  least,  improved  by  intelligence  ^ 


i6e 


TJIt  Studf  of  Animal  Lift         paut  u 


(a)  They  may  be  perfected  by  perceptual  inferences  on 
the  part  of  the  individuals,  and  die  mental  efforts  may  or 
may  not,  after  a  certain  number  of  repetitions,  be  replaced 
by  reflexes. 

{b)  They  may  be  perfected  by  less  complex  mental 
efforts,  such  as  those  involved  in  imitation  or  in  receiving 
instruction  from  other  members  of  the  species. 

Actions  of  the  third  class  may  be  as  purely  instinctive 
as  any  of  those  in  the  first  class,  or  may  be  improved  by 
intelligence  like  those  of  the  second  class;  but  among 
them  are  many  ot  the  most  wonderfril  performances  of 
animals,  for  they  often  seem  to  show  a  prevision  of  an 
unknown  future. 

Some  interesting  experiments  have  been  made  upon 
instincts  of  the  first  class.  The  observations  show  that  the 
precision  of  the  neuro- muscular  co-ordinations  of  some 
newly-born  creatures  is  very  surprising.  Mr.  Spalding 
blindfolded  some  chickens  immediately  after  they  were 
hatched,  and  removed  the  hood  after  two  or  three  days 
when  they  were  stronger.  He  says  that  "  almost  invariably 
they  seemed  a  little  stunned  by  the  light,  remained  motion- 
less for  several  minutes,  and  continued  for  some  time  less 
active  than  before  they  were  unhooded.  Their  behaviour, 
however,  was  in  every  case  conclusive  against  the  theory 
that  the  perceptions  of  distance  and  direction  by  the  eye 
are  the  result  of  experience,  or  of  associations  formed  in  the 
history  of  each  individual  life." 

«« Often  at  the  end  of  two  minutes  they  followed  with 
their  eyes  the  movements  of  crawling  insects,  turning  their 
heads  with  all  the  precision  of  an  old  fowl.  In  from  two  to 
fifteen  minutes  they  pecked  at  some  speck  or  insect,  show- 
ing not  merely  an  instinctive  perception  of  distance,  but  an 
original  ability  to  judge,  to  measure  distance,  with  some- 
thing like  infallible  accuracy.  They  did  not  attempt  to 
seize  things  beyond  their  reach,  as  babies  are  said  to  grasp 
at  the  moon  ,  and  they  may  be  said  to  have  invariably  hit 
the  objects  at  which  they  struck,  they  never  missed  by  a 
hair's-breadth,  and  that  too  when  the  specks  at  which  they 
aimed  were  no  bigger  and  less  visible  than  the  smallest  A(A 


CBAP.  X 


Instinct 


i6z 


of  an  i     To  seize  between  the  points  of  the  mandibles  at 
the  very  instant  of  striking,  seemed  a  more  difficult  opera- 
non.     I  have  seen  a  chicken  seize  and  swallow  an  insect  at 
Uie  first  attempt;   most  frequentiy,  however,  they  struck 
ive  or  SIX  times,  lifhng  once  or  twice  before  they  succeeded 
in  swaUowing  their  first  food."     Again,  «  The  art  of  scrap- 
mg  m  «»rch  of  food,  which,  if  anything,  might  be  acquired 
by  mutation,  for  a  hen  with  chickens  spends  the  half  of  her 
time  m  scratching  for  them,  is  nevertheless  another  indis- 
puti^  case  of  instinct      Without  any  opportunities  of 
umtatioo,  when  kept  quite  isolated  fi:Dm  their  kind,  chickens 
began  to  scrape  when  from  two  to  six  days  old.     GeneraUy 
the  condition  of  the  ground  was  suggestive;  but  I  have 
several  tunes  seen  the  first  attempt,  which  consists  of  a  sort 
of  ntfvous  dance,  made  on   a  smooth  table."      Another 
eiyerunenter  "hatched  out  some   chickens  on  a  carpet 
where  he  kept  them  for  several  days.     They  showed  no 
inclination  to  scrape,  because  the  stimulus  supplied  by  the 
carpet  to  the  soles  of  their  feet  was  of  too  novel  a  character 
to  caU  mto  action  the  hereditary  instinct ;  but  when  a  litUe 
gravel  was  sprinkled  on  the  carpet,  and  so  the  appropriate 
or  customary  stimulus  supplied,  the  chickens  immediately 
Degan  their  scraping  movements." 

Another  instance  of  the  first  class  of  instincts  is  the  fear 
wd  to  be  shown  by  many  animals  for  their  natural  foes  • 
but  on  this  pomt  we  find  a  certain  conflict  of  evidence' 
S"blS!!'o!  "^  «5'd  t°  'how  disgust  at  a  dog,  and,  while 
«»U  blind,  at  a  hand  that  has  touched  and  smells  of  a  dog.  or 
to  tremble  with  excitement  at  the  smell  of  a  mouse.  A  chicken 
«  young  turkey  wiU  show  evident  signs  of  fear  at  hearing 
««  cry  of  a  hawk.  Ants  of  various  species  that  are  mutually 
hosnle  recognise  an  enemy,  and  fight;  but,  on  the  other 
ftand,  there  are  observations  to  the  effect  that,  if  taken  youne 
enough,  ants  of  several  such  species  may  be  brought  up 
together  as  a  happy  family.  orougnt  up 

,J^  instinctive  lameness  or  wildness  of  many  animals 
towards  man  is  probably  the  effect  of  intelligence  L  infor 

ZTLT?*  '"^  T  ^"°''''''=  ^  »  ^^*=  «^°i<ian^«  of  the 
wae  kmd  of  trap,  after  a  short  experience  of  its  properties,  by 


II'    '■ 

11  i 


itffl  TA€  Study  of  Animal  Lift  part  ii 

all  the  mice  of  a  house  or  birds  of  a  district  The  wild  rabbit 
is  extremely  timid,  but  the  domesticated  variety  is  as  tame 
as  possible.  In  explanation  of  such  cases  we  might  easily 
invoke  the  ud  of  "  the  principle  of  cessation  of  natural  selec- 
tion" when  the  safety  of  the  species  ceased  to  depend  upon 
wildness,  but  we  prefer  to  suppose  that  the  direct  action 
of  intelligence  is  to  a  great  extent  operative. 

As  already  noted,  what  are  perhaps  the  most  striking 
examples  of  instinct  of  the  second  class  occur  among  in- 
sects.  The  comb-building  of  bees,  the  wars,  the  slave-using, 
the  agricultural  pursuits  of  ants,  have  been  so  often  de- 
scribed that  they  need  not  detain  us  here.  The  brain  of  an 
ant  was  to  Darwin  the  most  wonderful  piece  of  matter  in 
the  world.  Wonderful,  indeed,  it  would  be  if  we  supposed 
that  all  the  acts  of  an  ant  were  truly  instinctive,  that  is, 
that  the  nervous  machinery  of  co-ordination  was  ready, 
waiting  only  the  appropriate  stimulus  to  evoke  any  one  of 
that  scries  of  nicely-adjusted  actions.  But  if  we  suppose 
that  individual  intelligence  has  a  considerable  share  in  that 
co-ordination,  then  the  brain  of  an  ant,  though  still  very- 
wonderful,  is  not  to  us  quite  so  astounding  an  arrangement 
of  particles  as  it  was  to  Darwin. 

The  third  class  of  instincts,  those  connected  with 
reproduction,  comprise  such  actions  as  the  building  of 
homes  and  nests,  the  storage  of  food  for  the  use  of 
young  that  may  never  be  seen,  and  the  care  of  young  after 

birth. 

The  nest-building  of  birds  would  form  a  very  good  sub- 
ject upon  whjch  to  experiment,  in  order  to  determine  how 
far  such  a  complex  act  may  be  truly  instinctive,  and  how 
far  it  is  perfected  by  training,  by  imitation,  and  by  intelli- 
gent practice  and  observation.  The  method  would  be  to 
isolate  young  birds  from  their  parents  and  firom  all  other 
creatures  of  their  kind,  so  as  to  preclude  training  and 
imitation,  and  then  see  how  far  the  nests  that  they 
built  resembled  the  typical  nest  of  their  species.  Then  one 
might  remove  other  birds  from  their  parents  but  allow  them 
the  society  of  the  members  of  an  allied  species,  but  one 
whose  nests  diflfered  to  some  observable  extent  from  thoM 


CHAP.  X 


Instinct 


i«3 


It  IS  stated  tJiat  the  nests  of  RriHeiT  u- j     . 
Australia  differ  very  grea!w  from  thl       ^"'''u  '^'  ^"^"^  "" 
build  at  home.     No«f  S  mt^  hi  h  "''''  '^'  '''"^  *°"'^ 
training  and  the  possil^Hues  ^f'  imitate  thl'  ^'^ ^^  °' 
or  it  may  be  due  to  th..  ah««^  'minting  the  specific  nest, 

to  build  the  charaJJeristifn:^^^^^  °'^^  ""^^"^^  "'^^  -^ch 

or  the  selection  S^rbune'r^^ofThrlt  "'"  "^^^^  ^^'^ ' 
lays  her  eggs,  the  only  sort  ofkaf  it  J.^LTk"  ^^'"'^  ^'^^ 
the  grubs,  when  hatched  for  ft^'  f  I^^>,*''^* '"'"  ^^"^e 
butterfly  herself  d^s  not  eat^'  Jl     1?  ^'"^  ^^^'^^^  ^^e 
of  instincts  most  ^vonderfunn  Tk        '^  ^^°'^  "'  '^^"'P'w 
obscure  in  their  or^^^   The  ?J^' •  ^"^^^^'^^  and   most 
Plex  for  us  to  believe  that  th!  nt'     "'^°''''^  ^'"'^  *°°  ^"n^- 
intelligence.      sHa^as   we   c^nrat'"  ''^  "^"'^  °^ 
mstmcts  can  only  be  accounted  for  by  ^e  Natu^%"!',   T' 
of  fortunate  varieties  of  habit      Th^/o      T         Selection 
habit  of  incubation  are  Sinrf?       '^  °^J°""S^  ^"^  the 
amount  of  thought  harLenS^^^  /'"'^   ^  *^^«-" 
incline  to  the  idea  whiVh  ml  ^°'*  ourselves,  we 

such  habits  ar;t.:'o  LTeSeT';^  ?  ^°'"^'  ^^^^ 
nearly  related  to  the  ^■^^ ^sTlf^'"''  '"^  ^^^*'*  ^° 

an  explanation  of  suchlla^s'in  tetsTat;.  '''^  '^^^?« 
naturalists  have  suggested  thi- '"  ^™s  of  affect,on^  certain 

that  birds  sit  upon  their  ee«t  ^J^^^^'^  ^'^^"^^  "ot'°n 
breast.  If  such  were  her  o£  th^  *'  '°  '*^'  ^  ^^^'^'^ 
a  bird  could  select  as  her  S  m  "l  ""^^^  P'*^«  ^^at 
nest  containing  egi  whtl   .'^^^°"'d  ^e  a  wooUy  hairy 

changes  gene^:^^aronhem^^^^^^^^^  °^  ^"^^^^  ^^--S 

tion'o  f  instin^s  t^^t^^i:^^'  '''^^^  °^  ^''^  -- 
'J^y  by  various  otheTau^hnr!  ^'■^1^^'^'^^  and  since  his 
A-  R.   Wallace    and    Prl^      '  ""^-^^'^  ^^-  Romanes.  Mr. 

Weismann's   S^trines    hale  T    ^'"^^^ '    "''"^    ^^^^^^^o 
certain  plausibirhy^^'er   ^''^''''^'^^   '^^  revision  of 

'"""'   o^   course,  supposed   that    Natural   Selection 


i64  The  Study  of  Animal  Lift  part  ii 

was  the  means  of  the  evolution  of  habit  as  much  as  of 

form.  . 

Mr.  Romanes,  starting  from  this  as  a  basis,  has  con- 
structed a  well-reasoned  and  lucid  theory.  He  supposes  that 
while  many  instincts  have  been  evolved  by  Natural  Selection, 
such  instincts  being  called  Primary,  other  habits  become 
instinctive  through  the  "  lapse  of  intelligence."  Actions 
performed  at  first  with  mental  effort,  becoming  after  suffi 
cient  repetition  so  ingrained  upon  the  nervous  system  that 
a  mechanism  of  neuro- muscular  co-ordination  has  been 
established,  are  referred  to  as  Secondary  Instincts.  He 
imagines  also  a  third  class  of  Mixed  Instincts  in  which 
there  are  primary  instincts  that  have  been  altered  and 
improved  by  intelligent  variations  of  habit,  or  secondary 
instincts  that  have  been  modified  by  natural  selection. 

Obviously,  therefore,  he  supposes  that  intelligence  may 
be  a  factor  in  the  formation  of  any  habit  that  may  be  under 
consideration. 

But  this  theory  of  instinct  becomes  impossible  if  we  accept 
Professor  Weismann's  doctrine  that  acquired  characters  can 
not  be  inherited  (this  doctrine  will  be  discussed  in  a  later 
chapter).  If  this  be  true,  the  only  possibilities  are  primar>' 
instincts,  and  secondary  instincts  formed  afresh  during  each 
individual  lifetime,  and  mixed  instincts  of  the  same  nature. 
The  exact  antithesis  to  Professor  Weismann's  theory  is 
upheld  by  Professor  Eimer,  who  believes  that  instincts  have 
been  evolved  chiefly  by  the  perpetuation  of  what  Mr. 
Romanes  calls  secondary  instincts.  There  is  little  evidence 
that  this  is  the  case.  The  value  of  Elmer's  work  really  lies 
in  his  insistence  upon  the  intelligent  action  of  animals  as 
apart  from  purely  instinctive  action. 

Mr.  Wallace  has  begun  the  analysis  of  the  particular 
forms  which  the  intelligence  of  animals  takes.  He  supposes 
that  imitation  of  parents  and  other  members  of  the  species 
has  a  great  influence  upon  the  actions  of  individuals  He 
has  dwelt  especially  upon  such  cases  as  the  song  and  nest- 
building  of  birds.  . ,  .u,, 
It  may  be  pointed  out  as  a  matter  for  consideration  t.iat. 
granted  that  parents  teach  their  offspring,  as,  for  instance, 


^vSiB^S?- 


CHAP.  X 


Instinct 


'<SS 


birds  teach  the.r  fledglings  to  fly,  and  ants  their  young  their 
place  m  the  community  of  the  nest,  and  that  animals  imi- 
tate  each  other,  it  is  quite  possible,  and  indeed  probable 
that  an  mstmct  may  be  steadily  improved  throughout  sud 


!•  10.  j..-Vuui.g  duck*  calcliiDg  mollis.    (iVom  St.  JoJu.s  lyud S^U.) 

cessivc  generations  by  the  intelligence  of  the  individuals  of 
a  sivecies,  without  any  acqiiirccl  character  being  inherited 
therefore^"''''''   ^'''''"'''   '"   ''"'  evolution   of  instinct    are 
(0  Natural    Selection,   which    miKht    develop    innate 
capacity;    this    is    certainly    insufficient    for   the 
devciopnient  of  form,  and  therefor.,-,  probably,  also 
of  mind. 


^Sfe:>^*^sw 


lamesms^^^. 


MICROCOPY   RBOIUTION    TEST  CHART 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


1.0 


I.I 


1^12.8  12.5 
■  2.2 
12.0 

ill.8 


IB 
IB 
U 

*^   . 


13.2 


13.6 


uo 


^    /IF  PLIED  IVMGE    Inc 


16&.]   lOil   Main   Slrnt 

Roch«»:*r.  N«»  York        (♦eOS       USA 

(716)   482  -  0300  -  Phone 

(716)   268-  5989   ■  To. 


^ 


M 


i66 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  n 


(2)  Individual  intelligence,  which  directly  modifies  the 

actions  of  individuals,  and  is  also  used  when,  by 
imitation  and  education,  the  habits  of  a  species 
are  steadily  improved. 

(3)  The  "  lapsing  of  intelligence,"  forming  "  second- 

ary," and  helping  to  form  "  mixed  "  instincts. 
But  the  probable  factors  are  the  first  twa 


m 


i  ii 


PART   III 

THE   FORMS   OF   ANIMAL    LIFE 
CHAPTER    XI 

THE   ELEMENTS   OF  STRUCTURE 

I.  ThtResemblanca  and  Contrasts  between  Plaftts  and  Animals- 
2.  The  Relation  of  the  simplest  Animals  to  those  which  are 

I^f  'f"^^K°^  ^T?  ^"?  '*™'=*"'"^  (Morphology),  and  the 
study  of  habu  and  function  (Physiology),  are  both  as  essen- 
tial to  science  as  the  realities  are  in  life.  It  is  with  the 
forms  of  animal  life  and  their  structure  that  we  have  now 
to  do,  but  It  seems  useful  at  the  outset  to  compare  plants 
and  animals. 

i.ThB  Besomblances  and  Contrasts  between  Plants 
and  Animals.— Every  one  could  point  out  some  differences 
between  a  tree  and  a  horse,  but  many  might  be  puzzled  to 
d.stmgursh  clearly  between  a  sponge  and  a  mushroom, 
while  all  have  to  confess  their  inability  to  draw  a  firm  line 
between  the  simplest  plants  and  the  simplest  animals.  For 
the  tree  of  life  is  double  like  the  letter  V,  with  divergent 
branches,  the  ends  of  which,  represented,  let  us  say  by 
a  daisy  and  a  bird,  are  far  apart,  while  the  bases  gradually 
approach  and  unite  in  a  common  root. 

Plants  and  animals  are  alike,  though  not  equally,  alive 


i 


.41 
1  -t 


t  .-IH 


i;f 


tJ4 


\ 


it* 


■        J 

1 

fii  Jl 

rwB    f  ca 


■4 


1 68 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 


Diverse  as  are  the  styles  of  animal  and  vegetable  archi- 
tecture, the  materials  are  virtually  the  same,  and  the 
individuals  in  both  cases  grow  from  equally  simple 
beginnings. 

Even  movement,  the  chief  characteristic  of  animals, 
occurs  commonly,  though  in  a  less  degree,  among  plants. 
Young  shoots  move  round  in  leisurely  circles,  twining 
stems  and  tendrils  bend  and  bow  as  they  climb,  leaves 
rise  and  sink,  flowers  open  and  close  with  the  growing 
and  waning  light  of  day.  Tendrils  twine  round  the 
lightest  threads,  the  leaves  of  the  sensitive  plant  respond 
to  a  gentle  touch,  the  tentacles  of  the  sundew  and 
the  hairs  of  the  fly-trap  compare  well  with  the  sensitive 
structures  of  many  animals.  The  stamens  of  not  a  few 
flowers  move  when  jostled  by  the  legs  of  insects,  and  the 
stigma  of  the  musk  closes  on  the  pollen. 

Plants  and  animals  alike  consist  of  cells  or  unit  masses 
of  living  matter.  The  structure  of  the  cell  and  the  apparent 
structure  of  the  living  stuff  is  much  the  same  in  both.  We 
may  liken  plants  and  animals  to  two  analogous  manufac- 
tories, both  very  complex ;  we  study  the  raw  materials 
which  pass  in,  many  of  the  stages  and  by-products  of 
manufacture,  and  the  waste  which  is  laid  aside  or  thrown 
out,  but  in  neither  case  can  we  enter  the  secret  room  where 
the  mystery  of  the  process  is  hidden. 

In  the  pond  we  find  the  eggs  of  water-snails  and  water- 
insects  attached  to  the  floating  leaves  of  plants;  in  the 
ditches  in  spring  we  see  in  many  places  the  abundant 
spawn  of  frogs  and  toads  ;  we  are  familiar  with  the  heavily 
yolk-laden  eggs  of  birds.  Now,  with  a  little  care  it  is  quite 
easy  to  convince  ourselves  that  an  egg  or  ovum  is  to  begin 
with  a  simple  mass  of  matter,  in  part,  at  least,  alive,  and  that 
by  division  after  division  the  egg  gives  rise  to  a  young  animal. 
We  are  also  well  aware  that  in  mosi  cases  the  egg-cell,  for 
cell  it  is,  only  begins  to  divide  after  it  has  been  penetrated, 
and  in  some  subtle  way  stimulated,  by  a  male  unit  or  sperm. 
The  great  facts  of  individual  history  or  development  tlicn 
are,  the  apparent  simplicity  in  the  beginning,  the  joc 
liminary  condition  that  the  egg-cell  be  united  with  a  male 


CHAP.  XI  ne  Elements  of  Structure  ,69 

unit,  and  the  mode  of  growth  by  repeated  division  of  the 
ovum  and  its  daughter-cells.  In  those  plants  with  wh  ch 
we  arc  most  familiar,  the  facts  seem  different,  for  we  wa  ch 
bean  and  oak  growing  from  seeds  which,  in  tead  ofben^ 
simple  units,  are  very  complex  structures.  But  the  seed"! 
not  the  begmnmg  of  a  plant,  it  has  already  a  long  Sil 
behmd  ,t,  and  when  that  history  is  traced  back  tofhe  sleZ 
box  and  possible  seeds  of  the  parent  plant,  there  t  wilt  be 
seen  that  the  beginning  of  the  future  he'rb  o;  tree  is  a  s^'e 
cell  This  IS  the  equivalent  of  the  animal  ovum,  and  ifke 
•t,  begins  Its  course  of  repeated  divisions  after  k  has  been 
joined  by  a  kernel  or  nucleus  from  the  pollen  g^n 

Thus,  to  sum  up,  along  three  different  paths  we  reach 
th     same  conclusion,  that  there  is  a  fundament  umty 

T^^rttl  thf  st'"'"^^\  '"  *'^  ^"^"^'^^  -'-"  - 
.IhTm     •     u         '^°"^^  ^"^  '"ortar  of  their  structure 
and  lastly,  m  the  way  in  which  each  individual  berins  and 
grows,  there  is  a  real  unity.  ^ 

ThJf'  *f^.^'/"'.PJa"ts  and  animals  are  very  different 

wide^  and  bear  diffelt^U^.^^Tie^'cTs^or^^^^^^^^^ 
and  diversity  are  as  undeniable  as  the  inseparable  S^ol 
he  basal  trunk  and  the  genuine  sameness  of  life  throughout 
the  whole  tree.     I  have  stated  the  chief  contrast  between 
plants  and  animals  in  a  tabulated  summary— 


>  III 


i<i 


t;*5i 


|H 


ft  I  ^ 


S  ^1 


51=   9 


C^  Q.  i: 


1  = 


^  -1 


w  '_> 


=  ;£ 


ijj 


>^     i   >. 


«.2 


2  SS  c 


U'^  n-3 


=  ^  a 


"  S 


H-3 


S.0  o. 


u  ^ 


&£  O    C 


T.  ti] 


„  o 


I    u^ 


3=20 


%t~  i 


jii  = 


i  .2^ 
!    1)13 


aa 


E- 


:  h  ttC- 

iS-5  = 

— 

5 

C-3   X   ?" 

, 

=  M  ^      H 

•— 

■-  c  _•—  = 

'—  -   C  J 

~ 

5''^  «    (i    y 

Ni-li 

1 

..  *°-5  8 

rt  u3.5 

* 

;r  >^  «  rj2 

: 

£ 

?  C  t;  »-  _, 

c  li  i!  0.2 

:  ^^-^t^ 

=  a3S3 

J 

■«^ 


as 


b  s  o  .-2 


"  j:  ;/;       i  ^ 


11  5 


-Si 


:=?S 


•ill- 


:=   C   rt''.   til 


2EJo       :  -2 


3  u-ui! 


P,-^  i  .r 


V     *-M  — 


u  —  ■-  -- 


-  JJ  'J  ^  ^ 


•3  >-"  -3 


~3   V 


r    -J        --    J 


iJ  'H 


s  i  2.     I  3cJ 


ft,  ^-j 


o  -1 


■J^J? 


ttaa. 


•^  2  i  u 


v:^  u  «  = 

i       ^  e 


- 

r-      '      U     I. 

.r; 

•:e.^  ,1 

;S 

OT    ■->   3 

'J 

IP 

2  /  ii  "1 

:  s  §  1 

■"  to 

!«■  , 

le  Inf 

St  oft 
he  pa 

5i  " 

"S  1  E"c-^ 

U 

CHAP.  XI  The  Elements  of  Structure  17, 

The  net  result  of  this  contrast  is  that  animals  are  more 
active  than  plants.  Life  slumbers  in  the  plant;  it  wakes 
and  works  m  the  animal.     The  changes  associated  with  the 

2T  ?  'i^"''"^^^''^  seemingly  more  intense  and 
rapid  ,  the  ratio  of  disruptive,  power-expending  changes  to 
constructive  power-accumulating  changes  is  greater? most 

nlan'tsdo     %r"r  "'''■^^.  "^  ^°  ''''''  '^"-^  ^^an  most 
plants  do.     They  live  on  richer  food  ;  they  take  the  pounds 

which  plants  have  accumulated  in  pence,  and  spend  them 
Of  course  plants  also  expend  energy,  but  for  the  most  paT 
w.thin  their  own  bodies  ;  they  neither  toil  nor  spin.     They 
stoop  to  conquer  the  elements  of  the  inorganic  world   but 
have  comparatively  little  power  of  moving  or  feeling.     They 
are  more  conservative  and  miserly  than  the  liberally  spend 
thnft  animals,  and   it  is  possible  that  some  of  the  most 
chZvlTf '  r'^'^'-f  °f  plants,  e.g.  cellulose,  may  be 
chemical  expressions  of  a  marked  preponderance  of  con- 
structive and  up-building  vital   processes.     It  is  enough, 
however  If  we  have  to  some  extent  realised  the  common^ 
places  that  plants  and  animals  live  the  same  sort  of  life 
but  that  the  animals  are  on  an  average  more  active  and 
wide-awake  than  the  plants. 

whi'.'w!  ^'^^*i?''  °{  *^'  ®^Pl«»*  ^inials  to  those 
r^Jat  tnhT'  ^rfle^-F'-on^  the  pond-water  catch  in 

t.Sfl  °"'       '^^  '"'^"  ^"''"''*'^'  ^"PP«^^  '^  ^^  ^  tiny 

uater-flea  or  a  mmute  "  worm  »  ;  how  does  it  differ  from  one 

nnnv  n,T   'f  T^"^"'  '"'^  "'  ^"  Ir^in.on^r.  ?     It  consists  of 

nst  is     L  i'Tf  T'^'  '"''^•'^^  °^«"'y  °"^-     The  con- 

hitchoH  f       '^^.\^*^^!^-^^"  an  ^^^  and  the  bird  which  is 

cds  J^I  fr  r'""."-     '^'^^  ^'"^P'^^'  '-^"""als  are  single 
cells,  a  1    he  others  from  sponge  to  man  are  many-celled. 

cmlnJ?  ^'■'   """'  '■    ^"   others-the   Metazoa-are 

coniposite  aggregates  of  units,  or  cities  of  cells 

•I  uormTf'*''  "'"'  "f-°:^°  "^  '•^^  Protozoa  with  that  of 
ien  Z'  \  ^\  -^  ''"■^-      ^^"'h  ^'-^  ^'i^«.  both  may  be 

Se,    S'^  "  "sefu,,  engulfing  food,  and  getting  rid  of 

1  nn %n??i     T  ^^^^'^'"S-'  ^o--  «^^rbonic  acid  will  poison 

t'^nn.  and  dearth  of  oxygen  will  kill  them  ;  both  grow  and 


4^ 


a 


!-i«1 


.iJ« 


17a 


Tfie  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 


multiply.  But  in  the  single -celled  Protozoon  all  the  pro- 
cesses of  life  occur  within  a  unit  mass  of  living  matter.  In 
the  many-celled  Metazoon  the  various  processes  occur  at 
different  parts  of  the  body,  are  discharged  by  special  sets  of 
cells,  among  which  the  labour  of  life  has  been  divided.  The 
life  of  the  Protozoon  is  like  that  of  a  one-roomed  house 
which  is  at  once  kitchen  and  work-room,  nursery  and  coal- 
cellar.  The  life  of  the  Metazoon  is  like  that  of  a  mansion 
where  there  are  special  rooms  for  diverse  purposes. 

In  having  no  "  body  "  the  Protozoa  are  to  some  extent 
relieved  from  the  necessity  of  death.  Within  the  compass 
of  a  single  cell  they  perform  a  crowd  of  functions,  but  tear 
and  wear  are  often  made  good  again,  the  units  have  great 
power  of  self-recuperation.  They  may,  indeed,  be  crushed 
to  powder,  and  they  lead  no  charmed  life  safe  from  the 
appetite  of  higher  forms.  But  these  are  violent  deaths. 
What  Weismann  and  others  have  insisted  on  is  that 
the  unicellular  Protozoa,  in  natural  conditions,  need  never 
die  a  natural  death,  being  in  that  sense  immortal.  It 
is  true  that  a  Protozoon  may  multiply  by  dividing  into  two 
or  more  parts,  but  only  a  sort  of  metaphysical  individuality 
is  thus  lost,  and  there  is  nothing  left  to  bury.  We  would 
not,  however,  give  much  prominence  to  a  strange  idea  of 
this  kind.  For  the  "  immortality  of  the  Protozoa  "  is  little 
more  than  a  verbal  quibble  ;  it  amounts  to  saying  that  our 
common  idea  of  death,  as  a  change  which  makes  a  living 
body  a  corpse,  is  hardly  applicable  to  the  unit  organisms. 
I  believe,  moreover,  that  the  idea  has  been  exaggerated ; 
for  instance,  the  Protozoa  in  the  open  sea,  in  their  natural 
conditions,  seem  to  die  in  large  numbers. 

The  combination  of  all  the  vital  activities  within  the 
compass  of  a  single-cell  involves  a  very  complex  life  within 
the  unit, — not  more  complex  than  the  entire  life  of  a  many- 
celled  animal,  but  fuller  than  that  of  one  of  its  component 
cells.  While  a  Protozoon  is  relatively  simple  in  structure, 
its  life  of  crowded  functions,  such  as  moving,  digesting, 
breathing,  is  exceedingly  complex.  The  simpler  an  organism 
is  in  structure  the  more  difficult  will  it  be  to  study  its  separate 
functions.    Physiological  or  functional  simplicity  is  in  inverse 


CHAP.  XI         The  Elements  of  Structure  173 

ratio  to  structural  or  morphological  simplicity  Thus  the 
physiologist  makes  most  progress  when  he  seeks  to  under- 
stand animals  with  many  parts,  for  there  he  can  find  a  large 
number  of  units,  all  as  it  were  working,  at  one  task.  The 
life  of  a  Protozoon  is  more  manifold  and  complex  than  that 
of  any  unit  from  a  higher  animal,  just  as  the  daily  life  o 
the  savage-at  once  hunter,  shepherd,  warrior-is  more 
varied  than  ours. 

Already  it  has  been  recognised  that  every  many-celled 
ammal  begins  ts  life  as  a  single  cell,.-as  an  egg-cell  with 
.hich  a  male  element  has  united.  Every  Metazoon  begins 
Its  hfe  as  a  Protozoon,  no  matter  how  large  the  animal 

Iti:  t"  f?''r"^  °^"  ""°  '^^^^^  ^han  fern-seS" 
no  matter  how  lofty  the  result,  for  man  himself  has  to  beg  n 
his  life  at  the  literal  beginning.     The  fertilised  egg-ceH 
divides  and  re-divides,  its  daughter-cells  also  divide,  the 
resultant  units  are  arranged  in  layers,  clubbed  together  to 
form  tissues    compacted   to  form   young  organs,  and  the 
result  IS  such  a  multicellular  body  as  we  possess ;  but  whHe 
this  body-making  proceeds,  certain  units  are  ke^t  apart  in 
some  way  insulated  from  the  process  of  growth,  to  form  'the 
future  reproductive  elements,  which,  freed  from  the  aduU 
body,  will  begin  a  new  generation.     Back  to  the  beginning 
again  every  Metazoon  has  to  go,  and  if  we  believe  that  thf 
Protozoa  are  not  only  the  simplest,  but  also  represent  the  first 
ninials  we  have  here  the  first  and  perhaps  most  importan 
.llustration  of  the  fact  that  in  its  developnfent  the  individua 
more  or  less  recapitulates  the  history  of  the  race      The 
simplest  animals  are  directly  comparable  with  the  repro- 
luu  .e  cells  of  higher  animals,  but  the  divided  cells  of  the 
ovum  remain  clubbed  together  to  form  a  young  animal  while 
the  daughter-cells  of  a  Protozoon  separate  from  0^0^^ 
each  as  a  new  life.  «t"uiner, 

The  gulf  between  the  single-celled  and  many-celled 
an.mals  IS  a  deep  one,  but  it  has  been  bridged.  Otherwise 
we  should  net  exist.     Trace,  of  the  bridge  now  rema  n  n 

l?t"tf '"'  'I'i^if"'  ^^°*°^°^'"  -hichfhowever  tTo?bl  " 
some  to  those  who  like  cnsp  distinctions,  are  most  instruc- 
tive to  those  who  would  appreciate  the  continuity  of  the 


m 


\\ 


^ilil  2i 


i 

i 


174 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  hi 


tree  of  life.  These  exceptional  Protozoa  are  loose  colonies 
of  cells,  descendants  or  daughter- cells  of  a  parent  unit, 
which  have  remained  persistently  associated  instead  of 
going  free  with  the  usual  individualism  of  Protozoa.  They 
illustrate  to  some  minds  a  primitive  co-operation  of  cells ; 
they  show  us  how  the  Metazoa  or  multicellular  animals  may 
have  arisen. 

3.  The  Parts  of  the  Animal  Body. — The  physioloj^ist 
investigates  life  or  activity  at  different  levels,  passing  from 
his  study  of  the  animal  as  a  unity  with  habits  and  a  tem- 
perament, to  consider  it  as  an  engine  of  organs,  a  web  of 
tissues,  a  city  of  cells,  or  finaliy  as  a  whirlpool  of  livitiL; 
matter.  So  the  morphologist  investigates  the  form  of  the 
intact  animal,  then  in  succession  its  organs,  their  component 
tissues,  the  minuter  elements  or  cells,  and  finally  the  struc- 
ture of  the  living  stuff  itself.  Moreover,  as  there  is  no  real 
difference  between  studying  a  corpse  and  a  fossil,  the  pale- 
ontologist is  also  among  the  students  of  morphology ;  and 
most  of  embryology  consists  of  studies  of  structure  at  dif- 
ferent stages  in  the  animal's  life-history. 

The  o\x\.tx  form  of  normal  animals  seems  to  be  always 
artistically  harmonious.  It  has  a  certain  hardly  definable 
crystalline  perfection  which  pleases  our  eyes,  but  those  who 
have  not  already  perceived  this  will  not  see  much  meaning 
in  the  assertion,  nor  in  Samuel  Butler's  opinion  that  "foim 
is  mind  made  manifest  in  flesh  through  action." 

"  I  believe  a  leaf  of  grass  is  no  less  than  the  journey-work  of  tht 
stars, 
And  the  pismire  is  equally  perfect,  and  the  grain  of  sand,  and 

the  egg  of  the  wren, 
And  the  tree-toad  is  a  chef-d'oeuvre  for  the  highest, 
And  the  running  blackberry  would  adorn  the  parlours  of  heaven, 
And  the  narrowest  hinge  in  my  hand  puts  to  scorn  all  machinny, 
And  the  cow  cruhching  with  depressed  head  surpasses  any  si.',  no, 
And  a  mouse  is  miracle  enough  to  stagger  sextillions  of  infukl> !' 

Walt  Whitman. 

It  is  also  important  to  think  of  the  differ  nt  kind?  of 
symmetry,  how  for  instance  the  radiating  sea-anemones  and 
jellyfishes,  which  are  the  same  all  round,  differ  m  rkedly 


CHAP.  XI  The  Elements  of  Structure  175 

from  bilaterally  symmetrical  worms,  lobsters,  fishes  and 
most  other  animals.  Then  there  is 'the  differ^.ce  beJween 
unsegmented  anniials  which  are  all  one  piece  (like  the 
lower  worms  and  the  molluscs),  and  those\vhose  bodies 
consist,  as  m  earthworm  and  crayfish,  of  a  series  of  nwe  o 
less  snmlar  nngs  or  segments,  due  to  conditions  of  growth 
of  which  we  know  almost  nothing  {,ro\Mn 

Organs  are  well-defined  parts,  such  as  hmb  or  liver  hean 
or  bram   m  which  there  is  a  predominance  of  one  or  a  few 

and  fnl:  ""T''l  '"''^^"^"y'  ^"^^^  '"  ^he  ind  v!du^ 
and  in  the  race  do  they  take  form  and  function.  There  is 
contractility  before  there  are  definite  contractile  organTo 
muscles ;  there  ,s  diffuse  sensitiveness  before  the^e  are 
defined  nerves  or  sense-organs.  The  progress  of  structure 
ahke  m  the  individual  and  in  the  race,  i^  from  siS^  c  ty 
to  complexity,  as  the  progress  of  function  is  from  homo^ 

twoTreLt  H^r  '"  ^^^^^^^ us  specialisatio"  The 
uvo  great  kinds  of  progress  may  be  illustrated  by  contrastim! 
a  sea-anemone  and  a  bird.  The  higher  animal  ha  mort 
numerous  parts  or  organs,  the  division  of  labour  withiri  s 
body  has  brought  about  more  differentiation  of  st  ull 
but  It  IS  also  a  more  perfect  unitv  it<;  n^rfc  ,  ^'"'^^' 
Ujoroughly  knit  together^nrha^Jiisel '^TLrisTo' 
gress  in  integration  as  well  as  in  differentiation  ^ 

"  The  shoulder-girdle  of  the  skate,"  W.  K.  Parker  savs  "  mo„  1 

for^s  ^the  .obile  front  waif  of  the  ILS,  "^l^  ^^^^ 

we«'^SL'''' xf '^'"^r  '^^-^'^^^  °^  ^--^  appeared 
can  say  little.     The  simplest  sponges  and  polypes  are 


.H.'l 

1 1«   k        K 


IJf 


* .  ■f^:i 


•M  '     .' 


176 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  in 


little  more  than  two-layered  cups  of  cells,  the  cavity  of  the 
cup  being  the  primitive  food -canal.  A  parallel  sta^e 
occurs  in  the  early  life-history  of  most  animals,  when  the 
embryo  has  the  form  of  a  two-layered  sac  of  cells,  or  is  in 
technical  language  a  gastrula.  Both  in  the  racial  and 
individual  life-history  the  formation  of  this  primitive  food- 
canal  occurs  very  early.  But  it  is  not  certain  that  it— the 
primitive  stomach— was  not  at  a  still  earlier  stage  an  in- 
ternal brood-cavity ! 

But  instead  of  speculating  about  this,  let  us  seek  to 
understand  what  is  meant  by  ae  correlation  of  organs. 
Certain  parts  of  the  body  stand  or  fall  together,  they  are 
physiologically  knit,  they  have  been  evolved  in  company. 
Thus  heart  and  lungs,  muscles  and  nerves,  are  closely 
correlated.  Sometimes  it  is  obvious  why  two  or  three 
structures  should  be  thus  connected,  for  it  is  of  the  very 
essence  of  an  organism  that  its  parts  are  members  one  of 
another.     In  other  cases  the  reason  of  the  connection  is 

obscure.  . 

When  organs  either  in  the  same  or  in  different  animals 
have  a  similar  origin,  anc'  are  built  up  on  the  same  funda- 
mental plan,  they  are  called  homologous.     Those  whose 
resemblance  is  merely  that  they  have  similar  functions  are 
termed  analogous.     Even  Aristotle  recognised  that  some 
structures    apparently   different    were    fundamentally    the 
same,  and  no  small  part  of  the  progress  of  morphology  has 
consisted  in  the  recognition  of  homologies.     Thus  it  was  a 
great  step    hen  Goethe  and  others  showed  that  the  sepals, 
petals,  stamens,  and  carpels  of  a  flower  were  really  modified 
leaves,  or  when  Savigny  discerned  that  the  three  pairs  of 
jaws  besidt  an  insect's  mouth  were  really  modified  legs. 
To  Owen  tiie  precision   of  our  conceptions  in  regard  to 
homologies  is  in  great  part  due,  though  subsequent  studies 
in  development  have  added  welcome  corroboration  to  many 
of  the  comparisons  which  formerly  were  based  solely  on  the 
results  of  anaton  < .     Thus  an  organ  derived  from  the  outer 
emVryonic  layer  cannot  be  homologous  with  one  derived 
from  the  innermost  stratum  of  embryonic  cells.      Homo- 
logous organs  in  one  animal  are  well  illustrated  by  the 


CHAP.  XI  The  Elements  of  Structure  177 

all  homo  OKOUS.      So   tri^   rl.o   ,!;«•        .   f         '  ^      *^ 

the  oeclor-H  fin  „f  ,  «l    ;''^,'''''if™'  forms  of  fore-limb, 

analogous  „„.  homolo'o  *\ .hi^:    oT  a'"bW  ^hUe't 
iZr'  "''=  '"^  ''^"^  -'  ^°">  analogous  and' W 


Fig.  33.— Bones  of  the  wing  in  pigeon  CA)  h:,t  iv.\ 

(Frol  ChambeA^^:^^:.^J.g;.;^""^'  pterodactyl  (C). 

hvHr,«  f  *•  nsfies,  seems  usua  v  to  bp  t 

■mportant  respiratory  (and  sometimes  yolk-absorbing)  bLth^ 


i    , 


IP''. 


}? 


■   ill 

^ 

i 

1 

fl 

1 

■     || 

i.  ' 

3 

J 

p 

'1 

1 

( 

J 

i    g 

.  H 

: 

■ 

^^^ 

1   i 


178  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  in 

robe,  and  in  almost  aU  mammals  by  part  of  the  placenta 
which  unites  mother  and  unborn  oflFspring. 

Substitution  of  Organs.~To  the  embryologist  Klemen- 
berg  we  owe  a  suggestive  conception  of  organic  change, 
which  he  speaks  of  as  the  development  of  organs  by  sub- 
stitution:   An   organ   may  supply  the   stimulus   and   the 
necessary  condition  for  another  which  gradually  supersedes 
and  replaces  it.     In  the  simplest  backboned  animals,  such 
as  the  lancelet,  there  is  a  supporting  gristly  rod  along  the 
back  •  among  fishes  the  same  rod  or  notochord  is  largely 
replaced  by  a  backbone;  in  yet  higher  Vertebrates  the 
adults  have  almost  no  notochord,  its  replacement  by  the 
backbone  is  almost  complete.     So  in  the  individual  life- 
history,  all  vertebrate  embryos  have  a  notochord  to  begin 
with ;   in  the  U  ncelet   and   some   others   this  is  retained 
throughout  life,  in  higher  forms  it  is  temporary  and  serves 
as  a  scaffolding  around  which,  from  a  thoroughly  distinct 
embn'ological  origin,  the  backbone  develops.     What  is  the 
relation    between   these   two   structures  —  notochord  anu 
backbone?      According    to    Kleinenberg,   the    notochord 
supplies    the    necessary    stimulus    or    condition    for    the 
development  of  the  backbone  which  replaces  it. 

Rudimentary  Organs. -{a)  Through    some   ingrained 

defect  it   sometimes    happens    that    an  organ   does  not 

develop  perfectly.     The  heart,  the  brain,  the  eye  may  be 

spoilt   in   the   making.      Such   cases   are   illustrations  of 

arrested  development,     {b)  A  parasitic  crustacean,  such  as 

the  Sacculina  which  shelters  beneath  the  tail  of  a  crab, 

begins  life  with  many  equipments  such  as  legs,  food-canal, 

eye,  and  brain,  which  are  afterwards  entirely  or  nearly 

lost  •  the  sedentary  adult  sea-squirt  or  ascidian  has  lost  the 

tail  'the  notochord,  the  spinal  cord  which  its  free-swimmmg 

tadpole-like  larva  possessed.     Such  cases  are  illustrations 

of  degeneration.     In  these  instances  the  retrogression  is 

demonstrable  ia  each  lifetime,  in  other  casf^s  we  havx  to 

compare  the  animal  with  its  ancestral  ideal.     Thus  there 

are  many  cave-anim.ils  whose  eyes  are  always  blind  and 

abortive.    The  little  kiwi  of  New  Zealand  has  only  apologies 

for  wings.     We  need  have  no  hesitation  in  calling  these 


CHAF.  XI         The  Elements  of  Structure  ,79 

animals  degenerate  in  eyes  and  fore-limbs  respectively 
if)  But   somewhat   different   are   such   structures   as   the 

«!•■  Jhkh  t'^^"'^  ^'"-^^^^^^  °^  reptiles  birds  ^d 
mammals,  which  have  no  respiratory  significance,  oJ  the 
embryonic  teeth  of  whalebone  whales,  of  £me  paiTots  and 
turtles,  which  in  no  case  come  to  anything.  ^  They  ^e 
vestigia^   structures,   which   are   partly   expllined   on   t^e 

n!^  Li  ',  ^'^''  ^^  "'^'"^'^  "^^d  ^h«  &i»<lefts  as  fishes 
and  tadpoles  do,  that  the  ancestors  of  whalebone  unales 
birds,  and  turtles  had  functional  teeth.  No  one  can  sav 
with  certamty  of  vestigial  structures  that  they  are  entirely 
useless,  nor  can  one  precisely  say  why  they  persist  S 
their  original  usefulness  has  ceased.  They  remairbecmise 
of  necessities  of  growth  of  which  we  are  ignomnt  and 
they  may  be  useful  in  relation  to  other  struSureTthough 
m  themselves  functionless.  mougn 

Classification   of  Organs.~^Ne    may   arrange    omans 
according  to  their  work,  some,  such  as  limbs  and  wea^ns 
being  busied  with  the  external  relations  of  the  orS^^  ' 

bte^L  "It-  ^   n  ""   '"'    ^'^^^'   ^^'"^   concen^fT  whh 
ntemal  affairs.     Or  we  may  classify  them  according    o 
heir  development  from  the  outer,  middle,  or  inner  layfr  of 
he  embryo.    Thus  brain  and  sense-organs 'are  ar/ys  maTnly 
due  to  the  outer  stratum  (ectoderm  or  epiblast);  muscles 
and  skeleton  arise  from  the  middle  mesodeL  or  ^^1' 
the  gut  and  its  outgrowths  such  as  lungs  and  liver  primarilv 
ongmate  from  the  inner  endodenn  or  hypoblast  Or  we 
may  arrange  the  various  structures  more  oVless  arbitr^nMy 
In        ?."""'"  °^  description  as  follows  :  the  skin  and  its 
outgrowths,  appendages,  skeleton,  muscular  system"nervcu 
h   hoH  '""^.'=-°'-«;^"«'  the  food-canal  and  its  outgrowths 
the  body-cavity,  the  heart  and  blood-vessels,  the  resoirrton; 
organs,  the  excretory  system,  the  reproductive  organ      ^ 
rtssues.-To  the  school  of  Cuvier  we  owe  the  analvsis 

t^yTZ\  bS"  T^  r^"^"^  organ:;'S'^;^ 
whichThi        .     ^      ^  published  his^««/^;«,>  G^„^rale,\n 

w  organs  to  their  component  tissues,  and  maintained  that 


i  i 

li 

t    . 

J 


I  i 


ido  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 

the  function  of  an  organ  might  be  expressed  in  terms  of  the 

properties  of  its  tissues.  ,  .,•  i     r  *u 

If  we  pass  to  the  next  step  of  analysis,  and  thmk  of  the 
body  as  a  complex  city  of  cells,  we  are  better  able  to 
understand  what  tissues  are.  Each  cell  corresponds  to  a 
house,  a  tissue  corresponds  to  a  street  of  similar  houses 
In  a  city  like  Leipzig  many  streets  are  homogeneous,  formed 
by  houses  or  shops  in  which  the  predominant  activity  is  the 
same  throughout.  A  street  is  devoted  to  the  making  of 
clothes,  or  of  bread,  or  of  books.  So  m  the  ammal  body 
aggregates  of  contractile  cells  form  muscular  tissue,  of 
supporting  cells  skeletal  tissue,  of  secreting  cells  glandular 

tissue,  and  so  on.  .,,.•• 

It  is  enough  to  state  the  general  idea  that  a  tissue  is  an 
aggregate  of  more  or  less  similar  cells,  and  to  note  that  the 
different  kinds  may  be  grouped  as  follows  :— 

I.  Nervous  tissue,  consisting  of  ceUs  which  receive, 

transmit,  or  originate  nerve-stimuli. 
II    Muscular  tissue,  consisting  of  contractile  cells. 
III'.  Epithelial  tissue,  consisting  of  lining  and  covering 
cells,  which  often  become  glandular,  exuding  the 
products  of  their  activity  as  secretions. 
IV.  Connective    tissue,    including    cells  which    bind, 

support,  and  store. 
Cells  —To  the  discovery  and  perfecting  of  the  micro- 
scope we  owe  the  analysis  of  the  body  into  its  unit  masses 
of  living  matter  or  cells.     From  1838-39,  when  Schwann 
and   Schleiden   stated   in   their  -cell   doctrine"  that  al 
organisms-plants   and   animals   alike-were  bu.lt  up  of 
cells,  cellular  biology  may  be  said  to  date      It  was  soon 
shown  as  a  corollary  that  every  organism  which  reproduced 
in  the  ordinary  fashion  arose  from  a  single  egg-cell  or 
ovum  which  had  Loen  fertilise-!  by  union  with  a  male-eel. 
or  spermatozoon.     Moreover,  the  position  of  the  snnple. 
animals  and  plants  was  more  clearly  appreciated  ;  they  are 
sinjfle  cells,  the  higher  organisms  are  multicellular 

Now  the  cells  of  the  animal  body  are  necessarily  varied. 
for  the  existence  of  a  body  involves   division  of  lalxjur 


CHAP.  XI  Tfte  Elements  of  Structure  ,8i 

among  the  units.     Some,  such  as  the  lashed  cells  lining 
t  e  w.ndp.pe,  are  very  active,  like  the  I nfusorfan  Protozoa^ 

t   sue  '  te'"?""  '''  ''^"^"^  '^"^  ^"^^'-^^»«  of  connective 
tissue,  are  very  passive,   something  like  the  Greearines 

1  bet^efn  tL^'^  "''^  '^'^"^  ^°'p"-'-  or  irufo^'s; 
But  it  is  true  of  most  of  them  that  they  consist  (.)  of  a 


complex  and  in  part  living  cell -substance,  in  which  keen 
e>es  lookmg  through  good  microscopes  detect  an  TmnW 

«t:  c^rsir"  tc~=  '^^^'^ 

H       atoenl,  through  which  conimunicalions  wiih  neiKh- 


lii 


I      1 

ill 
1  I 


.1 


x8a  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  in 

boating  cells  are  often  established ;  and  (4)  of  cell  cc  ents, 
whkh  can  be  chemically  analysed,  and  which  are  pr.  lucts 
Tnhe  Tal  activity  rather  than  parts  of  the  hymg  substance, 
such  as  pigment,  fat,  and  glycogen  or  animal  starch. 

The  RrS^th  if  all  multicellular  animals  depends  upon  a 
mul  iplication  of  the  component    cells.       Like  organisms, 
Tells  have  definite  limits  of  growth  which  they  rarely  exceed 
gta^ts   among   the   units   are   rare.     When   the   hmu  ot 
erowth  is  reached  the  cell  divides. 

The  necessity  for  this  division  has  been  partly  explained 
by  Spencer  and  Leuckart.     If  you  take  a  round  lump  of 
dough,  weighing  an  ounce-  another  of  two  ounces,  a  third 
o?fou  ounL,you  obvi-.-si     have  three  masses  success- 
°vdy   doubled    but   in   oouoling  the  mass  you  have  not 
doubled  the  surface.     The  mass  increases  as  the  cube^^the 
surface  only  as  the  square  of  the  radius.     Suppose  these 
lumos  aU^  the  second  has  twice  as  much  living  matter  as 
hTfirst  but  not  twice  the  surface.     Yet  it  is  through  the 
Surface  Ihat  the  living  matter  is  fed,  aerated,  and  P-^^^^^ 
The  unit  will  therefore  get  into  physiological  difficulties  a 
itLws  bigger,  because  its  increase  of  surface  does  not 
kee^  pace  with  its  increase  of  mass.     Its  waste  tends  to 
exceed   its   repair,  its  expenditure   gams   on   its  income. 
What  are  the  alternatives  ?     It  may  go  on  growing  and  d.e 
^b-  this  is  not  likely),  it  may  cease  growing  at  the  fit 
£nit    it  may  greatly  increase  its  surface   by  outflowmg 
pTo^Us  (which  thus  may  be  regarded  as  I'fe-saving)  or 
it  may  divide.     The  last  is  the  usual  course.     When  the 
unit  has  grown  as  large  as  it  can  conveniemly  grc.-, 
divides;   in  other   words,   it   reproduces   at   the   l.m  t  0 
growth,  when   proce    ~s  of  waste  are   gaining  on  th  s 
of  construction      i  iding,  the  mass  is  lessened,  the 

surface  increased,  the  nfe  continued.  ^..^     .  ,^11- 

But  although  we  thus  get  a  general  rationale  of  oil 
division,   we  are  not  much  nearer  a   conception   of  th 
fnS  forces  which  operate  when  a  cell  divi^^^^  ;    or . 
most  cases  the  process  is  orderly  and   complex,  and  is 
rmehow  governed  by  the  behaviour  of  the  nucleus,     f  e. 
rLTs  of  the  modem  study  of  minute  structure  are  more 


CHAP.  XI  The  Elements  of  Structure  183 

marvellous  than  those  which  relate  to  dividing  cells  From 
Protozoa  to  man,  and  also  in  plants,  the  process 'is  strik- 
ingly uniform.  The  nucleus  of  the  cell  becomes  more 
active,  the  coil  or  network  of  threads  which  it  contains  is 
undone  and  takes  the  new  and  more  regular  form  of  a 
spindle  or  barrel.  The  division  is  most  thorough,  each  of 
the  two  daughter- cells  getting  an  accurate  half  of  the 
original  nucleus.  Recent  investigators,  moreover,  assert 
that  from  certain  centres  in  the  cell-substance  an  influence 
IS  exerted  on  the  nuclear  threads,  and  they  talk  of  an  archo- 
plasm  within  the  protoplasm,  and  of  marked  individuality  of 
behaviour  m  the  nuclear  threads. 

From  the  cell  as  a  unit  element  we  penetrate  to  the 
protoplasm  which  makes  it  what  it  is.     Within  this  we 
discern  an  intricate  network,  within  this,  special  centres  of 
force— "attractive  spheres"  and  "central  corpusd^s  »  or 
an  "archoplasm"  within  the  protoplasm!     We  study  the 
nucleus,  first  as  a  simple  unit  which  divides,  years  after- 
wards as  composed  of  a  network  or  coil  of  nuclear  threads 
which  seem  ever  to  become  more  and  more  marvellous, 
'behaving   like   little   organisms."      We    split    these   up 
into  "microsomata,"  and  so  on,  and  so  on.     But  we  do 
not  catch  the  life  of  the  cell,  we  cannot  locate  it,  we  -annot 
give  an  account  of  the  mechanics  of  cell-division.     It  is  a 
mystery  of  life.     After  all  our  analysis  we  have  to  confess 
that  the  cell,  or  the  protoplasm,  or  the  archoplasm,  or  the 
chromatin  threads  of  the  nucleus,  or  the  "  microsomata " 
which  compose  them,  baffle  our  analysis ;  they  behave  as 
they  do   because  they  are   alive.      Were  we   omniscient 
chemists,  such  as  Laplace  imagined  in  one  of  his  specula- 
tions, and  knew  the  secret  of  protoplasm,  how  its  touch 
upon  the  simpler  states  of  matter  is  powerful  to  give  them 
ife,  we  should  but  have  completed  a  small  part  of  those 
labours  that  even  now  lie  waiting  us  ;  what  further  investi- 
gations will  present  themselves  we  cannot  telL 


«•  ,■■■ 

M  11 


:i#|| 


■rq] 


i-% 


CHAPTER   XII 


THE   LIFE-HISTORY  OF  ANIMALS 

I  Modti  of  ReproducHon—z.  Divergent  Modes  of  Reproduction- 
3.  Historical— A-  The  Egg- Cell  or  Ovum—S-  The  Malt- 
Cell  or  Spermatozoon— 6.  Maturation  of  the  Ovum—'j. 
Fertilisation  — %.  Segmentation  and  the  first  stages  in 
Developnunt—g.  Some  Generalisations— The  Ovum  Tkcfy, 
the  Gastrtea  Theory^  Fact  of  Recapitulation,  Organic  Con- 
tinuity 

In    his     exercitation     "on    the    efficient    cause    of   the 
chicken,"  Harvey  (1651)  confesses  that  "al'^-ough  it  be  a 
known  thing  subscribed  by  all,  that  the  fcEtus  assumes  i:s 
original  and  birth  from  the  male  and  female,  and  conse- 
quently that  the  egge  is  produced  by  the  cock  and  henne. 
and  the  chicken  out  of  the  egge,  yet  neither  the  schools  ox 
physicians  nor  Aristotle's  discerning  brain  have  disclosea 
the  manner  how  the  cock  and  his  seed  doth  mint  an. 
coine   the   chicken   out   of    the  egge."     The   marvellov.; 
facts  of  growth  are   familiar  to  us  — the  sproutmg  corn 
and  the  opening  fl<  weis,  the  growth  of  the  chick  within 
the    egg    and   of   the   child  within  the   womb;    yet    so 
ditficult  is  the  task  of  inquiring  wisely  into    this  nianei- 
lous    renewal    of    life    that    we   must   reiterate    the   cd 
confession:    «' ingratissimum    opus   scribere   ab   lis  qu-t, 
multis  a    natura    circumjectis    tencbris    velata,    sensuun 
lucis  inaccessa,  hominum  agitantur  opinionibus." 

1.  Modes  of  Eeproduction.— The  simplest  animals 
divide  into  two  or  into  many  parts,  each  of  which  becomes  a 
full-grown  Protozoon.    There  is  no  difficulty  in  understanding 


CHAP.  XII       The  Life-History  of  Animals  ,85 

why  <^ch  part  should  be  able  to  regrow  the  whole,  for  each 
IS  a  fair  sample  of  the  original  whole.     Indeed,  when  a 
large  Protozoon  is  cut  into  two  or  three  pieces  with  a  knife 
each  fragment  .s  often  able  to  retain  the  movements  and 
life  of  the  intact  organism.     Among  the  Protozoa  we  find 
some  .n  which  the  multiplication  looks  like  the  rupture  of  a 
cell  which  has  become  too  large  ;  In  others  numerous  buds 
are  set  free  from  the  surface ;  in  others  one  definitely-formed 
bud  (hke  an  overflow  of  the  living  matter)  is  set  free;  in 
others  the  cell  divides   into   two   equal   parts,    after  the 
manner  of  -ost  cells;  and  numerous  divisions  may  also 
occur  in  rapid  succession  and  within  a  cyst,  that  is    in 
limited  time  and  space,  with  the  result  that  maily  "  spo^s  " 
are  formed.     These  modes  of  multiplication  form  a  natural 
series. 

In  the  many<elled  animals  multiplication  may  still  pro- 
ceed by  the  separation  of  parts ;  indeed  the  essence  of 
reproduction  always  is  the  separation  of  part  of  an  organ- 
ism to  form-or  to  help  to  form_a  new  life.  Sponges  bud 
profusely,  and  pieces  are  sometimes  set  adrift ;  W Hydra 
fonns  daughter  polypes  by  budding,  and  these  are  set  free  • 
sea-anemones  and  several  worms,  and  perhaps  even  some' 
star-fishes  multiply  by  the  separation  of  Comparatively  large 

S  It  i  ".  Tl'  °'  -"l^'Pl'-tion-which  is'calle'd 
a.exual-has  eviden  limitations.  It  is  an  expensive  way 
of  multiplying.  It  is  possible  only  among  comparatively 
^'-mple  animals  m  which  there  is  no  very  high  degree  of 

of  a  sponge,  Hydra  sea-anemone,  or  simple  worm  may 
grw  mo  adult   animals,  this  is  obviousl/not  the  case 

t'o^  nf  ?H  ;;'  *  '"^'^'  ""'  ^  ^'^-  Thus  with  the  exceo- 
12        V      degenerate   Tunicates   there   is   no   budding 

Spolr'^^^^^'    "°^   --^    ^o"--.   nor    an.onf 

Ta  ;?vs  ^IT"''"'',  ^"'iP^^^'b'^  °"'y  in  ^'-"Pler  animals, 
m4ti^  th^t  nf'  "^^'^  r  ^«=*^on.panied  by  anothe; 
m  .hod-that  of  sexual  reproduction.  The  phrase  "  sexua' 
reproduction  »  covers  several  distinct  (acts  :  (a)  the  separ^.' 


!f 

w 

- 

% 

t 

1 

i 

•* 

ftp 

t 

% 

i 


m 


1 86  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  ii! 

tion  of  special  reproductive  cells  ;  (*)  the  production  of  two 
different  kinds  of  reproductive  cells  (spermatozoa  and  ova), 
which  are  dependent  on  one  another,  for  in  most  cases  an 
ovum  comes  to  nothing  unless  it  be  united  with  a  male-cell 
or  spermatozoon,  and  in  all  cases  the  spermatozoon  comes 
to  nothing  unless  it  be  united  with  an  ovum ;  {c)  the  pro- 
duction ot  spermatozoa  and  ova  by  different  (male  and 
female)  organs  or  individuals.  ,,  j       •     i 

(rt)  It  is  easy  to  think  of  simple  many-celled  animals 
beinc  multiplied  by  liberated  reproductive  cells,  which 
differed  but  little  from  those  of  the  body  But  as  mo.e 
and  more  division  of  labour  was  established  m  the  bodies 
of  animals,  the  distinctness  of  the  reproductive  eel  s  om 
the  other  units  of  the  body  became  greater.  Finally,  the 
prevalent  state  was  reached,  in  which  the  only  cells  able 
to  begin  a  new  life  when  liberated  are  the  reproductive 
cells  They  owe  this  power  to  the  fact  that  they  have  not 
shared  in  making  the  body,  but  have  preserved  intact  the 
characters  of  the  fertilised  ovum  from  which  the  parent 

itself  arose.  ,  •       r  „ 

(*)  But,  in  the  second  place,  it  is  easy  to  conceive  of  a 
simple  multicellular  animal  whose   liberated  reproductive 
cells   were    each   and   all   alike   able  to   grow  into   new 
organisms.     In   such  a  case,  we  might  sP^aT^^of  sexua 
reproduction  in  one  sense,  for  the  process  would  be  different 
from  the  asexual  method  of  liberating  more  or  less  large 
Darts      But  yet  there  would  be  no  fertilisation  and  no  sex, 
for  fertilisation  means  the   union  of  mutually  dependent 
reproductive   cells,  and   sex   means  the   existence  of  two 
physiologically  different  kinds  of  individuals,  or  at  least 
of  organs  producing  different  kinds  of  reproductive  cells. 
We  can  infer  from  the  Protozoa  how  fertilisation  or  the  union 
of  the  two  kinds  of  reproductive  cells  may  have  had  a 
.gradual  origin.     For  in  some  of  the  simplest  Protozoa,  ^.^. 
Protomyxa,  a  large  number  of  similar  cells  sometimes  flow 
together ;  in  a  few  cases  three  or  more  combine  ;  m  most  a 
couple  of  apparently  similar  units  unite;  while  m  a  few 
instances,  eg.  Vorticella,  a  small  cell  fuses  with  a  large  one, 
just  as  a  spermatozoon  unites  with  an  ovum. 


CHAP.  XII      The  Life-History  of  Animals 


187 


(r)  But  the  higher  forms  of  sexual  reproduction  imply 
more  than  the  liberation  of  special  reproductive  cells,  more 
than  the  union  of  two  different  and  mutually  dependent 
kinds  of  reproductive  cells,  —  they  imply  the  separation 
of  the  sexes.  The  problem  of  sexual  reproduction  becomes 
less  difficult  when  the  various  facts  are  discussed  separ- 
ately, and  if  you  grant  that  there  is  no  great  difficulty 
in  understanding  the  liberation  of  special  cells,  and 
no  great  difficulty  in  understanding  why  two  different 
kinds  should  in  most  cases  have  to  unite  if  either  is  to 
develop,  then  I  do  not  think  that  the  remaining  fact  — 
the  evolution  of  male  and  female  individuals— need  remain 
obscure. 

If  we   study  those  interesting   Infusorian   colonies,  of 
which  Volvox  is  a  good  type,  the  riddle  may  be  at  least 
partially  read.     Though  Protozoa,  they  are  balls  of  cells,  in 
which  the  component  units  are   united  by  protoplasmic 
bridges  and  show  almost  no  division  of  labour.      From 
such  a  ball  of  cells,  units  are  sometimes  set  free  which 
divide  and  form  new  colonies.     In  other  conditions  a  less 
direct  multiplication  occurs.    Some  of  the  cells— apparently 
better  fed  than  their  neighbours— become  large;  others, 
less  successful,  divide  into  many  minute  units.     The  large 
kind  of  cell  is  fertilised  by  the  small  kind  of  cell,  and  there 
IS  no  reason  why  we  should  not  call  them  ova  and  sperma- 
tozoa respectively.     In  such  a  Volvox,  two  different  kinds 
of  reproductive  cell  are  made  within  one  organism.     But 
we  also  find   Volvox  balls  in  which  only  ova  are  being 
made,  and  others  in  which  only  spermatozoa  are  being 
made.     The  sexes  are  separate.     Indeed  we  have  in  Vol- 
vox, as  Dr.  Klein— an  enthusiastic  investigator  of  this  form 
— nglitly  says,  an  epitome  of  all  the  great  steps  in  the 
evolution  of  sex. 

So  far  I  have  stated  facts ;  now  I  shall  briefly  state  the 
theory  by  which  Professor  Geddes  has  sought  to  rationalise 
these  facts. 

AH  through  the  animal  series,  from  the  active  Infusorians 
and  passive  Gregarines,  to  the  feverish  birds  and  sluggish 
reptiles,  and  down  into  the  detailed  contrasts  between  ordei 


III; 

til! 


•'  1 

■J  il 

1  h\ 


i88  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 

and  order,  species  and  species,  an  antithesis  may  be  read 
between  predominant  activity  and  preponderant  passivity, 
between  lavish  expenditure  of  energy  and  a  habit  of  storing, 
between  a  relatively  more  disruptive  {katabolic)  and  a  re- 
latively more  constructive  {anabolic)  series  of  changes  in 
the  protoplasmic  life  of  the  creature.  The  contrast  between 
the  sexes  is  an  expression  of  this  fundamental  alternative  of 

variation. 

The  theory  is  confirmed  by  contrasting  the  characteristic 
product  of  female  life— passive  ova,  with  the  characteristic 
product  of  male  life— active  spermatozoa  ;  or  by  summing 
up  the  complex  conditions  (abundant  food,  favourable 
temperature,  and  the  like)  which  favour  the  production  of 
female  offspring,  with  the  opposite  conditions  which  favour 
maleness ;  or  by  contrasting  the  secondary  sexual  char- 
acters of  the  more  active  males  {e.g.  bright  colours,  smaller 
size)  with  the  opposite  characteristics  of  their  more  passive 

mates. 

Apart  from  the  general  problem  of  the  evolution  of  sex, 
those  who  find  the  subject  interesting  should  think  about 
the  evolution  of  the  so-caUed  » sexual  instincts,"  as  illus- 
trated in  the  attraction  of  mate  to  mate.  As  to  the  actual 
facts  of  pairing  and  giving  birth,  it  seems  to  me  that  1  have 
suggested  the  most  profitable  way  of  considering  these  in  a 
former  part  of  this  book  where  courtship  and  parental  care 
are  discussed,  though  1  believe  firmly  with  Thoreau,  that 
"  for  him  to  whom  sex  is  impure,  there  are  no  flowers  in 

nature." 

2.  Divergent  Modes  of  Reproduction.— (a)  //;?mrf- 
i>;iro^V«w.— Especially  among  lower  animals,  both  ova 
and  spermatozoa  may  be  produced  by  one  individual, 
which  is  then  said  to  be  hermaphrodite.  So  most  common 
plants  produce  both  seeds  and  pollen.  Some  sponges  and 
stinging  animals,  many  "  worms,"  e.g.  earthworm  and  leech, 
barnacles  and  acorn-shells  among  crustaceans,  one  of  the 
edible  oysters,  the  snail,  and  many  other  molluscs,  the  sea- 
squirts,  and  the  hagfish,  are  all  hermaphrodite.  But  it 
should  be  noted  that  the  organs  in  which  ova  and  sperma- 
tozoa are  produced  are  in  most  cases  separate,  that  the  two 


CHAP.  XII       The  Life-History  of  Animals  189 

l5!"?!i,°^/^-!'  ^'■^  "'"*"y  ^°'™*^**  **  ^'flferent  times,  and 
that  the  fertihsation  of  ova  by  spermatozoa  from  the  same 
animal  very  rarely  occurs.  It  is  very  likely  that  the 
bisexu^i  or  hermaphrodite  state  of  periodic  maleness  and 
femaleness  is  more  primitive  than  that  of  separate  sexes, 
which,  except  m  tunicates,  a  few  fishes  and  amphibians 
and  casual  abnormalities,  is  constant  among  the  backboned 
animals. 

iP)  Parthenogenesis  seems  to  be  a  degenerate  form  of 
sexual  reproduction  in  which  the  ova  produced  by  female 
organisms  develop  without  being  fertilised  by  male  cells. 
Thus  'the  drones  have  a  mother  but  no  father,"  for  they 
develop  from  ova  which  are  not  fertilised.  In  some  rotifers 
the  niales  have  never  been  found,  and  yet  the  fertility  of  the 
females  is  very  great;  in  many  small  crustaceans  («« water- 
fleas  )  the  males  seem  to  die  off  and  are  unrepresented  for 
long  penods;  m  the  aphides  males  maybe  absent  for  a 
summer  (or  in  a  greenhouse  for  years)  without  affecting  the 
rapid  succession  of  female  generations. 

(^)  Alternation  of  Generations.— Ps.  fixed  asexual  zoophyte 
or  hydroid  sometimes  buds  off  and  liberates  sexual  swim- 
ming bells  or  medusoids,  whose  fertilised  ova  develop  into 
embryos  which  settle  down  and  grow  into  hydroids.  This  is 
perhaps  the  simplest  and  clearest  illustration  of  alternation 
of  generations. 

In  autumn  the  fi-eshwater  sponge  {Spongilla)  begins 
to  suffer  from  the  cold  and  the  scarcity  of  food.  It  dies 
away;    but   some   of  the    units   club   together    to    form 

norT         7T    ^'"'^    •"    ^P""^  '"^•^   -"d   female 
sponges  are  developed.      The  males  are  short-lived,  but 

their  spermatozoa  fertilise  the  ova  of  the  females      The 

fertilised  ovum  develops  into  a  ciliated  embryo,  and  this 

into  the  asexual  sponge,  which  produces  the  gemmules. 

ihe  large  free-swimming  and  sexual  jellyfishes  of  the 
genus  Aureba  produce  ova  and  spermatozoa  j  from  the 
fertilised  ovum  an  embryo  develops  not  into  a  jellyfish,  but 
mto  a  sessile  ^j^^ra-like  animal.  This  grows  and  divides 
and  gives  origin  asexually  to  jellyfish. 

Similar  but  sometimes  more  complicated  alternations 


f  31 


m 


\li  il 


iil 


IIMiiil  I  lii  11  iiiiii 


¥'•  > 


T/ie  Study  of  Animal  Life 


I'ART   111 


'Xu  an^ogous  alternations  are  very  common,  e.g.  m  .l,o 
life-cycles  of  fern  and  moss. 


liberated. 

,    Wiatorical— In  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  cen- 
turie;,  na  u\TsU  had  a  short  and  easy  method  of  deahng  .n 
embryology.     They  maintained  that  w.thm  t.  .  seed  o    a 

HrjLn^n^Lntnrr^^^^^^^^^ 
mtaUture'  mSl  of  the  adult,  which  in  development  .a. 


CHAP,  xii      The  Life-History  of  Animals  191 

simply  unfolded.  It  was  to  this  unfolding  that  the  word 
evolution  (as  a  biological  term)  was  first  applied.  But  not 
only  did  they  compare  the  germ  to  a  complex  bud  hiding 
the  already  formed  organs  within  its  hull,  they  maintained 
that  It  included  also  the  next  generation  and  the  next  and 
the  next  Some  said  that  the  ovum  was  most  important, 
that  it  required  only  the  sperm's  awakening  touch  and  it 
began  to  unfold;  others  said  that  the  animalcules  or 
spermatozoa  produced  by  male  animals  were  most  im- 
portant, that  they  only  required  to  be  nourished  by  the 
ova.  The  two  schools  nicknamed  one  another  "ovists" 
and  "aninialculists."  The  preformation-theories  were  false, 
as  Harvey  in  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century  discerned^ 
and  as  Wolff  a  century  later  proved,  because  germs  are 
demonstrably  simple,  and  because  embryos  grow  gradually 
part  lay  part  But  in  a  later  chapter  we  shall  see  that  the 
theories  were  also  strangely  true. 

4.  The  Egg-cell  or  Ovum  pro„  ed  by  a  female  animal, 
or  at  least  by  a  female  organ  (cary),  exhibits  the  usual 
charactenstics  of  a  cell.  It  often  begins  like  an  Amoeba, 
and  may  absorb  adjacent  ceUs ;  in  most  cases  it  becomes 
surrounded  by  an  envelope  or  by  several  sheaths;  in 
many  cases  it  is  richly  laden  with  yolk  derived  from  various 
sources.  In  the  t.%z  of  a  fowl,  the  most  important  part 
(out  of  which  the  embryo  is  made)  is  a  smaU  area  of  trans- 
parent living  matter  which  lies  on  the  top  of  the  yeUow 
yolk  and  has  a  nucleus  for  its  centre;  round  about 
there  is  a  coating  of  white-of-egg ;  this  is  surrounded  by 
a  double  membrane  which  forms  an  air-chamber  at  the 
broad  end  of  the  ^%g ;  outermost  is  the  porous  shell  of 
lime. 

While  there  must  be  a  general  relation  between  the  size 
of  the  bird  and  that  of  the  ^g%,  there  are  many  inconsisten- 
cies, as  you  will  soon  discover  if  you  compare  the  eggs 
of  several  birc^  j  of  the  same  size.  It  is  said  that  the  eggs 
of  birds  which  are  rapidly  hatched  and  soon  leave  the  nest 
tend  to  be  large,  and  that  there  is  some  relation  between  the 
sue  of  eggs  and  the  number  which  the  bird  has  to  cover. 
It  seems  probable,  however,  from  what  oce  notices  in  the 


■II 


'ir 


■ll 


-A]' 


II 


III 

•"fill' 


km 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  III 


ooultry  yard  and  in  comparing  the  constitution  of  different 
Wrds  th^  a  highly-nourished  and  not  very  energetic  b.rd 
wm  hat  larger  eggs  than  one  of  more  active  habits  and 

'^X'^egg-shell  consists  almost  ^vholIy  of  carbonate  of 

limJ  and  tfe  experiments  of  Irvine  have  shown  that  a  hen  can 
hme,  ana  ine  «ji  ^^^  ^^^^  g^^g      jt  is 

X'o^  b.tfS^>".c.^.=U^  n,a„,.a.,  absorWoo 
young  u  ^     different   sizes   of  egg  usually 

d^ nd'  poT^^^^^^^  of  yolk,  for  the  really  vital  portion 

nufof  which  the  embryo  is  -nade  is  always  very  small. 
There  a^e  many  differences  also  in  regard  to  the  outer 

to  a  minute  monad   Infusorian.     It  is  a  very  sn 
bearing  at  one  end  a  "head,"  which   consists  mo   b  of 
nucleus,  prolon,'ed  at  the  other  end  into  a  mobile    tail. 
which  lashes  the  head  along. 


iK.'m~^.jij^A^i& 


CHAP.  XII       The  Life- History  of  Animals  193 

The  spermatozoon,  though  physiologically  t'l"  -omple- 
ment  of  the  ovum,  is  not  its  morphological  equivalent 
I  he  precise  equivalent  of  the  ovum  is  a  primitive  male-cell 
or  mother-sperm-cell,  which  divides  repeatedly  and  forms  a 
ball  or  clump  of  spermatozoa.  This  division  is  to  be  com- 
pared with  the  division  or  segmentation  of  the  ovum,  which 
we  shall  afterwards  discuss. 

In  some  cases  spermatozoa  which  have  been  transferred 
10  a  female  may  lie  long  dormant  there.  Thus  those 
received  by  the  queen-bee  during  her  nuptial  flight  may  last 
for  a  whole  season,  or  even  for  three  seasons,  during  which 
they  are  used  in  fertilising  those  ova  which  develop  into 
workers  or  queen-bees.  Quite  unique  is  the  case  of  one  of 
Sir  John  Lubbock's  queen-ants,  which,  thirteen  years  after 
the  last  sexual  union  with  a  male,  laid  eggs  which 
developed. 

6.  Maturation  of  the  Ovum.— Most  ova  before  they  are 
fertilised  are  subject  to  a  remarkable  change,  the  precise 
meaning  of  which  is  not  certainly  known.     The  nucleus  of 
the  ovum  moves  to  the  surface  and  is  halved  twice  in  rapid 
succession.     Two  minute  cells  or  polar  globules  are  thus 
extruded,  and  come   to   nothing,    while    the    bulk   of  the 
nucleus  is  obviously  reduced  by  three-fourths.     It  may  be 
that  th-  ovum  is  only  behaving  as  other  cells  do  at  the 
hm;;  of  growth,  or  that  it  is  exhibiting  in  an  ineffective  sort 
of  way  the  power  of  independent  division  which  all  the  re- 
P'-oduct=ve  cells  of  very  simple  many-celled  animals  perhaps 
possessed  ;  it  may  be  that  it  is  parting  with  some  surplus 
material  which  is  inconsistent  with  or  no  longer  necessary 
to   Its  welfare,   and  there  are  other  theories.     One  fact 
however,  seems  well  established,  that  parthenogenetic  ova' 
"hii:h  are  able   to   develop   into   embryos   without    being 
lertihsed,   extrude   only  one   polar  globule,    a  fact  which 
suggests  that  the  amount  of  nucleus  thus  retained  some- 
how makes  up  for  the  aljsence  of  a  spermatozoon. 

7.  Fertilisatios.-  -When  a  pollen  grain  is  carried  by  an 
'nsect  or  by  the  wind  to  the  stigma  of  a  flower,  it  grows 
down  through  the  tissue  of  the  pistil  until  it  reaches  the 
ovu'e  and  the  egg-cell  which  that  contains.     Then  a  nuclear 

O 


it 


1 


I 


illil 


I 


If 


A 


1; 


1; 


194  TJie  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  hi 

element  belonging  to  the  pollen  cell  f  ^- ^^^^^^f  ^^^^^ 
of  the  egg-cell.     The  union  is  intimate  and  coniplete. 

Whef  spermatozoa  come  in  contact  with  the  egg-shell 
of  a  cockroach  ovum,  they  move  round  and  -und  't  m 
varying  orbits  until  one  finds  entrance  through  a  minute 
apeVtufe  in  the  shell.  It  works  its  way  inwards  ur^ul  Us 
nuclear  part  unites  with  that  of  the  ovum.  The  union  ,s 
again  intimate  and  complete. 


-■  3--s;:^s.t;fer  i£=(S^?&i"'^  °"'" 


^rr\  "T^iii^r;^)  Vn^.s.^h'  '^^^^^ 

the  tir>t  pol;      lx)il>  Kr  >  """  '^'     A.j.     .      nucleus  («-)  now 
ox.rusionof  theseconl  polar  '-^>  ^  )•  «h;,:;;^„,  dVidins  t 


.,,  „vum  extnuling 
■educed  by  half  ;  C, 

I  polar  body  ^A^,.  me  ""— '.N^j), -* -f;;^"=V^.o 

s,*rmalozoa  (x/») ;  D,  '^^^"V       f   ,.„?leu,  0^\  'u-proach  one  ancther,  and 
i^\!;-l^":^i^l^;'h.!rT^:un;;;:^u>rt^e^fcniU.tio„.     (Kro.  ... 

Evolution  o/ic.r.) 

Both  in  plants  and  in  animals  the  male  cell  is  attracted 
to  he  female  cell,  the  two  nuclei  unite  t-roughly^ui  , 
when  fertilisation  is  thus  effected,  the  egg-cell  ,s  usually 

^T:i::erl::L^S^r.ble  origin   is  tlnis   establ^M 
•md  the  egg-cell  begins  to  divide.     Some  idea  both  ol 
•^rdcHy  complexity 'of  the  nuclear  anion  and  o    the  caic^ 
net    of  modern  investigation  may  be  ^'^'"-^  /rom  tU  ^^ 
That  the  nuclei  of  the  two  daughter-cells  which  re.ult  from 


CHAP.  XII       The  Life-History  Of /inimals  195 

the  first  division  of  the  egg-cell  have  been  shown  to  consist 
.n  equal  proportions  of  material  derived  from  the  male 
nucleus  and  from  the  ovum-nucleus. 

Yet  in  the  last  century  naturalists  still  spoke  of  an  "aura 
semmahs,"  and  believed  that  a  mere  breath,  as  it  were  of 
the  male  cell  was  sufficient  to  fertilise  an  l^^,  and  it  was 
onlym  1843  that  Martm  Barry  discerned  the  presence  of 
the  spermatozoon  within  the  ovum. 

8.  Segmentation  and  Development.  —  The  fertiliseH 
egg-cell  divides,  and  by  repeated  division  and  grow  h'^^f 
cells  every  embryo,  of  herb  and  tree,  of  bird  and  beast   is 

Zalr  ??  tt  '"'"'^^  ^"'  arrangement  of  the  She 
character  c«  the  segmentation  depends.  When  there  is 
httle  or  no  yolk  the  whole  ovum  divides  into  equa"  parts  a 
m  sponge,  '  rthworm,  starfish.  lancelet,  and  higher  mamriia! 
VVhen  there  is  more  than  a  little  yolk,  and  when  tSs  sii^ks 
to  the  lower  part  of  the  egg-cell,  the  division  is  complete 
fr"e  hi  "r",  ;  '"'^  '^''  ""''  ^^  ''^'^^y  ^^^"  by  exaZing 

^e  oi  of  ?hV''""-  n'"^!^^"  ^'^  y°"^  '^  accumulated  in 
the  core  of  the  egg-cell,  the  more  vital  superficial  nart 
d.vides,  as  m  insects  and  crustaceans.  LastfyT  when  the 
yoHc  IS  present  in  large  quantity  as  in  the  ovL  ofTistlv 
fishes,  reptiles,  and  birds,  the  division  is  very  partial  ^einl 

onfined  to  a  small  but  rapidly  extending  ar7a  of  fonnaZ 
hving  matter,  which  lies  like  a  drop  ol  the  surface  o?  the 

As  the   resuh  of  continued  division,  a  ball  of  cells  is 
formed.      This  may  be  hollow  (a  ^/aW/J.r.)    or    olid 

Tlnis  in  the  hen\  t^g^lL"  "s^  ^^VS  r^s^c  of  c^lt 
rrd  t  Jot'  '''  ''-''''--'  -'^^^^  ^-^-"^  teat 
The  hollow  ball  of  cells  almost  always  becomes  dimnLH 
.  or  mvagmated,  as  an  india-rubbe,  ball  rth  a  Li  ""  k 
might  be  pressed  into  a  cuo-like  form  tk»  ^-  i-  . 
result  of  inequalities  of  erowth     TlT;      ,^^  "^'TP''"^  '^  ^^"^ 


-ii: 


inij 

1 

^^^^^B| 

' 

H 

^ni 

^Hcl» 

mR 

196 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 


food-canal     Where  there  is  no  hollow  ball  of  cells    but 
some  other  result  of  segmentation,  the  formation  of  a  gaslrula 

is  not  so  obvious.  \et 
in  most  cases  some 
analogous  infolding  i> 
demonstrable. 

In   the  hollow  sar 
of     cells     there     arc 
already     two     layers. 
The    outer,    which    is 
called     the    ectoderm 
or   epiblast,   forms   in 
the    adult    the    outer 
skin,       the       nervou. 
system,  and  the  incist 
important  parts  of  the 
sense  -  organs.        'I'he 
inner,  which  is  called 
( j)    the  endodcrm  or  hypo- 
blast, forms  the  linini; 
of    the    most    import- 
ant part  of  the  food- 
cana!,     and     (f    ^ueh 
appendages  as  lunj^s. 
liver,     and      paii<  reas 


Fic.  „._The  formation  of  the  two-l.-jyereJ  ps- 

Ilia 


m.la  from  the  invagination  of  a  hollow  sphere 
of  cells.  (From  the  Evolution  0/  Six  ;  .liter 
Haeckel.) 


which  are  outgntwth- 
from  it.  lUit  in  all 
animals  above  the 
Sponges  and  Cci;lentcrates,  a  middle  layer  appears  beiAeen 
the  other  two.  From  th-s— the  mesoderm  or  mesobla^t- 
the  muscles,  the  internal  skeleton,  the  connective-tissue,  etc.. 

are  formed. 

9.  Some  Oeneralisations.— 00  The  "  Ot  •;/;«- 7  ^vn. 
To  realise  that  almost  every  organism  from  the  spon^i'  i" 
the  highest  begins  i's  life  as  a  fertilised  egg-cell,  and  i^ 
built  up  by  the  divisic.  and  arrangement,  layering  aiul  loUl- 
iag  of  cells,  should  not  lessen,  but  should  greatly  tnlunce 
the  wonder  with  which  we  look  upon  life.  If  the  end 
of  this   constantly   repeated   process   of   development   be 


CHAP.  XII       The  Life-History  of  Animals  ,97 

Teginninl  '°  "'"''  '^  *^  ^^"^  '^  ^^-">^  ^-«  °^  its 
(^)  77.^  Ga^/r^a  Theory,  From  the  frequent,  though 
not  universal  occurrence  of  the  two-layered  gastrula  stage  In 
the  development  of  animals,  Haeckel  concluded  that  the 
first  stable  foroi  of  many-celled  an.mal  must  have  been 
somethmg  very  hke  a  gastrula.  He  called  this  hypotheS 
ancestor  of  all  many-celled  animals  a  Gastrcea,  and  his  infer 
ence  has  found  favour  with  many  naturalists.     Some  of  the 

(0  Recapitulation.  When  we  take  a  general  survey 
jf  the  animal  senes,  we  recognise  that  the  simplest  aS 
are  smgle  cells,  that  the  next  simplest  are  balls  of  cenTke 

retrr^d  t      Th"'^  '  'P°"^'''  P^'^P^^'  ^"^  *°""^  above 
referred  to      These  represent  the  three  lowest  steps  in  the 

evolution  of  the  race.     They  are  not  hypothetical  sfeps  in  a 
hypothefcal  ladder  of  ascent,  they  are  realities  ^ 

When    we    take   a   general    survey   of   the    individual 

development  of  many-celled  animals,  we  recognise  that  aU 

f';e".ir  S  tr^-'^'.-^  ^^^^  ^^e  ova  div^tntotn 

cells      lttrh.rf'°"''  -If  "'"f  *^^'^^  two-layered  sacs  of 

v-A  "'^  therefore  evident  that  the  first  three  chapters  in 

.n^^v^dual  history  are  precisely  the  first  three  stepsT^rdLl 

Von  Baer,  one  of  the  pioneer  embryoloj^jsts  in  the  first 
ha^o  this  century,  discemed  that  the  individual  lif^hLto^ 

he  LT  ^h""""*  '°""'/  recapitulation  of  the  history  Z 
the  race  He  recognised  that  even  one  of  the  hi/her 
an.mals.  let  us  say  a  rabbit,  began  at  the  beginning  fs  a 

vc^I      fil'    A  ^"bsequently  showed  the  character  of  a 

MZJtl^      T^'  °^  ^  y^""^  ^^P^"«'  then  of  a  young 
mammal,  then  of  a  young  rodent,  finally  of  a  younjr  rabbit 
He  confessed  his  inability  to  distinguish\vhethlr  t'ee  ve^ 
cm'lTT;,    "'  '"'"  ^'"^  --oundin«s,  were  thL^ 
vivid  Idea  of  development  as   progress  irom  the  simple 


\t 


%\ 


lil 


tgi 


The  Study  of  Animcd  Life         part  hi 


to  the  complex,  from  the  general  to  the  special,  we  must 
be  careful  to  notice  that  he  did  not  say  that  the  young 
mammal  was  once  like  a  little  fish,  afterwards  like  a  reptile, 
and  so  on ;  he  compared  the  embryo  mammal  at  one  stage 
with  the  embryo  fish,  at  another  stage  with  the  embryo 
reptile,  which  is  a  very  different  matter. 


Fig.  38.-Embryos  of  fowl,  a  ;  dog,  b ;  mane.    (From  Chambers's  EmyckK ; 
'  after  Haeckel.) 

Fritz  MuUer,  in  his  Facts  for  Darwin,  illustrated  the 
same  idea  in  relation  to  Crustacea.     When  a  young  cray- 
fish is  hatched,  it  is  practically  a  miniature  adult.     When 
a  young  lobster  is  hatched,  it  differs  not  a  little  from  the 
adult,  and  is  described  as  being  at  a  Mysis  stage, — Vysis 
being  a  prawn-like  crustacean.     It  grows  and  moults  and 
becomes  a  little  lobster.     When  a  crab  is  hatched,  it  is 
quite  unlike   the   adult,  it    is   liker  one   of  the  humblest 
Crustacea  such  as  the  common  water-flea  Cyclops,  and  is 
described  as  a  Zoea.     This  Zoea  grows  and  moults  and 
becomes,  not  yet  a  crab  but  a  prawn-like  animal  with  ex- 
tended tail,  a  stage  known  as  the  Megalopa.    This  grows  anc 
moults,  tucks  in  its  tail,  and  becomes  a  young  crab.     And 
again,  when  the  shrimp-like  crustacean,  known  as  rcmnis, 
is  hatched,  it  is  simpler  than  any  known  crustacean,  it  is 
an   unringed   somewhat  shield-shaped   little   creature  with 
three  pairs  of  appendages  and  a  median  eye.     It  is  kno\\n 
as  a  Nauplius  and  resembles  the  larvie  of  most  of  the  simpier 
crustaceans.      It  grows  and  moults  and  becomes  a  '-^oea, 
grows  and  moults  and  becomes  a  Mysis,  grows    nd  moults 
and  becomes  a  Penceus, 


CHAP.  XII       The  Life-History  of  Animals  199 

Now  these  life-histories  are  hardly  intelligible  at  all 
unless  we  believe  that  Penaus  does  in  some  measure  recapi- 
tulate the  steps  of  racial  progress,  that  the  crab  does  so 
to  a  slighter  extent,  that  the  lobster  has  abbreviated  its 
obvious  recapitulation  much  more,  while  the  crayfish  has 
found  out  a  short  cut  in  development.  Let  us  exercise  our 
imagination  and  think  of  the  ancestral  rrustacea  perhaps 
not  much  less  simple  than  the  Nauplius  larvae  which  many 


Fig.  39--Life.historyof/'*«««j;  the  Nauplius. 

Of  them  exhibit.  In  the  course  of  time  some  pushed  for- 
ward in  evolution  and  attained  to  the  level  of  structure 
represented  by  the  Zoea  larv.c.  At  this  station  some 
remained  and  we  have  already  mentioned  the  "  water-flea  " 
tychps  as  a  crustacean  which  persists  near  this  level  But 
others  pushed  on  and  reached  a  stage  represented  by 
Mysts,  and  finally  the  highest  crustaceans  were  evolved 

i\ow  to  a  certain  extent  these  highest  crustacean^,  have 

o  travel  in  their  individual   development   along  the   rails 

laid  down   m   the   progress    of  the    race.     Thus    Penaus 


1 11 


»* 


li 


,f 


I 


200  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 

starting  of  course  as  an  ovum  at  the  level  of  the  Protozoa, 
has  to  stop  as  it  were  at  the  first  distinctively  crustacean 
station— the  Nauplius  stage.  After  some  change  and 
delay,  it  continues  to  progress,  but  again  there  is  a  halt  and 
a  change  at  the  Zoea  station.      Finally  there  is  another 


Fici.  3S«-—  Life-lu^>lory  of  I\iufus  ;  the  Zoea. 

delay  at  the  Afysis  stage  before  the  Pcn:rus  reaches  its 
destination.  The  crab,  on  the  other  hand,  stops  first  at 
the  Zoea  station,  the  lobster  at  the  Mysis  station,  while  tlie 
crayfish  though  progressing  very  gradually  like  a!!  the 
others  has— if  you  do  not  find  the  simile  too  grotesque  -a 
through-carriage  all  the  way. 


/  i\\y\\ 


I  \ 


i'lr,.  j9^.  -Life  history  o(  I'eitiru^;  a  later 


stage. 


/I 


1^;- 


m 


-   ? 


\*  1 


il 


202  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 

One  must  l)c  careful  not  to  press  the  idea  of  recapitulation 
too  far,  (i)  because  the  individual  life-history  tends  to  skip 

stages  which  occurred  in  the  an- 
cestral progress ;  (2)  because  the 
young  animal   may  acquire   new- 
characters  which   are  peculiar  to 
its    own   near   lineage    and   have 
little  or  no  importance  in  connec- 
tion with  the  general  evolution  of 
its   race  ;    (3)  because,   in  short, 
the  resemblance  between  the  indi- 
vidual and  raciul  history  (so  far 
as  we  know  them)  is  general,  not 
precise.  Thus  we  regard  Nauplius 
and  Zoea  rather  as  adaptive  larval 
forms  than  as  representatives  of 
ancestral      crustaceans.        More- 
over, if  one  insists  too  much  on 
the   approximate    parallelism  be- 
tween the  life-history  of  the  indi- 
vidual and    the    progress  of  the 
race,  one  is  apt  to  overlook  the 
deeper  problem — how  it  is  that 
the  recapitulation  occurs   to   the 
extent  that  it  undoubtedly  does. 
The  organism  has  no  feeling  for 
history    that     it    should    tread  a 
sometimes    circuitous    path,    be- 
cause its  far-off  ancestors  did  so. 
To  some  extent  we  may  think  of 
inherited  constitution  as  if  it  ^ere 
the  hand  of   the    past   upon  the 
organism,  compelling  it  to  become 
thus  or  thus,  but  we  must  realise 
that  this   is  a  living   not   a  dead 
hand  ;  in  other  words  these  imta- 
morphoses    have   their  efficient   causes    in   the  actual  cun- 
dilions   of   growth   and   development.      The   suggestion  of 
Kleinenberg  referred  to  in  a  preceding  chapter  helps  U5,  for 


CHAP.  XII       The  Life-History  of  Animals  203 

if  we  ask  why  an  animal  develops  a  notochord  only  to  have 
It  rapidly  replaced  by  a  backbone,  part  of  the  answer  surely 
IS  that  the  notochord  which  in  the  historical  evolution  supplied 
the  stimulus  necessary  for  the  development  of  a  backbone  is 
still  necessary  in  the  individual  history  for  the  same  purpose 
But  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  idea  of  recapitulation  is  a 
very  helpful  one,  m  regard  to  our  own  history  as  well  as  in 
regard  to  animals,  and  we  would  do  well  to  think  of  it 
much,  and   to   read  how  Herbert  Spencer  {Principles  of 
Bw/ogy  Land.  1864-66)  has  discussed  it  in  harmony  with  his 
general  formula  of  evolution  as  a  progress  from  the  homo- 
geneous to  the  heterogeneous  ;  how  Haeckel  {Generelie  Mor- 
pho/o^e  Berhn,  1866)  has  illustrated  it,  and  pithily  summed 
It  up  in  his  "fundamental  law  of  biogenesis  »  {Biogenetisches 
Grundgesetz\   saying   tha.    ontogeny   (individual   develop- 
ment)  recapitulates  phylogeny  (racial  history);  how  Milnes 
Marshall  (see  Nature,  Sept.  1890)  has  recently  tested  and 
criticised  It,  defining  the   limits  within  which  the  notion 
can  be  regarded  as  true,  and  searching:  for  a  deeper  rationale 
of  the  facts  than  the  theory  supplies. 

id)  Organic  Continuity.     In  a  subsequent  chapter  on 
heredity,    which    simply   means    the    relation   of  organic 
continuity  between  successive  generations,  I  shall  explain 
the  fundamental  idea  that  the  reproductive  cells  owe  their 
powtr  of  developing,  and  of  developing  into  organisms  like 
the  parents,  to  the  fact  that  they  are  in  a  sense  continuous 
with  those  which  gave  origin  to  the  parents.     A  fertilised 
egg-cell  with  certain  qualities  divides  and  forms  a  "body" 
m   which   these  qualities  are   expressed,   distributed,   and 
altered  m  many  ways  by  division  of  labour.     But  it  also 
forms  reproductive  cells,   which  do  not  share  in  the  up- 
building of  the  body,  which  are  reproductive  cells  in  fact 
because  they  do  not  do  so,  because  they  retain  the  intrinsic 
qualities   of    the   original    fertilised    ovum,    because    they 
preserv-e  its   protoplasmic  tradition.       If  this  be  so,  and 
there  is  much  reason  to  believe  it,  then  it  is  natural  and 
necessary  that  these  cells,  liberated  in   due  time,  should 
behave  as  those  behaved  whose  qualities  they  retain.     It  is 
necessary  that  like  should  beget  like. 


I 


il 

Ml 


m 


I  >      6  1 


CHAPTER  XIII 

THE  PAST   HISTORY  OF  ANIMALS 

I.  ne  two  Records — 2.  Imperfection  of  the  Geological  Record— 
3.  Palceontological  Series — 4.  Extinction  of  Tyfes — 5.  Variom 
Difficulties — 6.  Relative  Antiquity  of  Animals 

I.  The  Two  Becords. — Reviewing  the  development  of  the 
chick,  W.  K.  Parker  said,  "Whilst  at  work  I  seemed 
to  myself  to  have  been  endeavouring  to  decipher  a  palimp- 
sest, and  that  not  erased  and  written  upon  just  once,  but 
five  or  six  times  over.  Having  erased,  as  it  were,  the 
characters  of  the  culminating  type — those  ot  the  gaudy 
Indian  bird — I  seemed  to  be  amongst  t^"  sombre  g;0JS- 
and  then,  towards  incubation,  the  characters  of  the  Sand- 
Grouse  and  Hemipod  stood  out  before  me.  Rubbing  these 
away,  in  my  downward  walk,  the  form  of  the  Tinamou 
looked  me  in  the  face ;  then  the  aberrant  Ostrich  :ieemed 
to  be  described  in  large  archaic  characters ;  a  little  while 
and  these  faded  into  what  could  just  be  read  oflf  as  per- 
taining to  the  Sea  Turtle ;  whilst,  underlying  the  whole, 
the  Fish  in  its  simplest  Myxinoid  form  could  be  traced 
in  morphological  hieroglyphics." 

There  is  another  palimpsest — the  geological  record 
written  in  the  rocks.  For  beneath  the  forms  which  dis- 
appeared, as  it  were,  yesterday, — the  Dodo  and  the  Solitaire, 
the  Moa  and  the  Mammoth,  the  Cave  Lion  and  the  Irish 
Elk, — there  are  mammals  and  birds  of  old-fashioned  type  the 
like  of  which  no  longer  live.     Beneath  these  lie  the  giant 


'5<«3?S' 


205 


CHAP,  xin     The  Past  History  of  Animals 

reptiles,  beneath  these  great  amphibians,  preceded  by  hosts 
of  armoured  fishes,  beyond  the  first  traces  of  which  only 
backboneless    animals    are    found.      Yet    throughout   the 
chapters  of  this  record,  written  during  different  sons  on  the 
earths  surface,  persistent   forms  recur  from  age  to  aee 
many  of  them,  such  as  some  of  the  lamp-shells  or  Brachio^ 
pods,  hvmg  on  from  near  the  apparent  beginning  even  until 
now.     But  other  races,  like  the  Trilobites,  have  died  out 
leaving  none  wh.ch  we  can  regard  as  in  any  sense  thei; 
direct  descendants.     Other  sets  of  animals,  like  the  Ganoid 
fishes,  grow  m  strength,  attain  a  golden  age  of  prosperous 
success,  and  wane  away.     As  the  earth  grew  older  nobler 
forms  appeared,  and   this   history  from   the   tombs    like 
that  from   the   cradles   of  animals,   shows   throughout   a 
gradual  progress  from  simple  to  complex. 

2.  Imperfection  of  the  Geological  Record.— If  complete 
records  of  past  ages  were  safely  buried  in  great  treasure- 
houses  such  as  Frederic  Harrison  proposes  to  make  for  the 
enlightenment  of  posterity,  then  palceontology  would  be  ea^y 
Then  a  genealogical  tree  connecting  the  Protist  and  Man 
would  be  possible,  for  we  should  have  under  our  eyes  what 
■s  now  but  a  dream— a  complete  record  of  the  past 

•  V  u^T^  °^  ^^'^  "^^^^  ^'  °^^^"  compared  to  a  library 
m  wh,ch  shelves  have  been  destroyed  and  confused,  in 
which  most  of  the  sets  of  volumes  are  incomplete,  and 
most  of  the  individual  books  much  damaged.  wlTen  we 
consider  the  softness  of  many  animals,  the  chances  against 
their  being  entombed,  and  the  history  of  the  earth's  crust 
our  wonder  ,s  that  the  record  is  so  complete  as  it  is  that' 
rem  the  strange  graveyards  of  the  buried  past"  we  can 
learn  so  much  about  the  life  that  once  was 

We  must  not  suppose  the  record  to  be  as  imperfect  as 

su2rh  ''^K  °'  "•     "^^"^  "^'""y  ^^^'^"^  °^  the  earth's 
surface  have  been  very  partially  studied,  many  have  not 

been  explored  at  all,  many  are  inaccessible  benelth  the  sea! 

As  to  the  record,  the  rocks  in  which  fossils  are  found 

are  sedimentary  rocks  formed  under  water,  often  they  have 

been   unmade   and   remade,    burnt   and   denuded.      The 

Chances  against  preservation  are  many. 


I     M 


' 


t 


2o6 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 


Soft  animals  rarely  admit  of  preservation,  those  living 
on  land  and  in  the  air  are  much  less  likely  to  be  preserved 
than  those  living  in  water,  the  corpses  of  animals  are 
often  devoured  or  dissolved.  Again  the  chances  against 
preservation  are  many. 

3.  Palaontological  Series. — Imperfect  as  the  geological 
record  is,  several  marvellously  complete  series  of  related 
animals  have  been  disentombed.  Thus,  a  series  of  fossilised 
freshwater  snails  {Planorbis)  has  been  carefully  worked 
out ;  its  extremes  are  very  different,  but  the  distinctions 
between  any  two  of  the  intermediate  forms  are  hardly 
perceptible.  The  same  is  true  in  regard  to  another  set  of 
freshwater  snails  {Paludwa),  and  on  a  much  larger  scale 
among  the  extinct  cuttlefishes  (Ammonites,  etc.)  whose  shells 
have  been  thoroughly  preserved.  The  modern  crocodiles 
are  linked  by  many  intermediate  forms  to  their  extinct 
ancestors,  and  the  modern  horse  to  its  pigmy  progenitors. 
In  cases  like  these,  the  evidences  of  continuously  progress- 
ive evolution  art  conclusive. 

4.  Extinction  01  Types. — A  few  animals,  such  as  some 
of  the  lamp-shells  or  Brachiopods,  have  persisted  from  almost 
the  oldest  rock-recorded  ages  till  now.  In  most  cases, 
however,  the  character  of  the  family  or  order  or  class  lias 
gradually  changed,  and  though  the  ancient  forms  art  no 
longer  represented,  their  descendants  are  with  us.  There 
is  an  extinction  of  'ndividuals  and  a  slow  chani;e  of 
species. 

On  the  other  baud  there  are  not  a  few  fossil  animals 
which  have  become  wholly  extinct,  whose  type  is  not 
represented  in  the  modern  fauna.  Thus  there  are  no 
animals  alive  that  can  be  regarded  as  the  lineal  descendants 
of  Trilobit^s  and  Eurypterids,  or  of  many  of  the  ancient 
reptiles.  There  is  no  doubt  that  a  rare  may  die  out. 
Many  different  kuuls  of  heavily  armoured  Ganoiil  tisbrs 
abounded  in  the  ages  when  the  Old  Red  Sandstone  was 
formed,  but  only  seven  different  kinds  are  now  alive. 
The  lamp-shells  and  the  sea-lilies,  once  very  numerous,  are 
now  greatly  restricted.  Once  there  were  giants  ainon^ 
Amphibians,  now  almost  all  are  pigmies. 


CHAP,  xm        The  Past  History  of  Animals  207 

It  is  difficult  to  explain   why  some  of  the  old   types 
disappeared.     The  extinction  was  never  sudden.     Formid- 
able  competitors  may  have  helped  to  weed  out  some  •  for 
cuttlefish  would  tend  to  exterminate  trilobites,  and  voracious 
fishes  would  decimate   cuttlefish,  just   as   man  himself  is 
rapidly  and  inexcusably  an"':,.  ..i;„..  many  kinds  of  beasts 
and  birds.     But,  apart  fro  n  the  sivn^^,  with  competitors, 
it  IS  hkely  that  some  types   wc  o  ins  .fnclcatly  plastic  to  save 
themselves  from  changes  ol .  n.  ..o.hncnt,  P.r.J  it  s°ems  likely 
that  others  were  victims  to  their  own  -..istitutions,  becominL^ 
too  large,  or  too  sluggish,  or  too  calcareous  ;    or    on  the 
otner  hand,  too  feverishly  active.    The  '« scouts  "  of  evolution 
woula  be  apt  to  become  martyrs  to  progress ;  the  "  laggards  " 
m  the  race  would  tend    to    become  pillars    of  salt  •    the 
path  of  success  was  oftenesi  a  via  media  of  compromise 
Samuel  Butler  has  some  evidence  for  saying  that  "  the  race 
IS  not  in  the  long  run  to  the  phenomenally  swift,  nor  the 
battle  to  the  phenomenally  strong ;  but  to  the  good  average 
a  1-round  organism  that  is  ar'  e  shy  of  radLal  crotchets  and 
old  world  obstructiveness  ' 

5.  Various  Difficulties.— Nowadays  it  seems  natural 
to  us  to  regard  the  fossils  in  the  rocks  as  vestiges  of  a 
gradual  progress  or  evolution.  As  some  still  find  difficulty 
I.,  accepting  this  interpretation,  I  shall  refer  to  three 
clifllculties  occasionally  raised. 

(«)  It  is  said  that  the  number  of  fossils  in  successive- 
strata  does  not  increase  steadily  as  we  ascend  to  modern 
times-that  the  numerical  strength  uf  the  fauna  is  stran-elv 
irregular.  Thus  (in  1872)  it  was  computed  that  10,000 
species  were  known  from  the  early  Silurian  rocks,  while  the 
much  later  Permian  yielded  only  300.  But  those  who  use 
such  arguments  should  mention  that  a  large  number  of  the 
Silurian  species  were  discovered  by  the  marvellous  industry 
of  one  man  in  a  .avourable  locality,  and  that  the  rocks  of 
he  Permian  system  are  ill  adapt.,!  for  the  preservation  of 
lossils  Moreover,  we  cannot  compute  the  relative  dura- 
tion of  the  diflferent  periods,  we  cannot  infer  evolutionary 
progress  from  the  number  of  species,  and  we  must  make 
many  allowances  for  the  imperfections  of  the  record. 


WW  ' 


-I  ^ 


■Mi 


■  t 


■a.* 


2o8 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 


(b)  It  is  said  that  the  occurrence  of  Fishes  in  the 
Silurian,  and  of  many  highly  organised  Invertebrates  in  the 
still  earlier  Cambrian,  is  inconsistent  with  a  theory  which 
would  lead  us  to  expect  very  simple  fossil  forms  to  begin 
with.  But  to  say  so  is  to  forget  that  we  have  no  concep- 
tion of  the  vast  duration  of  periods  like  the  Silurian  and 
Cambrian,  while  the  antecedent  Archaean  rocks  in  which  we 
might  look  for  traces  of  simple  ancestral  organisms  have 
been  shattered  and  altered  too  thoroughly  to  reveal  any 
important  secrets  as  to  the  earliest  animals. 

(f)  It  is  maintained  that  organic  evolution  proceeds  very 
Slowly,  and  that  the  geologists  and  biologists  demand  more 
millions  than  the  experts  in  astronomical  physics  can  grant 
them.  But  there  is  considerable  difference  of  opinion  as  to 
the  unthinkable  le.igth  of  time  during  which  the  earth  may 
have  been  the  home  of  life  ;  we  are  apt  to  measure  the  rate 
of  evolutionary  ch  inge  by  the  years  of  a  man's  lifetime  which 
lasts  but  for  a  geological  moment ;  and  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  the  simpler  animals  would  change  and  take 
great  steps  of  progress  much  more  rapidly  than  those  ol 
high  degree. 

6.  Relative  Antiquity  of  Animals. — I  have  not  much 
satisfaction  in  submitting  the  following  table  showing 
the  relative  antiquity  of  the  higher  .\nimals.  Such  a  table 
is  only  an  approximation  ;  it  does  not  suggest  the  -^rcat 
differences  in  the  duration  of  the  various  periods,  nor  how 
the  classes  of  animals  waxed  and  waned,  nor  how  some  types 
in  these  classes  dropped  off  while  others  persisted.  But  tlie 
general  fad  which  the  table  shows  is  true, — in  the  course 
of  time  higher  and  higher  forms  of  life  have  come  into 
being.  It  is  true  that  the  remains  of  mammals  are  of  more 
ancient  date  than  those  of  birds,  but  it  is  likely  that  the 
remains  of  the  earliest  birds  have  still  escaped  discover)' ; 
moreover,  the  earliest  known  mammalian  remains  seem  to 
be  of  those  of  very  simple  types. 


CHAP.  XIII      The  Past  History  of  Aniniu 


Primary  or  Pahrozoi. 


»* 
3 


3 


73 


P 

3 


O 

3 

S' 

3 


u 

c 

3 


o 

c 


"3 


p 

3 


3 

-a 


-3 


Secondary  or 

JMesozoic 


n 

n 

p 
o 

o 
o 

c 


2; 

p 

3 

3 
p 


7/s 


Tertiary  or 
Cainozoic 


209 


^      3 


o 

n 

3 


O 
o 
ft 
3 
O 


n 

f» 

3 


o   = 

a  p 

^  2 


1^ 


-•' 

4  n| 

fl4W7tjtt!iv^fll^ 


I 


CHAPTER    XIV 

THE  SIMPLEST  ANIMALS 

I.  The  Simplest  Forms  of  Life— 2.  Survey  of  Protozoa— i.  The  com- 
mon Amn-ba—^.  Structure  of  the  Prolozon-S-  Life  of  Protozoa 
—6.  Psychical  Life  of  the  Pro^^zoa—I.  History  of  the  Protozoa 
8.  Relation  to  the  Earth— <).  Relation  to  other  Forms  of  Life - 
lo.  Relation  to  Man 

I.  The  Simplest  Forms  of  Life.— It  is  likely  that  the  first  breati. 
of  life  was  in  the  water,  for  there  most  of  the  simplest  animals  and 
plants  have  their  haunts.  Simple  they  are,  as  an  egg  Is  simplf 
when  contrasted  with  a  bird.  They  are  (almost  all)  unit  specks  o: 
living  matter,  each  comparable  to,  but  often  more  complex  than,  or.e 
of  the  numerous  unit  elements  or  cells  which  compose  any  highei 
plant  or  animal,  moss  or  oak-tree,  spont;e  or  man.  It  is  not  merely 
because  they  are  small  that  we  cannot  split  them  into  separate  parts 
different  from  one  another,— size  has  little  to  do  with  complexity,  - 
but  rather  because  they  are  unit  specks  or  single  cells.  But  they  are 
not  "structureless"  ;  in  fact,  old  Ehrenberij,  who  described  some  c! 
them  in  1838  as  "  perfect  organisms"  and  fancied  he  sawstoniac!i?. 
vessels,  hearts,  and  other  organs  within  them,  was  nearer  tlie  tmth 
than  those  who  reduce  the  Protozoa  to  the  level  of  white  of  cgi;. 

Nor  are  they  omnipresent,  swarming  in  any  drop  of  water.  I  lis 
clear  water  of  daily  use  will  generally  disappoint,  or  rather  plc.ise 
us  by  showing  little  trace  of  living  things.  Hut  take  a  test-tul-e  of 
water  from  a  stagnant  pool,  hold  it  between  your  eyes  and  theluht. 
and  it  is  likely  that  you  will  see  many  forms  of  life.  Simple  iilant? 
and  simple  animals  are  there,  the  former  represented  by  threah 
ovals,  and  spheres  in  green,  the  latter  by  more  mobde  almost 
colourless  specks  or  whitish  moles  which  dance  in  the  water.  Hut 
besides  these  there  are  jerky  swimmers  v  hose  appearance  alnios^ 
suggests  their  popular  name  of  "  water-Heas,"  and  wriggling  "worms, 


.im^^'^^i^ 


mt 


CHAP.  xTv  T^g  Simplest  Animals 


an 

.mSi^Wll^"''"'^  ^^  "•'''■'  '^""  ^^'^  =  ^°'h  of  these  may  be  very 
small,  bat  closer  examination  shows  that  thevhavp  nnrf.o^^  ^ 

that  they  are  many-celled  not  single-cSd  animal?"''' '"'  °^"'' 

Vary  the  observations  by  taking  water  in  which  h-iv  .^t^m.  «,  «.», 

parts  of  dusty  dead  plants  have  been  steeped  fo  a  few  davran  1    v 

wuh  the  unaided  eye  you  will  see  a  thick^crowd  of  he  Sile  1   iS 

motes  which   from  their  frequent  occurrence  in  such  inA  Ins   1 

usually  called  Infusorians.     Or  if  a  piece  of  flesh  be  allowed  to  rVfn 

an  open  vessel  of  water,  the  fluid  becomes  cloudy  and  a  hrfl     yscum 

ga  hers  on  the  surface.     If  a  drop  of  this  turbkl  liquid  be  examined 

pracdcally  omn.present  microbes,  soma  of  which  as  disease  ~™^ 

Jlif cLLterri.iS/e';",t"Vr„  sr"'  •"">  -"'  ^ 

mobile  lashe,  of  living  ™,'L,  C™  as  ci  ia'^oTZ^na  "tH ''' 
Ae  sl,pper-animalcale  l,Par<,m,t,lum)  is  covered  wUh  r^w.  „f  S' 

:l„g*  i"=oX'eSa°"%t''!'  r""'"?'', '"°''™»'  "'  »"=  °" 
u.  i,  wiups  or  nagella.     The  bell-anmia  cu  es  {VortuflIn\  u,hi,^j, 

.rfilre;"-;Lii:r.'°.'t:.rtsTi*r:o^^^^^ 

.•aip":i^frtz'=of'rz't"er"t'i„zr'°^V" 
»..s,  whieh'rn'  .tar^fr,,°7^,?jf;/'«  ?/j"'"'f  "s  p- 

^ '5  rnv.iun,  and  are  siilj 


I- 


* 


.     3     IT 

■  i 


■|l^.-*^ 


I' 


1 
,1 


31^ 

,i  i 


IP 

111 


I  i  I 

■  \  ; 


''':rt^>l 


The  Study  of  Anmal  Life 


PART  ni 


'f>?^; 


„,orc  useful  in  surnuuvUng  — ^/:^yC^cv.l.lc.  often  alnu.; 
like  processes,  which  ate  capable  ot  vcy    ^^^^^^^^^  ^^^^^^^^^  ^,^^,^^ 

Trolo/oa  owe  llicir  i;c-.-. 
cml  name  of  Rlu/.opo>.>. 
In  contrast  to  the  iw 
im-coiling  tyiH-s  ^^lv,.: 
\\:\\i'  (Iclinitc  bouml.iru: 
„i-  "sixins,"  the  Rhi.-, 
nods  arc  naked, and  i!a. 

living  matter  may  i'\~ 
llow  at  any  point. 

As    the     I  nt'usoi ';.-.', 
aie    for    il>e    mo^t    i- 
piovidca  with  cilia  l.,! 
which  llagclla  *lilTor  w 
in  detail,  wc  may  ^p^. 
of  the  type  as  cili:.u 
the   self-contained   i.  ■• 
giwines,    often    wra.  .  . 
up  within  a  sheath.  \ 
may  call  prodomin.v.. 
encysted  ;    while    •.: 
forms  whicli  axe   i; ' 
juediate    between    .: 
two  extremes,   an.; 
hibit     outt^owins 


cesses  of  living  i". 


flowing  out  on  .XII  r'"^;^         ,,^  .     ^fter    Max 

(From    Ch.^mb<;rs>    A«0'''A. 

Schultze.)  are    called  anwix  . 

units  may  become  encysted. 


5 

lit-- 


,  <.nc^•<t«l:  2,  dividing  into  many  unit.  ;:-.t^ 


Fig.  41.— Protomyx.i. 
ing  as  tlagel' 
t,lai.modium.    ,-  , 

,-_-^^»  t>^A  three  physiological  p. 
As  the  three  pnascs  rci-rese..-.  ^ »-  - 


CHAP,  xrv  Tk£  Simplest  Animals  2,3 

of  cell-life,  it  is  natural  lo  find  that  the  very  simplest  Protoroa,  rach 
:.,Protomyxa,  exhibit  a  cycle  of  amaboid,  encysted,  and  fljellate 
phases,  not  hanng  taken  a  decisive  step  along  any  one  of  the  three 
great  paths.  Moreover,  the  cells  of  higher  animals  mny  be  classTfiS 
m  the  same  way.  The  ci!....ed  cells  of  the  windpipe  or  the  mobSe 
spermatozoa  correspond  to  Infusorians  ;  mature  ova  fat-cells  d" 
generate  muscle-cells,  correspond  to  Gregarines,  while  white  bl'ood. 
corpuscles  and  young  ova  are  amceboid. 

3-  The  common  Amoeb0..-To  find  Amoebae,  which  is  not 
alwaj-s  easy,  some  wraer  and  mud  from  a  pond  should  be  allowed 
to  seule  m  a  glass  vessel.     Samples  from  the  surface  of  the  sediment 
should  then  be  removed  m  a  gl.xss  lube  or  pipette,  dropped  on  a 
s  .de,  and  patiently  examined  under  the  microscope:     Among  the 
.kbns,  traversed  in  most  cases  by  swift   InfusoiianCtlie  sou^ht-for 
.-^«^ia  may  be  seen,  ..s  an  irregular  mass  of  living  matter?  often 
obscured  With  vanouskmds  of  particles  and  minute  Alg^  which  k 
has  engulfed,  but   hardly  mistakable  as  it  ploughs  its  way  lei  urely 
among  the  sediment,  sending  out  b!unt  nnd  changeful  fingerdike 
processes  in  the  direction   towards  which  it  moves,   and  d^rawing 
m  similar  processes  at  the  opposite  side.      From  some  objects  il 
reco>ls,  whUe  others  of  an  edible  sort   ,t  surrounds  with  it    b  un 
processes  and  gets  outside  of.     Intense  light  makes  it  contract,  and 
a  rriinu.e  drop  of  some  obnoxious  reagent  causes  it  to  round  itsHf  off 
and  i.e  quiescent.     Such  is  the  simple  animal  which,  in  1755,  an 
early  microscopist  Rosel  von  Rosenhof  was  del,g!ued  to  describe 
calling  It  the  "  Proteus  animalcule."  ^"escriue, 

4.  StTUCtnre  of  the  Protozoa. -Most  of  these  Protozoa  are 
^.nus  or  single  cells^  but  this  contrast  l.etween  them  and  the  higher 
an;mas  is  lessened  by  the  fact  that  manv  Infusorians.  tme 
Kaaiolanans.  and  some  of  the  verj-  lowest  forms  live  inclose  comU  " 
00-.;^"^^"%  fP""'"''  individuals  being  substar/iully  united  in 
o-operanon.      In  two  quite  different  wavs  this  com,,  .^.id'lif-  of  som- 

o'l"  theLrL    nf  T>     '  '""'T  "'""'^^'  'P'""^''  "^  ^  ^•e.\o^^■\^.  slime 

■h  Snl"!  ■  """''"^  ^/undifferentiated  protoplasm."  arises  fn,„, 
dua..v„ng  together  ana  fusion  of  a  nun.lH.r  of  ..nalier  amo.lK.id 
Jn.-.       But    in    some    Infusorians    and    Kadiolarians    the   colonv 

S:"  t^\  °''""'T-  ,  '''"T'  '""'''P'^  ^y  division  ;  eacL^^ 
bv  tlmil""  7'-f'  tlienceforth  live  separate  lives,  and  bv  and 
f:^  '.!::™  '^'"^^  ^'^''d'=-  -^"PP^.-  however,  that  the  unit  d.vid. 
un  evr?-li-  '^^P°''    ''''"^^    ^^"^    claughter-unitb,    distni.t    thou.di 

thev  ir  "^"''-      ^"  *'"'  "'^  t*^*^  ""i'^  do  not  flow  togwhe- 

iney  were  never  seiaratwl       k...  .^^  ..  ...„j_^  -    .  ^^>,    "c, 


'^       I: 


'■:    I 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  in 


^ 


«>4 

early  associations  has  been  justified  in  their  far-off  children,  for  in 
this  wav  the  many-celled  animals  began. 

tTic  cell  substance  of  a  Protozoon  is  living  matter,  along  v.".!. 
uutrive  materials  which  are  approaching  that  chmax,  and  was  e 
materilh  So  which  some  of  the  cell  substance  has  d.sm  cgrate  . 
The  ce  1  has  a  kernel  or  nucleus,  or  more  than  one.  essenl.al  to  >u 
complete   life.     There  are  bubbles  of  water  taken  m  along  with 
foS  particles,  and  in  nearly  all  freshwater    orms  there  are  one  or 
wo  special  r  gions  of  internal  activity,  pulsat.ng  cavit.es  oco,v 
^ctile  vacuole^  which  become  large  and  -[^^ --^^^  l^yi^;;;:; 
-illv   and  may  burst  open  on  the  surface  of  the  cell.     They  are  1k- 
&  to  h^lp  in  gettiig  rid  of  waste,  and  also  m  mterna  crculalu^n 
There  s  a   iLl  in  the  Infusorlans  and  Gregar.nes,  and  shells  of  fhn: 
Tnd  itme  are  characteristic  of  most  Foramin.  crs  and  Kadiolanans. 
ana  nnje  .  protoZOa— The  life -histories  of  the  Protozoa  ar 

very  v.^^.  fut^me  Sters  are  common  to  most.  They  expend 
eneUyn  movement  ;  they  regain  this  by  feedmg  ;  their  income 
exceSs  their  expenditure,  and  they  grow  ;  at  the  lumt  of  gro«  1 
Sey  eproduce  by  dividing  into  two  or  many  daughter- unUs :  m 
certain  stages  two  individuals  combine,  either  interchangmg  nuclei 
Sments  (  n  the  ciliated  Infusorians)  or  fusing  together  (as  in  sc..e 
Riropods) ;  in  drought  or  in  untoward  conditions,  or  belore 
mSld  division,  they  often  draw  themselves  together  and  encvst 
within  a  sweated-off  sheath.  j-  -j  .  ;.,.„ 

The  Protozoa  often   muUiply  very  rapidly.     One  divides    no 
two   the  two  become  four,  and  in  rapid  progression  the  num.a. 
ncr'eas^     On  Maupas's  calculuion  a  single  Infus.nan  may  in  fcur 
days  have  a  progeny  of  a  million.     The  same  observer  has  shed  a 
new  St  on^  a 'other  process-that  of  conjugation,  the  temporan- 
or  percent  union  of  t\vo  Protozoa,  which  in  thecihated  Inhisona  . 
?n?ouis  an  interchange  of  nuclear  particles.     In  November  iS^,. 
Maupi  isoht  d  an  Infusorian  {Stylonichia)  and  observed  its  genera^ 
Monstm  March  i8S6.     By  that  time  there  had  been  two  hundied  and 
fften  generations  produced  by  ordinaiy  division,  but  smce  t:ese 
owTy  organisms  do  not  conjugate  with  near  relatives,  conjug. a^ 
hadU^occurred.     The  result,   «>"°borated  m  other  case.,  v^ 
strikin-       The    whole     family    became     exhaust.!,    small,    ^^ 
''senile " ;   they  ceased  to  divide  or  even  to  feed  ;   their  r.v.. 
underwen     a    strange    degeneration;    they   began   to   die.      B.. 
ndivSs  removed' before  the  process   had  gone  too  far  ... 
observed  to  conjugate  with  unrelated  forms  and  to  live  on      lb 
Sference  was  obvious.     Conjugation  in  these  Infusorians  is  of  .tth 
moment  t^any  two  individuals  ;  during  l-g  P-ods  it  need  ne.« 
occur,  but  it  is  essential  to  the  continued  life  of  the  species. 
is  a  necessary  condiUon  of  their  eternal  youth. 


11   V: 


CHAP.  XIV  The  Simplest  Animals  215 

We  must  return,  however,  to  the  eveiyday  life  of  the  Protozoa 
Rhizopods  move  by  means  of  outflowing  processes  of  tlieir  livinL' 
matter  winch  stream  out  at  one  corner  and  are  drawn  in  ac  another  • 
tlie  Infusorians  move  more  rapidly  by  undulating  flagella  or  by 
numerous  cilia  wliich  work  like  flexible  oars;  the  parasitic 
Gregarines  without  any  defmite  locomotor  structures  sometimes 
writhe  sluggishly.  A  few  Infusorians  have  a  spasmodic  leaping  or 
springing  motion,  while  the  activity  of  others  (like  Vorticelld)ss\nc\i 
in  adult  hfe  are  fixed,  is  restricted  to  the  contraction  and  expansion 
of  a  stalk  and  to  the  action  of  cilia  around  the  opening  which  serves 
as  a  mouth.  Arcella  is  aided  in  its  movements  by  the  formation  of 
^'as  (nubbles  in  different  parts  of  its  cell-substance. 

'Ihe  food  consists  of  other  Protozoa,  of  minute  Algce,  and  of 
organic  debris,  simply  engulfed  by  the  AmoebK,  wafted  by  cilia 
into  the  "  mouth  "  of  most  Infusorians.  The  parasitic  Gregarines 
absDrb  the  debris  ol  the  cells  or  tissues  of  the  animals  in  which  they 
live,  while  not  a  few  suck  the  cell-contents  of  freshwater  Algje  like 
Spirogyra.  A  few  Protozoa  are  green,  and  some  are  able  to  use 
carbonic  acid  after  the  manner  of  plants.  Almost  all  Radiolarians 
and  a  few  I-oraminifers  live  in  constant  and  mutually  helpful 
partnership  or  symbiosis  with  small  Algae  which  flourish  within 
their  cell-substance. 

As  to  the  other  functions,  the  celk  absorb  oxygen  and  liberate 
carbonic  acid,  digest  the  food-particles  and  excrete  waste,  produce 
cysts  or  elaborate  shells, 

6.  Psychical  Life  of  the  Protozoa.— We  linger  over  the 

Protozoa  because  they  illumine  the  beginnings  of  many  activities, 
and  we  cannot  leave  them  without  asking  what  light  they  cast  upon 
the  conscious  life  of  higher  animals.  Is  the  future  quite  hidden  in 
these  simple  organisms  or  are  there  hints  of  it  ? 

According  to  some,  the  'Votozoa,  with  frequently  rapid  and 
useful  movements,  with  cap...i[ies  for  finding  food  and  avoiding 
I'.anger,  with  beautiful  and  intricate  shells,  are  endowed  with  the 
will  and  intelligence  of  higher  forms  of  life.  According  to  others, 
their  motions  are  arbitraiy  and  without  choice,  they  are  only  much 
more  complex  than  those  of  the  potassium  ball  which  darts  about 
on  the  surface  of  water,  the  organisms  are  c^awn  by  their  food 
instead  of  finding  it,  their  powers  of  selection  art  jublimcd  chemical 
aifimties,  their  protective  cysts  are  quite  necessary  results  of  partial 
<icath,  and  their  houses  are  but  crystallisations.  In  both  interpreta- 
tions there  is  some  truth,  but  the  first  credits  the  Protozoa  with  too 
much,  the  second  with  too  little. 

Cienkow^ki  marvelled  over  the  way  in  which  Vampyrella  sought 
and  found  a  Spirogyra  filament  and  proceeded  to  suck  its  contents ; 
t-ngelmann  emphasiseii  the  wonderful  power  of  sdjustiv-ent  in  Aralla 


\     1 


I 


ill 


I    : 


i 


I  i 


216  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 

which  evolves  gas  bubbles  and  thus  rises  or  rights  itself  when  cap- 
sized, and  also  detected  perception  and  decision  in  the  motions  of 
young  Vorticella  or  in  the  pursuit  of  one  unit  by  another ;  Oscar 
Schmidt  granted  them  only  "a  very  dim  general  feeling"  and  the 
power  of  responding  in  different  ways  to  definite  stimuli ;  Schneider 
believed  that  they  acted  on  impulses  based  upon  definite  impressions 
of  contact ;  Moebius  would  credit  them  with  the  power  of  reminis- 
cence and  Eimer  with  will. 

Romanes  finds  evidence  of  the  power  of  discriir "  lative  selection 
among  the  protoplasmic  organisms,  and  he  quotes  in  illustration  Dr. 
Carpenter's  account  of  the  making  of  shells.  «•  Certain  minute 
particles  of  living  jelly,  having  no  visible  differentiation  of  organs 
.  .  .  build  up  •  tests '  or  casings  of  the  most  regular  geometrical 
symmetry  of  form  and  of  the  most  artificial  construction.  .  .  . 
From  the  same  sandy  bottom  one  species  picks  up  the  coarser  quartz 
grains,  cements  them  together  with  phosphate  of  iron  (?)  which  must 
be  secreted  from  their  own  substance,  and  thus  constructs  a  flask - 
shaped  'test'  having  a  short  neck  and  a  single  large  orifice.  Another 
picks  up  the  finer  grains  and  puts  them  together  with  the  same 
cement  into  perfectly  spherical  '  tests  *  of  the  most  extraordinary 
finish,  perforated  by  numerous  small  tubes,  disposed  at  pretty  regular 
intervals.  Another  selects  the  minutest  sand-grains  and  the  terminal 
points  of  sponge  spicules,  and  works  these  up  together  apparently 
with  no  cement  at  all,  but  by  the  '  laying  *  of  the  spicules  into 
perfect  spheres,  like  homoeopathic  globules,  each  having  a  single 
fissured  orifice."  This  selecting  power  is  marvellous ;  we  cannot 
explain  it ;  the  animals  are  alive  and  they  behave  thus.  But  it 
must  be  remembered  that  even  *  dead  *  substances  have  attractive 
atnnities  for  some  things  in  preference  to  others,  that  the  cells  of 
roots  and  those  lining  the  food-canal  of  an  animal  or  floating  in  its 
blood  show  a  power  of  selection.  Moreover,  if  we  begin  will)  a 
unit  which  provides  itself  with  a  coating  of  sponge  spicules, 
at  first  perhaps  because  they  were  handiest,  it  is  not  difficult  to 
understand  why  the  future  generations  of  that  species  should  con- 
tinue to  gather  these  minute  needles.  Being  simply  separated  parts 
of  their  parents,  whose  living  matter  had  become  accustomed  to 
the  stimulus  of  sponge  spicules,  the  descendants  naturally  sustain 
the  tradition.  This  organic  memory  all  Protozoa  must  have, 
for  the  young  are  separated  parts  of  the  parents. 

Haeckel  was  one  of  the  first  (1876)  to  urge  the  necessity  o( 
recognising  the  ''soul"  of  the  cell.  He  maintained  that  the  con- 
tinuity of  organic  life  led  one  to  assume  a  similar  continuity  of 
psychical  life,  that  an  egg-cell  had  in  it  not  only  the  potency  of 
forming  tissues  and  organs  but  the  rudiments  of  a  higher  life  as  well, 
tiiat  liie  Protozoa  likewise  must  be  regarded  not  only  as  physical 


CHAP.  XIV  The  Simplest  Animals 


217 

but  as  psychical,  in  fact  that  the  two  are  inseparable  aspects  of  one 
reality.     "The  cell-soul  in  the  monistic  sense  is  the  sum-total  of 
the  energies  emlwdied  in  the  protoplasm,  and  is  as  inseparable 
from   the   cell-substance   as   the   human   soul   from   the    nervous 
system."     For  several  years  Verwom  has  been  investigatinc  the 
psychical  hfe  of  the  Protozoa.     He  has  conducted  his  researclies 
with  great  care  and  thoroughness,  observing  tlie  animals  both  in 
their  natural  life  and  m  artificial  conditions.     I  shall  cite  his  con- 
elusions,  translating  them  freely  :  "An  investigator  of  the  psychical 
processes  in  Pro...^ts  (simple  forms  of  life)  has  to  face  two  distinct 
problems.     Tne  first  is  comparative,  and  inquires  into  the  grade  of 
psychical  development  which  the  Protists  may  exhibit— the  known 
standard  being  found  of  course  in  man  ;  the  second  is  physiological, 
and  inquires  into  the  nature  of  these  psycliical  processes.     Since 
we  know  these  only  through  the  movements  in  which  they  are 
expressed,  the  investigation  is  primarily  a  study  of  the  movements 
of  Protists. 

"  On  a  superficial  observation  of  these  movements  the  impression 
arises  in  the  observer's  mind  that  they  are  the  result  of  higher 
psychical  processes,  like  the  consciously  willed  activities  of  men. 
Especially  the  spontaneous  movements  of  advance  and  recoil  of 
testmg  and  searching,  give  us  the  impression  of  being  intentional 
atul  voluntary,  since  no  external  stimulus  can  account  for  them  • 
while  even  some  of  the  movements  provoked  by  stimuli  appear  on 
account  of  their  marked  aptness  to  arise  from  conscious  sensation 
nnd  determination. 

"  But  a  critical  study  of  the  results  yielded  by  an  investigation 
of  spontaneous  and  stimulated  movements  warrants  a  more  secure 
judgment  than  that  of  the  superficial  observer,  and  leads  to  a  con- 
elusion  opposed  to  his.  To  this  conclusion  we  are  led,  that  none 
of  the  higher  psychical  processes,  such  as  conscious  sensations, 
representations,  thoughts,  determinations,  or  conscious  acts  of  will 
are  exhibited  by  Protists.  A  numl;er  of  criteria  show  that  the 
movements  are  in  part  impulsive  and  automatic,  and  in  part  reflex, 
^"  ./xi:°     '^^^^  expressions  of  unconscious  psychical  processes. 

This  opmion  is  corroborated  by  an  examination  of  the  structure 
of  these  Protists,  for  this  does  not  seem  such  as  would  make  it 
possible  for  the  individual  to  have  an  idea  of  its  own  unified  self, 
and  the  absence  of  self-consciousness  excludes  the  higher  psychical 
processes.  Small  fragments  cut  from  a  Protist  cell  continue  to 
make  the  same  movements  as  they  made  while  parts  of  the  intact 
organism.  Each  fragment  is  an  independent  centre  for  itself 
1  here  is  no  evidence  that  the  nucleus  of  the  organism  is  a  psychical 
centre.     There  is  no  unified  Psyche. 

"Since  the  characteristic  movements  persist  in  such  small  frag- 


r 


T"; 


M. 


w 


ai8  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  in 

ments,  they  cannot  be  the  expression  of  any  individual  consciousnesa 
for  the  individuality  has  been  cut  in  pieces." 

The  dilemma  is  obvious  ;  either  there  are  no  psychical  processes 
in  the  Protists,  or  they  are  inseparable  from  the  molecular  changes 
which  occur  in  the  parts  of  the  material  substance. 

If  no  psychical  processes  occur  in  the  Protists,  where  do  they 
begin  ?  There  is  no  distinct  point  in  the  animal  series  at  which  a 
nervous  system  may  be  said  to  make  its  first  appearance.  If  there 
are  none,  even  rudlmentarily,  in  the  Protists,  then  these  simple 
organisms  do  not  potentially  include  the  life  of  higher  organisms. 
If  theie  are  none  in  the  Protists,  are  there  any  in  the  germs  from 
which  men  develop  ?  .... 

Verworn  seizes  the  other  horn  of  the  dilemma,  mamtaming  that 
the  superficial  observers  are  wrong  in  crediting  the  Protozoa  with 
their  own  intelligence  or  with  some  of  it,  but  right  in  concluding 
that  psychical  processes  of  some  sort  are  there.  But  since  lie 
cannot  in  any  way  locate  these  processes,  since  he  finds  that  even 
small  fragments  retain  their  life  for  a  time  and  behave  much  as  the 
entire  cells  did,  he  maintains  that  all  life  is  psychical. 

7.  History  of  the  Protozoa.— We  know  that  the  Protozoa 
have  lived  on  the  earth  for  untold  ages,  for  the  shells  of  Fora- 
minifera  and  others  may  be  disentombed  from  almost  the  oldest 
rocks.  The  word  Protozoa,  a  translation  of  the  German  Urthicre  or 
primitive  animals,  suggests  that  the  Protozoa  are  not  only  tie 
simplest,  but  the  first  animals,  or  the  unprogre"ive  descendants  ot 
these.  Nowadays  we  can  hardly  feign  to  consider  this  proposition. 
startling,  for  we  know  that  all  the  higher  animals,  including  ot;r- 
selves,  begin  life  at  the  beginning  again  as  single  cells.  Fiom  the 
division  and  redivision  of  an  apparently  simple  fertilised  egg-cell  rx 
embryo  is  built  up  which  grows  from  stage  to  stage  till  it  1- 
hatched,  let  us  say,  as  a  chick.  It  is  only  necessary  to  extend  t! '.^ 
to  the  wider  history  of  the  race.  What  the  egg  is  to  the  chick  the 
original  Protozoa  were  to  the  animal  series ;  the  present  Protoza 
are  like  eggs  which  have  lived  on  as  such  without  making  much 
progress. 

We  do  not  know  how  the  Protozoa  began  to  be  upon  the  e.u: .. 
whether  they  originated  from  not  living  matter  or  in  some  yet  more 
mysterious  way.  The  German  naturalist  Oken,  a  prominent  ty;  : 
of  the  school  of  "Natural  Philosophers"  who  flourished  about  t.: 
beginning  of  this  century,  dreamed  of  a  primitive  living  shtre 
(Urschleim)  which  arose  in  the  sea  from  inorganic  material.  Mi-- 
dream  was  prophetic  of  the  modern  discoveiy  of  very  simple  ;or'.r.s 
of  life,  in  connection  with  one  of  which  there  is  an  interesimj  sr.a 
instructive  story.  That  one,  perhaps  I  should  say  that  supposea 
one,  was  called  Batkybius,  and  since  those  who  are  eager  to  nr..-:e 


mijiJl 


CHAP.  XIV  TAe  Simplest  Anintals  219 

points  against  science  (that  is  to  say  against  knowledge)  always  tell 
the  stojy  wrongly,  I  shall  make  a  digression  to  tell  it  rightly 

In  1857  Captam  Dayman,  in  charge  of  a  vessel  engaged  in  con- 
nection with  cab  e  -  laying,  discovered  on  the  submarine  Atlantic 
plateau  the  abundant  presence  of  slimy  material  which  looked  as  if 
It  were  al.ve.  Preserved  portions  of  this  formless  slime  were  after- 
wards  descnb.  d  by  Huxley,  and  he  named  the  supposed  organism, 

Haeckelu.  On  the  /Va///«^expeduion  Professors  Wyville  Thomson 
and  Carpenter  observed  it  in  its  fresh  state,  and  Haeckel  afterwards 
described  some  preserved  specimens.  Its  interest  lay  in  its 
simplicity  and  apparent  abundance;  Oken's  dream  seemed  to  be 

But  when  the  Challenger  expedition  went  forth,  and  the  bed  of 
the  ocean  was  explored  for  the  first  time  carefully,  the  organism 
Bathybius  v^;,^  nowhere  to  be  found.     But  this  was  not  M  :  the 

™?  .  r  R  T,  ^''  '°  '=°'"'-  ^'-  J°^"  ^^""-y  '^-'  reason  to 
suspect  that  Bathybius  was  not  an  organism  at  all,  that  it  could  be 
made  in  a  test-tube,  and  was  nothing  but  a  gelatinous  form  of 
sulpha  e  of  lime  precipitated  from  the  sea  water  by  the  action  of  the 
ttt  T"h  P^«^^y>"g  7^f  «Js-       He    renounced    Bathybius, 

llri  ^  °^  acquiesced,  Huxley  surrendered  his  organism  to 
the  chemists,  and  the  obscurantists  rejoiced  exceedingly  over  the 
mares  nest.  Bathybius  became  famous,  it  was  trotted  out  to 
1  ustrate  the  fallibility  of  science,  a  useful  if  it  were  not  a  some^hS 
superfluous  service. 

th.f';hi^^n""''''"'',°'"^''''>'^''"'^"^^  "°'  P^°^'^d  by  the  fact 

ha    the  Chall^ger  explorers  failed  to  find  it.  nor  was  it  certain 

that  Murray's  destructive  criticism  covered  all  the  facts.     Haeckel 

l"nMr    Kf' '"'''^  pertinacity  to   Bathybius.   and   his  con- 

S    ^  ^Tr   Vrf  "^'"'  J"'''^''-'  '^y  the  fact  that  in   1875 

tarerV^'w'^^/^'f  \'P''^^''°"''^^^^eed  from  92  fathoms  of 

TZ  '"^""^^  ^o""^  abundant  quantities  cf  a  closely- similar 

fiTkr,,.,-  n      ""'"^  ''l^''^'  movements,  and  called  it  Protc 

Bathy,us.       It  may  be  that  it  consists  of  the  broken-off  portions 

of  Foraminifera  ;  we  require  to  know  yet  more  about  it.  but  I  have 

aid  enough  to  show  that  it  is  unfair  to  stop  telling  th;  s"ory  wi  h 

the  words  "mare's  nest."     But  whether  there  lia  Bathybhr  . 

IZlillT^r'  °r  "°  ^'"'^^'"' ""'  ^"'  ''^  "^^  ^^  ^'"d^"«s  of  science 
compelled   to  confess   our   complete   ignorance   as  to  the  origin 

8.  Relation  to  the    Earth.  — The  floor  of  the  sea   for  a 

o"e?ed^T'a  VI  """  (-t  exceeding  300)  from  thHlJ::  i 

^"""■^•■•-jr'wa"  3"ciis  of  i-oraminilcia  usually 


^ 


i  i 


:1L1: 


1 


ill 


ni, 


u 
r 
I 
I 


11 


iiit 


330 


TJie  Study  of  Animal  Life  ^-art  m 


oocur,  bu;  they  become  more  numerous  farther  from  the  land, 
where  the  floor  of  the  sea  is  often  covered  with  a  whitish  "ooze," 
most  of  which  consists  of  Foraminifera  which  in  dying  have  sunk 
from  the  surface  to  the  bottom.  ihey  are  ferming  the  chalk  of  a 
possible  future,  just  as  many  dialk-cliffs  and  pure  limestones  repre- 
sent the  ooie  of  a  distant  past.  In  other  regions  the  hard  parts 
of  Radiolarians  or  Diatoms  (small  plants)  or  Pteropods  (minute  mol- 
luscs) are  very  abundant.  As  the  Foraminifers  have  made  much 
of  the  chalk,  so  Radiolarians  have  formed  less  important  siliceous 
deposits,  such  as  the  Barbados  Earth,  from  which  Ehrenberg 
described  no  fewer  than  278  species.  At  marine  depths  greater 
than  2500  fathoms  the  Globigerina  or  other  Foraminifer  shells  are 
no  longer  present,  not  because  there  are  none  at  the  surface,  but 
apparently  owing  to  the  solution  of  the  shells  before  they  reach 
such  a  vast  depth.  Here  the  floor  is  covered  with  a  very  fine 
reddish  or  brownish  deposit,  often  called  "red- clay,"  a  very 
heterogeneous  deposit  of  meteoric  and  volcanic  dust  and  of  residues 
of  surface-animals.  Along  with  this,  in  some  of  the  very  deepest 
parts,  e.g.  of  the  Central  Pacific,  there  are  accumulations  of  Radio- 
larian  shells,  which  do  not  readily  dissolve.  ^ 

9.  Belation  to  other  Forms  of  Life.— On  the  one  hand 

the  Protozoa  are  devourers  of  oi^nic  debris  and  the  enemies  of 
many  small  plants ;  on  the  other  hand  they  form  the  fundamental 
food  of  higher  animals,  helping,  for  instance,  to  make  that  thin  sea- 
soup  on  which  many  depend.  Moreover,  among  them  there  are 
many  parasites  both  on  vegetable  and  animal  hosts. 

10.  Belation  to  Man. —in  many  indirect  ways  these  firstlings 
affect  human  life,  nor  are  there  wanting  direct  points  of  contact ; 
witness  a  few  Protozoa  parasites  in  man,  an  .^nioeba,  some  Gie 
garines,  and  some  Infusorians,  which  are  very  trivial,  however,  in 
comparison  with  the  numerous  plant-parasites— the  Bacteria. 

Among  the  earliest  human  records  of  Protozoa  is  the  notice 
which  Herodotus  and  Strabo  take  of  the  large  coin-like  N unimu 
lites,  the  "  Pharaoh's  beans "  of  popular  fancy.  But  the  minute- 
ness of  most  Protozoa  kept  them  out  of  sight  for  ages.  Thty  were 
virtually  discovered  by  Leeuwenhoek  (b.  1632)  about  the  middle  o( 
the  seventeenth  century,  and  soon  afterwards  demonstrated  by 
Hooke  to  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  the  members  of  which 
signed  an  «ffidavit  that  they  had  really  seen  them  !  In  1755  Kosc[ 
von  Rosenhof  discovered  the  Amoeba,  or  "Proteus  animalcule:" 
but  his  discovery  was  ineffective  till  Dujardin  in  1835  demonstraied 
the  simplicity  of  the  Foraminifers,  and  till  Von  Siebold  in  184S 


»  For  details,  see  conveniently  H.  R.  Mill's  Realm  of  Nature  (Lend. 
1893). 


CHAP,  xnr  The  Simplest  Animats  an 

sb'^'ved  that  Infusoria  were  single  celli  comparable  to  those  whicli 
make  up  a  higher  animal.  For  the  resemblance  between  some  of 
the  spirally  twisted  shells  of  Foraminifera  and  those  of  the 
immensely  larger  MoUuscan  Ammonites  and  Nautili  led  many  to 
mamtain  that  the  Foraminifera  were  minute  predecessors  or  else 
dwindling  dwarfs  of  the  Ammonites.  So  Ehrenberg  (1838)  figured 
the  presence  of  many  organs  within  the  Infusorian  cell.  But  as 
the  microscope  was  perfected  naturalists  were  soon  convinced  that 
the  Protozoa  were  uni^  masses  of  living  matter.  This  is  their  great 
interest  to  us ;  they  are,  as  it  were,  higher  organisms  analysed  into 
their  component  elements.  We  see  them  passing  through  cycles 
of  phases,  from  ciliated  to  amoeboid,  from  amoeboid  to  encysted, 
cycles  which  shed  light  upon  changes  both  of  health  and  of  disease 
in  higher  animals.  Again,  they  seem  like  ova  and  spermatoiot 
which  have  never  got  on  any  farther. 


m 


m 


m   ^ 


, 


I 


Ir 


CHAPTER   XV 


BACKBONELESS   ANIMALS 


Spends — 2.  Stitigittg-Animah  or  Ccelenterata — 3.  "  Worms''— 
4.  Echitioderms—l.  Arthropods— (t.  Molluscs 


I.  Sponges.— Sponges  are  many- celled  animals  without  organs, 
with  little  division  of  labour  among  their  cells.  A  true  "  body  "  is 
only  beginning  among  sponges. 

Adult  sponges  are  sedentary,  and  plant -like  in  their  growth. 
With  the  exception  of  the  freshwater  sponge  {Spongilla)  they  live 
in  the  sea  fixed  to  the  rocks,  to  seaweeds  and  to  animals,  or  to  the 
muddy  bottom  at  slight  or  at  great  depths.  They  feed  on  micro- 
scopic organisms  and  particles,  borne  in  with  currents  of  water 
which  continually  flow  through  the  sponge.  The  sponge  is  a 
Venice-like  city  of  cells,  penetrated  by  canals,  in  which  incoming 
and  outflowing  currents  are  kept  up  by  the  lashing  activity  of 
internal  ciliated  cells.  These  ciliated  cells,  on  which  the  whole  hie 
of  the  sponge  depends,  line  the  canals,  but  are  especially  develoi-ed 
in  little  clusters  or  ciliated  chambers.  The  currents  are  drawn  in 
through  very  small  pores  all  over  the  surface ;  they  usually  flow  on 
through  much  larger  crater-like  openings. 

Sponges  feed  easily  and  well,  and  many  of  them  grow  out  in 
buds  and  branches.  A  form  which  was  at  first  a  simple  cup  may 
grow  into  a  broad  disc  or  into  a  tree-like  system.  And  as  trees  art 
blown  out  of  shape  by  the  wind,  so  sponges  are  influenced  by  the 
currenU  which  play  around  them,  as  well  as  by  the  nature  o\  ti  e 
objects  on  which  they  are  fixed.  Like  many  other  ia:,>r.e 
organisms,  sponges  almost  always  have  a  well-developed  skclcKn. 
made  of  flinty  needles  and  threads,  of  spicules  of  lime,  or  of  tilres 
of  horn -like  stuff.  While  sponges  do  not  rise  high  in  oiganic 
rank,  they  have  many  internal  complications  and  much  beauty. 

Sponges    may  be    classified    according  to  their  skeleton,  m 


CHAP.  XT 


BackboneUss  Animals 


"3 


calcareous,  ainty,  and  horny,  (o)  The  calcareous  forms  with 
needles  of  bme  have  a  world-wide  distribution  in  the  sea,  from 
between  tide-marks  to  depths  of  300  to  400  fathoms.  They  often 
retain  a  cup -like  form,  but  vary  greatly  in  the  complexity  of  their 

«  ■•.•  u    t  !.fc'"^''*  (°'  Grantia)  com/r»sa  is  common 

on  Brifsh  shores  (*)  The  siliceous  sponges  are  more  numerous, 
diverse,  and  comphcated,  and  the  flinty  needles  or  threads  are  often 
combined  with  a  fibrous  "  horny  "  skeleton.  Venus'-Flower-Basket 
[EupUctella)  hzs,  a  glassy  skeleton  of  great  beauty.  Mermaids' 
Gloves  (CAa//«a  oculata)  with  needles  of  flint  and  horny  fibres  Ls 
often  thrown  up  on  the  beach,  the  Crumb-of- Bread  Sponge 
{Haltchondna  pamcea)  spreads  over  the  low -tide  rocks.  Some 
have  strange  habits,  witness  Clione  which  bores  holes  in  oyster 
shells,  or  Subentes  domuncula  which  clothes  the  outside  of  a  whelk 
or  buckle  shell  tenanted  by  a  hermit-Crab.  Unique  in  habitat  is 
the  freshwater  sponge  {SpongHla)  common  in  some  canals  and  lakes, 
notable  for  plant-hke  greenness,  and  for  the  vicissitudes  of  its  life- 
history,     (c)   The  "  horny  "  sponges  which  have  a  fibrous  skeleton 

^f  "ilP'^^u't''."  "*  **"  represented  by  the  bath-sponges 
(Euspongta)  which  thrive  well  off  Mediterranean  coasts,  whe-  they 
are  farmed  and  even  bedded  out.  ' 

Sponges  are  ancient  but  unpiogiessive  animals.  Their  sedentary 
habits  from  which  only  the  embryos  for  a  short  time  escape,  have 
been  fatal  to  further  progress.  They  show  tissues  as  it  were  in  the 
making  They  are  living  thickets  in  which  many  small  animals 
play  hide-and-seek.     Burrowing  worms  often  do  them  much  harm, 

?  •  '^°i  "^"^  *"*™'"  ^^"^  "*  Protected  by  their  skeletons  and  by 
tneir  bad  taste.  ' 

2.  Stinging- Anixnals  or  Ooelenterata.— It  U  difficult  to 

fin.  a  convenient  name  for  the  jellyfish  and  zoophytes,  sea-anemones 
and  corals,  and  many  other  beautiful  animals  which  are  called 
Ccelenterates;  but  the  fact  that  almost  all  have  poisonous  stincine 
lassoes  in  some  of  their  skin-cells  suggests  that  which  we  now  use 

Representatives  of  the  chief  divisions  may  be  sometimes  found 
n  a  pool  by  the  shore.  Ruddy  sea-anemones,  which  some  call 
ea-roses,  nestle  m  the  nooks  of  the  rocks ;  floating  in  the  pool  and 
hrohbmg  gently  IS  a  jellyfish  left  by  the  tide ;  fringing  thTrocks 

e  various  toophytes,  or  if  we  construe  the  name  backwards  plant! 
iKc  animals ;  besides  these,  and  hardly  visible  in  the  clear  water 
are  minute  translucent  bells  some  of  which  have  a  strange  relation 
s  .p  wuh  .oophyte, ;  and  there  are  yet  other  exquiSdSe' 

Si.  ly  iridescent  globes-the  Ctenophore,  which  mo.thyTmt 

7y^at^.iV  "7''»»  ™^"^b«."  of  this  dass-the  neshwatei 
a^dra  which  hangs  from  the  floating  duckweed  and  other  planta. 


ill* 


m 


■i- 


-..a     t  i 


ii4  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  hi 

TKU  H^ra  is  a  tubular  animal  often  about  quarter  of  an  inch  in 

Th»  ^'•<» »  *  S  thTtXis  fixed,  the  other  bears  the  mouth 

^'"^^a.?°bv  a  crSln  of  m^b?e  tentacles.     It  is  so  simple  that 

StLlt.  tf^t  tc^  minute  may  grow  into  complete  animals ; 

wh^n  wdf?S  the  Hydra  buds  out  little  polypes  hke  Uself.  and 

''TfweTpS^'the  budding  of  Hydra  continued  a  hundred- 

"°Som:tirer  tZ^^:^^'^^^^^o.oi^.^..r^n  such 
Sometimes  however  in  ^^^^.^.^^^    reproductive, 

S  n  a  special  interest  in  the  case  of  many  zoophytes.     Fo 
this  nas  a  spcuim  uu^  tnown  as  Tulm  arians  and 

-Li..,.H-«   hi«i«   of   hvdrod   colonies.      Some    wnicn    are 

lik.    lh«  P^*     « /Sm,  .«  "he  M.  jellyfish^  «hich  are 
somelimei  superficially  l«e  i"'™"  "=  ' .       ni      „,ednst 

sometimes  stranded  in  great  numl.ers  on  "«  ?«?*•      '"' ,i„k  their. 
talone  10  a  different  series,  and  some  of  tlieir  fcattres  hnit 
r,.her^th..«.-.nem«ne,.han.„theMro.d.  ^^^ 

moilS:  :::-=^^;"fjv5C'XroS"^^^^ 
s.rt;Seru-roSs^'.Hro»^^^^^^^^ 

man,  radiating  partition,  "r ,,"'?  °' """'iir  R^lal  d  >  • -l^ 


CHAF.  XV  Backboneless  Animals 


225 

as  relatives  (S.phonophora).  which  are  colonies  of  more  or  Lss 
meduscMd  ind.v.duals  with  much  division  of  labour.  TdLuv  the 
Ctenophores,  such  as  Beroe  and  Pleurobrackia,  which  XS  tJe 
climax  of  activity  among  Coelenterates.  "^n  represent  the 

A  brief  recapitulation  will  be  useful  • 
/»vr/ j-^,,_Hydroid  and  Medusoid  types  (Hydrozoa):- 
I    The  freshwater  Hydra  and  a  few  forms  like  it 

(2)  The  hydroids  or  zoophytes,  each  of  which  maybe  regarded 

as  a  compound  much-branched  Hydra  ;  including  af  many 
whose  -eproductive  persons  are  not  liberated,  espedaSy 
Se  uwians  and  I'lumularians  ;-(3)  many  whose^repro^ 
ductive  persons  are  liberated  as  swimming  bells  or 
medusoids,  especially  Tubularians  and  Campanularians 

(3)  tree  meduso.ds.  anatomically  like  the  liberated  bells  o?  2   i) 

but  without  any  connection  with  zoophytes.  ^  '' 

(5)  A  few  hydroid  corals  or  Millepores. 
Wj^/«_JeIIyfish  and  Sea-Anemone  types  (Scyphozoai- 

(!)  The  true  jellyfishes  or  Medus..  including  S  a  formlke 
Pelasta  which  is  free-swimming  all  its  life  IhioUgh,?^)  £e 
common  ^«,W.a  who.se  embiyos  settle  down  and  become 
polypes  from  which  the  future  free -swimming  jellyfishes 
are  budded  off.  (.)  the  more  or  less  sedenta^ry  jeUyfish 
known  as  Lucernarians.  ^  j-^^yjisn 

The  sea -anemones  and  their  relatives,  including  r«)  sea- 
anemones  proper  ie.g.  Aainia)  and  their  relat;d  reef- 
building  coral-colonies  {e.g.  star-corals  Astr^a,  brain-coral 

clT  /r  V  •  '''°  ^"h'^'-'^'l  ^"r->«.  'S.  the  organ-pipe 
coral  (Tubtpora  musua)  ^nA  the  '« noble  coral"  of  com- 
merce (Ct>/a//,«w  „,^;^;,;).  *'     01  com- 
Third  Series— 
Ti,e  Ctenophores,  which  a: e  n.arkedly  contrasted  with  corals, 
l^mg  free  and   bght  and  active.      Many  (e.g.  Beroi  and 
I^letirobrachm)  swarm  in  our  seas  in  summer,  iride>       ♦  in 
daylight,  phosphorescent  at  night.     Tlu-y  differ  in  .     ny 
Q 


f2) 


M 


I 


ill 

IB. 


226  Th£  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  in 

ways  from  other  Coelenterates,  thus  the  characteristic 
stinging  cells  are  modified  into  adhesive  cells. 
The  first  and  second  series,  separated  by  diflferences  of  structure 
and  development,  are  yet  parallel.  In  both  there  are  polype-types ; 
in  both  medusoid  types ;  in  both  there  are  single  mdividuals  and 
colonies  of  individuals;  in  both  there  are  "corals.  ^  ^^e  n;--*)' 
compare  a  Hydra  with  a  sea -anemone,  a  medusoid  with  a  jelly- 
fish   a  hydroid  colony  with  Dead -men's- fingers,  Millepores  wiih 


the  Evolution  o/Stx  ;  after  Haeckel.) 


lll-Ol 


the  commoner  reef-corals.     Moreover,  we  may  compare  a  mod 
liberated  from  a  hydroid  with  Aurelia  liberated  from  its  fixed  polyp. 
stage,  and  permanently-free  medusoids  with  jellyfishes  like  Vda^ta, 
These  arc  physiological  parallels. 

The  sedentary  polypes  arc  somewhat  sluggish,  with  a  tondomy 
to  bud  and  to  form  shells  or  skeletons  of  some  kind.  'I  ho  free- 
swimming  medusoid  types  are  active,  they  rarely  bud,  they  d)  not 
form    skeletons,    but    their    activity   is   sometijncs    expressed    m 


CHAP.  XV  Backboneless  Animals 

phosphorescence,  and  their  fuller  life 


227 


J  associated  with  the  develnn 
wh,ch  ftMe„„clcs  and  .h'e  S^"  .ST^H  Zr""  »  -"""« 

occurs  in  brackish  water  and  in  .;„ni    "y^'™''*  f-o> dyhphora  which 

which  is  pan^siticinTts  youth  "n  .ri.:  ^fThf  R°™  '''''^^'^"'" 
or  sterlet,  and  a  freshwater  iellvfi.jf^f /  •  ^^^^^^^'^n  sturgeon 
found  in  the  tanks  at  Kew    ^rlt      ^Ltmnocodtum)  which  was 

\^x  them  company  Siphonophores  and  Ctenophores 

Various  kinds  of  corals  should  be  contra<;tPH  n  . 
fingers  with  aumerous  jagged  suicules  oMi  "  •  •.  ^,^^'|-™ens- 
l^nning  to  be  coralline  SimiUrc•^i™^'"  "'  ^^^^  '- J"st 
i7an  external  t°ut"  i^'  tl I'^^an  'pTp^L'rT  t"  S"'  '^^'^J 
the  calcareous  material  form.;  nn  a vJc*^  j  "...  ,  *^^  ""^^  '^o"' 
are  clustered.  Ve.y  diSnt  nr^ ^.^'"""^^M'f^  '^^  individuals 
the  cup  in  which  e^IhlnSuaUivxd'ir:^"'''^^  ~'^'^'  "'^"^ 
according  as  it  has  remaiS  di  inct  1  "fZ' ^h^  "'"  T^''' 
and  where  an  imatre  of  the  fliv.  ..'"^^^  ^^'^^  "s  neighbours, 
.ike  anima,  is  ^::^t^l^:SZt^:tl^,  '>-  ™one- 

ca.^":irK.T;  hot'do^  trVef  r  °^''""^'  ^-^^^^  »'- 

which  these  are  composed^  Is  h^f  ^1  ^^  '''^°"^*'^  ^^  '™«  of 
sea-water-plentiful  nS  cLl  ree^  or  "T^'iL"^^  ^  n'  ^'""'^"' '" 
tion  between  the  abunHmt  ^.\l-       °^'V"^'^  ^  double-decomposi- 

products,  a:  hls\t""suggS'b^?  i'^^^^^^^^  ''^  '^^^"'^  --'- 
do  the  corals  feed,  for  therseem  alwn  s  f^h  '"■'^^  ^"  ^"'''''' 
bright  pigmenU  enable  them  T/r^  ^^  ^""P^^'  ^°  »heir 
plants  on  carbonic  acid  ?  '  ''''°"  '"^gests.  to  feed  like 

water.  """'  '^'"S  J'ttle  more  than  animated  sea- 


11 


'I 


1' 


M 


,1 


]^ 


iif 


WS^Z^ 


2a8  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 

As  sDonces  showed  tissues  in  the  making,  so  among  Stinging- 
As  sponges  snow  nerve- rings,  and  special 

animals  o'g"^  ^8^°-?^  ^lo^t  has  much  to  leam  in  regard 
"P/v^T™.S  orhydS^dTedusoid  in  one  life-cycle,  the 
to  he  ^'7?^*^°  °\„^^^^^  and  other  colonies,  and  the 

division  °f  }*^"  JV  a  skSe  on.  Nor  can  we  forget  the  long 
meaning  and  makmg  oj  J  «^;'«°     ^^^j  „,f,,  ^^d  types  of  coral 

Sirretrett^^^^^^^^^^^  Graptolites  whose  nature  we 

'°W  ?ln'?il's^ritro?m;uy-celled  animals  with  Sponges  and 
rXteS  par?^  ic-re  they  are  on  the  whole  simplest,  but 
OElenteraes.  partly  /        ^^.^^^.yyxft  are  leest  removed 

ZmtCtt^S  reT.cS^  or  gastrula  which  recurs  .n 

Se  Wsto^  of  most  animals,  and  which  we  have  mucn  warran 
the  life-tastory  oi  mus  successful  many-celled 

for  regardmg  as  a  hint  of  what  ^he  ^^^^^^^^  ^.^^^  ^^^^  ^j,^ 
animals  ^ere  'ke      The  f  ?on|es  ^^  ^^.^    ^^^^^^^^  .^^ 

S^r^ttdii  ly  ^ymS^^^^^  and'in  so  gVowing  that  the  axis 
eSi  from  the  mouth  to  the  opposite  pole  corresponds  o  the 
extending  iromuic  two -layered  animals,  for 

'"'y°'Wo™^This  title  is  one    of  convenience,    ^vithout 
.3    .   r^r'.,      Vnr  there  is  no  class  of  "worms,"  but  an 

sides.       The  ""P^'^/iSSstently  head  foremost,  thus  acquiring 


CHAP.  XV 


Backhondess  Antmals 


329 


by  budding  forms  temporary  chains  of  eight  or  sixteen  individuals 
as  if  suggesting  how  a  ringed  wonn  might  arise ;  Gunda,  with  a  hint 
of  internal  s^mentation  ;  and  two  parasitic  genera — Grc^la  and 
Amplodium — may  be  mentioned  as  representatives  of  this  class. 
You  will  find  specimens  by  collecting  the  waterweeds  from  a  pond 
or  seaweeds  from  a  shore-pool,  and  the  simplicity  of  some  may  be 
demonstrated  by  observing  that  when  they  are  cut  in  two  each  half 
lives  and  grows. 

2nd  Class. — Trematoda  or  Flukes.   These  are  parasitic  "worms," 
living  outside  or  inside  other  animals,  often  fiat  or  leaf- like  in 
form,  provided  with  adhesive  and  absorbing  suckers.     Those  which 
live  as  ectoparasites,  e.g.  on  the  skin  of  fishes,  have  usually  a 
simple  history ;  while  those  which  are  internal  boarders  have  an 
intricate  life-cycle,  requiring  to  pass  from  one  host  to  another  of  a 
different  kind  if  their  development  is  to  be  fulfilled.     Thus  the 
liver-fluke  {Distornum  hepaiicum),  which  causes  the  disease  of  liver- 
rot  in  sheep,  and  sometimes  destroys  a  million  in  one  year  in  Britain 
alone,  has  an  eventful  history.     From  the  bile-ducts  of  the  sheep 
the  embryos  pass  by  the  food-canal  to  the  exterior.    If  they  reach  a 
pool  of  water  they  develop,  quit  their  egg-shells,  and  become  for 
a  few  hours  free-swimming.     They  knock  against  many  things,  but 
when  they  come  in  contact  with  a  small  water -snail  (Lymtueus 
tmncatulus)  they  fasten  to  it,  bore  their  way  in,  and,  losing  their 
locomotor  cilia,  encyst  themselves.      They  grow  and  multiply  in  a 
somewhat  asexual  way.      Cells  within  the  body  of  the  encysted 
embryo  give  rise  to  a  second  generation  quite  different  in  form. 
The  second  generation   similariy  produces  a  third,  and  so  on. 
Finally,  a  generation  of  little  tailed  flukes  arises ;  these  leave  the 
water-snail,  leave  the  water  too,  settle  on  blades  of  grass,  and  lose 
their  tails.     If  they  be  eaten  by  a  sheep  they  develop  into  adult 
sexual  flukes.     Others  have  not  less  eventful  life-cycles,  but  that  of 
the  liver-fluke  is  most  thoroughly  known.      If  you  dissect  a  frog 
you  are  likely  to  find  Polystomum  integerrimum  in  the  lungs  or 
bladder ;  it  begins  as  a  parasite  of  the  tadpole,  and  takes  two  or 
three  years  to  become  mature  in  the  frog.     Quaint  are  the  little 
forms  known  as  Diporpa  which  fasten  on  the  gills  of  minnows,  and 
unite  in  pairs  for  life,  forming  double  animals  (Diplotoon) ;  and 
hardly  less  strange  is  Gyrodactylm,  another  parasite  on  freshwater 
fishes,  for  three  generations  are  often  found  together,  one  within 
the  other.     The  most  formidable  fluke-parasite  of  man  is  Bilhartia, 
or  Distomum  kamatobium,  common  in  Africa. 

3rd  Class.  Ccstoda  or  Tapeworms.  These  are  all  internal 
parasites,  and,  with  the  exception  of  one  {Ankigctes),  which  fulfils 
its  life  in  the  little  river-worm  Tubifex,  the  adults  always  occur  in 
the  food-canal  of  backboned  animals.     Like  the  flukes,  they  have 


mk 


tf 


i   <'i 


836  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  ih 

adhesive  suckers,  and  sometimes  hooks  as  well ;  unlike  aukes  and 
planarians,  which  have  a  food-canal,  they  absorb  the  juices  of  their 
hosU  through  their  skins,  and  have  no  mouth  or  gut.     Like 
the  endo-parasitic  flukes,  the  tapeworms  have  (except  Archigttes) 
intricate  life -histories.     Both  Turbellarians  and  Trematodes  are 
small,  rarely  more  than  an  inch  at  most  in  length,  but  the  tape- 
worms may  measure  several  feet.      In  the  adult  Tania  solium, 
which  is  sometimes  found  in  the  intestines  of  man,  we  see  a  small 
head  like  that  of  a  pin  ;  it  is  fixed  by  hooks  and  suckers  to  the 
wall  of  the  food-canal ;  it  buds  off  a  long  chain  of  "joints,"  each 
of  which  is  complete  in  itself.     As  these  joints  are  pushed  by  con- 
tinued budding  farther  and  farther  from  the  head,  they  become 
larger,  and  distended  with  eggs,  and  even  with  embryos,  for  the 
bisexual  tapeworm  seems  able  to  fertilise  itself,  which  is  a  very  rare 
thing  among  animals.     The  terminal  joints  of  the  chain  are  set  free, 
one  or  a  few  at  a  time,  and  they  pass  down  the  food-canal  to  the 
exterior.     The  tiny  embryos  which  they  contain  when  fully  ripe 
are  encased  in  firm  shells.     It  may  be  that  some  of  them  are  eaten 
by  a  pig.  tbe  shells  are  dissolved  away  in  the  food-canal,  small  six- 
ncoked  embryos  emerge.     These  bore  their  way  into  the  muscles  of 
the  pig  and  lie  dormant,  increasing  in   size  however,  becoming 
little  bladders,  and  forming  a  tiny  head.     They  are  called  bladder- 
worms,  and  it  was  not  till  about  the  middle  of  this  century  that  they 
were  recognised  as  the  young  stages  of  the  tapeworm.     For  if  the 
diseased  pig  be  killed  and  its  flesh  eaten  (especially  if  half-cooked) 
by  man,  then  each  bladder-worm  may  become  an  adult  sexual  tape- 
worm.    The  bladder  part  is  of  no  importance,  but  the  head  fixes 
itself  and  buds  off  a  chain.     For  many  others  the  story  is  similar ; 
the  bladder-worm  of  the  ox  becomes  another  tapeworm  {Tania 
saginata)  in  man  ;  the  bladder-worm  of  the  pike  or  turbot  becomes 
another  (Bothriocephaltis  lotus) ;   the  tladder-worm  of  the  rabbit 
becomes  one  of  the  tapeworms  of  the  dog,  that  of  the  mouse  passes 
to  the  cat,  and  so  on.     A  bladder-worm  which  forms  many  heads 
destroys  the  brain  of  sheep,  etc.,  and  has  its  tapeworm  stage  ( Tattia 
ccenunis)  in  dog  or  wolf.    Another  huge  bladder- worm,  which  has  also 
many  heads,  and  sometimes  kills  men,  has  also  its  tapeworm  stage 
{Tania  echinococcus)  in   the  dog.     But  enough  of  these  vicious 
cycles. 

2nd  Set  of  Worms.    Bibbon  Worms  or  Nemerteans— 

4th  Class,  Nemcrtea.— In  pleasing  contrast  to  the  flukes  and  tape- 
worms, the  Nemerteans  are  free -living  "worms."  They  are 
mostly  marine,  often  brightly  coloured,  almost  always  elongated, 
always  covered  \vith  cilia.  There  is  a  distinct  food-canal  with 
a  posterior  opening,  a  blood-vascular  system  for  the  first  time, 
a  well-develop  nervous  system,  a  remarkable  protrusible  "  pro- 


CHAt.  XV 


BcukboneUss  Animals 


a3* 


boscu  lying  in  a  sheath  along  the  back,  a  pair  of  enigmatical 
ciliated  piU  on  the  head.  The  sexes  are  almost  always  separate. 
Almost  all  Nemerteans  are  carnivorous,  but  two  or  three  haunt  other 
animals  in  a  manner  which  leads  one  to  suspect  some  parasitism  ; 
thus  AfalacobJella  lives  within  the  shells  of  bivalve  molluscs.  We 
find  many  of  them  under  loose  stones  by  the  sea-shore;  one 
beautiful  form,  Lineus  marinus,  sometimes  measures  over  twelve 
feet  in  length.  Some,  such  as  Cerebratulm,  break  very  readily  into 
parts,  even  on  slight  provocation,  and  these  parts  are  said  to  be 
able  to  r^row  the  whole.  To  speculative  zoologists,  the  Nemer- 
teans are  of  great  interest  on  account  of  the  vertebrate  affinities 
which  some  of  their  structures  suggest.  Thus  the  sheath  of  the 
''proboscis"  has  been  compared  with  the  vertebrate  notochord 
(the  structure  which  precedes  and  is  replaced  by  a  backbone),  and 
the  two  ciliated  head -pits  with  gill-slits. 

3rd  Set  of  Worms.  Nematbelmintlies  or  Bound- 
Worms— sth  Class,  Nematoda  or  Thread  -  Worms.— The 
"  worms  "  of  this  class  are  usually  long  and  cylindrical,  and  the 
small  ones  are  like  threads.  The  skin  is  firm,  the  body  is 
muscular  ;  in  most  a  simple  food-canal  extends  from  end  to  end  of 
the  body-cavity  now  for  the  first  time  distinct;  the  sexes  are 
separate.  Many  of  the  Nematodes  live  in  damp  earth  and  in 
rottenness  ;  many  are,  during  part  of  their  life,  parasitic  in  animals 
or  plants.  We  have  already  noticed  how  long  some  of  them — 
"paste -eels,"  "vinegar -eels,"  etc.— may  lie  in  a  dried-up  state 
without  dying.  The  life-histories  are  often  full  of  vicissitudes ;  thus 
the  mildew- worm  {Tylmchus  tritict)  passes  from  the  earth  into  the 
ears  of  wheat,  and  many  others  make  a  similar  change ;  the  female 
of  Sphttrularia  bombi  migrates  from  damp  earth  into  humble-bees, 
and  there  produces  young  which  find  their  way  out ;  others,  e.g. 
some  of  the  thread-worms  found  in  man  {Oxyurii,  Trichocephalus), 
pass  from  water  into  their  hosts  ;  others  are  transferred  from  one 
host  to  another ;  as  in  the  case  of  the  Trichina  with  which  pigs 
are  infected  by  eating  rats,  and  men  infected  by  eating  diseased 
pigs,  or  the  small  Filaria  sanguinis  hominis,  sometimes  found  in 
the  blood  of  man,  which  seems  to  pass  its  youth  in  a  mosquito. 
Somewhat  different  from  the  other  Nematodes  are  those  of  which 
the  horse-hair  worm  Gordius  is  a  type.  They  are  sometimes  found 
inside  animals  (water-insects,  molluscs,  fish,  frog,  etc),  at  other 
times  they  appear  in  great  numbers  in  the  pools,  being,  according 
to  popular  superstition,  vivified  horse-hairs. 

6th  Class,  Acanthocephsla. — Including  one  peculiar  genus  of 
parasites  {Echinorkynchus). 

4th  Series  of  Worms.    The  Annelids  or  Ringed  Wonns 

-7lh  Class,    Chsetopoda  or   Bristle  -  footed    "worms."— In   the 


«3«  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 

earthworms   {Liimbricus,  etc.),   in  the  freshwater  worms   {Nais, 

Tubifex,  etc.),  in  the  \o\yfioxxa&  {Arenicola  piscatorum),  and  in  the 

»ea-worms  (Nereis,  Aphrodite,  etc.),  all  of  which  are  ranked  as 

Ch8etopods,\he  body  is  divided  into  a  series  of  similar  rings  or 

segments,  and  there  are  always  some,  and  often  very  many,  bristles 

on  the  outer  surface.     The  segments  are  not  mere  external  rings, 

but  divisions  of  the  body  often  partially  partitioned  off"  internally, 

and  there  is  usually  some  repetition  of  internal  organs.     Thus  in 

each  segment  there  are  often  two  little  kidney-tubes  or  nephridia, 

while  reproductive  organs  may  occur  in  s^ment  after  segment. 

Moreover,  there  are  often  two  feet  on  each  ring.     The  nervous 

system  consists  of  a  dorsal  brain  and  of  a  double  nerve-cord  lying 

along  the  ventral  surface.     The  nerve-cord  has  in  each  segment  a 

pair  of  nerve-centres  or  ganglia,  and  divides  in  the  head  region  to 

form  a  ring  round  the  gullet  united  with  the  brain  above.     The 

existence  of  nerve-centres  for  each  segment  makes  each  ring  to  some 

extent  independent,  but  the  brain  rules  all.     This  type  of  nervous 

system  represents  a  great  step  of  progress  ;  it  is  very  different  from 

that  of  Stinging-animals,  which  lies  diffusely  in  the  skin  or  forms 

a  ring  around  the  circumference  ;  different  from  that  of  the  lower 

"worms,"  where  the  nerve-cords  from  the  brain  usually  run  alonj,' 

the  sides  of  the  body ;  different  from  that  of  molluscs,  where  the 

nerve-centres  are  fewer  and  tend  to  be  concentrated  in  the  head  ; 

different  finally  from  the  central  nervous  system  of  backboned  animals, 

for  that  is  wholly  dorsal.      But  the  type  characteristic  of  ringed 

"worms" — a  dorsal  brain  and  a  ventral  chain  of  ganglia — is  also 

characteristic  of  crustaceans,  insects,  and  related  forms. 

Of  bristle-footed  "worms,"  there  are  two  great  sets,  the  earth- 
worms and  the  sea-worms.  The  former,  including  the  common 
soil-makers  and  a  few  giants,  such  as  the  Tasmanian  Megascolides, 
sometimes  about  six  feet  long,  have  bristles  but  no  feet  ;  sense- 
organs,  feelers,  and  breathing  organs  are  undeveloped  as  one  would 
expect  in  subterranean  animals.  The  sea-worms,  on  the  other 
hand,  have  usually  stump-like  bristly  feet,  and  eyes  and  tentacles 
and  gills,  but  there  is  much  difference  between  those  which  swim 
freely  in  the  sea  (e.g.  Alciope  and  Tomopteris  and  some  Nereids) 
and  the  lobworms  which  burrow  and  make  countless  castings  upon 
the  flat  sandy  shores,  or  those  which  inhabit  tubes  of  lime  or 
sandy  particles  (e.g.  Serpula,  Spirorbis,  and  Lattice  or  Terebdli 
cotichilegd).  The  earthworms  with  comparatively  few  bristles 
(Oligochseta)  are  bisexual,  while  almost  all  the  marine  worms  with 
many  bristles  (Polychaeta)  have  separate  sexes.  Moreover,  those  of 
the  first  series  usually  lay  their  eggs  in  cocoons,  within  which  the 
embryos  develop  without  any  metamorphosis,  while  the  sea- worms, 
though  they  sf-metirr.PF.  form  r.ocoons,  have  free-swimming  l.irva! 


CHAP.  XV 


Backboneless  Animals 


m 

usually  v^ry  different  from  the  adults-little  barrel-shaped  or  pear, 
shaped  ci.iated  creatures  known  as  Trochospheres. 

Some  of  the  Chjetopods  multiply  not  only  sexually,  but  asexually 
by  dividing  into  two  or  by  giving  off  buds  from  various  parts  of 
their  body  Strange  branching  growths,  which  eventually  separate 
mto  individuals,  are  well  illustrated  by  the  freshwater  A^a/JTand 


Fig.  43.-A  budding  marine  worm  (6>//«  ramosa).      From  Evolution  of  Sex  ■ 
after  M 'Intosh's  Challenger  Report.)  ' 

still  better  by  a  marine  worm,  Syllis  nvuosa,  which  almost  forms 
•I  iictwoi  k. 

Many  sea-worms  have  much  beauty,  which  some  of  their  names 
hlv^  In'n  "J"'  ^Phjodiu,  Alao/e,  suggest,  and  which  is  said  to 
ha^e  mduced  a  specialist  to  call  his  seven  daughters  after  them 

Along  with  the  Chstopods,  we  include  some  other  forms' too 

™"  'iTut      '  "r  *^^" --^'°"  '^-^.  ^he  Myzostomata  which 
or     ^-ill-Uke  growths  on  the  feather-stars  which  they  infest,  the 

wiEk  T^'^"^  '"  '"^''^  '^^  >»icroscopic  male  lives  as  a  para  i,e 
uuhin  thefemale,  and  some  very  simple  forms  which  are  so  .times 
^ -.iv..  -Aiciii-.vnnends. 


^'1' 


»34 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  hi 


8th  Class,  Hirudinea  or  Discophora  or  Leeches. — These  are 
blood-sucking  animais,  which  often  cling  for  a  long  time  to  their 
victims.  They  live  in  salt  and  in  fresh  water,  and  sometimes  on 
land.  The  body  is  elastic  and  ringed,  but  the  external  markings 
do  not  correspond  to  the  internal  segments.  There  are  no  legs, 
but  the  mouth  is  suctorial,  and  there  is  another  adhesive  sucker 
posteriorly.  The  body-cavity  is  almost  obliterated  by  a  growtli 
of  spongy  tissue,  whereas  that  of  Chaetopods  is  roomy.  Leeches 
are  hermaphrodite,  and  lay  their  eggs  in  cocoons,  within  which 
the  young  develop  without  metamorphosis. 

The  medicinal  leeches  {Hirudo  medicinalii)  live  in  slow  streams 
and  marshes,  creeping  about  with  their  suckers  or  sometimes 
swimming  lithely,  preying  upon  fishes  and  amphibians,  and  both 
laiger  and  smaller  animals.  They  fix  themselves  firmly,  bite  with 
their  three  semicircular  saw-like  tooth-plates,  and  gorge  themselves 
with  blood.  When  they  get  an  opportunity  they  make  the  most 
of  it,  filling  the  many  pockets  of  their  food-canal.  The  blood  is 
kept  from  coagulating  by  means  of  a  secretion,  and  on  its  store  the 
leech  may  live  for  many  months. 

The  horse-leech  {Hamopis  sanguisuga)  is  common  in  Britain 
and  ilsewhere  The  voracious  Aulastoma  is  rather  carnivorous 
than  parasitic  The  land -leeches  (e.g.  Hamadipsa  ceylonica\ 
though  small  and  thin,  are  very  troublesome,  sucking  the  blood  of 
man  and  beast  Among  the  others  are  the  eight-eyed  Nepkelis  of 
our  ponds,  the  little  Clepsim  which  sometimes  is  found  with  its  young 
attached  to  it,  the  warty  marine  PontMella  which  fastens  on  rays, 
Piideola  on  perch  and  carp,  BranchtUion  with  numerous  lateral 
leaflets  of  skin,  and  the  largest  leech— the  South  American  Macro- 
bdtlla  valdiviana  which  is  said  to  attain  a  length  of  over  two 

feet. 

Possibly    related    to    the     Annelid     series     are    two    other 

classes — 

9th  Class— Chxtognatha,  including  two  genera  of  small  arrow- 
like marine  '•  worms,"  Sagitta  and  Spadella. 

loth  Class — Rotifera,  "  wheel  animalcvUes,"  abundant  and 
exquisitely  beautiful  animals  inhabiting  fresh  and  salt 
water  and  damp  moss.  The  head-region  bears  a  ciliated 
structure,  whose  activity  produces  the  impression  of  a 
swiftly  rotating  wheel.  Many  of  them  seem  to  !« 
entirely  parthenogenelic.  Some  can  survive  being  made 
as  dry  as  dust. 
Fifth  set  of  Worms— a  doubtful  combination  including— 

I  ith  Class— Sipunculoidea,  "  spoon-worms"  living  In  the  sea, 
freely  or  in  tubes,  e.g.  Siputuulus. 

lath  Claa— Phoronidea,  including  one  genus,  Pk^vnis. 


cHAf.  XV  BackboneUss  AnimcUs 


13th  Class-Polyzoa  or  Bryozoa,  with  one  exception  forming 
colonies  by  budding,  in  fresh  water  or  in  the  sea  «.  p.  the 
common  sea-mats  or  horn-wracks  (Flustra) 

'*''*.?«'7^'^\°P°*^*  °'  Lamp-shells,  a  clLs  of  marine 

shelled  animals  once  much   richer    in  members,   now 

decadent.     They  have  a  superficial,  but  only  a  superficial 

resemblance  to  Molluscs.  F<:rn«ai, 

I  have  net  catalogued  all  these  classes  of  "worms  »  without  a 

purpose.    To  ignore  their  diversity  would  have  lent  a  false  simplicity 

to  our  survey      If  you  gain  only  this  idea  that  there  U  a  great 

Za^^TL"^"^  worm-like  animals,  which  zoologists  have  not  yet 

reduc-;d  to  order,  you  have  gained  a  true  idea.     The  "  worms  "lie 

as  It  were  m  a  central  pool  among  backboncless  animals,  from  which 

whh  Frhllr"^  '""T?  °^ P'^S'*^"^*  "f*-     They  have  affinities 
with  Echinoderms,  with  Insects,  with  Molluscs,  with  Vertebrates. 
To  practi<al  people  the  study  of  "  worms  »  has  no  little  interest. 
The  work  of  earthworms  is  pre-eminently  important ;   the  sea- 

constant  companion  ;  numerous  parasitic  i^orms  injure  man.  his 
domesticated     ock,  and  the  crops  of  his  fielc'?. 

.'♦•  .EcWn<^erm»t»  -in  contrast  to  the  "  Worms,"  the  series 
mcluding  starfishes,  brit  -stars,  feather- stars,  sea-urchins,  and 
sea-cucumbers,  is  well  defined.  "renins,  ana 

The  Echinodermata  are  often  ranker  next  the  stinging  animals, 
mainly  becau«s  many  of  the  adults  have  «  radiate  fyi^metra; 
jellyfishes  and  sea-anemones  have.     But  radiate  sySr/b  a 

?K  wlh  olf"  •*;•  ^l^T  *'VP'«'"y  due  to  a  sedemary  habit  of 
life  in  which  all  sid«  of  the  animal  were  equally  affected.     More- 

saT'tiel  -T:?-^  Echmoderms  are  bilaterally  symmetrical,  that  is  to 

olL  /.h^n.,  ''"'"r  '"'°  >''"  *'°"e  .  median  pline.  We 
place  Echinodeims  after  and  not  before  "worms."  because  the 
simplest  worm-like  animals  are  much  simpler,  much  near"  the 
l.yponiet.c.1  gastrula-like  ancestor  than  are  any  Echinoderms.  and 

io^troroth^erl'^^'^''"  "^''^"°''^""'  ^^^^^  ^-™  «- 

wa™ 's'^L'S  '"  i°''^  '.  '''•^'^v"^  ?«  *^"«^  ^'''^h  *"  in  «»"« 
ways  suggestive.     You   know  the  five-rayed  appearance  of  the 

animal  like  a  conventional  .tar;  you  ha\e  perhapi  watched  il 

moving  slowly  in  a  deep   ,xH:k   pJol   by  the^shoiT;  yrtve 

perhaps  ducovered  that  it  will  surrender  one  of  its  armi  ihen  you 

tor  to  capture  it.     No;v  Haeckel  compared  the  s.arfish  toTcolZ 

of  five  worms  united  in  the  centre.     Each  ••  arm  "  or  •«  ray""^ 

complete  in  itself.     £.,:h  hM  .  nerve-cord  aSng  the  ^tra 

'::^^  Li?  r  •  23  ■'  .*'•  ^'P'  P~'o"8»»ton.  of  the  fo^.clrSiI.ro^  ' 
vessels,  and  reproductive  organs     Each  i.  wiatomically  comparable 


ill 

if 
if 


236 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 


to  a  worm.  Furthermore,  when  an  arm  is  separated,  it  may  bud 
out  other  four  arms  and  thus  recreate  an  entire  starfish.  Each  arm 
has  therefore  some  physiological  independence. 

But  there  is  no  likelihood  that  a  starfish  arose  as  a  colony  of 
worms;  the  facts  of  development  do  not  corroborate  the  sug- 
gestion. -     , ,  , 

Of  Echinoderms  there  are  seven  classes,  two  of  which  are 
wholly  extinct.  These— the  Cystoids  and  Blastoids— are  of  great 
interest  because  of  their  relationship  with  the  feather- stars  or 
Crinoids,  which  stand  somewhat  apart  from  the  other  four  extant 
classes.  The  Cystoids  are  more  primitive  than  the  Crmoids,  and 
connect  them  with  the  starfishes  or  Asteroids.  The  Asteroids  are 
nearly  related  to  the  brittle-stars  or  Ophiuroids,  and  they  are  also 
linked  to  the  sea-urchins  or  Echinoids.  These  in  turn  are  the 
nearest  allies  of  the  Holothuroids  or  sea-cucumbers. 

The  Echinoderms  are  all  marine.  The  sea-urchins  and  Holo- 
thurians  are  mud-cleansing  scavengers;  the  Holothurians  and 
Crinoids  feed  for  the  most  part  on  small  organisms,  though  tlie 
former  are  sometimes  mud-eaters ;  the  starfishes  are  more  tmphatic- 
ally  carnivorous,  and  often  engulf  small  molluscs. 

Among  starfishes,  sea-urchins,  and  sea -cucumbers,  we  find 
occasional   cases   of  prolonged  external  connection  between  the 

mothers  and  the  young.  .     ,      ,       .  u  •.., 

The  Echinoderms  are  sluggish  animals,  though  many  bnttie- 
stars  are  lithe  gymnasts,  and  though  the  commonest  Crinoids 
(Comatulids,  such  as  the  rosy  feather-star,  Anttdon  rosacea),  differ 
from  their  stalked  relatives  and  adolescent  stages  in  being  to  some 
extent  swimmers.  Perhaps  the  sluggishness  is  expressed  m  the 
abundance  of  lime  in  the  skin  and  other  parts ;  for,  as  the  name 
suggests,  the  Echinoderms  are  thorny-skinned,  being  usually  pro- 
tected by  calcareous  plates  and  spines.  The  sea-cucumbers  are  the 
most  muscular  and  the  least  limy,  indeed  in  some  almost  the  only 
calcareous  parts  are  a  few  anchors  and  plates  scattered  in  the  skm. 
Another  frequent  characteristic  is  the  radial  symmetry,  but  we 
remember  that  the  larvae  are  bilateral. 

Very  important  is  the  development  ot  a  peculiar  systciu  oi 
canals  and  suctorial  "  tube-feet  "—the  water-vascular  system.  Hy 
means  of  the  tube-feet  the  starfishes  and  sea-urchins  move,  m  the 
others  their  chief  use  seems  to  be  in  connection  with  respir.it  ion, 
and  it  is  likely  that  in  some  at  least  they  also  help  in  excretion. 

Another  characteristic  of  the  Echinoderms  is  the  strangeness  of 
the  larval  forms.     For  not  only  are  they  very  different  from  the 
parenU,  and  v-iy  remarkable  in  form,  but  in  no  case  do  they 
erow  directly  into  the  adult.     The  development  U  '''nfi'f' 
th€  larva  does  not   li«:ome   the   adult }    the  fwindttioM  of  the 


CHAP.  XV 


Backboneless  Animals 


237 


Fic.  44.  —A  Holothurian  (Cucumaria  ertcfa)  with  iu  young  attached  »o  it't  5kin. 
(From  Ev«iiilhH  0/Stx ;  after  ChailtHger  Narrative.) 


wx 


m 
,  I 

■A'i 


}  4  s. 


tf 


l.ii'-'".liiMl 


2$6 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 


adult  are  laid  anew  within  the  body  of  the  larva,  which  is  absorbed 
or  partly  rejected. 

Not  only  the  starfishes  but  also  the  brittle -stars  and  the 
Teather-stan  often  surrender  their  arms  when  captured,  or  even 
when  slightly  irritated,  and  a  part  or  a  remnant  can  in  favourable 
conditions  regrow  the  whole.  The  Holothurian  Synapta  breaks 
readily  into  pieces,  and  others  contract  themselves  so  forcibly  that 
the  internal  organs  are  extruded. 

The  relations  of  Echinoderms  t  other  animals  are  many.  A 
little  fish,  Fierasfer,  goes  in  and  out  of  Holothurians ;  the  de- 
generate Myzostomata  form  galls  on  the  arms  of  Crinoids ;  star- 
fishes are  deadly  enemies  of  oysters.  On  the  other  hand,  some 
sea-snails  and  fishes  prey  upon  Echinoderms  in  spite  of  their 
grittiness.  Except  that  the  unlud  eggs  of  some  sea-urchins  are 
edible,  and  that  some  sea-cucumbers  are  considered  delicacies,  the 
Echinoderms  hardly  come  into  direct  contact  with  human  life. 

5.  Arthropods. — Lobsters,  centipedes,  insects,  spiders,  agree 
with  the  Annelid  "  worms  "  in  V  ing  built  up  of  a  series  of  rings 
or  segments.  .Some  or  all  of  iUv.i  segments  bear  limbs,  and  these 
limbs  are  jointed,  as  the  term  Arthropod  implies.  The  skin 
forms  an  external  sheath  or  cuticle  of  a  stuff  called  chitin,  an>l 
this  firm  sheath  helps  us  to  understand  how  thfc  limbs  became 
well-jointed.  The  chiti.i  seems  in  some  way  antagonistic  to  tlic 
occurrence  of  ciliated  cells,  for  none  seem  to  occur  in  this  large 
series  unless  it  be  in  the  strange  type  Peripatus.  The  chitin  \\^> 
also  to  do  with  the  moulting  or  cuticle-casting  which  is  common 
in  the  series,  for  the  cuticle  is  generally  rigid  and  does  not  expand 
as  the  body  grows,  hence  it  has  to  be  cast  and  a  new  one  made. 
Finally,  Arthropods  have  a  nervous  system  Kke  that  of  Annelids— 
ft  double  dorsal  brtiin  connected  by  a  ring  round  the  gullet  with  a 
double  chain  of  ganglia  along  the  ver.lral  surface.  But  the  life  ol 
most  Arthropods  is  more  highly  pitched  than  that  of  Annelid>. 
The  sense-organs  are  more  highly  developed,  brains  are  larger  and 
more  complex,  the  ganglia  of  the  ventral  chain  tend  to  become 
concentrated  ;  there  is  division  of  labour  among  the  appendages : 
there  are  new  internal  organs  s  .ch  as  a  heart ;  the  wliole  bo<.!v 
is  better  knit  together.  A  crayfish  may  part  with  his  claw  and 
grow  another  in  its  place,  but  the  animal  will  not  survive  being  cut 
in  two  as  some  kinds  of  Annelids  do. 

The  series  includes  at  least  five  classes  :— 

Crustacea,  almost  all  aquatic,  and  breathing  by  gills. 

Protrachcata,  represented  by  the  genus  Ptripaiui. 

Myriapoda,  centipedes  and  millipedes. 

Insecta,  more  or  less  aerial 

Aracbnida,  Riders,  scorpions,  mites,  etc. 


CHAP.  XV 


Backhoneless  Animals 


239 

The  members  of  the  last  four  classes  usually  breathe  by  means 
of  air-tubes  or  tracheae,  which  penetrate  into  every  part  of  the  body, 
or  in  the  case  of  spiders  and  scorpions,  by  "  lung-books,"  which 
seem  like  concentrated  and  plnited  trachere.  The  King-crab 
(Limulus),  which  is  very  often  ranked  along  witli  Arachnids  is 
aquatic,  and  breathes  by  peculiar  "gill-books."  ' 

(a)  Omstacea.— Except  the  wood-lice,  which  live  under  bark 
.ind  stones,  the  land-CMl)s  which  visit  the  sea  only  at  the  breeding 


Fig.  45.— Nauplius  of  Sacculina.    (From  Fritz  Mailer.) 

time,  and  some  shore-forms  which  live  in  great  part  above  the  tide- 
mark,  the  Crustaceans  are  aquatic  animals,  and  usually  breathe  by 
gills.  Each  segment  of  the  body  usually  bears  a  pair  of  append- 
ages and  each  aj.iwndage  is  typically  double.  Among  these  ap- 
I'tndagcs  much  division  of  labour  is  often  exhibited,  some  l)eing 
sensoiy,  others  masticatory,  others  locomotor.  In  the  higher  forms 
the  hfe-hjstory  is  often  long  and  circuitous,  with  a  succession  of 
larval  stages. 

The  lower  Crustaceans  arc  grouped  together  as  Enfnmostraca. 
riiey  are  often  small  and   simple  in  structure;    the  number   of 


^y^^,'^ 


24©  Tht  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 

segments  and  appendages  varies  greatly.  The  little  larva  whidi 
hatches  from  the  egg  is  usually  a  "  Nauplius  "— an  unsegmentc.l 
creature  with  only  three  pairs  of  appendages  and  a  median  eye. 

The  brine -shrimps  (A  Hernia),  the  related  genus  Branchipus, 
the  old-fashioned  freshwater  Apus  ;  the  common  water-flea  Daphui^ 
and  its  relatives,  like  Lcptodora  and  Moina,  are  united  in  the  okkt 
of  Phyllopods. 

The  small  "water-fleas"'  of  which  Cyptis  is  a  very  comii\on 
representative,  and  which  arc  very  abundant  in  sea  and  lake,  foim 
the  order  of  Ostr.icods. 

Another  "  water-flea"  Cyclops  and  many  more  or  less  degeneiaie 
"  fish-lice  "  and  other  ectoparasites  (e.g.  Chondral  ant hus,  Cali^^u;., 
Lernaa)  are  known  as  Copepods.  The  free-swimming  forms  often 
occur  in  great  swarms  and  are  devoured  by  fishes. 

The  acorn -shells  {Balanns)  crusting  the  rocks,  the  barn.-iclcs 
(Ijspas)  pendent  from  floating  "timl)er,"  and  the  degenerate ^a^vw//;/,; 
under  the  tail  of  crabs,  represent  the  order  Cirrij^dia. 

The  higher  Crustaceans  are  grouped  together  as  Malacostracn. 
The  bo<ly  usually  consists  of  nineteen  segments,  five  forming  the 
he.-id,  eight  the  thorax,  six  the  abdomen  or  tail.  In  most  cases  the 
larva  is  hatchetl  at  a  higher  level  of  structure  than  the  Naupliii- 
represents,  but  the  shrimp-like  Peniais  l)egins  life  as  a  Naupliu- 
while  the  crab  is  hatched  as  a  Zoea,  the  lobster  in  a  yet  liighes 
form,  and  the  craytish  as  a  miniature  adult. 

Simplest  of  these  higher  Crustaceans,  in  some  ways  lil^i-  :> 
survivor  of  their  hypothetical  ancestors,  is  the  marine  genus  .\V/,;.'/.j, 
but  we  are  more  familiar  with  the  Amphipmls  (e.g.  Gnnimaru  \ 
which  jerk  themselves  along  sideways  or  shelter  under  stones  luitli 
in  fresh  and  salt  water.  The  wood-louse  Onisais  has  counieriui;-> 
{Asellus,  LioUa)  on  the  shore,  and  several  remarkable  paraMiic 
relatives.  Among  the  highest  forms  are  the  long-tailed  lob^te^^ 
(/lomartis,  ralinitnis),  and  crayfishes  (As/aats),  and  slirimi» 
(Crangon),  and  prawns  {PaUcmon,  randalus)\  the  sofltailea 
hermit  crabs  (Pagitrns) ;  and  the  short  tailed  crabs  (e.g.  Cuiiu-y. 
Carcinus,  Diomia). 

{h)  Protracheata.— Z''''"'/'''"^-     This  remarkable  genus.  iei>rc- 


FiG.  46.— Peripaiu*.    (From  C!  ambers's  Encychp. ;  after  Mo*«ley  ) 

sented  by  about  a  dozen  widely-distributed  species,  seems  to  !  e  n 
survivor  of  the  ancestral  insects.     Worm-like  or  caterpillar  like  sn 


CHAP.  XV 


BackboneUss  Animals 


24t 

app^rance,  with  a  soft  and  beautiful  skin,  with  unjointed  legs,  with 
the  halves  of  the  ventral  nerve-cord  far  apart,  and  with  many  other 
remarkable  features,  it  has  for  us  this  special  interest  that  it 
jjossesses  the  air- tubes  characteristic  of  insects  and  also  little 
kidney-tubes  similar  to  those  of  Annelids. 

(0  Msrriapoda.— Centipedes  and  Millipedes.— These  animals 
have  very  uniform  bodies,  there  is  little  division  of  labour  among  the 
numerous  appendages.  The  head  is  distinct,  and  bears  besides  the 
pair  of  antenncE  (which  Peripatus  and  Insects  also  have)  two  pairs 
of  jaws.  The  Centipedes  are  flattened,  carnivorous,  and  poisonous  ; 
the  Millipedes  are  cylindrical,  vegetarian,  and  innocuous ;  moreover, 
they  have  two  pairs  of  legs  to  most  of  their  segments. 


Fiu.  47.-\Vinsed  male  and  wingless  female  of  Pneumora.  a  kind  of 
grasshopper.    (From  Darwin.) 

('0  Insecta.— Insects  are  the  birds  of  the  backboneless  series. 
Like  birds  they  are  on  an  average  active,  most  have  the  power  of 
Hiyht,  many  are  gaily  coloured,  sense-organs  and  brains  are  often 
highly  developed. 

Contrasted  with  Peripatus  and  Myriapods,  'hey  have  a  more 
compact  Ixxly,  with  fewer  but  more  efficient  lirSs.  They  are 
Arthropods,  which  are  usually  winged  in  adult  life,  breathe  air 
'y  means  of  tracheoe,  and  have  frequently  a  metamorphosis  in  their 
ijfe-history.  To  this  definition  must  be  added  the  anatomical  facts 
"at  the  adult  body  is  divided  into  three  regions,  (i)  a  head  with 
tliree  pairs  of  mouth -appendage*  {  =  leg8)  and  a  pair  of  sensitive 
< '"'growths  (antennae  or  feelers)  in  front  of  the  mouth,  (2)  a  thorax 
with  three  pairs  of  walking  legs,  and  usually  two  pairs  of  wings, 
and  (3)  an  abdomen  without  appendages,  unless  occasional  stings, 
cgg-laying  organs,  etc.,  be  remnants  of  these. 


*"ffl 

■  t  a 

itHll 

-Tf« 

'  -  1 

•  Hi 

243  TJie  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  in 

The  wings  "are  very  characteristic.  "They  are  flattened  sacs  of 
skin,  into  which  air-tubes,  blood-spaces,  and  nerves  extend.  It  is 
possible  that  they  had  originally  a  respiratory,  rather  than  a 
locomotor  function,  and  that  increased  activity  induced  by  bettered 
respiration  made  them  into  flying  wings. 

The  breathing  is  effected  by  means  of  the  numerous  air-tubes 
or  tracheae  which  open  externally  on  the  sides  and  send  branches 
to  every  corner  of  the  body.  As  the  air  is  thus  taken  to  all 
the  tissues,  the  blood-vascular  system  has  little  definiteness,  though 
there  is  (as  in  other  Arthropods)  a  dorsal  contractile  heart.  The 
larvae  of  some  insects,  e.g.  dragonflies,  mayflies,  etc.,  live  in 
the  water,  and  the  tracheae  cannot  open  to  the  exterior  (else  the 
creature  would  drown),  but  they  are  sometimes  spread  out  on 
wing-like  flaps  of  skin  ("  tracheal  plls  "),  or  arranged  around  the 
terminal  portion  of  the  food-canal  in  which  currents  of  water  are 
kept  up. 

The  student  should  learn  something  about  the  different  mouth- 
organs  of  insects  and  the  kinds  of  food  which  they  eat ;  about  the 
various  modes  of  locomotion,  for  insects  "  walk,  run,  and  jump  with 
the  quadrupeds,  fly  with  the  birds,  glide  with  the  serpents,  and 
swim  with  the  fish ;"  about  the  bright  colours  of  many,  and  the 
development  of  their  senses. 

In  the  simplest  insects — the  old-fashioned  wingless  Thysanura 
and  Collembola — the  young  creature  which  escapes  from  the  egg 
shell  is  a  miniature  adult.  There  is  no  metamorphosis.  So  with 
cockroaches  and  locusts,  lice  and  bugs ;  except  that  the  young  are 
small,  have  undeveloped  reproductive  organs,  and  have  no  wings, 
they  are  like  the  parents,  and  all  the  more  when  the  parents  (e.g. 
lice)  also  are  wingless. 

In  cicadas  there  is  a  slight  but  instructive  difference  betwctn 
larvae  and  adults.  The  full-grown  insects  live  among  herbage,  the 
young  live  in  the  ground,  and  the  anterior  legs  of  the  larvre  ue 
adapted  for  burrowing.  Moreover,  the  larral  life  ends  in  a  sleep 
from  which  an  adult  awakes.  But  much  mure  marked  is  the  differ- 
ence between  the  aquatic  larvae  of  mayflies  and  dragonflies  and  the 
aerial  adults,  in  which  we  have  an  instance  of  mere  thorough  though 
still  incomplete  metamorphosis. 

Different,  however,  is  the  life  of  all  higher  insects — butterflies 
and  beetles,  flies  and  bees.  From  the  egg-shell  there  emerges  a 
larva  (maggot,  grub,  or  caterpillar),  which  often  lives  an  active 
voracious  life,  growing  much,  and  moulting  often.  Rich  in  stores 
of  fatty  food,  it  falls  ini-  a  longer  quiescence  than  that  associated 
with  previous  moults  and  becomes  a  pupa,  nymph,  or  chrysalis. 
In  this  stage,  often  within  the  shelter  of  a  silken  cocoon,  great 
transformations  occur ;  the  body  is  undont  and  rebuilt,  wings  bud 


4XAr.  XV 


Sackboneiess  Antmats 


*43 


out,  the  appendages  of  the  adult  are  formed,  and  out  of  the  pupal 
husk  there  emerges  an  imago,  an  insect  fully  formed. 

(/)  Aradmida.— Spiders,  Scorpions,  Mites,  etc.— This  ctss  is 
unmtisfactorily  large  and  heterc^eneous.  In  many  the  body  is 
divided  into  two  regions,  the  head  and  breast  (cephalothorax),  with 
two  pairs  of  mouth  parts  and  four  pairs  of  walking  legs,  the 
abdomen  with  no  appendages.  Respiration  may  be  effected  by 
the  skin  in  some  mites,  by  tracheae  in  other  mites,  by  trarhete  plus 
"lung-books"  in  many  spiders,  by  "lung-books"  alone  in  other 
spiders,  by  "gill-books"  in  the  divergent  king-crab. 

The  scorpions  with  a  poisoning  weapon  at  the  tip  of  the  tail, 
the  little  book-scorpions  {Cktlifer),  the  long-legged  harvest-men 
(e.g.  Phalangium)',  the  spiders  proper— spinners,  nest -makers, 
hunters;  the  mites;  the  strange  parasite  {Pentastomum)  in  the 
dog's  nose ;  the  quaint  king-crab  (Z»/w«/«x)— last  of  a  lost  race, 
with  which  the  ancient  Trilobites  and  Eurypterids  were  connected  ; 
all  these  are  usually  ranked  as  Arachnids  ! 

6.  Molluscs. — It  seems  strange  that  animals,  the  majority  of 
which  are  provided  with  hard  shells  of  lime,  should  be  called 
mollusca ;  for  that  term  first  used  by  Linnaeus  is  a  Latinised  version 
of  the  Greek  malakia^  which  means  soft.  Aristotle  applied  it 
originally  to  the  cuttlefish,  which  are  practically  without  shells,  so 
that  iU  first  use  was  natural  enough,  but  the  subsequent  history  of 
the  word  has  been  strange. 

Cockle,  mussel,  clam,  and  oyster;  snail  and  slug,  whelk  and  lim- 
pet ;  octopus,  squid,  and  pearly  nautilus ;  what  common  character- 
istics have  they?  Most  of  them  have  a  bias  towards  slu^hness, 
and  on  the  shields  of  lime  which  most  of  them  bear,  do  we  not  read 
the  legend,  «« castles  of  indolence  "  ?  But  this  sluggishness  is  only 
an  average  character,  and  the  shell  often  thins  away.  The  scallop 
(Pecten)  and  the  swimming  Lima  are  active  compared  with  the 
oyster,  and  they  have  thinner  shells ;  the  snails  which  creep  slowly 
between  tides  or  on  the  floor  of  the  sea  are  heavily  weighted,  while 
the  sea-butterflies  (Pteropods)  have  light  shells,  and  most  cuttlefish 
nave  none  at  all. 

The  shell  is  very  distinctive,  but  we  are  not  able  to  state 
definitely  how  it  is  formed  or  what  it  means.  In  most  of  the 
embryo  molluscs  which  have  been  studied  there  is  a  little  pit  or 
"shell-gland"  in  which  a  shell  begins  to  be  formed,  but  the  shell 
of  the  adult  is  in  all  cases  made  by  a  single  or  double  fold  of  skin 
known  as  the  "  mantle."  In  some  cases  where  the  shell  seems  to 
be  absent,  e.g.  in  some  slugs,  a  degenerate  remnant  is  still  to  be  found 
beneath  the  skin,  while  in  other  cases  (e.g.  most  cuttlefish)  its 
absence  it  to  be  explained  as  a  loss,  since  related  ancestral  species 
possess  it.     There  are,  how«yer,   two  or  three  primitive  forms 


,44  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  hi 

sutetance  called  ""*»''"  •■*r^,toe,  Sile'.he  innc,n,», 
S.raTe"i:::S  /n'V^.eSwfiK;?  ...  .he.  „e  ™„, 


uUi;i 


F.G.  48.-The  common  octopus    (From  ChamWs  Encyclop. ;  nfter  I'.rc 


Cuestions  about  shells  whicl.  we  --^  jnsv^      Where  .Ws^|hc 

carbonate  of  lime  come  f^o"..   since   tha    sal    ^. 

abundant  in  the  water  m  which  '"-^^J^^^^^^j/   ^^  ;,  sca-ua.cr 

the  power  of  changing  the  =^h""^'^"^.  ^"'P'^^^^^^^^^ 

into'carbonate  of  lime.  V^^^^^l^^^;"^::'^:,^^^ ^^        cons.itu- 

excreted  from  the  skm  ?     Is  the  "j"  ^^//^^^  °„  ,he  whole  to  k 

tional  sluggishness  of  the  animal     nee  u    eems  on  ^_^^_^^^, 

most  massive  in  the  most  ^  "88'^'^' '^!\*  ^^ '"   ' ',  J  open  sea,  in  the 
Most  molluscs  are  marine   on  the  ^ho  e   ^  t'le  op  ^^^^ 

great   depths;    there   are   also   manyj^^^^^^^^^^ 
mussels  ^noa'on  and  Lnt>},  ana  .1-   -"'!"»     - 


CHAP.  XT 


Backhoneless  Animals 


a45 


and  Paludina ;  the  terrestrial  snails  and  slugs  are  legion.  Among 
those  of  the  shore  the  naked  Nudibranchs  are  often  in  colour  and 
form  protectively  adapted  to  their  surroundings ;  those  of  the  open 
sea  ,  .leteropods,  Pteropods,  and  many  cuttlefish)  are  active  and 
carnivorous,  with  light  shells  or  none ;  in  the  dark  depths  many 
are  blind  or  in  other  ways  rudimentary,  but  food  seems  to  be  so 
abundant  that  there  is  almost  no  need  to  struggle  for  it. 

As  to  diet,  there  are  three  kinds  of  eaters — carnivores,  such  as 
the  active  swimmers  we  have  mentioned  besides  the  whelks  and 
many  other  burglars  who  bore  through  their  neighbours'  shells,  and 
the  Testacella  slugs  ;  vegetarians,  like  the  periwinkle,  the  snail,  and 
most  slugs;  and  thirdly,  almost  all  the  bivalves,  which  feed  on 
microscopic  plants  and  animals,  and  on  organic  debris  wafted  to 
the  mouth  by  the  lashing  of  the  cilia  on  the  gills  and  lips.  In  this 
connection  it  is  important  to  not.ce  that  all  molluscs  except  bivalves 
have  in  their  mouths  a  rasping  r.bbon  or  toothed  tongue  {radulu, 
odontophore)  by  which  they  grate,  file,  or  bore  with  marked  effect. 
Of  parasites  there  are  few,  but  one  Gasteropod,  Entoconcha 
mirabilis,  which  lives  inside  the  Ilolothurian  Synapta,  is  very 
remarkable  in  its  degeneration.  It  starts  in  life  as  a.  vigorous 
embryo  like  that  of  most  marine  snails,  it  becomes  a  mere  sac  of 
reproductive  oi^ns  and  elements. 

In  structure,  molluscs  differ  remarkably  from  the  arthropods 
and  higher  "worms"  in  the  absence  of  segments  and  serial 
appendages.  They  are  not  divided  into  rings,  and  they  have  no 
legs. 

To  begin  with,  they  were  doubtless  (bilaterally)  symmetrical 
animals,  and  this  symmetry  is  retained  in  primitive  forms  like  the 
eight-shelled  Chiton  and  in  the  bivalves.  But  most  of  the  snails 
are  twisted  and  lop-sided,  they  cannot  be  symmetrically  halved. 
For  this  asymmetry  the  strange  dorsal  hump  formed  by  the  viscera, 
and  the  tendency  that  the  single  shell  would  have  to  fall  to  one  side, 
are  sometimes  blamed.  That  this  lop-sidedness  is  not  necessarily 
a  defect,  but  rather  the  reverse,  is  evident  from  the  success  not 
only  of  the  snail  tribe  but  of  many  other  asymmetrical  animals. 

The  skin  has  a  remarkable  fold  (double  in  the  bivalves)  known 
as  the  "  mantle,"  the  importance  of  which  in  making  the  shell  we 
have  already  recognised.  Another  very  characteristic  structure  is 
the  so-called  "foot,"  a  muscular  protrusion  of  the  ventral  surface, 
an  organ  used  in  creeping  and  swimming,  leaping  and  boring,  but 
almost  absent  in  the  sedentary  oysters. 

We  rank  the  molluscs  high  among  backhoneless  animals,  partly 
l)ecause  of  the  nervous  system,  which  here  as  elsewhere  is  a 
dominating  characteristic.  There  are  fewer  nerve  centres  than  in 
most  .'\rthropod3  or  in  higher  "  worms,"  but  this  is  m  most  casca 


{■=.  f 


■I  I 


,46  Tht  Study  of  Animal  Life         vakj  iu 

the  sides  and  visara,  a  ^""°y«««  '  ^     , .  j^  ^  ^  important 

foot,  -jj^'^*"  j^jf;^2:SpTS^^^^^       cA'^o'^^^  ^^^ 

are  vuceral.     In  the  «o'»«*™*»?7"  most  readily  harmonised  with 
thai  of  other  InvMt™»i»,  m^j,,,  ,i,e  thrM  «re  con. 

first  »}"*"**    .f°~Z.»     It  is  a  barrel -shaped  or  pear-hke 
:X-r.'ri.ro?5^»l"dU.infrontofthe.outh....U 

'"  M."  "whutffcSe"  to>o  .  mo,,  ch^acterbtic  fom  <aUe<l 

'°  '^T^  ofc uSfoh  dift.  r™,n  those  of  othe,  -l^ '"  S 
ine  egg!»"  f        prolonged  period  as  capita 

J^h^^  fS,  »^«.s  *.  in.»»«.y  of  F.  "'-  '4- 

tSW "te  •l>»n'i>"'  f-O""  "«  S""''°  °°T^5  „,  L» Tver  Mh! 
go,?  on  tacreMing,  and  are  now  "^ore  ,.b«nd.mt  thj"  »«' •  * 

=hiv.l«s  cannot  be  said  «»o,''»^t  ^^^mIJ^  f  Cep^'oV>. 
SrlSh  t^ercltds  oTf^iSl  on,;  he  pea^  Na..J-s 
:lw  sunrives.  and  though  there  are  ">->'  ''"'f  ^^.^.tfj^'.^^ 
fish  in  on- -^;"  -  ^  'rrdloTStSrw'e  shcld 
i:™iin'5.c.y?h/.bXb;Lh|ng  snait.  and  the  fresh.,..- 
blval»es  were  ^c«hat  late  In  appearing.  ^^.^ 
Prof.  Ray  lankester  has  reconstracted  ".'^™  "  »°.f.<^inr, 
combiiK>  the  wrioos  moUtucan  cbaraccensliB  .n  a  « ' 


CHAP.  XV 


Backbonehss  Animals 


847 


lightning," 

u  IV  :.nv  others, 


dP,: 


fashion,  and  may  lie  something  like  the  original  mollusc.  Whence 
that  original  sprang  is  uncertain,  but  the  common  occurrence  of  the 
trochosphere  larva  and  some  of  the  characters  of  the  primitive 
Gasteropods  {Neovienia^  C/uefod'-rnia,  Chiton)  suggest  the  origin 
of  molluscs  from  son.j  "  worm  "  type  or  other.  We  can  be  sure  ol 
this,  however,  that  i  iC  series  must  have  divid-^d  at  a  very  early 
epoch  into  two  sets,  the  sluggish,  sedentary,  headless  bivalves  on 
the  one  hand,  and  the  more  active  and  aggressive  snails  and  cuttle- 
fish on  the  other. 

Relation  to  Man. — Irresbtibly  we  think  first  of  oysters,  which 
Huxley  describes  as  "gustatory  flashes  of  su 
and  over  which  neolithic  man  smacked  his  I'ps 
cuttlefish,  ear -shells  (Haiiotis),  mussels  (A  ,'//?' 
winkles  (Littorina  httorea),  cockles  ( Cardium  <ji  J-it.i 
used  as  food,  and  many  more  as  bait.  In  iiroic 
now,  the  shells  of  many  were  used  for  ■  r  v  >. 
lamps,  vessels,  coins,  etc. ;  the  inner  law  r  ■! 
mother-of  pea.l  ;  concretions  around  i  tntiiu,  <.; 
pearls  in  the  pearl-oyster  (/!/ar^an/(7«<j  cl  ii 
TjTian  purple  was  a  secretion  of  the  .  h.ik  v, 
related  Murex ;  and  the  attaching  byssus  thi.  ad.,  o;  •  '  e  (,iv;.V»e 
Pinna  may  be  woven  like  silk. 

On  the  other  hand,  a  few  cuttlefish  are  \..^g"  nca;..!:  to  )e 
somewhat  langerous  ;  the  bivalve  Teredo  boring  iu.^  ^jiii^-'uottoms 
£td  p'ers  is  a  formidable  pest,  baulked,  however,  by  the  pre- 
valent use  of  metal  sheathing ;  the  snails  and  blugs  are  even  more 
voradou*  than  the  birds  which  decimate  them. 

Conchology  was  for  a  while  a  craze,  rare  shells  have  changed 
hands  at  the  cost  of  hundreds  of  pounds,  such  is  the  human  "  mania 
of  owning  things."  But  the  shells  are  often  fascinating  in  their 
beauty,  a^-l  poetic  fancy  has  played  lovingly  with  such  as  the 
Nautilus. 


rr; 


'■■  ■■er 

.    Whf: 

:1  the 


if 
If 

li 


'm 


CHAPTER    XVI 


BACKBONED   ANIMALS 

I.  Balanegtosius—2.  Tunuates—y  The  Lanceld—i,.  Koinu- 
Mouths  or  Cyclostomata  —  S-  Fishes  — b.  AMiphibuws  ~ 
7.  Reptiles— i.  Birds— 9.  Mammals 

A'x:oRDiNG  to  Aristotle,  fishes  and  all  higher  animals  were  •«  blood 
containing,"  and  thus  distinguished  from  the  lower  anmials,  which 
he  regarded  as  • '  bloodless."  He  was  mistaken  as  to  the  abseiKc  uf 
blood  in  lower  animals,  for  in  most  it  U  present,  but  the  line  which 
he  drew  between  higher  and  lower  animals  has  been  recognisc.l  m 
all  subsequent  classifications.  Fishes,  amphibians,  reptiles.  bird>. 
and  mammals  differ  markedly  from  molluscs,  insects,  crustaceans. 
"worms,"  and  yet  simpler  animals.  The  former  are  backbuiicd 
(Vertebrate),  the  latter  backboneless  (Invertebrate). 

It  is  necessary  to  make  the  contrast  more  precise.  («)  ^'^"'y 
Invertebrates  have  a  well-developed  nerve-cord,  but  this  lies  on  tin 
ventral  surface  of  the  body,  and  is  connected  anteriorly,  by  a  >>"t; 
round  the  gullet,  with  a  dorsal  brain  in  the  head.  In  \  trti- 
bralss  the  whole  of  the  central  nervous  system  lies  along  the  dur^al 


-^ 


Fir,   4o.-DiMr»m  of  "  Ideal  Vertebrate  "  ihowing  the  Mgment*  of  the  1k.,Iv 
the  spinal  cordTthe  nolochord,  the  gill-ciefU,  the  ventral  heart.  (After  H..«cUI.) 

surface  of  the  body,  forming  the  brain  and  spinal  cord.  Tlu  -. 
arise  by  the  infolding  of  a  skin  groove  on  the  dorsad  surfiue  .f  tlu 
embryo,     {p)  Underneath  the  nerve-cord  in  the  Vertebrate  ciidr)- 


ft 


CHAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


249 


is  a  supporting  rod  or  uij:t>.  .<  ul.  It  arses  along  the  roof  of  the 
Axxl-canal,  and  serves  as  ^  supporting  axis  to  the  Ixxly.  It  i>er- 
sists  in  some  of  the  lowest  Vertebrates  (f.^'.  thelancelet) ;  it  i>ersists 
in  part  in  some  fishes  ;  but  in  most  Verte!)rates  it  is  replaced  by  a 
new  growth — the  backlxinc — wliich  ensheaths  and  constricts  it. 
(c)  From  the  anterior  region  of  the  food-canal  in  fishes  and  tadpoles 
Klits,  bordered  by  gills,  open  to  the  exterior.  Through  the  slits 
water  flows,  washing  the  outsidcs  of  blood -ves.' -Is  antl  aerating  the 
blood.  These  slits  or  clefts  are  represented  ai  the  young  of  all 
Vertebrate  animals,  but  in  reptiles,  birds,  and  mammals  they  are 
transitory  and  never  used.  Amphibians  arc  'he  highest  animals  in 
which  they  are  used  for  breathing,  and  even  then  they  may  be 
entirely  replaced  by  lungs  in  adult  life.  They  are  evident  in  tad- 
))oles,  they  have  disappeared  in  frogs.  (./)  Many  an  Invertebrate 
has  a  well-develojied  heart,  but  this  always  lies  on  the  dorsal 
surface  of  the  lx)dy,  while  that  of  fish  or  inv^,  bird  or  man,  lies 
ventrally.  (<•)  It  is  characteristic  of  the  eye  of  1  ickboned  animals 
that  the  greater  i>art  of  it  arises  as  an  outgrowt!.  from  the  brain, 
while  that  of  b.acklKjneless  animals  is  directly  derived  from  the  skin, 
liut  this  fMffcrence  is  less  striking  when  we  rememlxr  that  it  is  fn)iu 
an  infolding  of  skin  that  the  brain  of  a  b.-ickboned  animal  arises. 

Hut  while  the  rliaractcristics  of  backlxjned  animals  can  now  \vi 
staled  with  a  precision  greater  than  tliat  of  sixty  yea  s  igo,  it  is  no 
longer  possil>le  to  draw  with  a  firm  hand  the  dividing  line  Ulween 
b.icklKmed  and  backboneless.  Thus  fishes  are  not  the  simplest 
\'ertebrates ;  the  lamprey  aixl  tlie  glutinous  hag  belong  to  a  more 
primitive  type,  and  are  called  fishes  only  by  courte^y  ;  simpler  stiil 
is  the  lancelet ;  the  Tunicates  hesitate  on  the  border  line,  K'ing 
tadpoledike  in  their  youth,  but  mostly  degenerate  when  adults  ; 
and  the  w  irm-like  Halano^^lo'^sia  is  perhaps  to  be  ranked  as  an 
incipient  Vertebrate.  The  extension  of  knowledge  and  the  appli- 
cation of  evolutionary  conceptions  obliterate  tiie  ancient  landmarks 
of  vinrc  rigid  but  K-ss  natural  classification. 

1.  BAlftnOCloSSttS.  —  lialino:;li).uMis  is  a  worm  -  like  animal, 
npresented    by    some    half-dozen    species,   which    ea.    their    way 


Y\yi.  50.  — B.ili«not!liJ'«»«s>  4i"wiiiK  probDHcl-.,  collar,  ami  gill-slitt. 

tlirnugh  sandy  imi<l  olT  the  coasts  of  the  (.'hannel  Islands,  Krittany, 
ChcsajH-ake  ll-.y,  and  o'.hcr  regions,  lis  In^ly  i>  ciliated  and  divided 
into  distinct  regions-  a  large  •' piolioscis "'  in  front  of  the  mouth,  a 


^iMx^ 


s  t 


■%v 


»5Q  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 

firm  collar  behind  the  nouth,  a  part  with  numerous  gill-slits  behind 
the  collar,  and  finally  a  soft  coiled  portion  with  the  intestme  and 
reproductive  organs.  The  size  varies  from  alwut  an  mch  to  6 
inches,  the  colours  are  bright,  the  odour  is  peculiar ;  the  sexes  art- 
separate.  But  Bcdanoglossus  is  most  remarkable  m  havmg  a  dorsal 
supporting  rod  (like  a  notochord)  in  the  "proboscis"  regon,  a 
dorsal  nerve-cord  running  along  the  back  and  especially  devclopc.l 
in  the  collar,  and  a  series  of  giU-clefls  on  the  anterior  part  of  ti.e 
food-canal.     It  is  therefore  difficult  to  exclude  Balamglosms  fr.Mu 


Fig  ,,.--Cephal«!i«cus  a  single  individual,  isolated  from  a  colony,  li  i~  mi  1> 
m.i({nifiea.  KV^om  Chanibcrsr.  tncydo/'-,  after  cArt//.«i'.'  Kci-i  > 
M'liilosh  and  Karmer.) 

the  Vertebrate  series,  and  it  i>  likely  that  the  same  :mi-i   be  vii.l 
of  another  strange  animal,  Cfhahhiiuiis,  discovered  by  liic  <'■■■>'■ 

Unger  explorers. 

2.  Tunicates.  Hanging;  to  the  jicnnon  like  stawtoN  >^ii.  t- 
fringe  the  rocky  shore  and  arc  rarely  uncovercl  Uy  Uie  ndi-.  liij^i 
sea-sciuirls  sometimes  lixe.  They  are  shaped  like  dnul.k-muu'.lK.; 
wine  l«gs  2  or  3  inches  in  length,  antl  water  »-.  aUva>>  \  i.i; 
drawn  in  at  one  a|M:rlure  and  exiK-lkd  at  the  other.  I  >.uaii}  !.a) 
live  in  dusters,  and  their  life  is  very  i^ssive.  We  call  liuiu  -•... 
Mjuirts  localise  water   may   si>out    forth   when    wc    squee/r    i..v,i 


CHAF.  xn 


Backboned  Animals 


251 


bodies,  while  the  tnle  Tunicate  refers  to  a  characteristic  cloak  ot 
tunic  which  envelops  the  whole  animal. 

There  is  not  much  to  suggest  backbonedness  about  these  Tuni- 
cates,  and  till  1866  no  one  dreamt  that  they  could  Ik:  included  in 
the  Vertebrate  series.  But  then  the  Russian  naturalist  Kowalevsky 
discovered  their  life-history.  The  young  forms  are  free-swimming 
creatures  like  miniature  tad]X)les,  with  a  dorsal  nerve-cord,  a  sup- 
porting rod  in  the  tail  region,  gill-slits  opening  from  the  food  canal, 
a  little  eye  arising  as  an  outgrowth  of  the  brain,  and  a  ventral 
heart. 

The.e  are  only  two  or  three  genera  of  Tunicates,  especially  one 
called  Apftndicularia,  in  which  these  Vertebrate  characteristics  are 
retained  throughout  life.  The  others  lose  them  more  or  less  com- 
pletely. The  young  Tunicates  are  active,  perhaps  too  active,  for  a 
short  time  ;  then  they  settle  down  as  if  fatigued,  fix  themselves  by 
their  heads,  absorb  their  tails,  and  become  deformed.  The  nervous 
system  is  reduced  to  a  single  ganglion  between  the  two  apertures  ; 
the  original  gill-slits  are  replaced  by  a  great  number  of  a  different 
character  ;  the  eye  is  lost.  From  the  skin  of  the  degenerate  animal 
the  external  tunic  is  exuded.  It  is  a  cutide,  and  consists,  in  part 
at  least,  of  cellulose,  the  sul»tance  which  forms  the  cell-walls  of 
plants.  Thus  this  characteristically  vegetable  substance  occurs 
almost  uniquely  in  the  most  passive  part  of  a  very  passive  animal. 
The  sea-squirt's  metamorphosis,  is  one  of  the  most  signal  instances 
of  degeneration ;  the  larva  has  a  higher  structure  than  the  adult ; 
the  young  Tunicate  is  a  Vertebrate,  the  adult  is  a  nondescript  We 
cannot  tell  how  this  fate  has  befallen  the  majority,  nor  why  a  few 
are  free-swimmers,  nor  why  Apprndicularia  retains  throughout  life 
the  Vertebrate  characteristics  of  its  youth.  Do  the  majority  over- 
exert themselves  when  they  are  "  tadpoles,"  or  arc  they  constitu- 
tionally doomed  to  become  sedentary  ? 

'i  unicates  are  hermaphrodite — a  very  rare  condition  among  Ver- 
tebrates ;  some  of  them  exhibit  "  alternation  of  generations,"  as  the 
[Kiet  Chamisso  first  observed  ;  asexual  multiplication  by  budding  is 
very  common,  and  not  only  clusters  but  more  or  less  intimate 
colonies  are  thus  formed. 

Tunicates  live  in  all  seas,  niostly  near  the  coast  from  low  water 
to  20  fathoms,  and  usually  fixed  to  stones  and  rocks,  shells  and  sea- 
weed. A  few  are  free-swimming,  such  as  the  fire-flame  {Pyivsoma)^ 
a  unified  colony  of  tubular  (orm,  sometimes  2  or  3  feet  in  letigth, 
and  brilliantly  phasphorcsccnt.  Very  beauiiPd  are  the  swimming 
thains  of  the  genus  Salpa,  whose  sti  icture  and  life-history  alike  are 
complicated. 

Tunicates  feed  on  the  animalcules  bt>me  in  by  the  wntet 
currents,  and  some  of  them  must  feed  well,  so  rapidly  do  they  grow 


li     I 


I: 


II 


f '  If 


as*  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         pa»t  hi 

and  multiply.     Unpleasant  to  taste,  they  are  left  in  peace,  though 
a  crab  sometimes  cuts  a  tunic  off  as  a  cloak  for  himself. 

3  The  LaiICel«t.-The  lancelct  {AmphioxusS  is  a  simple 
Vertebrate,  far  below  the  structural  rank  of  fishes.  It  is  only 
about  2  inches  in  length,  and,  as  both  English  and  Greek  names 
suggest,  it  is  pointed  at  both  ends.  On  the  sandy  coasis  of  warm 
and  temperate  seas  it  is  widely  distril>utcd. 

From  tip  to  tail  of  the  translucent  body  runs  a  supporting  noto- 
chord  ;  above  this  U  a  spinal  cord,  with  hardly  a  hint  of  brain. 
The  pl.a.7nx  bears  a  hundred  or  so  gill-shts,  which  m  the  aduh 
are  covered  over  by  folds  of  skin,  so  that  the  water  which  enters 
by  the  mouth  finds  its  way  out  by  a  single  postenor  aperture. 
Although  Amphioxus  has  no  skull,  nor  jaws,  nor  bram,  nor  linibs, 
it  deserves  its  position  near  the  base  of  the  Vertebrate  series.  The 
sexes  are  separate,  and  the  eggs  are  fertilised  outside  of  the  body. 
The  development  of  the  embryo  has  been  very  carefully  studie.l. 
and  is  for  a  time  very  like  that  of  Tunicates. 

4.  Eound-MotttllB  or  OyclOlt01liato.-The  hag -fishes  and 
the  lampreys  and  a  few  allied  genera  must  be  excluded  from  the 
class  of  fishes.  They  are  survivors  of  a  more  pnimtive  race. 
They  are  lawless,  limbless,  scaleless,  and  therefore  not  fishes. 

The  lampreys  (Petromyzon)  live  in  rivers  and  estuaries,  and  also 

in  the  wider  sea.     They  are  eel-like,  slimy  animals.     The  skeleton 

is  gristly  ;  the  simple  brain  is  imperfectly  roofed  ;  the  single  nostril 

docs  not  open  into  the  mouth  ;  the  rounded  mouth  has  homy  teeth 

on  the  lips  and  on  the  piston-like  tongue ;  there  are  seven  pairs  of 

giU-pouches  which  open  directly  to  the  exterior  and  internally  into 

a  tube  lying  beneath  and  communicating  with  the  adult  gullet :  the 

young  are  blind  and  otherwise  different  from  the  parents,  and  mny 

remain  so  for  two  or  three  years.  ,„  ,i  ,  i 

Though  lampreys  eat  worms  and  other  small  fry,  and  even  cieaa 

animals/they  fix  themselves  aggressively  to  fishes,  ra.sping  holes 

in  the  skin,  and  sucking  the  flesh  and  juices.     They  aUo  chng  .o 

stones,  as  the  name  Petromyion  suggests. 

Some  si>ecics  drag  stones  into  a  kind  ot  nest.  They  sp-awn  i.i 
spring,  usually  far  up  rivers,  for  at  least  some  of  the  marine 
lamprey,  leave  the  sea  at  the  time  of  breeding.  The  young  are  in 
many  ways  different  from  the  parents,  and  that  of  the  small  riv.r 
lampem  [Petromyion  branchialU)  used  to  be  regarded  as  a  distinct 
^visL\~Ammo^<,ta.  The  metamorphosis  was  discovered  t«o 
hundred  years  ago  by  Baklner.  a  Slrasburg  fisherman,  but  vy 
overlooked  till  the  strange  story  was  worked  out  in  ihjO  i)^ 
August  Muller.  Country  boys  often  call  the  young  nine  eyes, 
miscounting  the  gill  apertures,  and  the  Germans  alio  speak  oJ 
munaugtn. 


CHAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


«53 


The  sea  lamprey  (/'.  marinus)  may  measure  three  feet ;  the 
river  lamprey  (P.  Jluviatilis)  about  two  feet ;  the  small  lampern  or 
stone-grig  (P.  brttHchialis  or  planeri)  about  a  foot  The  flesh  is 
well  known  to  be  palatable. 

The  glutinous  hag  (Myxine  gltUinosa)  is  an  eel- like  animal, 
about  a  foot  in  length,  of  a  livid  flesh  colour.  It  is  common  at 
considerable  depths  (40  to  300  fathoms)  oflf  the  coasts  of  Britain 
and  Norway,  and,  when  not  feeding,  lie-  buried  in  the  mud  witli 
only  its  nostril  protruded.  Like  the  lamprey,  it  has  a  smooth 
slimy  skin,  a  gristly  skeleton,  a  round  suctorial  mouth  with  teeth. 
The  single  nostril  communicates  with  the  food-canal  at  the  back 
of  the  mouth,  and  serves  for  the  inflowing  of  water ;  the  six  gill- 
pockets  on  each  side  open  directly  into  the  gullet,  but  each  has  an 
excurrent  tube,  and  the  six  tubes  of  each  side  open  at  a  common 
aperture.  The  animal  lives  away  from  the  light,  and  its  eyes  are 
rudimentary,  hidden  beneath  skin  and  muscles.  The  skin  exudes 
so  much  slime  that  the  ancients  spoke  of  the  hag  "  turning  water 
into  glue." 

In  several  ways  the  hag  is  strange.  Thus  J.  T.  Cunningham 
discovered  that  it  is  hermaphrodite,  first  producing  male  elements, 
and  afterwards  eggs,  and  Nansen  hao  corroborated  this.  The  eggs 
are  large  and  oval,  each  enclosed  in  a  •'horny"  shell  with  knotted 
threads  at  each  end,  by  which  a  number  are  entangled  together. 
How  they  develop  is  unknown.  The  hags  devour  the  bait  and 
even  the  fish  from  the  fisherman's  lines,  and  some  say  that  they  bore 
their  way  into  living  flshes  such  as  cod. 

5.  Fi(lh<>ff — Fishes  .ire  in  the  water  as  birds  in  the  air, — swift, 
buoyant,  and  graceful.  They  are  the  first  backboned  animals  with 
jaws,  while  scales,  paired  fins,  and  gills  are  their  most  character- 
istic structures.  The  scales  may  lie  hard  or  soft,  scattered  or 
closely  fitting,  and  are  often  very  beautiful  in  foim  and  colour. 
The  paired  fins  are  limbs,  as  yet  wi  :iout  digits,  varying  much  in 
sire  and  position,  and  helping  the  fish  to  direct  its  course.  The 
gills  are  outgrowths  of  skin  with  a  plaited  surface,  on  which  the 
branching  blood-vessels  are  washed  by  the  water.  They  are  the 
breathing  organs  of  all  fishes,  but  in  the  double-breathing  mud- 
fishes {Dipnoi)  the  swim-bladder  has  come  to  serve  as  a  lung,  and 
there  are  hints  of  this  in  a  few  others. 

There  are  at  least  four  orders  of  fishes  : — 
(l)  The  cartilaginous  fishes  (Elasmobranchs  or  Selachians)  are  for 
the  most  part  quite  gristly,  except  in  teeth  antl  scales.  Among 
them  are  the  flattened  skates  and  rays  with  enormous  fore-fins, 
while  the  sharks  and  dogfish  are  shaped  like  most  other  fishes. 
Their  pedigree  goes  back  as  far  as  the  Silurian  rocks,  in  which 
remains  of  shark-like  forms  are  found.     A  J apancse  shark  {Ckia- 


'ik  I 


•SI  f f 


254  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iii 

mydoselachm)  is  said  to  be  very  closely  allied  ^^/yP" J^J^Jj^X 
in  the  Old  Red  Sandstone.  Allied  to  the  Elasmobranchs,  but 
^metimes  kept  in  a  separate  division,  are  two  genera,  the  Cktmam 
Tr  Kt^-S-the-Herrin^  and  Callorhynchus,  iu  relative  in  Southern 

^^''Si  The  Ganoid  fishes  are  almost,  if  not  quite,  as  ancient  as  the 
Elasmobranchs,  but  their  goldenage,  long  since  past,  ^^ »"  D^^" 
and  Carboniferous  ages.  There  are  only  some  fJ^PJ^' J^^^J'^^J^ 
now  alive.  Two  of  these  are  the  sturgeons  (^«A««r)  and  he 
W  pike  (Lepidoslois).  The  latter  has  a  bony  skeleton  ;  the 
Z^n  is  inVrt  gristly.  An  armature  of  hard  scales  .s  very 
characteristic  of  this  decadent  order.  ...  ,11 

S  In  Permian  times,  when  Reptiles  were  begmn.ng,  a  thud 
type  of  fish  appeared,  of  which  the  Queensland  mud-fish  (Ceratodus) 
leem  to  be Tdirect  descendant.  In  this  type  the  air-bladder  ,s 
used  as  a  lung,  thus  suggesting  the  transition  from  Fishes  to  Am- 
phlbiS^  PC  haps  thii  order  was  always  small  m  numbers  ;  now- 
adlvsT^  least  there  are  only  two  genera- ara/..//«,  from  the 
S  wate  .f  Queensland,  and  Protopterus,  from  west  and  trop.cal 
AfrTcaTv  le  another  form,  sometimes  called  a  d.fferen  genus 
is  recorded  from  the  Amazons.  Double-breathers  c.r 
all  them,  for  they  do  not  depend  wholly  upon  g>i>s.  >^"l 
^  surface  and  gulp  air  into  their  air-bladder.  Mud- 
rt  well  named,  for  as  the  waters  dry  up  they  retire  into 
ming  for  themselves  a  sort  of  nest,  within  which  they 


{Ltpidosit 
Dipnoi  V 
comr 
fishes 

the  n  Jii, 
lie  d'  rma 

(      I. 
"^     -OStt 

1  salm 
est  fi 
>oats. 


he  Chalk  period   the  characteristically  modern    fishes 

will     ompletely  bony  skeletons,  begun.      Ilcinni; 

cod  a'  1  pike,  eel  and  minnow,  and  most  of  the  com- 

,  belo      to  this  order.      Heavy  ironclads  yield  to  swilt 

ai  d  'I.         le  Teleosteans  have  succeeded  better  limn  tin 


T^rt  ,vle  lorm  of  most  fishes  is  well  adapted  (or  ra,.! 
swimming!      I^     '  flat  fish,  whether  flattened  from  above  down 
wards  like  the  .nslly  bkale,  or  from  side  to  side  like  the  flounckp 
Td  plaice,  live  at  the  bottom;  those  of  eel -like  shape  usua  ly 
"aloWlhe  sand  or  mud;  the  quaint  f^^  ^f.^^^^ 
The  chief  organ  of  locomotion  is  the  tad  ;  the  P»'^«^^  "'^^^^ 
raise  or  depress  the  fish,  and  serve  as  guiding  oars.     In   he  chml. 
ing  perch  they  are  used  in  scrambling  ;  .n  the  flymg  hsh  tl  .7     . 
sometimes  moved  during  the  long  swooping  leaps.      In  ceK  an  1 
SsT they  are  absent;  in  the  Dipnoi  they  have  a  re.narka hie 
InSian  axil'  The  unpaired  fins  on  the  back  «.d  Uil  and  un.cr 
surface  are  fringes  of  skin  8upi»orted  by  rays. 

Fishes  are  often  rLsplendent  in  colours,  which  are  partly  ciue  w 


CHAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


255 


pigments,  partly  to  silvery  waste-products  in  the  cells  of  the  outer 
skin,  and  partly  to  the  physical  structure  of  the  scales.  Some- 
times the  males  are  much  brighter  than  the  females,  and  grow 
brilliant  at  the  breeding  season.  In  some  cases  the  colours  har- 
monise with  surrounding  hues  of  sand  and  gravel,  coral  and  sea- 
weed ;  while  the  plaice  and  some  others  have  the  jxjwer  of  rapidly 
changing  their  tints. 

Fishes  feed  on  all  sorts  of  things.     Some  are  carnivorous,  others 


Vm.  32.  —The  gemmeoiis  clr.ij.inet  {Cnl/ioHviuus  iyrtt),  the  male  alwvc, 
the  fcmule  beneath.     (!•  roiii  Darwiu.) 

\et;ctaiian,  others  swallow  the  mud.  By  niost  of  them  worms, 
« lustaceans,  inscct-larv.v,  jiiolluscs,  and  smallci  fishes  are  greedily 
tntcn.  Stran-je  are  some  of  large  appeti'e  (<-.,(,■•.  Chiasmodon  niger\ 
wlio  manage  to  get  outside  tishes  larger  than  their  own  normal 

M/L- : 

Of  their  mental  life  little  is  known.  Vet  the  running  of  tiout, 
the  carefulness  witli  wliich  llu-  mother  s.thnon  selects  a  .spavvninj;- 
^'i-ntntl,  the  way  the  archer-fish  {Toxotes)  spits  ujwn  insects,  the 
lust. making  and  courtship  of  the  stickleback  and  others,  the  img- 
nacity  of  many,  show  that  the  brain  of  the  fish  is  by  no  means  asleep. 


II 


11 


«S6 


Th€  Study  of  Animal  Lifi         pa»t  in 


The  males  are  often  different  from  the  females— smaller,  brighter, 
and  less  numerous.     In  some  cases  they  court  their  mates,  and 
fight  with  their  rivals.     Most  of  the  females  lay  eggs,  but  a  few 
bony  fishes  and  many  sharks  bring  forth  living  young.     In  two 
sharks  there  is  a  prophecy  of  that  connection  between  mother  and 
offspring  which  is  characteristic  of  mammals.     The  fishs  egg  is 
usually  a  small  thing,  but  those  of  Elasmobranchs  are  large,  being 
rich  in  yolk  and  often  surrounded  by  a  mermaid's  purse.     This 
egg-case  has  long  tendril-like  prolongations  at  the  comers,  these 
twine  automatically  around  seaweed,  and  the  embryos  may  be 
rocked  by  the  waves  until  the  time  of  hatching.     When  the  egg  is 
enclosed  in  a  sheath,  or  when  the  young  are  hatched  within  the 
body  of  the  mother,  fertilisation  must  take  place  internally,  but  in 
most  cases  the  male  accompanies  the  female  as  she  spawns,  and 
with  his  milt  fertilises  the  eggs  in  the  water  or  on  the  gravelly 
spawning-ground.     As  love  for  offspring  varies  inversely  with  their 
number,  there  is  little  parental  care  among  the  prohfic  fishes. 

Most  fishes  live  either  wholly  in  4he  sea  or  wholly  in  fresh 
water,  but  some  are  indifferent,  ard  pass,  at  spawning  time  espe- 
cially, from  one  to  the  other.  A  few,  such  as  the  climbing 
perch,  venture  ashore,  while  the  mud -fishes  and  »  fc*  ot\^" 
can  survive  drought  for  a  season.  In  caves  several  blind  fishes 
live,  and  species  of  Fierasfer  find  more  or  less  habitual  lodging 
inside  sea-cucumbers  and  some  other  animals. 

The  fishes  which  live  in  deep  water  are  interesting  m  many 
ways.  Gunther  has  shown  that  from  80  to  200  fathoms  the  eyes 
are  rather  larger  than  usual,  as  if  to  make  the  most  of  the  dim 
light.  Beyond  200  fathoms  ' '  small-eyed  fishes  as  well  as  large-eyed 
occur,  the  former  having  their  want  of  vision  compensated  for  l,y 
tentacular  orrans  of  touch,  whilst  the  latter  have  no  such  accessory 
organs,"  an-i  can  see  only  by  the  fitful  light  of  phosphorescence. 
"In  the  greatest  depths  blind  fishes  occur,  with  rudimentary  eyes, 
and  without  special  organs  of  touch."  The  phosphorescence  is  pro- 
duced by  numerous  marine  animals  and  by  the  fishes  themselves. 

6  Amphibians  —The  Amphibians  which  now  live  are  neither 
numerous  nor  large,  (iiant  Amphibiai.s  or  Labyrinthodonts  bepin 
to  appear  in  the  Carboniferous  period,  but  most  of  the  modern 
frogs  and  toads,  newts  and  sjilamanders,  are  relatively  pigmies. 

Young  Amphibians  always  breathe  by  gills,  as  Fishes  do,  and  m 
some  cafes  these  gills  persist  in  adult  life.  But  whether  they  no 
or  not,  the  full-grown  Amphibians  have  lungs  and  use  them,  i  de 
skin  is  characteristically  soft,  naked,  and  clammy.  Amphibians 
are  the  first  Vertebrates  with  hands  and  feet,  with  fingers  and  tocs. 
Unpaired  fringes  are  sometimes  present  on  the  back  and  tail  .as  in 
Fishes,  but  are  never  supported  by  f  vrays. 


CHAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


as? 


I 


The  class  includes  four  orders,  of  which  the  Lab]rrinthodonts 
are  wholly  extinct,  the  other  three  being  represented  by  tail-less 
frogs  and  toads  (Anura),  by  newts  and  salamanders  (Urodela)  with 
distinct  tails,  and  by  a  few  of  worm-like  form  and  burrowing 
habit,  e.g.  Cacilia.  Some,  the  last  for  example,  are  tensstriaJ,  but 
usually  live  in  damp  places ;  most  pass  their  youth  at  least  in  fresh 
water  ;  none  can  endure  saltness,  and  they  are  therefore  absent  from 
almost  all  oceanic  islands.  The  common  British  newts  {Triton  and 
LissoiriUm),  and  the  often  brightly-coloured  salamanders  (Saia- 
niandra)  have  in  adult  life  no  trace  of  gills ;  the  rice-eel  {Amphiuma) 
and  the  genus  Menopoma  lose  their  gills,  but  persistent  clefts  indi- 
cate their  position  ;  the  blanched  blind  Proteus  from  caves  and  the 
genus  Menobranchus  keep  their  gills  throughout  life.  The  remark- 
able Axolotl  from  North  American  lakes  occurs  in  two  forms,  both 
of  which  may  bear  young ;  the  one  form  {Axoloi!)  has  persistent 
gills,  the  other  form  {Amblystoma)  loses  them,  asd  the  change 
from  the  Axolotl  to  the  Amblystoma  is  in  part  associated  with  the 
passage  from  the  water  to  the  swampy  shore.  A  large  fossil  dis- 
covered by  Scheuchzer  in  the  beginning  of  the  eighteenth  century 
was  quaintly  regarded  as  a  fossil  man  and  as  a  testimony  of  the 
deluge.  But  Cuvier  showed  that  Scheuchzer's  Homo  diluvii  testis 
was  but  a  large  newt. 

The  common  frc^  {Ranct),  the  Surinam  toad  (JHfd),  the 
common  toads  {Bufo),  and  the  tree-frogs  {Hyla)  illustrate  the  tail- 
less order  Anura.  In  none  of  them  is  there  in  adult  life  any  trace 
of  gills. 

The  worm-like,  limbless,  burrowing  Amphibians  (Gymnophiona) 
must  not  be  confused  with  the  blind-  ^r  slow-worms,  which  are 
lizards.  There  are  only  very  few  genera,  Siphonops,  RhineUrema, 
Epicrium,  Cacilia.  The  newly-born  Cacilia  has  external  gills, 
but  these  are  soon  lost.  The  eyes  are  covered  with  skin,  but  are 
well  developed. 

The  race  of  Amphibians  began  in  the  Carboniferous  ages. 
Most  of  the  Labyrinthodonts  which  flourished  then  and  in  the  two 
succeeding  periods  were  newt-like  in  form,  but  some  were  serpen- 
tine. They  seem  to  have  been  armoured,  and  were  sometimes 
large. 

Amphibians  are  naturally  sluggish.  For  long  periods  they  can 
fast  and  lie  dormant ;  they  can  survive  being  frozen  ouite  stif^, 
and  though  tales  of  toads  within  stones  are  mostly  due  to  mistakes 
or  fancies,  there  are  some  authentic  cases  of  prolonged  imprison- 
ment. 

Few  are  found  far  from  water,  and  the  gilled  condition  of 
the  young  is  s'iipped  over  only  in  a  few  cases.  In  the  black 
salamander  {SalamanJra  atra)  of  the   Alps,  which    lives  where 

S 


258  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  111 

pools  are  scarce,  the  young,  after  living  and  breathing  for  a  time 
SSn  the  mother,  are  l^rn  as  lung-breathers;  also  m  some 
Tpecies  of  tree-frogs  {JJylodes),  ..-hich  live  m  situations  where  water 

''''''^t^:£^^Tt^'^^o.  frog  should  be  studied  by 
every  student  of  natural  history.  The  eggs  are  fertilised  as  they 
are  being  laid.  The  division  of  the  ovum  can  be  readily  observed, 
"n  hs  early  stages  the  tadpole  is   fishlike.  with  a  lamprey-l.ke 


Fig.  53.  -The  life-history  of  the  Frog. 


mouth.  External  gills  are  replaced  by  an  internal  set.  an-l  as 
metamorphosis  is  accomplished  these  disapiv^ar  and  the  lui.t,'s 
become  active.  The  larva  feeds  first  on  its  own  yolk,  then  en 
freshwater  plants,  then  on  small  animals  or  even  on  its  own 
relatives  ;  then  it  fasts,  absorbing  its  tail,  and  finally  it  becomes  an 
insect-catching  frog.  . 

The  food  of  adult  Amphibians  usually  consists  of  insects,  slugs. 
and  worms  ;  most  of  the  larvx  are  for  a  time  vegetarian.  Though 
Amphibians  often  live  alone,  crowds  are  often  found  together  at  the 
breeding  season.  Then  the  sluggish  life  wakes  up,  as  the  croal:- 
ings  of  frogs  remind  us.  Quairt  are  many  of  their  reproduMive 
habits,  to  some  of  which  allusion  has  already  been  made,     buch 


CHAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


259 


animals  as  the  Surinam  toad  (Pipa  amfricana)  and  the  Obstetric 
frog  (Alyles  obstetricans)  suggest  that  the  Amphibians  make  ex- 
periments in  eugenics. 

7.  Reptiles. — Fishes  and  Amphibians  are  closely  allied  ;  so 
Reptiles  are  linked  to  Birds,  and  more  remotely  to  Mammals  also. 
Those  three  highest  classes — Reptiles,  Birds,  and  Mammals — are 
very  different  from  one  another,  but  they  have  certain  characters  in 
common.  Most  of  them  have  passed  from  the  water  to  dry  land  ; 
none  of  them  ever  breathe  by  gills ;  all  of  them  have  two  embryonic 
birth-robes — amnion  and  allantois — which  are  of  great  importance 
in  early  life.  Compared  with  the  other  Vertebrates,  the  brains  are 
more  complex,  the  circulation  is  more  perfect,  the  whole  life  has  a 
higher  pitch.  As  symbols  of  mammal,  bird,  and  reptile,  take  the 
characteristic  coverings  of  the  skin — hair,  feathers,  and  scales. 
Hair  typifies  strength  and  perhaps  also  gentleness  ;  feathers  suggest 
swift  flight,  the  beauty  which  wins  love,  and  the  down  which  lines 
the  warm  nest ;  scales  speak  of  armour  and  cold-blooded  stealth. 

But  we  need  not  depreciate  reptiles,  nor  deny  the  justice  of  that 
insight  which  has  found  in  tliem  the  fittest  emblems  of  the  omni- ' 
potencc  of  the  earth.  If  Athene  of  the  air  possesses  the  birds, 
surely  the  power  of  the  dust  is  in  the  grovelling  snakes.  Few 
colour  arrangements  are  more  beautiful  than  those  which  adorn  the 
lithe  lizards.  The  tortoise  is  an  example  of  passive  energy,  self- 
contained  strength,  and  all  but  impenetrable  armature.  The 
crocodiles  more  than  the  others  recall  the  strong  ferocity  of  the 
ancient  extinct  dragons.  Nor  should  we  judge  reptiles  exclusively 
by  their  living  representatives,  any  more  than  we  should  judge 
the  Romans  by  those  of  the  decadent  Empire.  It  is  interesting  to 
remember  the  long-tailed  toothed  Archctopteryx,  the  predecessor  of 
modern  birds,  just  as  it  is  to  recall  the  giant  sloths  which  pre- 
ceded the  modern  Edentate  mammals ;  but  it  is  essential  to  include 
in  our  appreciation  of  Reptiles  the  giant  dragons  of  their  golden 
age.  Most  modern  forms  are  jiigmies  beside  an  Ichthyosaurus  25 
feet  long,  a  Megalosaurus  of  30,  a  Titanosaurus  of  60,  or  an 
Atlantosaums  of  loo,  all  fairly  broad  in  proportion.  We  have  still 
pythons  and  crocodiles  and  other  reptiles  of  huge  size,  and  we  do 
not  deny  Grant  Allen's  remark  that  a  good  blubbery  "  right  whale" 
could  give  points  to  any  deinosaur  that  ever  moved  upon  Oolitic 
continents,  but  the  fact  remains  that  in  far  back  times  (Triassic, 
Jurassic,  and  Cretaceous)  reptiles  had  a  golden  age  with  a  pre- 
dominance of  foi-ms  larger  than  any  living  members  of  the  class, 
liesides  size,  however,  the  ancient  saurians  had  another  virtue, 
apparently  possessed  by  both  small  and  great  —  they  were  pro- 
gressive. Yox,  with  toothed  birds  on  the  one  hand  and  flying  or 
flopping  reptiles  on  the  other,  it  seems  probable  that  birds  had 


i>TI 


81 


t.  i 


MiciocorY  nsoiuTiON  tbt  chart 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


^ 


/APPLIED  IM^OE    li 


nc 


!6S3  East   Main   StrMi 

Roch«»t«r.   N««  York        14609       USA 

(716)   482  -0300  -  Phon* 

(716)  268-3989  -Tax 


a6o  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  in 

their  origin  from  feverish  saurians  which  acquired  the  power  of 
flight,  and  it  is  also  possible  that  some,  perhaps  pathological, 
mother  reptile,  overflowing  in  the  milk  of  animal  kindness,  and 
retaining  her  young  for  a  long  time  within  her  womb,  was  the  fore- 
runner of  the  mammalian  race. 

While  there  are  many  orders  of  extinct  reptiles — Ichthyosaurs, 
Plesiosaurs,  Deinosaurs,  Pterosaurs,  and  other  saurians  not  yet 
classified  with  certainty— the  living  forms  belong  to  four  sets— the 
lizards,  the  snakes,  the  tortoises,  and  the  crocodiles— to  which  a 
fifth  order  should  perhaps  be  added  for  the  New  Zealand  "lizard" 
Hatteria  or  Sphenodon,  which  is  in  several  respects  a  living  fossil. 

The  Lizards  (Lacertilla).— The  lizards  form  a  central  order  of 
Reptiles,  but  the  members  are  a  motley  crowd,  varied  in  detailed 
structure  and  habit.  Usually  active  in  their  movements,  though 
fond,  too,  of  lying  passive  in  the  sunshine,  they  are  often  ver>' 
beautiful  in  form  and  colour,  and  not  uncommonly  change  their 
tints  in  sympathetic  response  to  their  surroundings.  Most  lay  eggs, 
but  in  some,  e.g.  the  common  British  lizard  {Lacerta  or  Zooto^a 
mvipara),  and  the  slow-worm,  the  young  are  hatched  within  the 

mother.  .      ^    ,  v  v      •  l 

Among  the  remarkable  forms  are  the  Geckos,  which  with 
plaited  adhesive  feet  can  climb  up  smooth  walls  ;  the  large  Monitors 
[yaranus\  which  may  attain  a  length  of  6  feet,  and  prey  upon 
small  mammals,  birds,  frogs,  fishes,  and  eggs;  the  poisonous 
Mexican  lizard  {Heloderma  hoiridum),  with  large  venom  glands 
and  somewhat  fang -like  teeth;  the  worm-like,  limbless  Amphis- 
bam',  the  likewise  snake-like  slow-worm  (Anptis  fragilis),  which 
well  illustrates  the  tendency  lizards  have  to  break  in  the  spasms  of 
capture;  the  large  Iguanas,  which  frequent  tropical  American 
forests,  and  feed  on  leaves  and  fruit;  the  slugijish  and  spiny 
"  Horned  Toad  "  (Phryiiosonta) ;  the  Agamas  of  the  Old  World 
comparable  to  the  Iguanas  of  the  New  ;  the  Flying  Dragon  (Draco 
volatts),  which,  with  skin  outstretched  on  extended  nbs,  swoops 
from  tree  to  tree;  the  Australian  frilled  lizards  (Chlamydosaunts) 
and  the  quaint  thorny  Moloch  ;  the  single  marine  lizard  {Oreo- 
cephaUu  or  Amblyrhynchm  cristatus)  from  the  Galapago  and  the 
divergent  Chameleons,  flushing  with  changeful  colour. 

The  New  Zealand  Hatteria  or  Sphenodon  is  quite  unique,  and 
seems  to  be  the  sole  survivor  of  an  extinct  order— Rhynchocephalia. 
It  was  in  it  first  of  all  that  the  pineal  body—an  upgrowth  from  the 
mid-brain  of  backboned  animals— was  seen  to  be  a  degenerate 
upward-looking  eye. 

Snakes  or  Serpents  (Ophidia).  —  These  much  modified 

reptiles  mostly  cleave  to  the  earth,  though  there  are  among  tliem 
devcr  climbers,  swift  swimmers,  and  powerful  burrowers.    Though 


CHAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


261 


;  j! 

m 


i  .    I 


t 

I               ; 

1! 

1  '■  !i 

i 

'}•" 


a6a 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  hi 


they  are  all  limbless,  unless  we  credit  the  little  hind  claws  of  some 
hooi  and  pythons  with  the  title  of  legs,  they  flow  like  swift  living 
streams  along  the  ground,  using  ribs  and  scales  instead  of  their  lost 
appendages,  pushing  themselves  forward  with  jerks  so  rapid  that 
the  movement  seems  continuous.  Without  something  on  which  to 
raise  themselves  they  must  remain  at  least  half  prostrate,  but  in  the 
forest  or  on  rough  ground  there  are  no  lither  gymnasts.  Their 
united  eyelids  give  them  an  unlimited  power  of  staring,  and,  accord- 
ing to  uncritical  observers,  of  fascination  ;  yet  most  of  them  seem 
to  see  dimly  and  hear  faintly,  trusting  mainly  for  guidance  to  the 
touch  of  their  restless  protrusible  tongue  and  to  their  sense  of 
smell.  Their  only  language  is  a  hiss  or  a  whine.  Most  of  them 
have  an  annual  period  of  torpor,  and  all  periodically  cast  off  their 
scales  in  a  normally  continuous  slough,  which  they  turn  outside-in 
as  they  crawl  out.  Almost  all  lay  eggs,  but  in  a  few  cases  [e.g. 
the  adder)  the  young  are  hatched  within  'le  mothers,  and  this 
mode  of  birth  may  be  induced  by  artificial  conditions.  Think  not 
meanly  of  the  serpent,  "it  is  the  very  omnipotence  of  the  earth. 
That  rivulet  of  smooth  silver — how  does  it  flow,  think  you?  It 
literally  rows  on  the  earth  with  every  scale  for  an  oar ;  it  bites  the 
dust  with  the  ridges  of  its  body.  Watch  it  when  it  moves  slowly — 
a  wave,  but  without  wind  I  a  current,  but  with  no  fall !  all  the 
body  moving  at  the  same  instant,  yet  some  of  it  to  one  side,  some 
to  another,  or  some  forward,  and  the  rest  of  the  coil  backwards  j 
but  all  with  the  same  calm  will  and  equal  way — no  contraction,  no 
extension ;  one  soundless,  causeless,  march  of  sequent  rings,  and 
spectral  procession  of  spotted  dust,  with  dissolution  in  its  fangs, 
dislocation  in  its  coib.  Startle  it — the  winding  stream  will  become 
a  twisted  arrow ;  the  wave  of  poisoned  life  will  lash  through  the 
grass  like  a  cast  lance.  It  scarcely  breathes  with  its  one  lung  (the 
other  shrivelled  and  abortive) ;  it  is  passive  to  the  sun  and  shade, 
and  cold  or  hot  like  a  stone ;  yet  •  it  can  outclimb  the  monkey, 
outswim  the  fish,  outleap  the  zebra,  outwrestle  the  athlete,  and 
crush  the  tiger.'  It  is  a  Divine  hiero-jlyph  of  the  demoniac  power 
of  the  earth — of  the  entire  eartlily  nature.  As  the  bird  is  the 
clothed  power  of  the  air,  so  this  is  the  clothed  power  of  the  dust ; 
as  the  bird  is  the  symbol  of  the  spirit  of  life,  so  this  of  the  grasp  and 
sting  of  death."* 

This  well-known  and  eloquent  passage  is  not  perfectly  true,— 
thus  the  serpent  breathes  not  scarcely  but  strongly  with  its  one 
lung, — but,  while  you  may  correct  and  complete  it  as  you  will,  I  am 
sure  that  you  will  find  here  more  insight  into  the  nature  of  serpents 
than  in  pages  of  anatomical  description. 


Ruskin's  Quttn  of  the  Air. 


CttAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


263 


A  few  snakes  have  mouths  which  do  not  distend,  skull  bones 
which  are  slightly  movable,  teeth  in  one  jaw  (upper  or  lower) 
only,  and  rudiments  of  hind  legs.  These  are  included  in  the 
genera  Typhlops  and  Anomakpsis,  and  are  small  simple  ophidians. 

Many  are  likewise  non-venomous  snakes,  but  with  wider  gape 
and  more  mobile  skull  bones,  and  with  simple  teeth  on  both  jaws. 
Some  are  very  large  and  have  great  powers  of  strangling.  Such 
are  the  Pythons,  the  Boa,  and  the  Anaconda.  To  these  our  grass 
snake  {Tropidonotus  natrix)  is  allied. 

Many  poisonous  snakes  have  large  permanentlyerect  grooved  fangs 
in  the  upper  jaw,  and  a  salivary  gland  whose  secretion  is  venomous. 
Such  are  the  cobra  {Naja  tripudians),  the  Egyptian  asp  (Naj'a  haje)y 
the  coral  snakes  (Elaps),  and  the  sea  snakes  {Hydrophis). 

Other  poisonous  snakes  have  perforated  fang  teeth,  which  can 
be  raised  and  depresseJ.  Such  are  the  vipers  ( Vipera),  the  British 
adder  [.Pelias  derus),  the  copperhead  (Ancisirodon  contortrix),  the 
rattlesnakes  (Crota/us). 

Tortoises  and  Turtles  (Chelonia).— Boxed  in  by  a  bony 
shield  above  and  by  a  bony  shield  below,  and  often  with  partially 
retractile  head  and  tail  and  legs,  the  Chelonians  are  thoroughly 
armoured.  On  the  average  the  pitch  of  their  life  is  low,  but  their 
tenacity  of  life  is  great.  Slow  in  growth,  slow  in  movement,  slow 
even  in  reproduction  are  many  of  them,  and  they  can  endure  long 
fasting.  It  is  said  that  a  tortoise  walked  at  least  200  yards,  twenty- 
four  hours  after  it  was  decapitated,  while  it  is  well  known  that  the 
heart  of  a  tortoise  will  beat  for  two  or  three  days  after  it  has  been 
isolated  from  the  animal.  In  connection  with  their  sluggishness  it 
is  significant  that  the  ribs  which  help  to  some  extent  in  the  respira- 
tory movements  of  higher  animals  are  soldered  into  the  dorsal 
shield,  thus  slu^sh  respiration  may  be  in  part  the  cause,  as  it  is 
in  part  the  result,  of  constitutional  passivity.  All  the  Chelonians 
lay  eggs  in  nests  scooped  in  the  earth  01  sand. 

The  marine  turtles  {«.g.  Sphargis,  Chelone),  the  estuarine  soft- 
shelled  turtles  {e.g.  Aspidonectes\  the  freshwater  turtles  {e.g. 
Emys),  and  the  snapping  turtle  {Chelydra)  are  more  active  than  the 
land  tortoises,  such  as  the  European  Testudo  graca,  often  kept  as 
a  pet.  The  tortoise  of  the  Galapagos  Islands  ( Testudo  elephautopus), 
the  river  tortoise  {Podocnemys  expattsa)  of  the  Amazon,  the  bearded 
South  American  turtle  (Chelys  matamata),  and  the  green  turtle 
{Chelone  mydas)  attain  a  large  size,  sometimes  measuring  about 
3  feet  in  length. 

Oroccdilians  (Crocodilia). — Crocodiles,  alligators,  and  gavials 
•eem  in  our  present  perspective  very  much  alike— strong,  large, 
heavily  armoured  reptiles,  at  home  in  tropical  rivers,  but  clumsy 
snd  stiff-necked  on  land,  feeding  on  fishes  and  small  mammals, 


V  f 


rt 


f.'%  m 


264 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  m 


growing  slowly  and  without  that  definite  limit  which  punctuates 
the  life -history  of  most  animals,  attaining,  moreover,  a  great 
age,  freed  after  youth  is  past  from  the  attacks  of  almost  every 
foe  but  man.  The  teeth  are  firmly  implanted  in  sockets  ;  the 
limbs  and  tail  are  suited  for  swimming,  and  also  for  crawling  ;  the 
heart  is  more  highly  developed  than  in  other  reptiles,  having  four 
instead  of  three  chambers.  The  animals  lie  in  wait  for  victims, 
and  usually  drown  them,  being  themselves  able  to  breathe  whilo 
the  mouth  is  full  of  water,  if  only  the  nostrils  be  kept  above  the 
surface. 

In  many  ways  Reptiles  touch  human  life,  the  poisonous  snakes 
are  very  fetal,  especially  in  India ;  crocodilians  are  sometimes 
destructive ;  turtles  afford  food  and  "  tortoise  shell ;"  lizards  arc 
delightfully  beautiful. 

8.  Birds. — What  mammals  are  to  the  earth,  and  fishes  to  the 
sea,  birds  are  to  the  air.     Has  anything  truer  ever  been  said  of 


fio.  55.— The  Collocalia,  whicli  from  the  secreted  juice  of  its  salivary  glands 
builds  the  cdiblc-l'iid's-ncst.     (Adapted  from  Brehiii.) 

them  than  this  sentence  from  Ruskin's  Queen  of  tic  Air?  "'I'hc 
bird  is  little  more  than  a  drift  of  the  air  brought  into  form  by 
plumes;  the  air  is  in  all  its  quills,  it  breathes  through  its  whole 
frame  and   flesh,  and  glows  with  air  in  its  flying,  like  a  bluwn 


CHAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


265 


flame  :  it  rests  upon  the  air,  subdues  it,  surpasses  it,  outraces  it ; 

is  the  air,  conscious  of  itself,  conquering  itself,  ruling  itself." 

Birds  represent  among  animals  the  climax  of  activity,  an  index  to 
which  may  be  found  in  their  high  temperature,  from  2"- 14'  Fahren- 
heit higher  than  that  of  mammals.  In  many  other  ways  they  rank 
high,  for  whether  we  consider  the  muscles  which  move  the  wings 
in  flight,  the  skeleton  which  so  marvellously  combines  strength 
with  lightness,  the  breathing  powers  perfected  and  economised  by  a 
set  of  balloons  around  the  lungs,  or  the  heart  which  drives  and 
receives  the  warm  blood,  we  recognise  that  birds  share  with 
mammals  the  position  of  the  highest  animals.  And  while  it  is  true 
that  the  brains  of  birds  are  not  wrinkled  with  thought  like 
those  of  mammals,  and  that  the  close  connection  between  mother 
and  offspring  characteristic  of  most  mammals  is  absent  in  birds,  it 
may  be  urged  by  those  who  know  their  joyousness  that  birds  feel 
more  if  they  think  less,  while  the  patience  and  solicitude  con- 
nected with  nest-making  and  brooding  testify  to  the  strength  of 
their  parental  love.  Usually  living  in  varied  and  beautiful  sur- 
roundings, birds  have  keen  eyes  and  sharp  ears,  tutored  to  a  sense 
of  beauty,  as  we  may  surely  conclude  from  their  cradles  and  love 
songs.  They  love  much  and  joyously,  and  live  a  life  remarkably 
free  and  restless,  qualities  symbolised  by  the  voice  of  the  air  in 
their  throat,  and  by  the  sunshine  of  their  plumes.  There  is  more 
than  zoological  truth  in  saying  that  in  the  bird  «'  the  breath  or  spirit 
is  niore  full  than  in  any  other  creature,  and  the  earth  power  least," 
or  in  thinking  of  birds  as  the  purest  embodiments  of  Athene  of 
the  air. 

But  just  as  there  are  among  mammals  feverish  bats  with  the  power 
of  true  flight,  and  whales  somewhat  fish-like,  so  there  are  excep- 
tional birds,  runners  like  the  ostriches  and  cassowaries,  swimniers 
like  the  penguins,  criminals  too  like  the  cuckoos  and  cow-birds  in 
which  the  maternal  instincts  are  strangely  perverted.  As  we  go 
back  into  the  past,  strange  forms  are  discovered,  with  teeth,  long 
tails,  and  other  characteristics  which  link  the  birds  of  the  air  to  the 
grovelling  reptiles  of  the  earth.  Even  to-day  there  lives  a 
"  reptilian-bird  "—0/tjM<7f<?w«j— -which  has  retained  more  than 
any  other  indisputable  affinities  with  the  reptiles.  Professor  W.  K. 
Parker,  one  of  the  profoundest  of  all  students  of  birds,  described 
this  form  in  one  of  his  last  papers,  and  there  used  a  comparison 
which  helps  us  to  appreciate  birds.  They  are  among  backboned 
animals  what  insects  are  among  the  backboneless— winged  pos- 
sessors of  the  air,  and  just  as  many  insects  pass  through  a  cater- 
pillar and  chrysalis  stage  before  reaching  the  acme  of  their  life  as  a 
flying  imago,  so  do  the  young  birds  within  the  veil  of  the  egg- 
»hell  pass  through  somewhat  fish-like  and  somewhat  reptile-like 


i66 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  hi 


Fig.  56.— Decorative  male  and  less  adorned  female  of  Spafhura— a  genus  of 
Humming-birds.    (From  Darwin,  after  Urehm.) 


CrtAP.   XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


267 


f    ; 


stages  before  they  attain  to  the  possession  of  wings  and  the  enjoy- 
ment of  freedom. 

The  great  majority  of  birds  are  fliers,  and  possess  a  keeled 
breast-bone,  to  which  arc  fixed  the  muscles  used  in  flight.  To 
this  keel  or  carina  they  owe  their  name  Carinatae.  The  flying 
host  includes  the  gulls  and  grebes,  the  plovers  and  cranes,  the 
ducks  and  geese,  the  storks,  and  herons,  the  pelicans  and  cormo- 
rants, the  partridges  and  pheasants,  the  sand  grouse,  the  pigeons, 
the  birds  of  prey,  the  parrots,  the  pies,  and  about  6000  Passerine  or 
sparrow-like  birds,  including  thrushes  and  warblers,  wrens  and 
swallows,  finches  and  crows,  starlings  and  birds  of  paradise.  To 
these  orders  we  have  to  add  Opisthocomiis,  from  which  it  is  perhaps 
easier  to  pass  to  some  of  the  keeled  fossil  birds,  some  of  which 
possessed  teeth. 

Distinct  from  the  keeled  fliers,  both  ancient  and  modem, 
are  the  running-birds,  which 
ai'e  incapable  of  flight,  and 
therefore  possess  a  flat  raft- 
like breast  bone,  to  vvhicli 
they  owe  their  title  Ratita;. 
Nowadays  these  are  few  in 
number,  the  Ostrich  and  the 
Rhea,  the  Cassowary  and 
Kmu,  and  the  small  Kiwi. 
Heside  these  must  be  ranked 
the  giant  Moa  of  New  Zea- 
land, not  long  extinct,  and 
the  more  ancient,  not  less 
gigantic  yEpyornis  of  Mada- 
gascar, while  farther  back 
still,  from  the  Chalk  strata 
of  America,  the  remains  of 
toothed  keelless  birds  have 
been  disentombed. 

The  most  reptilian,  least 
bird -like  of  birds  is  the 
oldest  fossil  of  al,  placed  in 
a  sub-cKass  by  itself,  the 
Archaopteryx  (lit.  ancient 
bird)  from  strata  of  Jurassic 
age. 

9.  Mammalia.— Of  the 

highest  class  of  animals — the  Mammalia — I  need  say  least  for  they 
are  most  familiar.  Most  of  them  are  terrestrial,  four-footed,  and 
hairy.     Bats  and  whales,  seals  and  sea-cows,  are  obviously  excep- 


Fig.  57. — Restoration  of  the  extinct  moa  (/)/«- 
ornts  ingens),  and  alongside  of  it  the  little 
kiwi  {Apteryx  iiiantelii).  (From  Cham- 
bers's A^ktj'c/o/.  ;  after  F.  v.  Hochstetter.) 


t 
i     . 

i1 


<  f 


368 


Tfu  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  114 


tional.      The  brain  of  mammals  is  more  highly  developed  thap 
that  of  other  animals,  and  in  the  great  majority  there  is  a  prolonged 
(placental)  connection  between  the  unborn  young  and  the  mother. 
In  all  cases  the  mothers  feed  the  tender  young  with  milk. 
In  the  class  there  are  three  grades : — 

(1)  In  the  Duckmole  {Omithorhynchus)  and  the  Porcupine 
Ant-Eater  lEchtdtta\  and  perhaps  another  genus  Proechidna,  the 
females  lay  eggs.  In  many  other  ways  these  exclusively  Austral- 
asian mammals  are  primitive,  exhibiting  affinities  with  reptiles. 

(2)  In  the  Marsupials,  which,  with  the  exception  of  some 
American  Opossums,  are  also  Australasian,  the  young  are  born  at 
a  very  tender  age,  as  it  were,  prematurely.  In  the  great  majority 
of  genera,  the  mothers  stow  them  away  in  an  external  pouch,  where 
they  are  fed  and  sheltered  till  able  to  fend  for  themselves.  In 
Australia  the  Marsupials  have  been  saved  by  insulation  from  stronger 
mammals,  which  seem  to  have  exterminated  them  in  other  parts 
of  the  earth,  the  Opossums  which  hide  in  American  forests  being 
the  only  Marsupials  surviving  outside  Australasia,  though  fossils 
show  that  the  race  had  once  a  much  wider  distributioii.  In  their 
Australian  retreat,  apart  from  all  higher  Mammalia  (mice,  rabbits, 
and  the  like  being  modern  imports)  the  Marsupials  have  evolved 
along  many  lines,  prophetic  of  the  higher  orders  of  mammals. 
There  are  "carnivores"  like  the  Thylacine  and  the  Dasyure, 
"herbivores"  like  the  Kangaroos,  "  insectivores  "  like  the  banded 
ant-eater  Mynnecobius^  and  "rodents"  like  the  Wombat. 

(3)  In  all  the  other  orders  of  mammals  there  is  a  close  con- 
nection between  mother  and  unborn  offspring. 

Two  orders  are  lowly  and  distinctly  separate  from  the  others 
and  from  one  another — the  Edentata  represented  by  sloths, 
ant-eaters,  armadillos,  pangolins,  and  the  Aard-Vark ;  and  the 
Sirenia  or  Sea-Cows  which  now  include  only  the  dugong  and  the 
manatee. 

Along  one  fairly  definite  line  we  may  rank  three  other  orders 
— the  Insectivores,  the  Bats,  and  the  Carnivores.  The  hedgehog, 
which  is  at  once  a  lowly  and  a  central  type  of  -nammal,  may  be 
taken  as  the  beginning  of  this  line.  Along  with  shrews,  moles, 
porcupines,  the  hedgehogs  form  the  order  Insectivora.  To  these 
the  Bats  (Cheiroptera),  with  their  bird-like  powers  of  flight,  are 
linked,  while  the  Camivora  (cats,  dogs,  bears,  and  seals),  though 
progressive  in  a  different  direction,  seem  also  related. 

Comparable  to  the  Insectivores,  but  on  a  different  line,  are  the 
gnawing  Rodents,  rabbits  and  hares,  rats  and  mice,  squirrels  and 
beavers.  This  line  leads  on  to  the  Elephants,  from  the  company 
of  which  the  mammoths  have  disappeared  since  man  arose  on  the 
earth.    With  the  Elephants,  the  rock-co'  jys  or  Hyraxes— "  a  feeble 


CHAP.  XVX 


Backboned  Animals 


269 


folk  " — seem  to  be  allied.     Both  are  often  included  in  the  great 
order  of  hoofed  animals  or  Ungulates,  along  w-th  the  odd-toed 


Fig.  i%.—Phenacoelus  f>rimarms,  a  primitive  extinct  mammal  from  the  lower 
Eocene  of  N.  America.  The  actual  .size  of  the  slab  of  rock  on  which  it  rested 
was  49  inches  in  length.    (From  Chambers's  Encyclop. ;  after  Cope.) 

animals — horse,  rhinoceros,   and    tapir,   and  a  larger   number  of 
even-toed  forms,  hog  and  hippopotamus,  camel  and  dromedary. 


Fig.  59. --Head  of  gorilla.    (From  Du  Chaillu.) 

and  the  true  cud-chewers  or  ruminants  such  as  sheep  and  cattle, 
deer  and  antelopes.     From  the  ancient  predecessors  of  the  modern 


\%\     i 


,  !  a  I 


!  t 


111 


i  *  i 


27° 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  m 


Ungulates,  it  seems  likely  enough  that  the  Cetaceans  (whales  and 
dolphins)  diverged. 

A  third  line,  which  we  may  call  median,  leads  through  the 
Lemurs  on  to  Monkeys.  It  must  be  noted,  however,  that  these 
lines,  which  seem  distinct  from  one  another  if  we  confine  our 
attention  to  living  mammals,  are  linked  by  extinct  forms.     Thus  a 


Fig.  6o.— Head  of  male  Semnopithecus.    (From  Darwin.) 

remarkable  fossil  type,  Pkenacodus,  is  regarded  by  Cope  as  pre- 
senting affinities  with  Ungulates,  Lemurs,  and  Carnivores. 

The  monkeys  which  most  closely  resemble  man  in  structure, 
habits,  and  intelligence,  are  the  so-called  anthropoid  apes,  the 
gori  i  t,  the  chimpanzee,  the  orang-utan,  and  the  gibbon.  A 
second  grade  is  represented  by  the  more  dog-like,  narrow-nosed 
Old  World  apes,  such  as  the  baboons  and  mandrills.  Lower  in 
many  ways  are  the  broad-nosed  New  World  or  American  monkeys, 
e.^.  the  numerous  species  of  Cebus,  some  of  which  are  the  familiar 


CHAP.  XVI 


Backboned  Animals 


II 


271 


companions  of  itinerant  musicians,  while  lowest  and  smallest  among 
true  monkeys  are  the  South  American  marmosets.  Distinct  from 
all  these,  probably  outside  the  monkey  order  altogether,  are  the 
so-called  half-monkeys  or  Lemurs. 

We  might  describe  the  clever  activities  of  monkeys,  the  shelters 
which  some  of  them  ipake,  their  family  life,  parental  care  and 
sociality,  their  docility,  their  intelligent  habits  of  investigation,  and 
their  quickness  to  profit  by  experience  ;  but  it  would  all  amount  to 
this,  that  their  life  at  many  points  touches  the  human,  that  they 
are  in  some  ways  like  growing  children,  in  other  ways  like  savage 
men,  though  with  more  circumscribed  limits  of  progress  than  either. 


ORDERS  OF  MAMMALS. 


MON 


unXgulates 


KEYS 


\ 
CARNI/VORES 


URS 


CETACEANS 


BATS   b 


\  td 


IN/SECTIVORES 


SIRENIA 


EDENTATA 


MARSUPIALS 


\ 


MONOTREMES 


a7a  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  in 

SURVEY  OF  THE  ANIMAL  KINGDOM 
T 


BIRDS. 
Flying-Birds.   Running-Birds, 


Placentals. 
MAMMALS.     Marsupials. 
Monotremes. 


Snakes.     Lizards.      REPTILES.      &ocodiles.     Tortoises 


Double-Breathers. 
Bony-Fishes. 

Elasmobranchs. 


AMPHIBIANS. 
Newt.  Frog. 


LANCELET. 


CrcLOSTOMATA. 
Lamprey.  Hagfish. 


TUNICATES 


Insects.  Arachnids 


Myriapods. 
Peripatus. 

ARTHROPODS, 
Crustaceans. 


BALANOGLOSSUS. 


ANNELIDS. 
"WORMS." 

FLAT-WORMS. 


Cuttlefish. 
Gasteropods. 

MOLLT'SCS. 

Bivalves. 


Feather-stars. 

Brittle-stp-s. 

Starfish. 

ECHINODERMS, 

Sea-urchins. 
Sea-cucumbers. 


Ctenophorcs.         Jellyfish.         Sea-Anemones.         Corals. 

STINGING-ANIMALS  or  CCELENTERATES. 

Medusoids  and  Hydroids. 


SPONGES. 


Infusorians.  Rhiropods.  Gregarines. 

SIMPLEST  ANIMALS. 


I 

O 


"•3 


PART  IV 

THE  EVOLUTION  OF    \NIMAL  LIFE 


CHAPTER  XVII 


THE   EVIDENCES   OF   EVOLUTION 

I.  The  Idea  of  Evolution — 2.  Arguiiunts  for  Evolution :  Physio- 
logical,  Morphological,  Historical — 3.  Origin  of  Lift 

We  observe  animals  in  their  native  haunts,  and  study  their 
growth,  their  maturity,  their  loves,  their  struggles,  and  their 
death ;  we  collect,  name,  preserve,  and  classify  them ;  we 
cut  them  to  pieces,  and  know  their  -  organs,  tissues,  and 
cells  ;  we  go  back  upon  their  life  and  inquire  into  the  secret 
working  of  their  vital  mechanism  ;  we  ransack  the  rocks  for 
the  remains  of  those  animals  which  lived  ages  ago  upon  the 
earth ;  we  watch  how  the  chick  is  formed  within  the  tgg, 
and  yet  we  are  not  satisfied.  We  seem  to  hear  snatches  of 
music  which  we  cannot  combine.  We  seek  some  unifying 
idea,  some  conception  of  the  manner  in  which  the  world  of 
life  has  become  what  it  is. 

I.  The  Idea  of  Evolution. — We  do  not  dream  now, 
as  men  dreamed  once,  that  ill  has  been  as  it  is  since  all 
emerged  from  the  mist  of  an  unthinkable  beginning ;  nor 
can  we  believe  now,  as  men  believed  once,  that  all  came 
into  its  present  state  of  being  by  a  flash  of  almighty  volition. 
We  still  dream,  indeed,  of  an  unthinkable  beginning,  but 
we  know  that  the  past  has  been  full  of  change ;   we  still 


1: 


274  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 

believe  in  almighty  volition,  but  rather  as  a  continuous  reality 
than  as  expressed  in  any  event  of  the  past.  Thus  Erasmus 
Darwin  (i794),  speaking  of  Hume,  says  "he  concluded 
that  the  world  itself  might  have  been  generated  rather  than 
created ;  that  it  might  have  been  gradually  produced  from 
very  small  beginnings,  increasing  by  the  activity  of  its 
inherent  principles,  rather  than  by  a  sudden  evolution  of 
the  whole  by  the  Almighty  fiat."  In  short,  we  have 
extended  to  the  world  around  us  our  own  characteristic 
perception  of  human  history ;  we  have  concluded  that  in  all 
things  the  present  is  the  child  of  the  past  and  the  parent 

of  the  future. 

But  while   we   dismiss   the   theory  of  permanence  as 
demonstrably  false,  and  the  theory  of  successive  cataclysms 
and  re-creations  as  improbable,^  without  feeling  it  necessary 
to  discuss  either  the  falsity  or  the  improbability,  we  must 
state  on  what  basis  our  conviction  of  continuous  evolution 
rests.      "La  nature  ne  nous  offre  le  spectacle  d'aucune 
creation,  c'est  d'une  continuation  dtemelle."     "As  in  the 
development  of  a  fugue,"   Samuel  Butler   says,    "where, 
when  the  subject  and  counter-subject  have  been  announxd, 
there  must  thenceforth  be  nothing  new,  and  yet  all  must 
be  new,  so  throughout  organic  nature— which  is  a  fugue 
developed  to  great  length  from  a  very  simple  subject— 
everything  is  linked  on  to  and  grows  out  of  that  which 
comes  next  to  it  in  order— errors  and  omissions  excepted." 
2.  Arguments  for  Evolution.— What  then  are  the  facts 
which  have  convinced  naturalists  that  the  plants  and  the 
animals  of  to-day  are  descended  from  others  of  a  simpler 
sort,  and  the  latter  from  yet  simpler  ancestors,  and  so  on, 
back  and  back  to  those  first  forms  in  which  all  that  suc- 
ceeded were  implied  ?     I  refer  you  to  Darwin's  Origin  oj 
Species  (1859),  where  the  arguments  were  marshalled  in 
sue'    a  masf^rly  fashion  that  they  forced  the  conviction 
1 1  uie  the  word  in  its  literal  sense--  not  admiuingof  proof."     It  is 
not  my  duty  nor  my  desire  to  discuss  the  poetical,  or  philosophical, 
or  religious  conceptions  which  lie  behind  the  concrete  cMmogomes  of 
diffaxSt  ages  and  minds.     To  many  modem   theologians  creatior, 
nMdirmeanTthe  institution  of  the  order  of  nature,  the  possibility  of 
natural  evdutioa  included. 


CBAP.  XVII      The  Evidences  of  Evolution  375 

of  the  wwld.  To  the  statements  of  the  case  by  Spencer, 
Haeckel,  Huxley,  Romanes,  and  others,  I  have  given 
references  in  the  chapter  on  books.  Darwin's  arguments 
were  derived  {a)  from  the  distribution  of  animals  in  space ; 
(p)  from  their  successive  appearance  in  time,  {c)  from  actual 
variations  observed  in  domestication,  cultivation,  and  in 
nature ;  {d)  from  facts  of  structure,  e.g.  homologous  and 
rudiiiiftntary  organs,  {e)  from  embryology.  I  shall  simply 
illustrate  the  different  kinds  of  evidence,  and  that  under 
three  heads— (a)  physiological,  {b)  structural,  {c)  his- 
torical. 

{a)  PhysiologicaL— A  study  of  the  life  of  organisms 
shows  that  the  ancient  and  even  Linnaean  dogma  of  the 
constancy  or  immutability  of  species  was  false.  Organisms 
change  under  our  eyes.  They  are  not  like  cast-iron  ;  they 
are  plastic.  One  of  the  most  striking  cases  in  the  Natural 
History  Collection  of  the  British  Museum  is  that  near  the 
entrance,  where  on  a  tree  are  perched  domesticated  pigeons 

of  many  sorts— fantail,  pouter,  tumbler,  and  the  like 

while  in  the  centre  is  the  ancestral  rock-dove  Columba  livia, 
from  which  we  know  that  all  the  rest  have  been  derived! 
In  other  domesticated  animals,  even  when  we  allow  that 
some  of  them  have  had  multiple  origins,  we  find  abundant 
proof  of  variability.     But  what  occurs  under  man's  super- 
vision  in  the  domestication  of  animals  and  in  the  culti- 
vation of  plants  occurs  also  in  the  state  of  nature.     Natural 
"  varieties  "  which  link  species  to  species  are  very  common, 
and  the  offspring  of  one  brood  differ  from  one  another  and 
from  their  parents.     How  many  strange  sports  there  are 
and  grim  reversions  I   and,   as  we   shall   afterwards   see, 
modifications  of  individuals  by  force  of  external  conditions 
are  not  uncommon.     Those  who  say  they  see  no  variation 
now  going  on  in  nature  should  try  a  month's  work  at  identi- 
fying species.     I  have  known  of  an  ancient  man  who  dwelt 
in  a  small  town  ;  he  did  not  believe  in  the  reality  of  railways 
and  to  him  the  testimony  of  observers  was  as  an  idle  tale  ; 
he  was  not  daunted  in  his  scepticism  even  when  the  railway 
was  extended  to  his  town,  for  he  was  aged,  and  remained 
at  home,  dying  a  professed  unbeliever  in  that  which  he  had 


* 
\ 


\\\ 


276 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 


F.G   6.  -Varieties  of  domestir  J.igeon  arr.ngejl  arou.,.l  f--^f^  ^'^■^•''  ''^ 


CHAP.  XVII      The  Evidences  of  Evolution 


211 


never  seen.     Conviction  depends  on  more  than  intelligence, 
often  on  emotional  vested  interests. 

(J>)  Morphological. — There  are  said  to  be  over  a  million 
species  of  living  animals,  about  half  of  them  insects. 
Even  their  number  might  suggest  blood-relationship,  but  our 
recognition  of  this  becomes  clear  when  we  see  that  species 
is  often  united  to  species,  genus  to  genus,  and  even  class 
to  class,  by  connecting  links.  The  fact  that  we  can  make 
at  least  a  plausible  genealogical  tree  of  animals,  arranging 
them  in  series  along  the  lines  of  hypothetical  pedigree,  is 
also  suggestive. 

Throughout  long  series,  structures  fundamentally  the 
same  appear  with  varied  form  and  function  ;  the  same  bones 
and  muscles  are  twisted  into  a  variety  of  shapes.  Why  this 
adherence  to  type  if  animals  are  independent  of  one 
another  ?  How  necessary  it  is  if  all  are  branches  of  one 
tree. 

By  rudimentary  organs  also  the  same  conclusion  is 
suggested.  What  mean  the  unused  gill-clefts  of  reptiles, 
birds,  and  mammals,  unless  the  ancestors  of  these  classes 
were  fish-like ;  what  mean  the  teeth  of  very  young  whale- 
bone whales,  of  an  embryonic  parrot  and  turtle,  unless  they 
are  vestiges  of  those  which  their  ancestors  possessed  ?  There 
are  similar  vestigial  structures  among  most  animals.  In 
man  alone  there  are  about  seventy  little  things  which  might 
be  termed  rudimentary ;  his  body  is  a  museum  of  relics.  We 
are  familiar  with  unsounded  or  rudimentary  letters  in  many 
words ;  we  do  not  sound  the  "  o  "  in  leopard  nor  the  "  1 " 
in  alms,  but  from  these  rudimentary  letters  we  read  the 
history  of  the  words, 

(0  Historical. — Every  one  recognises  that  animals  have 
not  always  been  as  they  now  are  ;  we  have  only  to  dig  to 
be  convinced  that  the  fauna  of  the  earth  has  had  a  history. 
But  it  does  not  follow  that  the  succession  of  fauna  after 
fauna,  age  after  age,  has  been  a  progressive  development. 
What  evidence  is  there  of  this  ? 

In  the  first  place,  there  is  the  general  fact  that  fishes 
appear  before  amphibians,  and  these  before  reptiles,  and 
these   before   birds,   and   that    the   same    correspondence 


I  >:  i 


278 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 


6 


between  order  of  appearance  and  structural  rank  is  often 
true  in  detail  within  the  separate  classes  of  animals.    There 
are  some  marvellously  complete  series  of  fos- 
sils, especially,  perhaps,  that  of  the  extinct 
cuttlefishes,  in  which  the  steps  of  progressive 
evolution  are  still  traceable.      Moreover,  the 
long  pedigree  of  some  animals,  such  as  the 
horse,  has  been  worked  out  so  perfectly  that 
more  convincing  demonstration  is  hardly  pos- 
sible.     In  Professor  Huxley's  American  Ad- 
dresses, or  in  that    pleasant    introduction  to 
zoology  afforded  by  Professor  W.  H.  Flower's 
little   book  on  the  horse    (Modern   Science 
Series,  Lond.,  1891),  you  will  find  the  story 
of  the   horse's  pedigree   most  lucidly  told: 
how  in  early  Eocene  times  there  lived  small 
quadrupeds    about    the    size    of  sheep   that 
walked  securely  upon  five   toes,   how  these 
animals  lost,  first  the  inner  toe,  while  the 
third  grew  larger,  and  then  the  fifth  ;  how  the 
third  continued  to  grow  larger  and  the  second 
and  fourth  to  become  smaller  until  they  dis- 
appeared almost  entirely,  remaining  only  as 
small  splint  bones  ;  and  how  thus  the  light- 
footed  runn-rs  on  tiptoe  of  the  dry  plains 
were  evolved  from  the  short -legged  splay- 
footed plodders  of  the  Eocene  marshes.     Fin- 
ally, there  are  many  extinct  types  which  link 
■!!;dhrndfeet°o'f  order  to  order  and  even  class  to  class,  such 
th-^  horse  and  as  that  Strange  mammal  Phenacodtts,  which 
TestLf  show:  seems  to  occupy  a  central  position  in   the 
ine  the  gradual  ^qx\qs,  SO  uumerous  are  its  affinities,  or  such 
[he  numVr  uf  as  thosc  sauriaus  which  link  crawling  reptile 
soaring  bird. 

Another  historical  argument  of  great  im- 
portance is  that  derived  from  the   study  of 
the  geographical  distribution  of  animals,  but  this  cannot  be 
appreciated  without  studying  the   detailed  facts.      These 
suggest  that  the  various  types  of  animals  have  spread  from 


SU-s"«"  to  soaring  bird. 

cyclot. ;     after 
Marsh.) 


CHAP.  XVII      The  Evidences  of  Evolution  279 

definite  centres,  along  convenient  paths  of  diffusion,  varying 
into  species  after  species  as  their  range  extended. 

But  the  history  of  the  individual  is  even  more  instructive. 
The  first  three  grades  of  structure  observed  among  living 
animals  are:  (i)  Single  cells  (most  Protozoa),  (2)  balls  of 
cells  (a  few  Protozoa  which  form  colonies),  and  (3),  two- 
layered  sacs  of  cells  {e.g.  the  simplest  sponges).  But  these 
three  grades  correspond  to  the  first  three  steps  in  the  indi- 
vidual life-history  of  any  many-celled  animal.  Every  one 
begins  as  a  single  cell,  at  the  presumed  beginning  again  ; 
this  divides  into  a  ball  of  cells,  the  second  grade  of  struc- 
ture ;  the  ball  becomes  a  two-layered  sac  of  cells.     The 


Fig.  63. — Antlers  of  deer  (1-5)  in  successive  years ;  but  the  figure  might  almost 
represent  at  the  same  time  the  degree  of  evohition  exhibited  by  tne  antlers 
of  deer  in  successive  ages.    (From  Chambers's  Encyclof.) 

correspondence  between  the  first  three  grades  of  structure 
and  the  first  three  chapters  in  the  individual's  life-history  is 
complete.  It  is  true  as  a  general  statement  that  the  indi- 
vidual development  proceeds  step  by  step  along  a  path 
approximately  parallel  to  the  presumed  progress  of  the 
race,  so  far  as  that  is  traceable  from  the  successive  grades 
of  structure  and  from  the  records  of  the  rocks.  Even  in 
regard  to  details  such  as  the  development  of  antlers  on  stags 
the  parallelism  of  racial  and  individual  history  may  be 
observed.  Of  this  correspondence  it  is  difficult  to  see  any 
elucidation  except  that  the  individual  in  its  life-history  in 
great  part  re-treads  the  path  of  ancestral  evolution. 

I   have   illustrated   these   evidences  of  evolution  very 


f 


i 


38o  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 

briefly,  for  they  have  been  stated  many  times  of  late  years. 
The  idea  of  evolution  has  also  justified  itself  by  the  ligbt 
which  it  has  cast  not  only  on  biological,  but  on  physical, 
psychological,  and  sociological  facts.  There  has  never  been 
a  more  germinal  idea ;  it  is  fast  becoming  organic  m  all 

our  thinking.  ,      j    .  •         / 

To  those  who  feel  a  repugnance  to  the  doctrine  of 
descent,  I  suggest  the  following  considerations  :— 

(i)  In  so  far  as  conclusions  do  not  affect  conduct,  it 
seems  wise  to  conserve  what  makes  one  happiest.  If  your 
intellectual  and  emotional  necessities  are  better  satisfied, 
for  instance,  by  any  one  of  the  creationist  theories  than 
by  that  of  a  gradual  and  natural  progress  from  simple 
beginnings  to  implied  ends,  and  if  you  feel  that  your  sense 
of  the  marvel,  beauty,  and  sacredness  of  life  would  be 
impoverished  by  a  change  of  theory,  then  I  should  not  seek 

to  persuade  you. 

(2)  But  as  we  do  not  think  a  tree  less  stately  because 
we  know  the  tiny  seed  from  which  it  grew,  nor  any  man 
less  noble  because  he  was  once  a  little  child,  so  we  ought 
not  to  look  on  the  world  of  life  with  eyes  less  full  of  wonder 
or  reverence,  even  if  we  feel  that  we  know  something  of  its 

humble  origins.  .  ,   ,    . 

(3)  Finally,  we  should  be  careful  to  distinguish  between 
the  doctrine  of  natural  descent,  which,  to  most  naturalists, 
seems  a  solemn  fact,  and  the  theories  of  evolution  which 
explain  how  the  progressive  descent  was  brought  about. 
For  in  regard  to  the  causal,  as  distinguished  from  the  modal 
explanation  of  the  worid,  we  are  or  ought  to  be  uncertain. 

3.  Origin  of  Life.— It  is  no  dogma,  nor  yet  a  "  law 
of  Biogenesis,"  but  a  fact  of  experience,  to  which  no  excep- 
tion has  been  demonstrated,  that  living  organisms  arise 
from  pre-existent  organisms— Ow«^  vivum  e  vivo. 

As  to  the  origin  of  life  upon  the  earth  we  know  nothing, 
but  hold  various  opinions,  (i)  Thus  it  is  believed  that  life 
began  independently  of  those  natural  conditions  which  come 
within  the  ken  of  scientific  inquirers;  in  other  words,  it  is 
believed  that  the  first  living  things  were  created.  That 
this  belief  presents  intellectual  difficulties  to  many  minds 


CHAP.  XVII      The  Evidences  of  Evolution 


281 


may  mean  that  its  fittest  expression  in  words  has  not  been 
attained,  or  is  unattainable.  (2)  It  has  been  suggested 
that  germs  of  life  reached  this  earth  in  the  bosom  of 
meteorites  from  somewhere  else.  This  at  least  shifts  the 
responsibility  of  the  problem  off  the  shoulders  of  this  planet. 
(3)  It  is  suggested  that  living  matter  may  have  been  evolved 
from  not-living  matter  on  the  earth's  surface.  If  we  accept 
this  suggestion,  we  must  of  course  suppose  that  in  not-living 
matter  the  qualities  characteristic  of  living  organisms  are 
implicit.  The  evolutionist's  common  denominator  is  then 
as  inexpressibly  marvellous  as  the  philosopher's  greatest 
common  measure. 


\ 


\ 


f!' 


\  \ 


■  ji   '. 


I 


CHAPTER   XVIII 

THE  EVOLUTION   OF   EVOLUTION   THEORIES 

I.  Greek  Philosophers -2.  Aristotle-l.  Lucretius-^,  Evolution, 
ists  before  Darwin-^.  Three  old  Masters:  Buffon,  Erasmus 
Darwin,  Lamarck-6.  Charles  Darwin— 1.  Darwin  s  Fellom- 
workers-^.  The  Present  State  of  Opinion 

THE  conception  of  evolution  is  no  new  idea,  it  is  the  human 
idea  of  history  grown  larger,  large  enough  to  cover  the 
whole  world.  The  extension  of  the  idea  was  gradual,  as 
men  felt  the  need  of  extending  it ;  and  at  the  same  moment 
we  find  men  believing  in  the  external  permanence  of  one 
set  of  phenomena,  in  the  creation  of  others,  in  the  evolution 
of  others.  One  authority  says  human  institutions  have  been 
evolved ;  man  was  created  ;  the  heavens  are  eternal.  Ac- 
cording to  another,  matter  and  motion  are  eternal ;  life  was 
created ;  the  rest  has  been  evolved,  except,  perhaps,  the 
evolution  theory  which  was  created  by  Darwin. 

I.  Greek  Plulosopliers.— Of  the  wise  men  of  Greece 
and  what  they  thought  of  the  nature  and  ongin  of 
things,  I  shall  say  little,  for  I  have  no  direct  acquaintance 
with  the  writings  of  those  who  lived  before  Aristotle. 
Moreover,  though  an  authority  so  competent  as  Zeller  has 
written  on  the  «« Grecian  predecessors  of  Darwin,  most  ot 
them  were  philosophers  not  naturalists,  and  we  are  apt  to 
read  our  own  ideas  into  their  words.  They  thought,  indeed, 
as  we  are  thinking,  about  the  physical  and  organic  universe, 
and  some  of  them  believed  it  to  be,  as  we  do,  the  result  ot 


cH.  XVIII  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories       283 


a  process ;  but  here  in  most  cases  ends  the  resemblance 
between  their  thought  and  ours. 

Thus  when  Anaximander  spoke  of  a  fish-like  stage  in  the 
past  history  of  man,  this  was  no  prophecy  of  the  modem 
idea  that  a  fish-like  form  was  one  of  the  far-off  ancestors  of 
backboned  animals,  it  was  only  a  fancy  invented  to  get  over 
a  difficulty  connected  with  the  infancy  of  the  first  human 
being. 

Or,  when  we  read  that  several  of  these  sages  reduced 
the  world  to  one  element,  the  ether,  we  do  the  progress  of 
knowledge  injustice  if  we  say  that  men  are  simply  returning 
to  this  after  more  than  two  thousand  years.  For  that 
conception  of  the  ether  which  is  characteristic  of  modem 
physical  science  has  been,  or  is  being,  slowly  attained  by 
precise  and  patient  analysis,  whereas  the  ancient  conception 
was  reached  by  metaphysical  speculation.  If  we  are 
retuming  to  the  Greeks,  it  is  on  a  higher  turn  of  the  spiral, 
so  far  at  least  as  the  ether  is  concerned. 

When  we  read  that  Empedocles  sought  to  explain  the 
world  as  the  result  of  two  principles — love-  and  hate — 
working  on  the  four  elements,  we  may,  if  we  >o  inclined, 
call  these  principles  "  attractive  and  repulsive  orces  "  ;  we 
may  recognise  in  them  the  altruistic  and  individualistic 
factors  in  organic  evolution,  and  what  not ;  but  Empedocles 
was  a  poetic  philosopher,  no  far-sighted  prophet  of  evolu- 
tion. 

But  the  student  cannot  afford  to  overlook  the  lesson 
which  Democritus  first  clearly  taught,  that  we  do  not 
explain  any  result  until  we  find  out  the  natural  conditions 
which  bring  it  about,  that  we  only  understand  an  effeci. 
when  we  are  able  to  analyse  its  causes.  We  require  a  so- 
called  "  mechanical,"  or  more  strictly,  a  dynamical  explana- 
tion of  results.  It  is  easy  to  show  that  it  is  advantageous 
for  a  root  to  have  a  root-cap,  but  we  wish  to  know  how  the 
cap  comes  to  be  there.  It  is  obvious  that  the  antlers  of  a 
stag  are  useful  weapons,  but  we  must  inquire  as  precisely 
as  possible  how  they  first  appeared  and  still  grow. 

2.  Aristotle. — As  in  other  departments  of  knowledge, 
so  in  zoology  the  work  of  Aristotle  is  fvindamental     It  is 


In 


a«4 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 


wonderful  to  think  of  his  knowledge  of  the  forms  and  ways 
of  life,  or  the  insight  with  which  he  foresaw  such  useful  dis- 
tinctions as  that  between  analogous  and  homologous  organs, 
or  his  recognition  of  the  fact  of  correlation,  of  the  advan- 
tages of  division  of  labour  within  organisms,  of  the  gradual 
differentiation  observed  in  development.  He  planted  seeds 
which  grew  after  long  sleep  into  comparative  anatomy  and 
classification.  Yet  with  what  sublime  humility  he  says :  "  I 
found  no  basis  prepared,  no  models  to  copy.  Mine  is  the 
first  step,  and  therefore  a  small  one,  though  worked  out  with 
much  thought  and  hard  labour."  Aristotle  was  not  an 
evolutionist,  for,  although  he  xccognisedthe  changefulness  of 
life,  the  world  was  to  him  an  eternal  fact  not  a  stage  m  a 
process. 

"  In  nature,  the  passage  from  inanimate  things  to  animals  is  so 
gradual  that  it  is  impossible  to  draw  a  hard-and-fast  line  between 
them.  After  inanimate  things  come  plants,  which  differ  from  one 
another  in  the  degree  of  life  which  they  possess.  Compared  with 
inert  bodies,  plants  seem  endowed  with  life;  compared  with 
animals,  they  seem  inanimate.  From  plants  to  animals  the  passage 
is  by  no  means  sudden  or  abrupt ;  one  finds  living  things  m  the 
sea  about  which  there  is  doubt  whether  they  be  animals  or  plants. 
«« Animals  are  at  war  with  one  another  when  they  live  m  the  same 
place  and  use  the  same  food.  If  the  food  be  not  sufficiently 
abundant  they  fight  for  it  even  with  those  of  the  same  kind.' 

3.  Lucretius.— Among  the  Romans  Lucretius  gave 
noble  expression  to  the  philosophy  of  Epicurus.  I  shall 
not  try  to  explain  his  materialistic  theory  of  the  concourse 
of  atoms  into  stable  and  well-adapted  forms,  but  rather 
quote  a  few  sentences  in  which  he  states  his  belief  that  the 
earth  is  the  mother  of  all  life,  and  that  animals  work  out 
their  destiny  in  a  struggle  for  existence.  He  was  a  cosmic, 
but  hardly  an  organic  evolutionist,  for,  according  to  his 
poetic  fancy,  organisms  arose  from  the  eaith's  fertile  bosom 
and  not  by  the  gradual  transform?tion  of  simpler  predecessors. 

«•  In  the  beginning  the  earth  gave  forth  all  kinds  of  herbage  and 
verdant  sheen  about  the  hills  and  over  all  the  plains  ;  the  flowery 
meadows  glittered  with  the  bright  green  hue,  and  next  in  order  to 
the  f?:fferent  trees  was  given  a  strong  and  emulous  desire  of  grow- 


CH.  xviii  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories       285 

ing  up  into  the  air  with  full  unbridled  powers.  .  .  .  With  good 
reason  the  earth  has  gotten  the  name  of  mother,  since  all  things 
have  been  produced  out  of  the  earth.  .  .  . 

"  We  see  that  many  conditions  must  meet  together  in  things  in 
order  that  they  may  beget  and  continue  their  kinds  ;  first  a  supply 
of  food,  then  a  way  in  which  the  birth-producing  seeds  throughout 
the  frame  may  stream  from  the  relaxed  limbs.  .  .  .  And  many 
races  of  living  things  must  then  have  died  out  and  been  unable  to 
beget  and  continue  their  breed.  For  in  the  case  of  all  things  which 
you  see  breathing  the  breath  of  life,  either  craft  or  courage  or  else 
speed  has  from  the  beginning  of  its  existence  protected  and  pre- 
served each  particular  race.  And  there  are  many  things  which, 
recommended  to  us  by  their  useful  services,  continue  to  exist  con- 
signed to  our  protection. 

*'  In  the  first  place,  the  first  breed  of  lions  and  the  savage  races 
their  courage  has  protected,  foxes  their  craft,  and  stags  their  prone- 
ness  to  flight.  But  light-sleeping  dogs  with  faithful  heart  in  breast, 
and  every  kind  which  is  born  of  the  seed  of  beasts  of  burden,  and  at 
the  same  time  the  woolly  flocks  and  the  horned  herds,  are  all  con- 
signed to  the  protection  of  man.  For  they  have  ever  fled  with 
eagerness  fro:"  ''/'.  beasts,  and  have  ensued  peace,  and  plenty  of 
food  obtained  w  :out  their  own  labour,  as  we  give  it  in  requital  of 
their  useful  services.  But  those  to  whom  nature  has  granted  none 
of  these  qualities,  so  that  they  could  neither  live  by  their  own 
means  nor  perform  for  us  any  useful  service,  in  return  for  which 
we  should  suffer  their  kind  to  feed  and  be  safe  under  our  protection, 
those,  you  are  to  know,  would  lie  exposed  as  a  prey  and  booty 
of  others,  hampered  all  in  their  own  death-bringing  shackles,  until 
nature  brought  that  kind  to  utter  destruction." 

4.  Evolutionists  before  Darwin. — From  Lucretius  I 
shall  pass  to  BufTon,  for  the  intervening  centuries  were  un- 
eventful as  regards  zoology.  Hugo  Spitzer,  one  of  the  histo- 
rians of  evolution,  finds  analogies  between  certain  mediaeval 
scholastics  and  the  Darwinians  of  the  nineteenth  century, 
but  these  are  subtle  comparisons.  Yet  long  before  Darwin's 
day  there  were  evolutionists,  and  the  first  of  these  who  can 
be  called  great  was  BufTon. 

We  must  guard  against  supposing  that  the  works  of 
BufFon,  or  Lamarck,  or  Darwin  were  inexplicable  creations 
of  genius,  or  that  they  came  like  cataclysms,  without  warning, 
to  shatter  the  conventional  traditions  of  their  time.  For  all 
great  workers  have  their  forenmners,  who  prepare  their 


! 
1 

1 

j 

! 

\ 

! 

ttj- 

s86  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  r? 

paths.  Therefore  xa  thinking  out  the  history  of  evolutionist 
theories  before  that  of  Buffon,  we  must  take  account  of 
many  forces  which  began  to  be  influential  from  the  twelfth 
century  onwards.  "Evolution  in  social  affairs  has  not 
only  suggested  our  ideas  of  evolution  in  the  other  sciences, 
but  has  deeply  coloured  them  in  accordance  with  the 
particular  phase  of  social  evolution  current  at  the  time."  i 
In  other  words,  we  must  abandon  the  idea  that  we  can 
understand  the  history  of  any  science  as  such,  without 
reference  to  contemporary  evolution  in  other  departments 
of  activity.  The  evolution  of  theories  of  evolution  is  bound 
up  with  the  whole  progress  of  the  world. 

In  trying  to  determine  those  social  and  intellectual  forces 
of  which  the  modern  conception  of  organic  evolution  has 
been  a  resultant,  we  should  take  account  of  social  changes, 
such  as  the  collapse  of  the  feudal  system,  the  crusades,  the 
invention  of  printing,  the  discovery  of  America,  the  French 
Revolution,  the  beginning  of  the  steam  age  ;  of  theological 
and  religious  movements,  such  as  the  Protestant  Reforma- 
tion and  the  spread  of  Deism  ;  of  a  long  series  of  evolu- 
tionist philosophers,  some  of  whom  were  at  the  same  time 
students   of  the   physical   sciences,  —  notably    Descartes, 
Spinoia,  Leibnitz,  Herder,   Kant,  and   Schelling ;    of  the 
acceptance  cf  evolutionary  conceptions  in  regard  to  other 
orders  of  facts,  especially  in  regard  to  the  earth  and  the 
solar  system  ;  and,  finally,  of  those  few  naturalists,  like  De 
Maillet  .nd  Robinet.  who,  before  Buffon's  day,  whispered 
evolutionist  heresies.     The  history  of  an  idea  is  like  that 
of  an  organism  in  which  cross-fenilisation  and  composite 
inheritance  complicate  the  pedigree, 

5    Three  old  Masters.— Among  the  evolutionists  before 
Darwin  I  shall  speak  of  only  three— Buffon,  Erasmus  Darwin, 

and  Lamarck. 

Buffon  (1707- 17 88)  was  bom  to  wealth  andwas  wcddeu 

to  Fortune.  He  sat  in  kings'  houses,  his  statue  adorned  their 
gardens.  As  Director  of  the  Jardin  du  Roi  he  had  oppor- 
tunity to  acquire  a  wide  knowledge  of  animals.  He  com- 
manded the  assistance  of  able  coUaborateurs,  and  his  own 
1  Article  "EvoluUon"  (P.  Geddei)  in  Chambers*!  Encyciofadia. 


:^=^K:'aKrA     ••    ^A«;^J'MTtf.K£~~V'W-"y  ' 


CH.  XVIII  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories       287 


industry  was  untiring.  He  was  about  forty  years  old  when 
he  began  his  gfreat  Natural  ^''«tory,  and  he  worked  till  he 
was  fourscore.  He  lived  a  full  life,  the  success  of  which 
we  can  almost  read  in  the  strong  confidence  of  his  style. 
'  Le  style,  c'est  I'homme  m6me,"  he  said  ;  or  again,  "  Le 
style  est  comme  le  bonheur ;  il  vient  de  la  douceur  de  I'Ame." 
Rousseau  called  him  "  La  plus  belle  plume  du  si^cle ; " 
Mirabeau  said,  "  Le  plus  grand  homme  de  son  sifecle  et  de 
bien  d'autres  ;  "  Voltaire  first  mocked  and  then  praised  him  ; 
and  Diderot  also  eulogised.  EufTon  was  first  a  man  then 
a  zoologist,  which  seems  to  be  the  natural,  though  by  no 
means  universally  recognised,  order  of  precedence,  and  we 
have  pleasant  pictures  of  his  handsome  person,  his  magnifi- 
cence, his  diplomatic  manners,  and  a  splendid  genius,  which 
he  himself  called  "  a  supreme  capacity  for  taking  pains." 

Buffon's  culture  was  very  wide.  He  had  an  early 
training  in  mathematics,  and  translated  Newton's  Fluxions ; 
he  seems  to  have  been  familiar  with  the  chemistry  and 
physics  of  his  time ;  he  was  curious  about  everything. 
Before  Laplace,  he  elaborated  an  hypothesis  as  to  the  origin 
of  the  solar  system  ;  before  Hutton  and  Lyell,  he  realised 
that  causes  like  those  now  at  work  had  in  the  long  pasi. 
sculptured  the  earth ;  he  had  a  special  theory  of  heredity 
not  unlike  Darwin's,  and  a  by  no  means  narrow  theory  of 
evolution,  in  which  he  recognised  the  struggle  for  existence 
and  the  elimination  of  the  unfit,  the  influence  of  isolation 
and  of  artificial  selection,  but  especially  the  direct  action  of 
food,  climate,  and  other  surrounding  influences  upon  the 
organism.  It  is  generally  allowed  that  there  is  in  Bufibn's 
writings  something  of  that  indefiniteness  which  often  charac- 
terises pioneer  works,  and  a  lack  of  depth  not  unnatural  in 
a  survey  so  broad,  but  they  exhibit  some  remarkable  illustra- 
tions of  prophetic  genius,  and  a  lively  appreciation  of 
nature. 

It  is  probable  that  Bufibn's  treatment  of  zoology  gained 
freedom  because  he  wrote  in  French,  having  shaken  oflF  the 
shackles  which  the  prevalent  custom  of  writing  in  Latin 
imposed,  and  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  his  works  did  some- 
thing to  prepare  the  way  for  the  future  reception  of  the 


\  h 


a88  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 

doctrine  of  descent  He  had  a  vivid  feeling  of  the  unity 
of  nature,  throwing  out  hints  in  regard  to  the  fundamental 
similarity  of  different  forms  of  matter,  suggestmg  that  heat 
and  light  are  atomic  movements,  denying  the  existence  of 
hard-and-fast  lines—"  Le  vivant  et  I'animd  est  une  propn^t^ 
physique  de  la  mati^re !"  protesting  against  crude  distmctions 
between  plants  and  animals,  and  realising  above  all  that 
there  is  one  great  family  of  life.  Naturalists  had  been 
wandering  up  and  down  the  valleys  studying  their  charac- 
teristic contours  ;  Buflfon  took  an  eagle's  flight  and  saw  the 
connected  range  of  hills,—"  I'enchainement  des  ^tres. 

Erasmus  Darwin   (1731-1802),  grandfather  to  the 
author  of  the  Origin  of  Species,  was  a  large-hearted,  thought- 
ful physician,  whose  life  was  as  full  of  pleasant  eccentricities, 
as  his  stammc  rjng  speech  of  wit,  and  his  books  of  wisdom. 
We  have  pleasant  pictures  of  the  philosophical  physician 
of  Lichfield  and  Derby,  driving  about  in  a  whimsical  un- 
stable carriage  of  his  own  contrivance,  prescribing  abundant 
food  and  cowslip  wine,  rich  in  good  health  and  generosity. 
Comparing  his  writings  with  those  of  Buffon,  an  acquaint- 
ance with  which  he   evidently  possessed,  we   find   more 
emotion  and  intensity,  more  of  the  poet  and  none  of  the 
diplomatist     He  approached  the  study  of  organic  life  on 
the  one  hand  as  a  physician  and  physiologist,  on  the  other 
hand  as  a  gardener  and  lover  of  plants  ;  and,  apart  from 
poetic  conceits,  his  writings  are  characterised  by  a  direct- 
ness and  simplicity  of  treatment  which  we  often  describe  as 
"  common-sense "  .  ,      •      1 

He  beUeved  that  the  different  kinds  of  plants  and  animals 
were  descended  from  a  few  ancestral  forms,  or  possibly 
from  one  and  the  same  kind  of  "vital  filament,"  and  tnat 
evolutionary  change  was  mainly  due  to  the  exertious  which 
organisms  made  to  preserve  or  better  themselves.  He 
showed  that  animals  were  driven  to  exertion  by  hunger,  by 
love  and  by  the  need  of  protection,  and  explained  theit 
progress  as  the  result  of  their  endeavours.  Buffon  under- 
rated the  transfon.iing  influence  of  action,  and  laid  emphasis 
upon  the  direct  influence  of  surroundings  ;  Erasmus  Darwin 
emphasised  function,  and  regarded   the  influence  of  the 


CH.  XVIII  The  El  lution  of  Evolution  Theories      289 

environment  as  for  the  most  part  indirect     Let  us  quote 
some  conclusions  from  his  Zoonomia  (1794): 

"Owing  to  the  imperfection  of  language  the  offspring  is  termed 
a  new  animal,  but  is  in  truth  a  branch  or  elongation  of  the 
parent,  since  a  part  of  the  embyron  animal  is,  or  was,"  a  part  of  the 
parent,  and  therefore  in  strict  language  cannot  be  said  to  be  entirely 
new  at  the  time  of  its  production;  and  therefore  it  may  retain 
some  of  the  habits  of  the  parent-system." 

"The  fetus  or  embryon  is  formed  by  apposition  of  new  parts, 
and  not  by  the  distention  of  a  primordial  nest  of  germs  included 
one  withm  another  like  the  cups  of  a  conjuror." 

"From  their  first  rudiment,  or  primordium,  to  the  termination 
ot  tneir  lives,  all  animals  undergo  perpetual  transformations ;  which 
are  in  part  produced  by  their  own  exertions  in  consequence  of 
their  desires  and  aversions,  of  their  pleasures  and  their  pains,  or 
of  irritations,  or  of  associations ;  and  many  of  these  acquired  forms 
or  propensities  are  transmitted  to  their  posterity." 
.1.  "^"'  ^"^  w^'<^f  are  supplied  to  animals  in  sufficient  profusion, 
the  three  great  objects  of  desire,  which  have  changed  the  forms  of 
many  animals  by  their  exertions  to  gratify  them,  are  those  of  lust, 
hunger,  and  security." 

"  This  idea  of  the  gradual  generation  of  all  ti,ings  seems  to  hi/e 
been  as  familiar  to  the  ancient  philosophers  r  the  modern  ones, 
and  to  have  given  rise  to  the  beautiful  hieroy.yphic  figure  of  the 
rpwToy  if6y,  or  first  great  egg,  produced  by  night,  that  is,  whose 
ongrn  IS  involved  in  obscurity,  and  animated  by  ip^s,  that  is,  by 
Divine  Love ;  from  whence  proceeded  all  things  which  exist." 

On  Lamarck  (i 744-1 829)  success  did  not  shine  as  it 
did  on  the  Comte  de  liuffon  or  on  Dr.  Erasmus  Darwin. 
His  life  was  often  so  hard  that  we  wonder  he  did  not  say 
more  about  the  struggle  for  existe  ice.  As  a  youth  of  six- 
teen, destined  for  the  Church,  '  rides  off  on  a  bad  horse 
to  jo...  the  French  r.rmy,  then  fighting  in  Germany,  and 
bravely  wms  promotion  on  his  first  battle-field.  After  the 
peace  he  is  sent  into  garrison  at  Toulon  and  Monaco, 
where  his  scientific  enthusiasm  is  awakened  by  the  Flora 
of  the  south.  Retiring  in  weakened  health  from  military 
service,  he  earns  his  living  in  a  Parisian  banker's  office, 
devotes  his  spare  energies  to  the  study  of  plants,  and 
writes  a  F/ore  frafiiaise  in  three  volumes,  the  publica- 
Hon  of  which  (1778)  at  the  royal  press  was  secured  by 

U 


ill'     ^ 


f 

I: 


V 


M 


hi 


* 

Ml 


it     i 


I 


II! 


ago  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 

Buffon's  patronage.     As  tutor  to  Buffon's  son,  he  travels 
in  Europe  and  visits  some  of  the  famous  gardens,  and  we 
can  hardly  doubt  that  Buflfon  influenced  Lamarck  m  many 
wavs      After  much  toil  as  a  literary  hack  and  scientific 
drudge  he  is  elected  to  what  we  would  now  call  a  Professor- 
ship of  Invertebrate  Zoology,  a  department  at  that  time 
chaotic.     In  1794  he  began  his  lectures    and  each  year 
brought  increased  order  to  his  classification  and  museum 
alike     At  the  same  time,  however,  he  was  liftmg  his  anchors 
from  the  orthodox  moorings,  relinquishing  his  behef  in  the 
constancy  of  species,  following  (we  know  not  with  what 
consciousness)  the  current  which  had  already  borne  Buffon 
and  Erasmus  Darwin  to  evolutionary  prospects.     In  i8o. 
he   published  Researches  on   the  Organisation  of  Uvtng 
Boies',   in   1809  a  Philosophie  Zoologique ,   from   1816- 
1 822  his  Natural  History  of  Invertebrate  Animals,  a  large 
work  in  seven  volumes,  part  of  which  the  blind  na    -.list 
dictated  to  his  daughter.    Busy  as  he  must  have  beea  wuh 
zoology,  his  restless  intellect  found  time  to  speculaie-.t 
must  be  confessed  to  little  purpose-on  chemical,  physical 
and  meteorological  subjects.     Thus  he  ran  an  unsuccessful 
tilt  against  Lavoisier's  chemistry,  and  published  for  ten 
years  annual  forecasts  of  the  weathe^  which  seem  to  have 
been  almost  always  wrong.     Nor  d.d  Lamarck  add  to  his 
reputation  by  a  theory  of  Hydrogeology,  and  his  scientific 
Sends  who  were  loyal  specialists  shrugged  their  shoulders 
more  and  more  over  bis  intellectual  knight-errantry. 

.  1       J- J      !.:_     1™**...     voarc      his     tr 


Poverty 


lore  over  ma  ini*,..*,..*— o-  -  • 

roveny  also  clouded  his  later  years,  his  treasured 
collections  had  to  be  sold  for  bread,  his  theories  made  no 
headway,  his  merits  were  unrecognised  Yet  now  a  La- 
marckian  school  is  strong  in  France  and  ,n  Amei.ca,  and 
even  those  who  deny  his  doctrines  admit  that  he  was  one 

of  the  bravest  of  pioneers.  „      u  1    c-,v>. 

Of  Lamarck's  Philosophie  Zoologtque,  Haeckel  sa>s, 
«  This  admirable  work  is  the  first  connected  and  thoroughly 
logical  exposition  of  the  theory  of  descent."  And  again  he 
savs  "To  Lamarck  will  remain  the  immonal  glory  0 
havi'ng  for  the  first  time  established  the  theory  of  descent 
as  an  independent  scientific  generalisation  of  the  first  order, 


cn.xvni  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories      291 

as  the  foundation  of  the  whole  of  Biology."  But  the  verdict 
of  the  majority  of  naturalists  in  regard  to  Lamarck's  doctrines 
has  not  tended  to  be  eulogistic  Cuvier,  in  his  iloge  de  M. 
i'^T^  ^^^'^^'■ed  before  the  French  Academy  in  1832' 
said,  "A  system  resting  on  such  foundations  may  amuse 
the  imagmafon  of  a  noet,  etc.,  ...  but  it  cannot  for  a 
moment  bear  the  examination  of  any  one  who  has  dissected 
the  hand,  the  viscera,  or  even  a  feather."  The  great  Cuvier 
was  a  formidable  obscurantist. 

But  let  us  hear  Lamarck  himself: 

ducl'SfZ  '"■^"  ^'  """'^  P'°'"^'  gradually,  and  could  not  pre 
duce  all  the  ammals  at  once.     At  first  she  formed  only  the  simplest 
and  passed  from  these  on  to  the  most  complex  "  amplest, 

\SJ^^  ^™"'  °^  f"'^"^'^  'P^''"'  "«  "°'  so  <^onstant  and  unvary- 
mg  as  IS  commonly  supposed.      Spontaneous  generation  staS 
each  particular  series,  but  thereafter  one  form  givi  rise  to  aulcher 
In  hfe  we  should  see,  as  it  were,  a  ramified  continuity  if  ierta'n 
species  had  not  been  lost."  """.luuy  u  cenam 

"The  operations  of  Nature  in  the  production  of  animals  show 
Int.l  Tr  ':."  P"""""^  '"'^  predominant  cause  which  gves  to 
amma  hfe  the  power  of  progressive  organisation,  of  gfadual  V 
comphcating  and  perfecting  not  only  the  organism  as  a  whole  bu^ 
each  system  of  organs  in  particular."  ' 

incrla^^'lhf  Ti  ^'^^  ^)  '''  '"^"^'"'  P°^"  *^"^^  continually  to 
mcrease   the   volume   of  every  living   body,   and   to   extend   the 
d.mensions  of  its  parts  up  to  a  self-regulated  limit, 
resultf fi:om  fhJ^J^"  Production  of  a  new  organ  in  an  animal  body 
Se  itseTfe  \n  l"r"'"''  °^  '°'^'  "^^  "^'^^  ^'^''^h  continues  to 

;•  rAini  Law.  The  development  of  organs  and  their  power  of 

Fourth  Law.  All  that  has  been  acquired,  begun,  or  -handed  in 
the  structure  of  individuals  during  ,he  course  ofShi    life    f  pre 

wnich  spring  f  om  tho.se  which  have  experienced  the  changes." 

These  four  aws  I  have  cited  from  limarck's  HistoinNXrelle 
nd'Lt;'?';r'.h'^ir'"'^*'''"^''^^  ^«  in^lste^tnt; 


'It 


iii 


II 


292 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


PART  rv 


creature  by  iU  own  efforts  '"■"  ""'!'%,„,„„„en,,  due  to  use  or 

descended."  , 

The  historian  of  the  evolution  of  evolution  theones 
.ho^d    taije    account  of  many   w^^rsb^^^^^^^^  Buff  „, 

S:n5.  flugh.'U'^^Vie'r.  *e  fellow-worker  of  his  you^h 
Udmn' ;  bloT^S     But  we  must  now  recogn.se  the  work 

Siw  sill  laboratory,  his  yellow-back  novels    h,s  «^uff. 

^isi%rrn-r^s^t?;ri^  - -^^^^^^^^ 
»?rr.rrc-»rrerr. 


CH.  XVIII  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories       293 

hood.  We  read  the  curve  of  his  moods,  steadier  than  that 
of  most  men,  without  any  climax  of  speculative  ecstasy,  free 
from  any  fall  to  a  depth  of  pessimism.  We  hear  his  own 
sincere  voice  in  his  simple  autobiography,  and  even  more 
clearly  perhaps  in  the  unconstrainedness  of  his  abundant 
letters.  There  was  seldom  a  great  life  so  devoid  of  little- 
ness, seldom  a  record  of  thought  so  free  from  subtlety. 
There  seems  to  be  almost  nothing  hid  which  we  could 
wish  revealed,  or  uncovered  which  we  could  wish  hidden. 
Darwin's  life  was  as  open  as  the  country  around  his  her- 
mitage. 

Marcus  Aurelius  gives  thanks  in  his  roll  of  blessings 
that  he  had  not  been  suffered  to  keep  quails  ;  so  Darwin,  in 
recounting  his  mercies,  does  not  forget  to  be  grateful  for 
having  been  preserved  from  the  snare  of  becoming  a 
specialist.  From  a  more  partial  point  of  view,  we  have 
reason  to  be  thankful  that  he  became  a  specialist,  not  in 
one  department,  but  in  many.  As  a  disciple  of  Linnsus, 
he  described  the  species  of  barnacles  in  one  volume,  and 
followed  in  the  steps  of  Cuvier  in  anatomising  them  in 
another.  Of  tissues  and  cells  he  knew  less,  being  as 
regards  these  items  an  antediluvian,  and  outside  the  guild 
of  those  who  dexterously  wield  the  razor,  and  in  so  doing 
observe  the  horoscope  of  the  organism.  Of  protoplasm, 
in  regard  to  which  modern  biology  says  so  much  and  knows 
so  little,  he  .as  not  ignorant,  for  did  he  not  study  the 
marvels  of  the  state  known  as  "  aggregation  "  ? 

But  it  is  not  for  special  research  that  men  are  most 
grateful  to  Darwin.  Undoubtedly,  if  c^ear  insight  into  the 
world  around  us  be  esteemed  in  itself  of  value,  the  author 
of  Insectivorous  Plants,  The  Fertilisation  of  Orchids  The 
Movements  of  Plants,  The  Origin  of  Coral  Reefs,  The 
Formation  of  Vegetable  Mould,  etc.,  runs  no  risk  of  being 
forgotten.  But  though  our  possession  of  these  results  swells 
the  meed  of  praise,  we  usually  regard  them  as  outside  of 
Darwin's  real  work,  which,  as  every  one  knows  was  his 
contribution  to  the  theory  of  organic  life. 

This  contribution  was   threefold —(a)   He   placed   the 
theory  of  descent  on  a  sure  basis ;  {b)  he  shed  the  light 


rU  ; 


^t   ; 


II 


5  s; 


M 


,54  The  Study  of  Animal  Lift         fart  iv 

of  this  doctrine  on  various  groups  of  i^'^'^^ ''  ""^  ^'^  *" 
l^^^y^^^''V">^'^\^'^^''^tZT:\c^  Is  to  us 

sin«^u:ro;n«£^^^ 

caption  was  no  ne»  ""^^^f  rKavel  to  many.    He  did 
L"-o.  J^nt';h:e"s2b^i:kea."'Hf convened  natu,a>ists  to 

A  }rL       the   thfory   of   development   out    of  preceding 

hfe,  It  was  eage  ^^.^  ^^^^^^^  ^^^  Aew 

itrthinUe.  and  '^^^^^^'^^  T£^ 
how  the  conception  to»  ^"^  fven  found  expression  In 
ro*e:  o-flSlra^.tdJ^sC-Uan  ofte^n-tepeate. 

"«r,":rSd'rtx^;t«:e:"'"- 


N 


CH.  xvm  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories       295 

satisfied ;  he  advanced  to  one  of  his  own — to  the  theory  of 
natural  selection,  the  characteristic  feature  of  Darwinism. 

Let  us  state  this  theory,  which  was  foreseen  by  Matthew, 
Wells,  Naudin,  and  others,  was  developed  simultaneously 
by  Darwin  and  by  Alfred  Russel  Wallace,  and  has  attained 
remarkable  acceptance  throughout  the  world. 

All  plants  and  animals  produce  offspring  which,  though 
like  their  parents,  usually  differ  from  them  in  possessing 
some  new  features  or  variations.  These  are  of  more  or 
less  obscure  origin,  and  are  often  termed  fortuitous  or  in- 
definite. But  throughout  nature  there  is  a  struggle  for 
existence  in  which  only  a  small  percentage  of  the  organisms 
bom  survive  to  maturity  or  reproduction.  Those  which 
survive  do  so  because  of  the  individual  peculiarities  which 
have  made  them  in  some  way  more  fit  to  survive  than  their 
fellows.  Moreover  the  favourable  va-iation  possessed  by 
the  survivors  is  handed  on  as  an  inheritance  to  their  oflT- 
spring,  and  tends  to  be  intensified  when  the  new  generation 
is  bred  from  parents  both  possessing  the  happily  advan- 
tageous character.  This  natural  fostering  of  advantageous 
variations  and  natural  elimination  of  those  less  fit,  explain 
the  general  modification  and  adaptation  of  species,  as  well 
as  the  general  progress  from  simpler  to  higher  forms  of 
life. 

This  theory  that  favourable  variations  may  be  fostered 
and  accumulated  by  natural  selection  till  useful  adaptations 
result  is  the  chief  characteristic  of  Darwinism.  Of  this 
theory  Prof  Ray  Lankester  says  :  "  Darwin  by  his  discovery 
of  the  mechanical  principle  of  organic  evolution,  namely,  the 
survival  of  the  fittest  in  the  struggle  for  existence,  completed 
the  doctrine  of  evolution,  and  gave  it  that  unity  and  au- 
thority which  was  necessary  in  order  that  it  should  reform 
the  whole  range  of  philosophy."  And  again  he  says  :  '•  The 
history  of  zoology  as  a  science  is  therefore  the  history  of 
the  great  biological  doctrine  of  the  evolution  of  living  things 
by  the  natural  selection  of  varieties  in  the  struggle  for  exist- 
ence,— since  that  doctrine  is  the  one  medium  whereby  all 
the  phenomena  of  life,  whether  of  form  or  function,  are 
rendered  capable  of  explanation  by  the  laws  of  physics  and 


1' 

II- 

to 


296  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         partita 

chemistry,  and  so  made  the  subject-matter  of  a  true  science 
or  study  of  causes."  I  have  quoted  these  two  sentences 
because  they  illustrate  better  than  any  others  that  I  have 
seen  to  what  exaggeration  enthusiasm  for  a  theory  will  lead 
a  strong  intellect.  But  listen  to  a  few  sentences  from 
Samuel  Butler,  which  I  quote  because  they  well  illustrate 
that  the  critics  of  Darwinism  may  also  be  extreme,  and  m 
the  hope  that  the  contrast  may  be  sufficiently  interesting  to 
induce  you  to  think  out  the  question  for  yourselves. 

"Buffon  planted,  Erasmus  Darwin  and  Lamarck  watered, 
but  it  was  Mr.  Darwin  who  said  'That  fruit  is  ripe,'  and 
shook   it   into  his  lap Darwin  was  heir  to  a  dis- 
credited truth,  and  left  behind  him  an  accredited  fallacy 
Do  animals  and  plants  grow  into  conformity  with 
'their  surroundings   because   they   and  their   fathers   and 
mothers  take  pains,  or  because  their  uncles  and  aunts  go 
away?  ...  The  theory  that  luck  is  the  mam  means  of 
organic  modification  is  the  most  absolute  denial  of  God 
which  it  is  possible  for  the  human  mind  to  conceive.  .  .  . 
7   Daxwin'8  FeUow-workers.— But  we  must  bring  this 
historical  sketch  to  a  close  by  referring  to  four  of  the  more 
prominent  of  Darwin's  fellow- workers— Wallace,  Spencer, 

Haeckel,  and  Huxley. 

ALFRED  RUSSEL  WALLACE,  contemporary  with  Darwin, 
not  only  in  years,  but  in  emphasising  the  truth  of  evolution- 
ary conceptions,  and  in  recognising  the  fact   of  natural 
selection,  has  been  justly  called  the  Nestor  of  Biolo^.    No 
one  will  be  slow  to  appreciate  the  splendid  unselfishness 
with  which  he  has  for  thirty  years  sunk  himself  ^  the  Dar- 
winian theory,  or  the  scientific  disinterestedness  which  leads 
him  from  the  very  title  of  his  last  work^  to  its  close,  co 
say  so  little-perhaps  too  little— of  the  important  part 
which  he  has  played  in  evolving  the  doctrine.     "  It  was 
Romanes  says,  «'in  the  highest  degree  dramatic  that  the 
great  idea  of  natural  selection  should  have  occurred  inde- 
pendently and  in  precisely  the  same  form  to  two  working 
naturaUsts  ;  that  these  naturalists  should  have  been  country- 
men ;  that  they  should  have  agreed  to  publish  their  theory 
1  Darwinism,  London,  1889. 


CH.  xviii  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories      297 

on  the  same  day ;  and  last,  but  not  least,  that,  through  the 
many  years  of  strife  and  turmoil  which  followed,  these  two 
English  naturalists  consistently  maintained  towards  each 
other  such  feelings  of  magnanimous  recognition  that  it  is 
hard  to  say  whether  we  should  most  admire  the  intellectual 
or  the  moral  qualities  which,  in  relation  to  their  common 
labours,  they  have  displayed," 

Mr.  Wallace  is  a  naturalist  in  the  old  and  truest  sense, 
rich  in  a  world-wide  experience  of  animal  life,  at  once 
specialist  and  generaliser,  a  humanist  thinker  and  a  social 
striver,  and  a  man  of  science  who  realises  the  spiritual 
aspect  of  the  world. 

He  believes  in  the  "  overwhelming  importance  of  natural 
selection  over  all  other  agencies  in  the  production  of  new 
species,"  differs  from  Darwin  in  regard  to  sexual  selection, 
to  which  he  attaches  little  importance,  and  agrees  with 
Weismann  in  regard  to  the  non- inheritance  of  acquired 
characters. 

But  the  exceptional  feature  in  Wallace's  scientific  philo- 
sophy is  his  contention  that  the  higher  characteristics  of 
man  are  due  to  a  special  evolution  hardly  distinguishable 
from  creation. 

Wallace  finds  their  only  explanation  in  the  hypothesis 
of  "a  spiritual  essence  or  nature,  capable  of  progressive 
development  under  favourable  conditions." 

Herbert  Spencer  must  surely  have  been  an  evolution- 
ist by  birth  ;  there  was  no  hesitation  even  in  the  first  strides 
he  took  with  the  evolulion-torch  uplifted.  A  ponderer  on 
the  nature  of  things,  and  the  possessor  of  encyclopaedic 
knowledge,  he  grasped  what  was  good  in  Lamarck's  work, 
and  as  early  as  1852  published  a  plea  for  the  theory  of 
organic  evolution  which  is  still  remarkable  in  its  strength 
and  clearness.  The  work  of  Darwin  supplied  corroboration 
and  fresh  material,  and  in  the  Principles  of  Biology  (i  863-66) 
the  theory  of  organic  evolution  first  found  philosophic,  as 
distinguished  from  merely  scientific  expression.  To  Spencer 
we  owe  the  familiar  phrase  "the  survival  of  the  fittest," 
and  that  at  first  sight  puzzling  generalisation,  "  Evolution  is 
an  integration  of  matter  and  concomitant  dissipation  of 


'  11 


^ 


, 


II 


298 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 


motion,  during  which  the  matter  passes  from  an  indefinite 
incoherent  homogeneity  to  a  definite  coherent  heterogeneity, 
and  during  which  the  retained  motion  (energy)  undergoes  a 
parallel  transformation."  He  has  given  his  life  to  establish- 
ing this  generalisation,  and  applying  it  to  physical,  biological, 
psychological,  and  social  facts.  As  to  the  factors  in  organic 
evolution,  he  emphasises  the  change-producing  influences  of 
environment  and  function,  and  recognises  that  natural  selec- 
tion has  been  a  very  important  means  of  progress. 

Ernst  Haeckel,  Professor  of  Zoology  in  Jena,  and 
author  of  a  great  series  of  monographs         Radiolarians, 
Sponges,  Jellyfish,  etc.,  may  be  well  called  the  Darwin  of 
Germany.    He  has  devoted  his  life  to  applying  the  doctrme 
of  descent,  and  to  making  it  current  coin  among  the  people. 
Owing  much  of  his  motive  to  Darwin,  he  stood  for  a  time 
almost  alone  in  Germany  as  the  champion  of  a  heresy. 
Before  the  publication  of  Darwin's  Descent  of  Man,  Haeckel 
wa?  the  only  naturalist  who  had  recognised  the  import  of 
sexual  selection  ;  and  of  his  Natural  History  of  Creation 
Darwin  writes :    "  If  this  work  had  appeared  before  my 
essay  had  been  written,  I  should  probably  never  have  com- 
pleted it."     His  most  important  expository  works  are  the 
above-mentioned  Naturliche  ScKopfungsgeschichte  (ist  ed. 
1868  ;  8th  ed.  1889)  ;  and  his  Anthrcpor'-'ie  {I'i^l %,  trans- 
lated as  The  Evolution  ./  Man).     These  books  are  very 
brilliantly  written,  though  they  offend  many  by  their  remorse- 
less consistency,  and  by  their  impatience  with  theological 
dogma  and  teleological  interpretation.     His  greatest  work, 
however,  is  of  a  less  popular  character,  namely,  the  Generellc 
Morphologic  (2  vols.,  Beriin,  1866),  which  in  its  reasoned 
orderiiness  and  clear  generalisations  ranks  beside  Spencer's 
Principles  of  Biology. 

Huxley,  by  whose  work  the  credit  of  British  schools  of 
zoology  has  been  for  many  years  enhanced,  was  one  of  the  first 
to  stand  by  Darwin,  and  to  wield  a  sharp  intellectual  sword 
in  defence  and  attack.  No  one  has  fought  for  the  doctrme 
of  descent  in  itself  and  in  its  consequences  with  more  keen- 
ness and  success  than  the  author  of  Man's  Place  in  Nature 
(1863),  American  Addresses,  Lay  Sermons,  etc.,  and  no  one 


CH.  xvin  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories      299 

has  championed  the  theory  of  natural  selection  with  more 
confident  consistency  or  with  more  skilfully  handled 
weapons. 

8.  The  Present  State  of  Opinion.— As  Wallace  says  in 
the  preface  to  his  work  on  Darwinism^  "  Descent  with 
modification  is  now  universally  accepted  as  the  order  of 
nature  in  the  organic  world."  But,  while  this  is  true,  there 
remains  much  uncertainty  in  regard  to  the  way  in  which  the 
progressive  ascent  of  life  has  come  about,  as  to  the  mechan- 
ism of  the  great  nature-loom.  The  relaiive  importance  of 
the  various  factors  in  evolution  is  very  uncertain. ^ 

The  condition  of  evolution  is  variability,  or  the  tendency 
which  animals  have  to  change.  The  primary  factors  of 
evolution  are  those  which  produce  variations,  which  cause 
organic  inequilibrium.  Darwin  spoke  of  variations  as 
"  fortuitous,"  "  indefinite,"  "  spontaneous,"  etc.,  and  frankly 
confessed  that  he  could  not  explain  how  most  of  them  arose. 

Ultimately  all  variations  in  organisms  must  be  due  to 
variations  in  their  environment,  that  is  to  say,  to  changes  in 
the  system  of  which  organisms  form  a  part  But  this  is 
only  a  general  truism. 

>  All  naturalists,  however  uncertain  in  regard  to  the  factors  in 
evolution,  accept  the  doctrine  of  descent — the  general  conception  of 
evolution— as  a  theory  which  has  justified  itself.  It  is  not  indeed  so 
demonstrable  as  is  the  doctrine  of  the  conservation  of  energy,  but  it  is 
almost  as  confidently  accepted,  lew  naturalists,  however,  have 
attempted  any  philosophical  justification  of  their  belief  This  is  strange, 
since  it  should  surely  give  pause  to  the  dogmatic  evolutionist  to  reflect 
that  his  own  theory  has  been  evolved  like  other  beliefs,  that  his 
scientific  demonstration  of  it  rests  upon  assumptions  which  have  also 
been  evolved,  that  the  entire  system  of  evolutionary  thought  must  be  a 
phase  in  the  development  of  opinion,  that,  in  short,  he  cannot  be 
dogmatic  without  being  self-contradictory.  See  A.  J.  Balfour's  Defence 
of  Philosophic  Doubt,  pp.  260-274  (London,  1879).  In  regard  to  the 
philosophical  aspects  of  the  doctrine  of  evolution  see  Prof.  Knight's 
essay  on  "  Ethical  Philosophy  and  Evolution"  in  \<\s Studies  in  Philo- 
sophy and  Literature  (Lond.  1879),  and,  with  additions,  in  Essays  in 
Philosophy  (Boston  and  New  York,  1890) ;  Prof.  St.  George  Mivart's 
Contemporary  Evolution  (Lond.  1876) ;  E.  von  Hartmann's  Wahrheit 
und  Irrthum  im  Darwinismus  ;  an  article  by  Prof.  Tyndall  on  "  Vir- 
chow  and  Evolution"  in  Nineteenth  Century,  Nov.  1878  ;  and  articles 
on  "  Evolution"  by  Huxley  and  Sully  in  Encyclopcedi^  Dritauri.  :, 


li 


^ 


.11 U' 


m 
ill 


I -if 

i'l 

K 

i 

f 
■» 

jl  j 


iilll: 


30O  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 

There  are  evidently  three  direct  ways  in  which  organic 
changes  may  be  produced:  (i)  From  the  nature  of  the 
organism  itself;  i.e.  from  constitutional  or  germinal  peculiar- 
ities which  are  ultimately  traceable  to  influences  from 
without  ;  (2)  from  changes  in  its  functions  or  activity,  in 
other  words,  from  use  and  disuse ;  or  (3)  from  the  direct 
influence  of  the  external  conditions  of  life — food,  temperature, 
moisture,  etc. 

Thus  some  naturalists  follow  Buffbn  in  emphasising  the 
moulding  influence  of  the  environment,  or  agree  with 
Lamarck  in  maintaining  that  change  of  function  produces 
change  of  structure.  But  at  present  the  tide  is  against 
these  opinions,  because  of  the  widespread  scepticism  as  to 
the  transmissibility  of  characters  thus  acquired. 

Those  who  share  this  scepticism  refer  the  origin  of 
variations  to  the  nature  of  the  organism,  to  the  mingling 
of  the  two  different  cells  from  which  the  individual  life 
begins,  to  the  instability  involved  in  the  complexity  of  the 
protoplasm,  to  the  oscillating  balance  between  vegetative 
and  reproductive  processes,  and  so  on. 

One  prevalent  opinion  regards  vari- tions  as  arbitrary 
sports   in  "  a  chapter  of  accidents,"  but  according  to  the 
views  of  a  minority  variations  are  for  the  most  part  definite 
occurring  in  a  few  directions,  fixed  by  the  constitutional 
bias  of  the  organism.     The  minority  are  '« Topsian  '|  evolu- 
tionists who  believe  that  the  modification  of  species  has 
taken  place  by  cumulative  growth,  influ<  need  by  function 
and  environment,  and  pruned  by  natural  selection.     To  the 
majority  the  theory  that  new  species  result  from  the  action 
of  natural  selection  on  numerous,  spontaneous,  indefinite 
variations,  is  the  "  quintessence  of  Darwinism  "  and  of  truth. 
Until  we  know  much  more  about  the  primary  factors 
which  di'-ectly  cause  variations  it  will  not  be  possiole  to 
decide  in  regard  to  the  precise  scope  of  natural  selection 
and  the  other  secondary  factors  which  foster  or  accumulate, 
thin   or  prune,  which  in   short   establish  a  new  organic 
equilibrium.     The  argument  has  been  too  much  in  regard 
to  possibilities,  too  little  in  regard   f^  observed  facts  0/ 
variation. 


cH.  XVIII  The  Evolution  of  Evolution  Theories      301 

The  secondary  factors  of  evolution  niay  be  ranked  under 
two  heads : — 

I.  Natural  Selection,  or  the  survival  of  the  fittest  in  the 
struggle  for  existence,  and  2.  Isolation,  or  the  various  means 
by  which  species  tend  to  be  separated  into  sections  which 
do  not  inteiL'^ei 

Natuiai  selection  i<;  '\  phrase  descriptive  of  the  course  of 
nature,  (  mV  a  survival  of  the  tit  and  the  elimination  of  the 
unfit  in  li-e  struggle  fci  existence.  It  involves  on  the  one 
hand  the  survivHi.  /.•♦.  the  nutriti/e  and  reproductive  success 
of  the  variations  fittest  to  survive  in  given  conditions,  and 
on  the  other  hand  the  destruction  or  elimination  of  forms 
less  fit.  Suitable  variations  pay ;  nature  or  natural  selection 
justifies  and  fosters  them.  Maternal  sacrifice  or  cunning 
cruelty,  the  milk  of  animal  kindness  or  teeth  strong  to 
rend,  distribution  in  space  or  rate  of  reproduction,  are  all 
affected  by  natural  selection.  But  it  is  another  thing  to  say 
that  all  the  adaptations  and  well-endowed  species  that  we 
know  hav-  been  produr°d  by  the  action  of  natural  selection 
on  fortuitous,  indefinite  variations.  This  is  what  Samuel 
Butler  calls  the  '•  accredited  fallacy." 

Secondly,  there  seem  to  be  a  great  many  ways  by  which 
a  species  may  be  divided  into  two  sections  which  do  not 
interbreed,  and  if  this  isolation  be  common  it  must  help 
greatly  in  divergent  evolution. 

Thus  Romanes,  who  has  been  the  chief  exponent  of  the 
importance  of  isolation,  on  which  Gulick  has  also  insisted, 
says  :  "  Without  isolation,  or  the  prevention  of  free  inter- 
crossing, organic  evolution  is  in  no  case  possiMe.  It  is 
isolation  that  has  been  •  the  exclusive  means  of  modifica- 
tion,* or  more  correctly,  the  universal  condition  to  it. 
Heredity  and  variability  being  given,  the  whole  theory  of 
organic  evolution  becomes  a  theory  of  the  causes  and  con- 
ditions which  lead  to  isolation." 


I. 
I  • 

\\- 

(   • 

•Ss- 
?! 

^^ 

i 


III 


I 


$oi 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 


SUMMARY  OF  EVOLUTION  THEORIES. 


hi 

o 

e 


iS 
o 

I 

g 


I  Variations  all  ultimately  due  to  External  Influences. 


Direct 
action  of  the 
environment 
produces 
environ- 
mental 
variations, 


wh  ich 
if  trans;missible, 


Organismal, 

constitutional, 

congenital, 

or  germinal 

variations 

may  be  either 

definite  or  indefinite. 


Use  and 
disuse  and 

chanf^e 

of  function 

produce 

functional 

variations 


(certainly 
transmis- 
sible). 


may 
accumulate 
as 
environ- 
mental 
modifications 
of 
species. 


All  cases 


By  the 

persistence 

of  the  original 

editions 

iheso  may 

grow  into 

new 

species. 


By  natural 

selection  in 

the  --truggle 

for  existence 

these  may 

give  rise  to 

new 

species. 


wh':ich, 
if  transimissible. 


B' 

o 

— ^ 

< 


may 


be  aflfectied  by 


may 
accumulate 

as 
functional 
modi- 
fications 

of 
species. 


"isolation." 


02_ 

5' 

o 

•-\ 


The  process  of  natural  selection  will  affect  all  cases,  but  i» 
less  essential  for  those  marked  • . 


CHAPTER    XIX 

THE   INFLUENCE    OF   HABITS   AND   SURROUNDINGS 

I.  The  Influence  of  Function — 2.  The  Influen,.    of  Surroundings — 
3,  Our  own  Environment 

I.  The  Influence  of  Fnnction. — A  skilled  observer  can 
often  discern  a  man's  occupation  from  his  physiognomy, 
his  shoulders,  or  his  hands.  In  some  unhealthy  occupa- 
tions the  death-rate  is  three  times  that  in  others.  Disuse 
of  such  organs  as  muscles  tends  to  their  degeneration,  for 
the  nerves  which  control  them  lose  their  tone  and  the 
circulation  of  blood  is  affected ;  while  on  the  other  hand 
increased  exercise  is  within  certain  limits  associated  with 
increased  development.  A  force  de  forger  on  devient 
forgeron. 

If  we  knew  more  about  animals  we  might  be  able  to  cite 
many  cases  in  which  change  cf  function  produced  change  of 
structure,  but  there  are  few  careful  observations  bearing  on 
this  questior. 

Even  if  we  could  gather  many  illustrations  of  the 
influence  of  use  and  disuse  on  individual  animals,  we  should 
still  have  to  find  out  whether  the  precise  characters  thus 
acquired  by  individuals  were  transmissible  to  the  offspring, 
or  whether  any  secondary  effects  of  the  acquired  characters 
were  transmissible,  or  whether  these  changes  had  no  effect 
upon  succeeding  generations.  As  there  are  few  facts  to  argue 
fhsm,  the  answers  given  to  these  questio*^'-  are  not  reliable. 

It  is  easy  to  find  hundreds  of  cases  in  which  the  constant 


j  p 


■■  f 


I  pi 


Mi    III 


\    1 


f^ 


304  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         paxt  iv 

characters  of  animals  may  be  hypothetically  interpreted  as 
the  result  of  use  or  disuse.     Is  the  torpedo    '      shape  of 
swift   swimmers  due  to  their  rapid  motic       nrough  the 
water,  do  burrowing  animals  necessarily  become  worm-like, 
has  the  giraffe  lengthened  its  neck  by  stretching  it,  have 
hoofs  been  developed  by  running  on  hard  ground,  are  horns 
responses  to  butting,  are  diverse  shapes  of  teeth  the  results 
of  chewing  diverse  kinds  of  food,  are  cave-animals  blmd 
because  they  have  ceased  to  use  their  eyes,  are  snails  lop- 
sided because   the   shell   has  fallen  to  one  side,  is   the 
asymmetry  in  the  head  of  flat  fishes  due  to  the  efforts  made 
by  the  ancestral  fish  to  use  its  lower  eye  after  it  had  formed 
the  habit  of  lying  flat  on  the  bottom,  is  the  woodpecker's 
long  tongue  the  result  of  continuous  probing  into  holes,  are 
webbed  feet  due  to  swimming  efforts,  has  the  food-canal  m 
vegetarian  anin.als  been  mechanically  lengthened,  do  the 
wing  bones  and  muscles  of  the  domesticated  duck  compare 
unfavourably  with  those  of  the  wild  duck  because  the  habi* 
of  sustained  flight  has  been  lost  by  the  former  ? 

But  these  interpretations  have  not  been  venfied ;  they 
are  only  probable.  "  It  is  infinitely  easy,"  Semper  says, 
«'  to  form  a  fanciful  idea  as  to  how  this  or  that  fact  may  be 
hypothetically  explained,  and  very  little  trouble  is  needed  to 
imagine  some  process  by  which  hypothetical  fundamental 
causes— equally  fanciful— may  have  led  to  the  result  which 
has  been  actually  observed.  But  when  we  try  to  prove  by 
experiment  that  this  imaginary  process  of  development  is 
indeed  the  true  and  inevitable  one,  much  time  and  laborious 
research  are  indispensable,  or  we  find  ourselves  wrecked  on 
insurmountable  difficulties." 

Not  a  few  naturalists  believe  in  the  inherited  effects 
of  functional  change  mainly  because  the  theory  is  simple 
and  logically  sufficient.  If  use  and  disuse  alter  the 
structure  of  individuals,  if  the  results  are  transmitted  and 
accumulate  in  similar  conditions  for  generations,  we  require 
no  other  explanation  of  many  structures. 

The  reasons  why  not  a  few  naturalists  disbeheve  m  tne 
inherited  effects  of  functional  change  are  (i)  that  definite 
proof  is  wanting,  (a)  that  it  is  difficult  to  understand  how 


CH.  XIX  Influence  of  Habits  and  Surroundings     305 

changes  produced  in  the  body  by  use  or  disuse  can  be 
transmitted  to  the  offspring,  (3)  that  the  theory  of  the 
accumulation  of  (unexplained)  favourable  variations  in  the 
course  of  natural  selection  seems  logically  sufficient.  I 
should  suspend  judgment,  because  it  is  unprofitable  to  argue 
when  ascertained  facts  are  few. 

But  if  you  like  to  argue  about  probabilities,  the  following 
considerations  may  be  suggestive  : — 

The  natural  powers  of  animals — h  rses,  dogs,  birds,  and 
others — can  be  improved  by  training  and  education,  and 
animals  can  be  taught  tricks  more  or  less  new  to  them,  but 
we  have  no  precise  information  as  to  any  changes  of 
structure  associated  with  these  acquirements. 

Individual  animals  are  sometimes  demonstrably  affected 
by  use  or  disuse.  Thus  Packard  cites  a  few  cases  in  which 
some  animals — usually  with  normal  eyes — have  had  these 
affected  by  disuse  and  darkness  ;  he  instances  the  variations 
in  the  eyes  of  a  Myriapod  and  an  Insect  living  in  partial 
daylight  near  the  entrance  of  caves,  the  change  in  the  eyes 
of  the  common  Crustacean  Gammarus  pulex  after  confine- 
ment in  darkness,  the  fact  that  the  eyes  of  some  other 
Crustaceans  in  a  lake  were  smaller  the  deeper  the  habitat. 

There  are  many  more  or  less  blind  animals,  and  Packard 
says  "  no  animal  or  series  of  generations  of  animals,  wholly 
or  in  part,  can  lose  the  organs  of  vision  unless  there  is  some 
appreciable  physical  cause  for  it."  If  so,  it  is  probable  that 
the  appreciable  physical  cause  has  been  a  direct  factor  in 
producing  the  blindness. 

Not  a  few  young  animals  have  structures,  such  as  eyes 
and  legs,  which  are  not  used  and  soon  disrippear  in  adult 
life.  Thus  the  little  crab  Pinnotheres^  which  lives  inside 
bivalves  and  sea -cucumbers,  keeps  its  eyes  until  it  has 
established  itself  within  its  host.  Then  they  are  completely 
covered  over  and  degenerate.  The  same  is  true  of  many 
internal  parasites,  and  Semper  concludes  that  "we  must 
refer  the  loss  of  sight  to  disuse  of  the  organ."  Perhaps  the 
same  is  true  of  some  blind  cave-animals,  in  which  the  eyes 
are  less  degenerate  in  the  young,  and  of  the  mole,  whose 
embryos  have  between  the  eyes  and  the  brain  normal  optic 


f  Si 
III 


3o6  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 

nerves  which  usually  degenerate  in  each  individual  life- 

™The  theory  that  many  structures  in  animals  are  due  to 
the  inherited  results  of  use  and  disuse  has  this  advantage, 
that  it  suggests  a  primary  cause  of  change,  whereas  the 
other  theory  assumes  the  occurrence  of  favourable  variations 
and  proceeds  to  show  how  they  might  be  accumulated  m 
the  course  of  natural  selection,  that  is  to  say  by  a  secondary 

factor  in  evolution.  .    ,     j-  .•     . 

When  we  find  in  a  large  number  of  entirely  distinct 
forms  that  the  same  habit  of  life  is  associated  with  the  same 
peculiarities,  there  is  a  likelihood  that  the  habit  is  a  direct 
factor  in  evolving  these.     Thus  sluggish   and   sedentary 
animals  in  many  different  classes  tend  to  develop  skeletons 
of  lime,  as  in  sponges,  corals,  sedentary  worms,  lamp-shells, 
Echinoderms,  barnacles,  molluscs.     Professor  Lang  has  re- 
cently made  a  careful  study  of  sedentary  creatures,  and  this 
result  at  least  is  certain  that  the  same  peculiarity  often  occurs 
in  many  different  types  with  little  in  common  except  that 
they  are  sedentary.    But  till  one  can  show  that  sedentary  life 
necessarily  involves  for  instance  a  skeleton  of  lime  or  some- 
thing equivalent,  we  are  still  dealing  only  with  probabilities. 
2    The  Influence  of  Surroundings.— In  ancient  times 
men  saw  the  threads  of  their  life  passing  through  the  hands 
of  three  sister-fates-of  one  who  held  the  distaff,  of  another 
who  offered  flowers,  and  of  a  third  who  bore  the  abhorred 
shears  of  death.    In  Norseland  the  young  child  was  visited  by 
chree  sister  Noms,  who  brought  characteristic  gifts  of  past 
present,  and  future,  which  ruled  the  life  as  surely  as  did 
the  hands  of  the  three  Fates.     So  too  in  days  of  scientihc 
illumination,  we  think  of  the  dread  three,  but,  clothing  our 
thoughts  in  other  words,  speak  of  life  as  determined  by  the 
organism's   legacy   or   inheritance,  by  force   of  habit   or 
function,  and  by  the  influences  of  external   conditions  or 
environment.     What  the  living  orgrnism  is  to  begin  with 
what  it  does  or  does  not  in  the  course  of  its  life,  and  what 
surrounding  influences  play  upon  it, -these  are  the  three 
Fates,  the  three  Noms,  the  three  Factors  of  Life.     Organ- 
ism, function,  and  environment  are  the  $»des  of  the  Die- 


B 


I 


CH.  XIX  Influence  of  Habits  and  Surroundings     307 

logical  prism.  Thus  we  try  to  analyse  the  light  of  life.  But 
inheritance  in  its  widest  sense  is  only  another  name  for  the 
organism  itself,  and  function  is  simply  the  organism's  activity. 
The  organism  is  real ;  the  environment  is  real,  in  it  we  live 
and  move  ;  function  consists  of  action  and  reaction  between 
these  two  realities.  Yet  the  capital  which  the  organism 
has  to  begin  with  is  very  important ;  conduct  has  some 
relation  to  character,  and  function  to  structure ;  the  sur- 
roundinto — the  dew  of  earth  and  the  sunshine  of  heaven 
— silently  mould  the  individual  destiny. 

A  living  animal  is  almost  always  either  acting  upon  its 
surroundings  or  being  acted  upon  by  them,  and  life  is  the 
relation  between  two  variables— a  changeful  organism  and 
a  changeful  environment.  And  since  animals  do  not  and 
cannot  live  in  vacuoy  they  should  be  thought  of  in  relation 
to  their  surroundings.  You  may  kill  the  body  and  cut  it  to 
pieces,  and  the  result  may  be  interesting,  but  you  have  lost 
the  animal  just  as  you  lose  a  picture  if  you  separate  figure 
from  figure,  and  all  from  the  associated  landscape  or  interior. 
The  three  Fates  are  sisters,  they  are  thoroughly  intelligible 
only  as  a  Trinity. 

The  most  certain  of  all  the  relations  between  an  organism 
and  its  surroundings  is  the  most  difficult  to  express.  We 
see  a  small  whirlpool  on  a  river,  remaining  for  days  or 
weeks  apparently  constant,  with  the  water  circling  round 
nnceasingly,  bearing  the  same  flotsam  of  leaves  and  twigs. 
But  though  the  eddy  seems  the  same  for  many  days,  it  is 
always  changing,  currents  are  flowing  in  and  out ;  it  is  the 
constancy  of  the  stream  and  it:  bed  which  produces  the 
apparent  constancy  of  the  whiripool.  So,  in  some  measure, 
is  it  with  an  animal  in  relation  to  its  surroundings.  Streams 
of  matter  and  energy  are  continually  passing  in  and  out. 
Though  we  cannot  see  it  with  our  eyes,  the  organism  is 
indeed  a  whirlpool.  It  is  ever  being  unmade  and  remade, 
and  owes  much  of  its  apparent  constancy  to  the  fact  that 
the  conditions  in  which  it  lives— the  curre.Us  of  its  stream 
— are  within  certain  limits  uniform. 

But  as  we  cannot  understand  the  material  aspects  of  an 
animal's  life  without  considering  the  streams  of  matter  and 


i  . 


iii  _ 


3o8  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  tv 

energy  which  pass  in  and  out,  neither  can  we  understand 
its  higher  life  apart  from  its  surroundings. 

To  attempt  a  natural  history  of  isolated  animals,  whether 
alive  or  dead,  is  like  trying  to  study  man  apart  from  society. 
For  it  is  only  when  we  know  animals  as  they  live  and  move 
that  we  discover  how  clever,  beautiful,  and  human  they 
are  Thus  Gilbert  White's  Selbome  is  a  natural  history  ;  and 
therefore  we  began  our  studies  with  the  natural  life  of 
animals-their  competition  and  helpfulness,  their  adaptations 
to  diverse  kinds  of  haunts,  their  shifts  and  tricks,  their 
industries  and  their  loves. 

At  present,  however,  we  have  to  do  with  the  relation 
between  external  and  internal  changes.     We  must  find  ou 
what  the  environment  of  an  organism  is,  and  what  power  . 
has      In  a  smithy  we  see  a  bar  of  hot  iron  bemg  hammered 
into  useful  form.     Around  a  great  anvil  are  four  smiths 
with  their  hammers.     Each  smites  in  his  own  fashion  as 
the  bar  passes  under  his  grasp.     The  first  hammer  falls, 
and  while  the  bar  is  still  quivering  like  a  l.vmg  thing  u 
receives  another  blow.    This  is  repeated  many  times  till  the 
thing  of  use  is  perfected.     By  force  of  smiting  one  becomes 
a  smith,  and  by  dint  of  blows  the  bar  of  iron  becomes 
an  anchor.      So  is  it  with  the  organism.     In  its  youth 
esoecially.  it   omes  under  the  influence  of  nature  s  hammers  ; 
it  may  become  fitter  for  life,  or  it  may  be  battered  out  of 
existence  altogether.     Let  us   try  to  analyse   the  various 
environmental  factors. 

{a\  Pressures.— r\x%\.  we  may  consider  those  lateral  and 
vertical  pressures  due  to  air   or  water   currents   and   to 
th"  gentle  but  potent  force  of  gravity.     The  shriek  of  the 
w^nd  as  It  pruSes  the  trees,  the  swish  of  the  water  as  it 
moulds  the  sponges  and  water-'eaves,  illustrate  the  tunes  o 
those  pressure-hammers.    Under  artificial  pressure  embryos 
have  been  known  to  broaden  ;  even  the  division  of  the  egg  .s 
affected  by  gravity  ;  water  currents  mould  shells  and  corals. 
The  Influence  of  want  of  room  must  also  be  noticed,  for  by 
artificial  overcrowding  naturalists  have  slowed  the  rate  of 
d^efopment  and  reared  dwarf  broods  ;   and  the  rate  of 
human  mortality  sometimes  vanes  with  the  sue  of  the 


H    I 


CH.  XIX  Influence  of  Habits  and  Surroundings     309 

dwelling.  It  is  difficult,  however,  to  abstract  the  influence 
of  restricted  space  from  associated  abnormal  conditions. 

(J))  Chemical  Influences. — Quieter,  but  more  potent,  are 
the  chemical  influences  which  damp  or  fan  the  fire  of  life, 
which  corrode  the  skin  or  drug  the  system,  which  fatten  or 
starve,  depress  or  stimulate.  Along  with  these  we  must 
include  that  most  important  factor — food. 

When  a  lighted  piece  of  tinder  is  placed  in  a  vessel 
full  of  oxygen  it  burns  more  actively.  Similarly,  super- 
abundance of  oxygen  makes  insects  jump,  makes  the 
simplest  animals  more  agile,  and  causes  the  "  phosphores- 
cent "  lights  of  luminous  insects  to  glow  more  brightly ; 
and  young  creatures  usually  develop  more  or  less  rapidly 
according  as  the  aeration  is  abundant  or  deficient.  The 
most  active  animals — birds  and  insects — live  in  the  air  and 
have  much  air  in  their  bodies  ;  sluggish  animals  often  live 
where  oxygen  is  scarce ;  changes  in  the  quality  of  the 
atmosphere  may  have  been  of  importance  in  the  historical 
evolution  of  animals.  Fresh  air  influences  the  pitch  of 
human  life,  and  lung  diseases  increase  in  direct  ratio  to 
the  amount  of  crowded  indoor  labour  in  an  area. 

By  keeping  tadpoles  in  unnatural  conditions  the  usual 
duration  of  the  gilled  stage  may  be  prolonged  for  two  or  three 
years.  The  well-known  story  of  the  Axolotl  and  the  Atnbly- 
stoma  is  suggestive  but  not  convincing  of  the  influence  of 
surroundings.  These  two  newt-like  Amphibians  differ  slightly 
from  one  another,  in  this  especially  that  the  Axolotl  retains 
its  gills  after  it  has  developed  lungs,  while  the  Amblystoma 
loses  them.  Both  forms  may  reproduce,  and  they  were 
originally  referred  to  different  genera.  But  some  Axolotls 
which  had  been  kept  with  scant  water  in  the  Jardin  des 
Plantes  in  Paris  turned  into  the  Amblystoma  form ;  the  two 
forms  are  different  phases  of  the  same  animal.  It  was  a 
natural  inference  that  the  Axolotls  were  those  which  had 
remained  or  had  been  kept  in  the  water,  the  Amblystoma 
forms  were  those  which  got  ashore.  But  both  kinds  may 
be  found  in  the  water  of  the  same  lake  and  the  metamor- 
phosis may  take  place  in  the  water  as  well  as  on  the  shore. 
For  these  and  for  other  reasons  this  oft -told  tale  is  not 


I  \ 


310  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 

cogent.     In  another  part  of  this  book  I  have  given  examples 
of  the  state  of  lifelessness  which  drought  induces  in  some 


F;<;.  64.-AxoIotl  (in  the  water)  and  Amblystoma  (on  the  land). 


simple   animals,   and  from   which    returning  moisture  can 
after  many  days  recall  them. 

Changes  may  also  be  due  to  the  chemical  composition 
of  the  medium,  as  was  established  by  the  experiments  ot 


p,(-,   6,  —Side  view  of  male  Atlnnia  saliiin  (uulaiged). 
(From  Chambers's  Kiicychp.) 


Schmankewitsch  on  certain  small  Crustaceans.     Aniong  the 
numerous   species  of  the  brine-shrimp  ^;■Av,//.^  the  mos 
unlike  are  A.  salina  and  A.  milhausemt ;  they  difter  m  the 


CH.  XIX  Influence  of  Habits  and  Surroundings      311 

shape  and  size  of  the  tail  and  in  the  respiratory  appendages 
borne  by  the  legs  ;  they  are  not  found  together,  but  live  in 
pools  of  different  degrees  of  saltness.  Now  Schmankewitsch 
took  specimens  of  ^.  salina  »vhich  live  in  the  less  salt  water, 


Fi(j.  66. — Tail-lobcs  of  Artciiiia  saiiiia  (to  the  left)and  o(  Arte/in'a  titilhausetiii 
(to  the  right)  :  between  these  four  stages  in  the  transformation  of  the  one  into 
the  other.    (From  Chambers's  Encyclop. ;  after  Schmank.:witsch.) 


11 


F 


added  salt  gradually  to  the  medium  in  which  they  were 
living,  and  in  the  course  of  generations  turned  them  into 
A.  milhausenii.  He  also  reversed  the  process  by  freshening 
the  water  little  by  little.  Moreover,  he  accustomed  A.  salina 
to  entirely  fresh  water,  and  then  found  that  the  form  had 
changed  towards  that  of  a  related  genus,  Branchipus.  This 
last  step  has  been  adversely  criticised,  but  it  is  allowed  that 
one  species  of  brine-shrimp  was  changed  into  another. 

Many  interesting  experiments  have  been  made  on  the 
effect  of  chemical  reagents  on  cells,  but  these  are  perhaps 
of  most  interest  to  the  student  of  drugs.  Still  the  fact  that 
the  form  of  a  cell  and  its  predominant  phase  of  activity 
may  be  entirely  changed  in  this  way  is  important,  especially 
when  we  remember  that  it  was  in  single  cells  that  life  first 
began,  and  is  now  continued.  Even  Weismann  agrees  with 
Spencer's  conclusion  that  "  the  direct  action  of  the  medium 
was  \h&  primordial  factor  of  organic  evolution."' 

To  Claude  Bernard,  the  main  proljJem  of  evolution 
seemed  to  be  concerned  with  variations  in  nutrition  : 
"  L'evolution,  c'est  I'ensemble  constant  dc  ces  alternatives 
dc  la  nutrition ;  c'est  la  nutrition  considerde  dans  sa 
reality,  embrassde  d'un  coup  d'oeil  ii  travers  le  temps."' 
John  Hunter  and  others  have  shown  how  the  walls  of  the 


I: 


It 


li' 


3ia  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 

stomach  of  gulls  and  other  birds  may  be  experimentally 
altered  by  cliange  of  diet,  and  the  same  is  seen  in  nature 
when  the  Shetland  gull  changes  from  its  summe.-  diet  of 
grain  to  its  winter  diet  of  fish.    The  colours  of  birds'  feathers, 
as  in  canaries  and  parrots,  are  affected  by  their  food.     A 
slight  difference  in  the  quantity  and  quality  of  food  deter- 
mines whether  a   bee -grub  is  to  become  a  queen  or  a 
worker,  royal  diet  evolving  the  reproductive  queen,  sparser 
less  rich  diet  evolving  the  more  active  but  unfertile  worker. 
Abundant  food  favours  the  production  of  female  offspring, 
while  sparser  food  tends  to  develop  males.     Thus,  in  frogs, 
the  proportion  of  the  sexes  is  normally  not  very  far  from 
equal ;  in  three  lots  of  tadpoles  an  average  of  57  per  hun- 
dred became  females,  43  males.     But  Yung  has  shown  that 
the  nutrition  of  the  tadpoles  has  a  remarkable  influence  on 
the  sex  of  the  adults.     In  a  set  of  which  one  half  kept  in 
natural  conditions  developed  into  54  females  to  46  males, 
the  other  half  fed  with  beef  had  78  females  to  22  males. 
In  a  second   set   of  which  one  half  left  to   themselves 
developed  61  females  to  39  males,  the  other  half,  fed  with 
fish,  had  81  females  to  19  males.     Finally,  in  a  third  set, 
of  which  one  half  in  natural  conditions  developed  56  females 
to  44  males,  the  other  half,  to  v  xiich  the  especially  nutritious 
flesh  of  frogs  was  supplied,  had  no  less  than  92  females 

to  8  males. 

When  food  is  abundant,  assimilation  active,  and  mcome 
above  expenditure,  the  animal  grows,  and  at  the  limit  of 
growth  in  lower  animals  asexual  multiplication  occurs. 
Checked  nutrition,  on  the  other  hand,  favours  the  higher 
or  sexual  mode  of  multiplication.  Thus  the  gardener 
prunes  the  roots  of  a  plant  to  get  better  flowers  or  repro- 
ductive leaves.  The  plant-lice  or  Aphides,  which  infest 
our  pear-trees  and  rose-bushes,  well  illustrate  the  combined 
influence  of  food  and  warmth.  All  through  the  summer, 
when  food  is  abundant  and  the  warmth  pleasant,  the 
Aphides  enjoy  prosperity,  and  multiply  rapidly.  For  an 
Aphis  may  bring  forth  young  every  few  hours  for  days 
together,  so  rapidly  that  if  all  the  offspring  of  a  mother 
Aphis  survived,  and  multiplied  as  she  did,  there  would 


ill 


CH.  XIX  Influence  of  Habits  and  Surroundings     313 

in  the  course  of  a  year  be  l.  progenv  which  would  weigh 
down  500,000,000  stout  men.  \.  i.  all  through  the 
summer  these  Aphides  are  wholly  female,  and  therefore 
wholly  parthenogenetic  ;  no  males  occur.  In  autumn,  how- 
ever, when  hard  times  set  in,  when  food  is  scarcer,  and  the 
weather  colder,  males  are  bom,  parthenogenesis  ceases, 
ordinary  sexual  reproduction  recurs.  Moreover,  if  the 
Aphides  be  kept  in  the  artificial  summer  of  a  greenhouse, 
as  has  been  done  for  four  years,  the  parthenogenesis  con- 
tinues without  break,  no  males  being  bom  to  enjoy  the 
comforts  of  that  environment.  Periods  of  fasting  occur 
in  the  life-history  of  many  animals,  and  these  are  very 
momentous  and  progressive  periods  in  the  lives  of  some, 
for  the  tadpole  fasts  before  it  becomes  a  frog,  and  the 
chrysalis  before  it  becomes  a  butterfly.  Lack  of  food,  how- 
ever, may  stunt  development,  as  we  see  every  day  in  the 
streets  of  our  towns. 

if)  Radiant  Energy.  —  Of  the  forms  of  radiant  energy 
which  play  upon  the  organism,  we  need  take  account  only 
of  heat  and  light,  for  of  electrical  and  magnetic  influence 
the  few  strange  facts  that  we  know  do  not  make  us  much 
wiser. 

We  know  that  increased  warmth  hastens  motion,  the 
development  of  embryos,  and  the  advent  of  sexual  maturity. 
An  Infusorian  {Stylonichia)  studied  by  Maupas  was  seen 
to  divide  once  a  day  at  a  temperature  of  7°- 10°  C,  twice 
at  lo'-is",  thrice  at  is'-ao",  four  times  at  2o''-24°,  five 
times  at  24°-27°  C.  At  the  last  temperature  one  Infusorian 
became  in  four  days  the  ancestor  of  a  million,  in  six  days 
of  a  billion,  in  seven  days  and  a  half  of  100  billions,  weigh- 
ing 100  kilogrammes.  By  consummately  patient  experi- 
ments, Dallinger  was  able  to  educate  Monads  which  lived 
normally  at  a  temperature  of  65°  Fahr.,  until  they  could 
flourish  at  158°  Fahr. 

Cold  has  generally  a  reverse  action,  checking  activity, 
producing  coma  and  Hfelessness,  diminishing  the  rate  of 
development,  tending  to  produce  dwarf  or  larva-like  forms. 
The  cold  of  winter  acting  through  the  nervous  system 
changes  the  colour  of  some  animals,  like  Ross's  lemn^ing, 


d  i 


^-  i  i 


J  k\ 


ttVf 


WA 


%  i 


314  Tlie  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 

to  advantageous  white.  Not  a  few  animals  vary  slightly 
with  the  changing  seasons.  Thus  many  cases  are  known 
where  a  butterfly  produces  in  a  year  more  than  one  brood, 


(variety  Telamouide^,  to  tl.e  ri^ht  I  v;  Nammer  form  (variety  Marccllu.). 
(From  Chambers's  Eucydop.  \  after  Weismann.) 

of  which  the  winter  forms  are  so  different  from  those  born 
in  summer  that  they  have  often  been  described  as  different 
spe-ics  It  is  possible  that  this  is  a  remmiscence  of  past 
climatic  changes,  such  as  those  of  the  Ice  Ages,  as  the 


Fig.  68.-Se.-isonal  chnnse.  <.f  the  hill  in  the  puffin  {rraU,XHln»rcik«)\  to  the 
left  the  -opting  form,  to  the  right  the  winter  form,  both  .idult  malen.  (Altir 
Dureau.) 

result  of  which  a  species  became  split  up  into  two  varieties. 
Thus  Araschnia  kvana  and  Araschnia  prorsa  are  respect- 
ively the  winter  and  summer  forms  of  one  species.     In  the 


CH,  XIX  Influence  of  Habits  and  Surroundings     315 


glacial  epoch  there  was  perhaps  only  A.  levana^  the  winter 
form;  the  change  of  climate  has  perhaps  evolved  the 
summer  variety  A.  prorsa.  Both  Weismann  and  Edwards 
have  succeeded,  by  arti6cial  cold,  in  making  the  pupse  which 
should  become  the  summer  A. prorsa  develop  into  the  winter 
A.  levana.  Nor  can  we  forget  the  seasonal  moulting  and 
the  subsequent  change  of  the  plumage  in  birds,  so  marked 
in  the  case  of  the  ptarmigan,  which  moults  three  times  in 
the  year.  In  the  puffins  even  the  bill  is  moulted  and 
appears  very  difterent  at  dilTerent  seasons.  But  in  these 
last  cases  the  influence  of  environment  must  be  very 
indirect. 

Light  is  very  healthful,  but  it  is  not  easy  to  explain  its 
precise  influence.  Our  pulses  beat  faster  when  we  go  out 
into  the  sunlight.  Plants  live  in  part  on  the  radiant 
energy  of  the  sun,  and  perhaps  some  pigmented  animals  do 
the  same.  Perhaps  the  hundreds  of  eyes  which  some  mol- 
luscs have  are  also  useful  in  absorbing  the  light.  It  is  also 
possible  that  light  has  a  direct  influence  on  the  formation  of 
some  animal  pigments,  as  it  seems  to  have  in  the  develop- 
ment of  chlorophyll.  We  know,  from  Poulton's  experiments, 
that  the  light  reflected  from  coloured  bodies  influen  s  the 
colouring  of  caterpillars  and  pupae,  but  this  influence  seems 
to  be  subtle  and  indirect,  operating  through  the  nervous 
system.  It  is  also  certain  that  living  in  darkness  tends  to 
bleach  some  animals,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  absence 
of  light  stimulus  has  a  directly  injurious  effect  upon  the 
eyes  of  those  animals  which  live  in  caves  or  other  dark 
places.  But  I  have  already  explained  why  dogmatism  in 
regard  to  these  cases  should  be  avoided. 

One  case  of  the  influence  of  light  seems  very  instructive. 
It  is  well  known  tha.  flat  fishes  like  flounders,  plaice,  and 
soles  lie  or  swim  in  adult  life  on  one  side.  This  lower  side 
is  unpigmented  ;  the  upper  side  bears  black  and  yellow 
pigment-containing  cells. 

One  theory  of  the  presence  of  pigment  on  the  upper 
side  ai  d  its  absence  on  the  other  is  that  the  difference  is 
a  protective  adaptation  evolved  by  the  natural  selection  of 
indefinite  variations.    But  it  is  open  to  question  whether  the 


1 1 

If  ■ 


I    . 


■' 


i 

f     \     , 

Ml 


3i6  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 

characteristic  is  so  advantageously  protective  as  is  usually 
imagined :  thus  the  coloured  upper  side  in  soles  is  very 
often  covered  with  a  layer  of  sand.     Soles  come  out  most 
at  night,  most  live  at  depths  at  which  differences  of  colour 
are  probably  indistinct.     In  shallower  water  the  advantage 
is  likely  to  be  greater,  though  the  white  under-side  slightly 
exposed  as  the  fish  rises  from  the  bottom  may  attract  atten- 
tion disadvantageously.     Moreover,  if  we  find  in  a  large 
number  of  different  animals  that  the  side  away  from  the 
light  is  lighter  than  that  which  is  exposed,  and  if  we  can 
show  that  this  has  in  many  cases  no  protective  advantage 
whatever— and  I  believe  that  a  few  hours'  observation  will 
convince  you  that  both  my  assumptions  are  correct— then 
there  is  a  probability  that  the  absence  of  light  has  a  direct 
influence  on  the  absence  of  pigment. 

But  we  are  not  left  to  vague  probabilities ;  Mr.  J.  T. 
Cunningham  has  recently  made  the  crucial  experiment  of 
illuminating  the  under  sides  of  young  flounders.  Out  of 
thirteen,  whose  undersides  were  thus  illumined  by  a  mirror 
for  about  four  months,  only  three  failed  to  develop  black 
and  yellow  colour-cells  on  the  skin  of  the  under-sides.  It 
is  therefore  likely  that  the  normal  whiteness  of  the  under- 
sides is  due  in  some  way  to  the  fact  that  in  nature  little  light 
can  fall  on  them,  for  they  are  generally  in  contact  with  the 

ground.  - 

(</)  Animate  Surroundings.— ^t  have  given  a  few 
instances  showing  how  mechanical  or  molar  pressures, 
chemical  and  nutritive  influences,  and  the  subtler  physical 
energies  of  heat  and  light,  affect  organisms.  There  is  a 
fourth  set  of  environmental  factors— the  direct  influence  of 
organism  upon  organism.  In  a  previous  chapter  we  spoke 
of  the  indirect  influences  different  kinds  of  organisms  exert 
on  one  another,  and  these  are  most  important,  but  there  are 
also  results  of  direct  contact. 

Much  in  the  same  way  as  insects  produce  galls  on 
plants,  so  sea- spiders  {JPycnogonida)  affect  hydroids,  a 
polype  deforms  a  sponge,  a  little  worm  {Mysostoma)  makes 
galls  on  Crinoids.  Prof.  Giard  has  described  how  certain 
degenerate  Crustaceans  parasitic  on  crabs  injuriouajy  affect 


CH.  XIX  Influence  of  Habits  and  Surroundings     317 

their  hosts,  and  some  internal  parasites  produce  slight 
modifications  of  structure.  Interesting  also  are  the  shelters 
or  domatia  of  some  plants,  within  which  insects  and  mites 
find  homes. 

We  can  speak  more  confidently  about  the  influence  of 
surroundings  than  we  could  in  regard  to  the  influence  of 
use  and  disuse,  because  the  ascertained  facts  are  more 
numerous.  Those  interested  in  the  theoretical  importance 
of  these  facts  should  attend  to  the  following  considerations. 

It  is  essential  to  distinguish  between  cases  in  which 
we  know  that  external  conditions  influence  the  organism 
and  those  in  which  we  think  they  may  have  done  so.  Thus 
it  is  probable  that  the  degeneracy  and  other  peculiarities  of 
many  parasites  are  results  of  external  influence  and  of 
feeding,  and  also  in  part  of  disuse,  but  we  cannot  state 
this  as  a  fact. 

Most  of  the  observations  on  the  influence  of  external 
conditions  give  us  no  information  as  to  the  transmissi- 
bility  of  the  results.  It  is  not  enough  to  know  that  a 
peculiarity  observed  to  occur  in  peculiar  surroundings  was 
observed  to  recur  in  successive  generations  living  in  the 
same  surroundings.  For  (i)  it  might  be  an  indefinite 
variation — a  sport  due  to  some  germinal  peculiarity — 
which  happened  to  suit.  In  such  a  case  it  would  be 
transmissible,  but  it  would  not  be  a  change  due  to  the 
environment.  And  (2)  even  when  it  has  been  proved  that 
the  peculiarity  is  due  to  the  direct  influence  of  the  environ- 
ment, and  observed  to  recur  in  successive  generations,  still 
its  transmissibility  is  not  proven,  for  it  may  be  hammered 
on  each  successive  generation  as  it  was  on  the  first.  We 
can  say  little  about  the  transmissibility  or  evolutionary 
importance  of  changes  of  structure  due  to  surroundings 
because  most  of  the  observations  were  made  before  the 
scepticism  as  to  the  inheritance  of  acquired  characters 
became  dominant.  Only  in  a  few  cases,  such  as  that  of  the 
brine-shrimps,  was  the  cumulative  influence  traced  through 
many  generations.  In  dearth  of  facts  we  should  not  be 
confident,  but  eager  for  experiment. 

Surroundings  may  influence  the  organism  in  varying 


3i8 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  part  iv 


^'.egrees.  There  may  be  direct  results,  rapid  parries  after 
thrusts,  or  the  results  may  be  indirect ;  they  may  affect  the 
organism  visibly  in  the  course  of  one  generation,  or  only 
after  several  have  passed. 

Some  animals  are  more  susceptible  and  more  plastic 
than  others.  Young  organisms,  such  as  caterpillars  and 
tadpoles,  are  more  completely  in  the  grasp  of  their  environ- 
ment than  are  the  adults.  Thus  Treviranus,  who  believed 
very  strongly  in  the  influence  of  surroundings,  distinguished 
two  periods  of  vita  minima— in  youth  and  in  old  age— 
during  which  external  conditions  press  heavily,  from  the 
period  of  vita  maxima— m  adult  life— when  the  organism 
is  more  free.  To  some  kinds  of  influence,  e.g.  mechanical 
pressures,  passive  and  sedentary  organisms  such  as  sponges, 
corals,  shell-fish,  and  plants,  are  more  susceptible  than  are 
those  of  active  life.  And  it  is  during  a  period  of  quiescence 
that  surrounding  colour  tells  on  the  sensitive  caterpillars. 

3.  Our  own  Environment. — The  human  organism,  like 
any  other,  may  be  modified  by  its  environment,  for  we 
lead  no  charmed  life.  Those  external  influences  which 
touch  body  and  mind  are  to  us  the  more  important,  since 
we  have  them  to  some  extent  within  our  own  hands,  and 
because  our  lives  are  relatively  long.  Even  if  the  changes 
thus  wrought  upon  parents  are  not  transmissible,  it  is  to 
some  extent  possible  for  us  to  secure  that  our  children  grow 
up  open  to  influences  known  to  be  beneficial,  sheltered  from 
forces  known  to  be  injurious. 

As  the  influence  of  surroundings  is  especially  potent  on 
young  things— such  as  caterpillars  and  tadpoles— all  care 
should  be  taken  of  the  young  child's  environment  during 
the  earliest  months  and  years,  when  the  grip  that  externals 
have  is  probably  much  greater  than  is  imagined  by  those 
who  believe  themselves  emancipated  from  the  tyranny  of 
the  present.* 

As  passive  organisms  are  more  in  the  thrall  of  their 
surroundings  than  are  the  more  active,  we  feel  the  import- 
ance of  beauty  in  the  home,  that  the  organism  may  be 
»  Cf.  Matthew  Arnold's  poem,  ' '  The  Future,"  and  Walt  Whitman's 
•' AMim!latii»s." 


CH.  XIX  Influence  of  Habits  and  Surroundings     319 

saturated  with  healthful  influence  during  the  periods  in 
which  it  is  most  susceptible.  The  efforts  of  Social  Unions, 
Kyrle  Societies,  Verschonerungs-Vereine,  and  the  like,  are 
justified  not  only  by  their  results,^  but  by  the  biological 
facts  on  which  they  more  or  less  unconsciously  depend. 
There  would  be  more  progress  and  less  invidious  com- 
parison of  ameliorative  schemes,  if  we  realised  more  vividly 
that  the  Fates  are  three.  Though  it  is  not  easy  to  appre- 
ciate the  three  sides  of  a  prism  at  once,  of  what  value  is 
liberty  on  an  ash-heap,  or  equality  in  a  hell,  or  fraternity 
among  an  overpopulated  community  of  weaklings  ?  Organ- 
ism, function,  and  environment  must  evolve  together,  and 
surely  they  shall. 

Poets  have  often  compared  human  beings  to  caterpillars ; 
it  may  be  that  no  improvement  in  constitutions,  functions, 
T  surroundings  w""  make  us  winged  Psyches,  yet  it  may  be 
possible  for  us  to  be  ennobled  like  those  creatures  which  in 
gilded  surroundings  became  golden.  Surely  art  is  warranted 
by  the  results  of  science,  as  these  in  time  may  justify  them- 
selves in  art. 

>  Ideally  stated  in  Emerson's  well-known  poem  of  "Art." 


I    i 


i  \ 


I 

h 


* 
f ' 


1 


CHAPTER    XX 


HEREDITY 


I.  The  Facts  of  Heredity —%.  Theories  of  Heredity:  theological^ 
metaphysical,  mystical^  and  the  hypothesis  of  pangenesis — 
3.  The  Modem  Theory  of  Heredity—^.  The  Inheritance  of 
Acquired  Characters — 5.  Social  and  Ethical  Aspects — 6.  Social 
Inheritance 

We  have  spoken  of  the  three  Fates  which  were  believed  to 
determine  of  what  sort  a  life  should  be.     With  the  decay 
of  poetic  feeling,  and  in  the  light  of  common  science,  the 
forms  of  the  three  sisters  have  faded.    But  they  are  realities 
still,  for  men  are  thinking  more  and  more  vividly  about  the 
factors  of  life,  which  to  some  are  "powerful  principles," 
to    others   living    and    personal,    to    others    unnameable. 
Biologists  speak  of  them  as  Heredity,  Function,  and  En- 
vironment :    the   capital    with    which    a   life  begins,    the 
interest  accruing  from  the  investment  of  this  in  varied  vital 
activities,  and  the  force  of  circumstances.     But  while  it  is 
useful  to  think  of  Heredity,  Function,  and  Environment  as 
the  three  fates,  we  must  not  mystify  matters  by  talking  as 
if  these  were  entities  acting  upon  the  organism.     They 
are  simply  aspects  of  the  fact  that  the  animal  is  bom  and 
lives.     The  inheritance  is  the  organism  itself,  and  heredity 
is  only  a  name  for  the  relation  between  successive  genera- 
tions.     Moreover,  the  function  of  an  organism  depends 
upon  the  nature  of  the  organism,  and  so  does  its  suscep- 
tibility to  influences  from  without. 

I  would  at  present  define  heredity  as  the  organic  relation 


CHAP.   XX 


Heredity 


3ai 


between  successive  generations^  choosing  this  definition 
because  it  is  misleading  to  talk  about  "heredity"  as  a 
"basal  principle  ia  evolution,"  as  -  "great  law,"  as  a 
"power,"  or  as  a  "cause."  When  I  call  heredity  a 
"  Fate,"  it  is  plain  that  I  speak  fancifully,  but  "  principle  " 
and  "  law  "  are  dangerous  words  to  play  with.  We  cannot 
think  of  life  without  this  organic  relation  between  parents 
and  offspring,  and  had  species  been  created  instead  of  being 
evolved  there  would  still  be  heredity. 

I.  The  Facts  of  Heredity. — An  animal  sometimes 
arises  as  a  bud  from  its  parent,  and  in  rare  cases  from  an 
egg  which  requires  no  fertilisation,  but  apart  from  these 
exceptions,  every  animal  develops  from  an  egg-cell  with 
which  a  male-cell  has  united  in  an  intimate  way.  The 
egg-cell  supphes  most  of  the  living  matter,  but  the  nucleus 
of  the  fertilised  egg-cell  is  formed  in  half  from  the  nucleus 
of  the  immature  ovum,  in  half  from  the  nucleus  of  the 
spermatozoon.  Let  us  emphasise  this  first  fact  that  each 
parent  contributes  the  same  amount  of  nuclear  material  to 
the  offspring,  and  that  this  nuclear  stuff  is  very  essential. 

Another  fact  is  more  obvious,  the  offspring  is  very  like 
its  kind.  One  of  the  first  things  that  people  say  about  an 
infant  is  that  it  is  like  its  father  or  its  mother,  and  the 
assertion  does  not  arouse  any  surprise,  although  the  truer 
verdict  that  the  infant  is  like  any  other  of  the  same  race  is 
received  with  contempt.  But  every  one  admits  that  "  like 
begets  like." 

This  likeness  between  offspring  and  parent  is  often  far 
more  than  a  general  resemblance,  for  peculiar  features  and 
minute  idiosyncrasies  are  frequently  reproduced.  Yet  one 
must  not  assume  that  because  a  child  twirls  his  thtimbs 
in  the  same  way  as  his  father  did  the  habit  has  been 
inherited.  For  peculiar  habits  and  structures  may  readily 
reappear  by  imitation,  or  because  the  offspring  grow  up  in 
conditions  similar  to.  those  in  which  the  parents  lived. 

Abnormal  as  well  as  normal  characters,  "  natural "  to 
the  parents,  may  reappear  in  their  descendants,  and  the  list 
of  weaknesses  and  malformations  which  maybe  transmitted 
is  long  and  grim.      But  care  is  required  to  distinguish 

Y 


{  i 


322  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 

between  reappearartce  due  to  inheritance  and  reappearance 
due  to  similar  conditions  of  life. 

Then  there  is  a  strange  series  of  facts  showing  that  an 
organism  may  reproduce  characteristics  which  the  parents 
did  not  exhibit,  but  which  were  possessed  by  a  grandparent 
or  remoter  ancestor.  Thus  a  lizard  in  growing  a  new 
tail  to  replace  .one  that  has  been  lost  has  been  known  to 
grow  one  with  scales  like  those  of  an  ancestral  species.  To 
find  out  a  lizard'?  nedigree,  a  wit  suggests  that  we  need  only 
pull  off  its  tail.     When  such  ancestral  resemblance  in  ordi- 


Fig.  6a.— Devonshire  pony,  showing  the  occasional  occurrence  of  ancestral 
stripes.    (From  Darwin.) 

nary  generation  is  very  marked,  we  call  it  •'  atavism  "  or 
«« reversion,"  but  of  this  there  are  many  degrees,  and 
abnormal  circumstances  sometimes  force  reversion  even 
upon  an  organism  with  a  normal  inheritance.  A  boy 
"  takes  after  his  grandfather  "  ;  a  horse  occasionally  exhibits 
stripes  like  those  of  a  wild  ancestor ;  a  blue  pigeon  like  the 
primitive  rock-dove  sometimes  turns  up  unexpectedly  in  a 
pure  breed  ;  or  a  cultivated  flower  reverts  to  the  simpler 
and  more  normal  wild  type.  So  children  bom  dunng 
famine  sometimes  show  reversions,  and  some  types  of 
criminal  and  insane  persons  are  to  be  thus  regarded. 


CHAP.    XX 


Heredity 


323 


But  every  animal  is  usually  a  little  different  from  its 
parents,  and  except  in  cases  of  "identical  twins"  cannot  be 
mistaken  for  one  of  its  fellow-offspring.  The  proverbial 
"  two  peas  "  may  be  very  unlike.  Organisms  are  variable, 
and  this  is  natural,  for  life  begins  in  the  intimate 
mingling  of  two  units  of  living  matter  perhaps  very  dif- 
ferent and  certainly  very  complex.  The  relation  between 
successive  generations  is  such  that  the  offspring  is  like 
its  parents,  but  various  causes  producing  change  diminish 
this  likeness,  so  that  we  no  longer  say  "  like  begets  like," 
but  "  like  tends  to  beget  like." 

There  are,  I  think,  two  other  important  facts  in  regard 
to  heredity,  but  both  require  discussion — the  one  because 
some  of  the  most  authoritative  naturalists  deny  it,  the  other 
because  it  is  difficult  to  understand. 

I  believe  that  some  characters  acquired  by  the  parent  as 
the  result  of  what  it  does,  and  as  impacts  from  the  surround- 
ing conditions  of  life,  are  transmissible  to  the  offspring.  In 
other  words,  some  functional  and  environmental  variations 
in  the  body  of  the  parents  may  be  handed  on  to  the 
offspring.     This  is  denied  by  Weismann  and  many  others. 

The  other  fact,  which  has  been  elucidated  by  Galton, 
is  that  through  successive  generations  there  is  a  tendency 
to  sustain  the  average  of  the  species,  by  the  continual 
approximation  of  exceptional  forms  towards  a  mean. 

2.  Theories  of  Heredity  —  historical  retrospect. — 
Theories  of  heredity,  like  those  about  many  other  facts, 
have  been  formulated  at  different  times  in  different  kinds 
of  intellectual  language — theological,  metaphysical,  and 
scientific — and  the  words  are  often  more  at  variance  than 
the  ideas. 

(a)  Theological  T/ieories. — It  was  an  old  idea,  that  the 
germ  of  a  new  human  life  was  possessed  by  a  spirit,  some- 
times of  second-hand  origin,  having  previously  belonged  to 
some  ancestor  or  animal.  So  far  as  this  idea  persists  in  the 
minds  of  civilised  men,  it  is  so  much  purified  and  sublimed 
that  if  the  student  of  science  does  not  believe  it  true, 
he  cannot  wisely  call  it  false. 

{b)  "  Metaphysical  Theoties." — For  a  time  it  was  com- 


r 


IS     I 


324  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 

mon  to  appeal  to  <^ vires formativai* "  hereditary  tendencies," 
and  "principles  of  heredity,"  by  aid  of  which  the  germ 
grew  into  the  likeness  of  the  parent,  and  this  tendency 
to  resort  to  verbal  explanations  is  hardly  to  be  dnven  from 
the  scientific  mind  except  by  intellectual  asceticism.  For 
my  own  part,  I  prefer  such  "metaphysical"  mist  to  the 
frost  of  a  «« materialism  »  which  blasts  the  buds  of  wonder. 

{c\  ''Mystical  Theories."— Tivinvii  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury and  even  within  the  limits  of  the  enlightened  nineteenth, 
a  quaint  idea  of  development  prevailed,  according  to  which 
the  germ  (either  the  ovum  or  the  sperm)  contained  a  miniature 
organism,  preformed  in  all  transparency,  which  only  required 
to  be  unfolded  (or  "evolved,"  as  they  said),  in  order  to 
become  the  future  animal.     Moreover,  the  ^^%  of  a  fowl 
contained  not  only  a  micro-organism  or  miniature  model  of 
the   chick,  but  likewise  in  increasing  minuteness  similar 
models  of  future  generations.     Microcosm  lay  within  micro- 
cosm, germ  within  germ,  like  the   leaves  within   a  bud 
awaiting  successive  unfolding,  or  like  an  infinite  juggler^s 
box  to  the  «  evolution  "  of  which  there  was  no  end.     This 
««  preformation  theory"  or  "mystical  hypothesis"  was  virtu- 
ally but  not  actually  shattered  by  WolfTs  demonstration  of 
"  Epigenesis  »  or  gradual  development  from  an  apparently 
simple  rudiment.     But  the  preformationists  were  right  m 
insisting  that  the  future  organism  lay  (potentially)  within 
the  germ,  and  right  also  in  supposing  that  the  germ  involved 
not  only  the  organism  into  which  it  grew  but  its  descendants 
as  well.     The  form  of  their  theory,  however,  was  crude  and 

false.  .-     .       .       ex. 

(d)  Theories  of  Pangenesis.—ScitnWfic  theories  of  here- 
dity really  begin  with  that  of  Herbert  Spencer,  who  in 
1864  suggested  that  "physiological  units"  derived  from 
and  capable  of  growth  into  cells  were  accumulated  from  the 
body  into  the  reproductive  elements,  there  to  develop  the 
characters  of  structures  like  those  whence  they  arose.  At 
dates  so  widely  separate  as  are  suggested  by  the  names  of 
Democritus  and  Hippocrates,  Paracelsus  and  BufTon,  the 
same  idea  was  expressed— that  the  germs  consist  of  samples 
from  the  various  parti  of  the  body.     But  the  theories  of 


CHAP.  XX 


Htredity 


3*5 


these  authors  were  vague  and  in  some  respects  entirely 
erroneous  suggestions.  The  best-known  form  of  this  type 
of  theory  is  Darwin's  "  provisional  hypothesis  of  pan- 
genesis" (1868),  according  to  which  (a)  every  cell  of  the 
body,  not  too  highly  differentiated,  throws  off  characteristic 
gemmules,  which  (*)  multiply  by  fission,  retaining  their 
peculiarities,  and  (f)  become  specially  concentrated  in  the 
reproductive  elements,  where  (rf)  in  development  they  grow 
into  cells  like  those  from  which  they  were  originally  given 
off.  This  theory  was  satisfactory  in  giving  a  reasonable 
explanation  of  many  of  the  facts  of  heredity,  it  was  unsatis- 
factory because  it  involved  many  unverified  hypotheses. 

The  ingenious  Jaeger,  well  known  as  the  introducer  of 
comfortable  clothing,  sought  (1876)  to  replace  the  "gem- 
mules  "  of  which  Darwin  spoke,  by  characteristic  "  scent- 
stuffs,"  which  he  supposed  to  be  collected  from  the  body 
into  the  reproductive  elements. 

Meanwhile  (1872)  Francis  Galton,  our  greatest  British 
authority  on  heredity,  had  been  led  by  his  experiments 
on  the  transfusion  of  blood  and  by  other  considerations 
to  the  conclusion  that  "the  doctrine  of  pangenesis,  pure 
and  simple,  is  incorrect."  As  we  shall  see,  he  reached 
forward  to  a  more  satisfactory  doctrine,  but  he  still  allowed 
the  possibility  of  a  limited  pangenesis  to  account  for  those 
cases  which  suggest  that  some  characters  acquired  by  the 
parents  are  *'  faintly  heritable."  He  admitted  that  a  cell 
♦'  may  throw  off  a  few  germs"  {i.e.  "  gemmules  ")  "  that 
find  their  way  into  the  circulation,  and  have  thereby  a 
chance  of  occasionally  finding  their  way  to  the  sexual 
elements,  and  of  becoming  naturalised  among  them." 

W.  K.  Brooks,  a  well-known  American  naturalist,  pro- 
posed in  1883  an  important  modification  of  Darwin's  theory, 
especially  insisting  on  the  following  three  suppositions : 
that  it  is  in  unwonted  and  abnormal  conditions  that  the  cells 
of  the  body  throw  off  gemmules ;  that  the  male  elements 
are  the  special  centres  of  their  accumulation  ;  and  that  the 
female  cells  keep  up  the  general  resemblance  between 
offspring  and  parents.  For  further  modifications  ?.nd  for 
criticism  of  the  theories  of  pangenesis,  I  refer  the  student 


V. 


t 


\ 


\ 


3a6 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         vkxi  iv 


to  the  works  of  Galton,  Ribot,  Brooks,  Herdman,  Plarre, 
Van  Bemmelen,  and  De  Vries. 

3  The  Modem  Theory  of  Heredity.— In  the  midst  of 
much  debate  it  may  seem  strange  to  speak  of  the  modern 
theory  of  heredity,  but  while  details  are  disputed,  one  clear 
fact  is  generally  acknowledged,  the  increasing  realisation  of 
which  has  shed  a  new  light  on  heredity.  This  fact  is  the 
organic  continuity  of  generations. 

In  1876  Jaeger  expressed  his  views  explicitly  as  follows  : 
"Through  a  long  series  of  generations  the  germinal  proto- 
plasm retains  its  specific  properties,  dividing  in  develop- 
ment into  a  portion  out  of  which  the  individual  is  built  up, 
and  a  portion  which  is  reserved  to  form  the  reproductive 
material  of  the  mature  ofifspring."  This  reservation,  by 
which  some  of  the  germinal  protoplasm  is  kept  apart,  dunng 
development  and  growth,  from  corporeal  or  external  influ- 
ences and  retains  its  specific  or  germinal  characters  intact 
and  continuous  with  those  of  the  parent  ovum,  Jasger 
regarded  as  the  fundamental  fact  of  heredity. 

Brooks  (1876,  1877,  1883)  was  not  less  clear:  "The 
ovum  gives  rise  to  the  divergent  cells  of  the  organism,  but 
also  to  cells  like  itself.  The  ovarian  ova  of  the  offspring 
are  these  latter  cells  or  their  direct  unmodified  descendants. 
The  ovarian  ova  of  the  ofifspring  thus  share  by  direct 
inheritance  all  the  properties  of  the  fertilised  ova." 

But  before  and  independently  of  either  Jaeger  or  Brooks 
or  any  one  else,  Galton  had  reached  forward  to  the  same 
idea      We  have  noticed  that  he  was  led  in  1872  to  the 
conclusion  that  "the   doctrine   of  pangenesis,  pure   and 
simple,  is  incorrect."     His  own  view  was  that  the  fertihsed 
ovum  consisted  of  a  sum  of  germs,  gemmules,  or  organic 
units  of  some  kind,  to  which  in  entirety  he  apphed  the 
term  stirp.     But  he  did  not  regard  this  nest  of  organic 
units  as  composed  of  contributions  from  all  parts  of  the 
body.     He  regarded  it  as  directly  derived  from  a  previous 
nest,  namely,  from  the  ovum  which  gave  rise  to  the  parent. 
He  maintained  that  in  development  the  bulk  of  the  stirp 
grew  into  the  body— as  every  one  allows— but  that  a  cer- 
toin  residue  was  kept  apart  from  the  development  of  the 


CHAP.    XX 


Heredity 


327 


"  body  "  to  form  the  reproductive  elements  of  the  offspring. 
Thus  he  said,  in  a  sense  the  child  is  as  old  as  the  parent, 
for  when  the  parent  is  developing  from  the  ovum  a  residue 
of  that  ovum  is  kept  apart  to  form  the  germ-cells,  one  of 
which  may  become  a  child.  Besides  Galton,  Jaeger,  and 
Brooks,  several  other  biologists  suggested  this  fertile  idea 
of  the  organic  continuity  of  generations.  Thus  it  is  ex- 
pressed by  Erasmus  Darwin  and  by  Owen,  by  Hacckel, 
Rauber,  and  Nussbaum.  But  it  is  to  Weismann  that  the 
modem  eaiphasis  on  the  idea  is  chiefly  due. 

Let  us  try  to  realise  more  vividly  this  doctrine  of  organic 
continuity  between  generations.  Let  us  begin  with  a  fertil- 
ised egg-cell,  and  suppose  it  to  have  qualities  abcxyz.  This 
endowed  egg- cell  divides  and  redivides,  and  for  a  short 
time  each  of  the  units  in  the  ball  of  cells  may  be  regarded 
as  still  possessed  of  the  original  qualities  abcxyz.  But 
division  of  labour,  and  rearrangement,  infolding  and  out- 
folding,  soon  begin,  and  most  of  the  cells  form  the  "  body." 
They  lose  their  primitive  characters  and  uniformity,  they 
become  specialised,  the  qualities  ab  predominate  in  one 
set,  be  in  another,  xy  in  another.  But  meantime  certain 
cells  have  kept  apart  from  the  specialisation  which  results 
in  the  body.  They  have  remained  embryonic  and  un- 
differentiated, retaining  the  many-sidedness  of  the  original 
egg-cell,  preserving  intact  the  qualities  abcxyz.  They  form 
the  future  reproductive  cells — let  us  say  the  eggs. 

Now  when  these  eggs  are  liberated,  with  the  original 
qualities  abcxyz  unchanged j  having  retained  a  continuous 
protoplasmic  tradition  with  the  parent  ovum,  they  are  evi- 
dently in  almost  the  same  position  as  that  was.  There- 
fore they  develop  into  the  same  kind  of  organism.  Given 
the  same  protoplasmic  material,  the  same  inherent  quali- 
ties, the  same  conditions  of  birth  and  growth,  the  results 
must  be  the  same.  A  single-celled  animal  with  qualities 
abcxyz  divides  into  two  ;  each  has  presumably  the  qualities 
of  the  original  unit ;  each  grows  rapidly  into  the  form  of 
the  full-grown  cell.  We  have  no  difficulty  in  understanding 
this.  In  the  sexual  reproduction  of  higher  animals,  the 
case  is  complicated  by  the  form?*'on  of  the  "  body,"  but 


Wxi'     ■■■■■ 


328 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 


logically  the  difficulty  is  not  greater.  A  fertilised  egg-cell 
with  qualities  abcxyz  divides  into  many  cells,  which,  becom- 
ing diverse,  express  the  original  qualities  in  various  kinds 
of  tissue  within  the  forming  body.  But  if  at  an  early  stage 
certain  cells  are  set  apart,  retaining  the  qualities  or  charac- 
ters abcxyz  in  all  their  entirety,  then  these,  when  liberated 
after  months  or  years  as  egg-cells,  will  resemble  the  original 
ovum,  and  are  able  like  it  to  give  rise  to  an  organism, 
which  is  necessarily  a  similar  organism. 

To  call   heredity   ««the  relation  of  organic  continuity 
between  successive  generations,"  as  I  define  it,  seenis  a 
truism  to  some,  but  it  is  in  the  realisation  of  this  truistic 
fact  that  the  modem  progress  in  regard  to  heredity  consists. 
To  ask  how  the  inherent  qualities  of  the  ovum  become 
divergent  in  the  different  cells  of  the  body,  or  how  some 
units  remain   embryonic,  or  how  the  egg-cell  divides  at 
all,   is  to  raise  the  deepest  problems  of  biology,  not  of 
heredity.     To  answer  such  questions  is  the  more  or  less 
hopeless  task  of  physiological  embryology,  not  that  of  the 
student  of  heredity.     Recognising  the  fact  of  organic  con- 
tinuity,  various  writers  such  as  Samuel  Butler,   Hering, 
Haeckel,  Geddes,  Gautier,  and  Bcrthold,  have  sought  in 
various  ways  to  make  it  clearer,  e.g.  by  regarding  the  re- 
production of  like  by  like  as  an  instance  of  organic  memory. 
As  these  suggestions  are  unessential  to  our  argument,  I 
shall  merely  notice  that  there  are  plenty  of  them. 

How  far  has  this  early  separation  of  the  future  repro- 
ductive cells  from  the  developing  body  been  observed  ?  It 
has  been  observed  in  several  worm-types— leeches,  Sagitta^ 
thread-worms,  Polyzoa, — in  some  Arthropods  {e.g.  Moina 
among  crustaceans,  Chironomus  among  Insects,  Phalangid;E 
among  spiders),  and  with  less  distinctness  in  a  number  of 
other  organisms,  both  animal  and  vegetable.  In  most  of 
the  higher  animals,  however,  the  future  reproductive  cells 
are  not  observable  till  development  has  proceeded  for  some 
days  or  weeks.  To  explain  this  difficulty,  VVeismann  has 
elaborated  a  theory  which  he  calls  "  the  continuity  of  the 
germ-plasma:*  The  general  idea  oi  this  theory  is  that  of 
oi^anic  continuity  between  generations,  and  this  Weismann 


CHAP.  XX 


Heredity 


3*9 


has  done  momentous  service  in  expounding.     But  for  the 
detailed  theory  by  which  he  seeks  to  overcome  the  diffi- 
culty which  has  been  noticed  above  I  refer  those  interested 
to  Weismann's  Papers  on  Heredity  (Trans.  Oxford,  1889). 
4.  The  Inheritance  of  Acquired  Characters.— («)  His- 
torical.  We  have  seen  that  variations,  or  changes  in  char- 
acter, may  be  constituHonal,  i.e.  innate  in  the  germ ;  or 
functional.,  i.e.  due  to  use  or  disuse ;  or  environmental,  i.e. 
due  to  influences  of  nutrition  and  surroundings.     Many 
naturalists  have  believed  that  gains  or  losses  due  to  any  of 
these  three  sources  of  change  might  be  transmitted  from 
parent   to   offspring.      But   nowadays  the  majority,   with 
Profs.  Weismann  and  Lankester  at  their  head,  deny  the 
transmissibility    of    either    functional    or    environmental 
changes,  and  believe  that  inborn,  germinal,  or  constitu- 
tional variations  alone  are  transmissible. 

This  scepticism  is  not  strictly  modem.     The  editor, 
whoever  he  was,  of  Aristotle's  Historia  Animalium,  differed 
from  \     master  as  to  the  inheritance  of  injuries  and  the 
like.     Avant  maintained   the  non- inheritance  of  extrinsic 
variations,  and  Blrnenbach  cautiously  inclined  to  the  same 
negative  position.    In  more  recent  times  the  veteran  morpho- 
logist  His  expressed  a  strong  conviction  against  the  inherit- 
ance of  acquired  characters,  and  the  not  less  renowned 
physiologist  Pfliiger  is  also  among  the  sceptics.     A  few 
sentences  from  Gallon  (1875),  whose  far-sightedness  has 
been  insufficiently  acknowledged,  may  be  quoted :   "  The 
inheritance  of  characters  acquired  during  the  lifetime  of  the 
parents  includes  much  questionable  evidence,  usually  diffi- 
cult of  verification.     We  might  almost  reserve  our  belief 
that  the  structural  cells  can  react  on  the  sexual  elements  at 
all,  and  we  may  be  confident  that  at  the  most  they  do  so  in 
a  very  faint  degree— in  other  words,  that  acquired  modifica- 
tions are  barely,  if  at  all,  inherited  in  the  correct  sense  of 

that  word." 

But  Weismann  brought  the  discussion  to  a  climax  by 
altogether  denying  the  transmissibility  of  acquired  charac- 
ters. 

(*)    Weismann's    position. — Weismann't    reasons  for 


33©  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 

maintaining  that  no  acquired  characters  are  transmissible 
are  twofold, — first  because  the  evidence  in  favour  of  such 
transmission  conusts  of  unverifiable  anecdotes ;  second 
because  the  "germ -plasma,"  early  set  apart  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  body,  remains  intact  and  stable,  unaffected 
by  the  vicissitudes  which  beset  the  body. 

It  is  natural  that  Weismann,  who  realised  so  vividly  the 
continuity  between  germ  and  germ,  should  emphasise  the 
stability  of  the  "germ-plasma,"  that  he  should  regard  it 
as  leading  a  sort  of  charmed  life  within  the  organism  un- 
affected by  changes  to  which  the  body  is  subject  But  has 
he  not  exaggerated  this  insulation  and  stability  ? 

Of  course  Weismann  does  not  deny  that  the  body  may 
exhibit  functional  and  environmental  variations,  but  he 
denies  that  these  can  spread  from  the  body  so  as  to  affect 
the  reproductive  cells  thereof,  and  unless  they  do  so,  they 
cannot  be  transmitted  to  the  offspring. 

On  the  other  hand,  innate  or  germinal  characters 
must  be  transmitted.  They  crop  up  in  the  parent  be- 
cause they  are  involved  in  the  fertilised  egg-cell.  But  as 
the  cell  which  gives  rise  to  the  offspring  is  by  hypothesis 
similar  to  and  more  or  less  directly  continuous  with  the 
cell  which  gave  rise  to  the  parent,  similar  constitutional 
variations  will  crop  up  in  the  offspring. 

We  must  admit  that  most  of  the  old  evidence  adduced 
in  fitvour  of  the  transmission  of  acquired  characters  may 
be  called  a  "handful  of  anecdotes."  For  scepticism  was 
undeveloped,  and  when  a  character  acquired  by  a  parent 
reappeared  in  the  offspring,  it  was  too  readily  regarded  as 
transmitted,  whereas  it  may  often  have  been  acquired  by 
the  offspring  just  as  it  was  by  the  parent. 

Weismann  has  two  saving  clauses,  which  make  argu- 
ment against  his  position  peculiarly  difficult.  (i)  He 
admits  that  the  germ -plasma  may  be  modified  "ever  so 
little "  by  changes  of  nutrition  and  growth  in  the  body ; 
but  may  not  an  accumulation  of  many  "ever -so -littles" 
amount  to  the  transmission  of  an  acquired  character  ?  (2) 
He  admits  that  external  conditions,  such  as  climate,  may 
influence  the  reproductive  cells  along  with^  though   not 


CHAP.  ZX 


Heredity 


331 


exacUy  throu^  the  body ;  but  this  is  a  distinction  too 
subtle  to  be  verified. 

These  two  saving-clauses  seem  to  me  to  affect  the  strin- 
gency of  Weismann's  conclusion,  but  in  his  view  they  do 
not  affect  the  main  proposition  that  definite  somatic  modifi- 
cations or  changes  in  the  body  due  to  function  cr  enmon^ 
ment  have  no  effect  on  the  reproductive  cells,  and  therefore 
no  transmission  to  offspring. 

lc\  Arguments  against  Weismann's  position.— In  arguing 
against  Weismann's  position  that  no  acquired  characters 
are  inherited,  I  shall  first  illustrate  the  arguments  of  others, 
and  then  emphasise  that  which  appears  to  me  at  present 

most  cogent. 

(O  Some  have  cited  against  Weismann  various  cases 
where  the  effects  of  mutilation  seemed  to  be  transmitted 
and  Weismann  has  spent  some  time  in  experimenting  with 
mice  in  order  to  see  whether  cutting  off  the  tails  tor  severa 
generations  did  not  eventually  make  ^^  V*  .' 1?°^;,  Jl 
did  not— a  result  which  might  have  been  foretold.     For  we 
have  known  for  many  years  that  the  mutilations  mflicted 
on  sheep  and  other  domesticated  animals  had  no  measur- 
able  effect  on  the  offspring.     Even  the  numerous  cases  of 
tailless  kittens  produced  from  artificially  curtailed  oits  have 
no  cogency  in  face  of  the  fact  that  taiUess  sports  often  arise 
from  normal  parents.     Moreover,  it  is  for  many  reasons  not 
to  be  expected  that  the  results  of  curtailment  and  the  like 
should  be  inherited.     For  there  is  great  power  of  regener- 
ating  lost  parts  even  in  the  individual  lifetime ;  the  result 
of  cutting  off  a  tail  is  for  mtst  part  merely  a  minus  quantity 
to  the  organism;  the  imperfectly  known  physiological  re- 
action  on  nerves  and  blood-vessels  might  perhaps  result  m 
a  longer  rather  than  a  shorter  tail  in  the  offspring. 

(2)  Various  pathologists,  led  by  Virchow,  have  empha- 
sised the  fact  that  many  diseases  are  inherited,  but  their 
arguments  have  usually*  shown  how  easy  it  is  to  misunder- 
stand  Weismann's  position.  No  doubt  many  malformations 
and  diseases  reappear  through  successive  generations,  bu 
there  is  lack  of  evidence  to  show  that  the  pathological 
variations  were  not  genninal  to  begin  with.     It  is  tadly 


V 


I 


I 


I 

kii 


MP^ 


332 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 


interesting  to  learn  that  colour-blindness  has  been  known 
to  occur  in  the  males  only  of  six  successive  generations, 
deaf  mutism  for  three,  finger  malformations  for  six,  and  so 
with  harelip  and  cleft  palate,  and  with  tendencies  to  con- 
sumption, cancer,  gout,  rheumatism,  bleeding,  and  so  on. 
liut  these  facts  do  not  prove  the  transmission  of  functional  or 
environmental  variations  ;  they  only  corroborate  what  every 
one  allows,  that  innate,  congenital,  constitutional  characters 


Fig.  70.— HalWop  rabbit,  an  abnormal  variation,  which  by  artificial  selection 
has  become  ronstant  in  a  breed.    (From  Darwin.) 

tend  to  be  transmitted.  Ve*  some  cases  recently  stated  by 
Prof.  Bertram  Windle  seem  to  suggest  that  some  patho- 
logical conditions  acquired  by  function  may  be  transmitted. 
IJut  even  if  a  ncn-constitutional  pathological  state  acquired 
by  a  parent  reappeared  in  the  oflTspring,  we  require  to  show 
that  the  offspring  did  not  also  acquire  it  by  his  work  or 
from  conditions  of  life,  as  his  parent  did  before  him. 

(3)  Some  individual  cases  seem  to  stand  some  criticism. 

Two  botanists,  Hoffmann  and  Detmer,  have  noted  such 
facts  as  the  following — scant  nutrition  influenced  the  flowers 
of  poppvj  Nigella,  dead-nettle.,  and  the  result  was  trans- 


CHAP.  XX 


Heredity 


333 


mitted;   peculiar  soil  conditions  altered  the  root  of  the 
carrot,  and  the  result  was  transmitted. 

Semper  gives  a  few  cases  such  as  Schmankewitsch's 
transformation  of  one  species  of  brine-shrimp  (Ariemia)  into 
another,  throughout  a  series  of  generations  during  which 
the  salinity  of  the  water  was  slowly  altered. 

Eimer  has  written  a  book  of  which  even  the  title,  "  The 
Origin  of  Species,  according  to  the  laws  of  organic  growth, 
through  the  inheritance  of  acquired  characters,"  shows  how 
strongly  he  supports  the  aflfirmative  side  of  our  question. 
But  much  as  I  admire  and  agree  with  many  parts  of  Eimer's 
work,  1  do  not  think  that  all  his  examples  of  the  inheritance 
of  acquired  characters  are  cogent  One  of  the  strongest 
is  that  cereals  from  Scandinavian  plains  transplanted  to 
the  mountains  become  gradually  accustomed  to  develop 
more  rapidly  and  at  a  lower  temperature,  and  that  when 
returned  to  the  plains  they  retain  this  power  of  rapid 
development  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  the  strongest 
part  of  Eimer's  argument  is  that  in  which  he  maintains  that 
certain  effects  produced  upon  the  nervous  system  by  peculiar 
habits  are  transmissible. 

(4)  Another  mode  of  argument  may  be  considered.  To 
what  conception  of  evolution  are  we  impelled  if  we  deny 
the  inheritance  of  acquired  characters  ?  Weismann  believes 
that  he  has  taken  the  ground  from  under  the  feet  of 
Lamarckians  and  Buffonians,  who  believe  in  the  inheritance 
of  functional  and  environmental  variations.  The  sole  fount 
of  change  is  to  be  found  in  the  mingling  of  the  kernels  of 
two  cells*  at  the  fertilisation  of  the  ovum.  On  these  varia- 
tions natural  selection  works. 

But  even  if  we  do  not  believe  in  the  inheritance  of 
acquired  characters,  it  is  open  to  us  to  maintain  that  by 
cumulative  constitutional  variations  in  definite  directions 
species  have  grown  out  of  one  another  in  progressive  evolu- 
tion. Thus  we  are  not  forced  to  restrict  our  interpreta- 
tions of  the  marvel  and  harmony  of  organic  nature  to  the 
theory  of  the  action  of  natural  selection  on  indefinite  for- 
tuitous variations. 

Prof.  Ray  Lankester*!  convictions  on  this  subject  are  to 


|i 


334  The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 

strong,  and  his  dismissal  of  Lamarckian  theory  is  so 
emphatic,  that  I  shall  select  one  of  his  illustrations  by  way 
of  contrasting  his  theory  with  that  of  Lamarckians. 

Many  blind  fishes  and  crustaceans  are  found  in  caves, 
Lamarckians  assume,  as  yet  with  insufficient  evidence,  that 
the  blindness  is  due  to  the  darkness  and  to  the  disuse 
of  the  eyes.  Changes  thus  produced  are  believed,  again 
with  insufficient  evidence,  to  be  transmitted  and  increased, 
generation  after  generation.  This  is  a  natural  and  simple 
theory,  but  it  is  not  a  certain  conclusion. 

What  is  Prof.  Ray  Lankester's  explanation  ? 

"  The  facts  are  ftiUy  explained  by  the  theory  of  natural 
selection  acting  on  congenital  fortuitous  variations.  Many 
animals  are  bom  with  distorted  or  defective  eyes  whose 
parents  have  not  had  their  eyes  submitted  to  any  peculiar 
conditions.  Supposing  a  number  of  some  species  of  Arthro- 
pods or  fish  to  be  swept  into  a  cavern,  those  individuals  with 
perfect  eyes  would  follow  the  glimmer  of  light  and  eventually 
escape  to  the  outer  air,  leaving  behind  those  with  imperfect 
eyes  to  breed  in  the  dark  place.  In  every  succeeding 
generation  this  would  be  the  case,  and  even  those  with 
weak  but  still  seeing  eyes  would  in  the  course  of  time 
escape,  until  only  a  pure  race  of  eyeless  or  blind  animals 
would  be  left  in  the  cavern."  This  is  a  possible  explanation, 
but  it  is  not  a  certain  conclusion. 

(5)  The  argument  which  I  would  urge  most  strongly  is 
based  on  general  physiological  considerations.  It  gives 
no  demonstration,  but  it  seems  to  establish  a  presump- 
tion against  Weismann's  conclusion.  He  maintains  that 
functional  and  environmental  changes  in  the  body  cannot 
be  transmitted  because  such  changes  cannot  reach  the 
stable  and  to  some  extent  insulated  reproductive  elements. 
But  this  cannot  requires  proof,  just  as  much  as  the  converse 

can. 

The  organism  is  a  unity  ;  cell  is  often  linked  to  cell  by 
bridges  of  living  matter ;  the  blood  is  a  common  medium 
carrying  food  and  waste  ;  nervous  relations  bind  the  whole 
in  harmony.  Would  it  not  be  a  physiological  miracle  if  the 
reproductive  cells  led  a  charmed  life  unaffected  even  by 


CItAP.  XX 


Heredity 


335 


influences  which  touch  the  very  heart  of  the  organism  ?  Is 
it  unreasonable  to  presume  that  some  influences  of  habit  and 
conditions,  of  training  and  control,  saturate  the  organism 
thoroughly  enough  to  affect  every  part  of  it  ? 

A  slight  change  of  food  affects  the  development  of  the 
reproductive  organs  in  a  bee-grub,  and  makes  a  queen  out  of 
what  otherwise  would  have  been  a  worker.  A  difference  of 
diet  causes  a  brood  of  tadpoles  to  become  almost  altogether 
female.  There  is  no  doubt  that  some  somatic  changes 
affect  the  reproductive  cells  in  some  way.  Is  it  incon- 
ceivable that  they  affect  them  in  such  a  precise  way  that 
bodily  changes  may  be  transmitted  ? 

It  must  be  admitted  that  it  is  at  present  impossible  to 
give  an  explanation  of  the  way  in  which  a  modification 
of  the  brain  can  affect  the  cells  of  the  reproductive  organs. 
The  only  connections  that  we  know  are  by  the  blood,  by 
nervous  thrills,  by  protoplasmic  continuity  of  cells.  But 
there  are  many  indubitable  physiological  influences  which 
spread  through  the  body  of  which  we  can  give  no  rationale. 
Because  we  cannot  tell  how  an  influence  spreads,  we  need 
not  deny  its  existence. 

It  is  at  least  conceivable  that  a  deep  functional  or 
environmental  change  may  result  in  chemical  changes 
which  spread  from  cell  to  cell,  that  characteristic  products 
may  be  carried  about  by  the  blood  and  absorbed  by  the 
unspecialised  reproductive  cells,  that  nervous  thrills  of 
unknown  efficacy  may  pass  from  part  to  part.  Nor  do  we 
expect  that  more  than  a  slight  change  will  be  transmitted 
in  one  generation. 

Weismann  traces  all  variations  ultimately  to  the  action 
of  the  environment  on  the  original  unicellular  organisms. 
These  are  directly  affected  by  -.unrounding  influences,  and 
as  they  have  no  "body"  nc*  specialised  reproductive 
elements,  but  are  single  cells,  it  is  natural  that  the  char- 
acters acquired  by  a  parent-cell  should  also  belong  to  the 
daughter-units  into  which  it  divides.  And  if  so,  is  it  not 
possible  that  the  reproductive  cells  of  higher  animals,  being 
equivalent  to  Protozoa,  may  be  definitely  afiiected  by  their 
immediate  environment,  the  body?     Moreover,  if  it  were 


33< 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life         part  iv 


proved  that  the  definite  changes  produced  on  an  individual 
by  influences  of  use,  disuse,  and  surroundings,  do  not  reach 
the  reproductive  cells,  and  cannot,  therefore,  be  transmitted, 
it  is  not  thereby  proved  that  secondary  results  or  some  results 
of  such  definite  changes  may  not  have  some  effect  on  the 
germ-cells.  The  conditions  are  so  complex  that  it  seems 
rash  to  deny  the  possibility  of  such  influence. 

Certainly  it  is  no  easy  task  to  explain  all  the  adapta- 
tions to  strange  surroundings  and  habits,  or  the  majority  of 
animal  instincts,  or  the  progress  of  men,  apart  fi-om  the 
theory  that  some  of  the  results  of  environmental  influence 
and  habitual  experience  are  transmitted.  I  am  certainly 
unable  to  reconcile  myself  to  the  opinion  that  the  progress 
of  life  is  due  to  the  action  of  natural  selection  on  fortuitous, 
indefinite,  spontaneous  variations. 

I  believe  that  the  conclusion  of  the  whole  matter  should 
be  an  emphatic  "not  proven"  on  either  side,  while  the 
practical  corollary  is  that  we  should  cease  to  talk  so  much 
about  possibilities  (in  regard  to  which  one  opinion  is  often 
as  logically  reasonable  as  another),  and  betake  ourselves 
with  energy  to  a  study  of  the  facts. 

5.  Social  and  Ethical  Aspects.— All  the  important 
biological  conclusions  have  a  human  interest 

The  fact  of  organic  continuity  between  germ  and  germ 
helps  us  to  realise  that  the  child  is  virtually  as  old  as  the 
parent,  and  that  the  main  line  of  hereditary  connection 
is  not  so  much  that  between  parent  and  child  as  •'  that 
between  the  sets  of  elements  out  of  which  the  personal 
parents  had  been  evolved,  and  the  set  out  of  which  the 
personal  child  was  evolved."  "The  main  line,"  Galton 
says,  "  may  be  rudely  likened  to  the  chain  of  a  necklace, 
and  the  personalities  to  pendants  attached  to  the  links." 
To  this  fact  social  inertia  is  largely  due,  for  the  organic 
stability  secured  by  germinal  continuity  tends  to  hinder 
evolution  by  leaps  and  bounds  either  forwards  or  backwards. 
There  is  some  resemblance  between  the  formula  of  heredity 
and  the  fir-t  law  of  motion.  The  practical  corollary  is 
respect  for  a  good  stock. 

That  each  parent  contributes  almost  equally  to  the  off- 


CHAV.  XX 


Heredity 


337 


spring  suggests  the  two-sided  responsibility  of  parentage ; 
but  the  fact  has  to  be  corrected  by  Galton's  statistical  con- 
clusion that  the  offspring  inherits  a  fourth  from  each 
parent,  and  a  sixteenth  from  each  gram  narent !  Inherited 
capital  is  not  merely  dual,  but  multiple  like  a  mosaic. 

If  we  adopt  a  modified  form  of  Weismann's  conclusion, 
and  believe  that  only  the  more  deeply  penetrating  acquired 
characters  are  transmitted,  we  are  saved  from  the  despair 
suggested  by  the  abnormal  functions  and  environments  of 
our  civilisation. 

And  just  in  proportion  as  we  doubt  the  transmission  of 
desirable  acquired  characters,  so  much  the  more  should  we 
desire  to  secure  that  improved  conditions  of  life  foster  the 
individual  development  of  each  successive  generation. 

That  pathological  conditions,  innate  or  congenital  in  the 
organism,  tend  to  be  transmitted,  suggests  that  men  should 
be  informed  and  educated  as  to  the  undesirability  of 
parentage  on  the  part  of  abnormal  members  of  the  com- 
munity. 

But  while  no  one  will  gainsay  the  lessons  to  be  drawn 
from  the  experience  of  past  generations,  it  should  be  noticed 
that  Virchow  and  others  have  hinted  at  an  "  optimism  of 
pathology,"  since  some  of  the  less  adequately  known  abnor- 
mal variations  may  be  associated  with  new  beginnings  not 
without  promise  of  possible  utility.  It  seems,  moreover, 
that  by  careful  environment  and  function,  or  by  the  inter- 
crossing of  a  slightly  tainted  and  a  relatively  pure  stock,  a 
recuperative  or  counteractive  influence  may  act  so  as  to 
produce  comparatively  healthy  offspring,  thus  illustrating 
what  may  be  called  "  the  forgiveness  of  nature." 

6.  Social  Inheritance.  —  The  widest  problems  of 
heredity  are  raised  when  we  substitute  "  fraternities "  for 
individuals,  or  make  the  transition  to  social  inheritance — 
the  relation  between  the  successive  generations  of  a  society. 
The  most  important  pioneering  work  is  that  of  Galton, 
whose  unique  papers  have  been  recently  summed  up  in  a 
work  entitled  Natural  Inheritance.  Galton  derived  his 
data  from  his  Records  of  Family  Faculties,  especially  con- 
cerning stature,  eye-colour,  and  artistic  powers ;  and  his 


t 


338 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life  pa»t  i^ 


work  has  been  in  great  part  an  application  of  the  statistical 
law  of  Frequency  of  Error  to  the  records  accumulated. 

The  main  problem  of  his  work  is  concerned  with  the 
strange  regularity  observed  in  the  peculiarities  of  great 
populations  throughout  a  series  of  generations.  "The 
large  do  not  always  beget  the  large,  nor  the  smaU  the 
small ;  but  yet  the  observed  proportion  between  the  large 
and  the  small,  in  each  degree  of  size  and  in  every  quality 
hardly  varies  from  one  generation  to  another."  A  specific 
average  is  sustained.  This  is  not  because  each  individuM 
leaves  his  like  behind  him,  for  this  is  not  the  case.  It  is 
rather  due  to  the  fact  of  a  regular  regression  or  deviation 
which  brings  the  offspring  of  extraordinary  parents  in  a 
definite  ratio  nearer  the  average  of  the  stock.  .... 

"  However  paradoxical  it  may  appear  at  first  sight,  it  is 
theoretically  a  necessary  fact,  and  one  that  is  clearly  con- 
firmed  by  observation,  that  the  stature  of  the  adult  offspring 
must  on  the  whole  be  more  mediocre  than  the  stature  of 
their  parents— that  is  to  say,  more  near  to  the  median 
stature  of  the  general  population.  Each  peculiarity  of  a 
man  is  shared  by  his  kinsmen,  but  on  an  average  in  a  less 
degree.  It  is  reduced  to  a  definite  fraction  of  its  amount, 
quite  independently  of  what  its  amount  might  be.  The 
fraction  differs  in  different  orders  of  kinship,  becoming 
smaller  as  they  are  more  remote." 

Yet  it  must  not  be  supposed  that  the  value  of  a  good  stock 
is  under-estimated  by  Galton,  for  he  shows  how  the  offspring 
of  two  ordinary  members  of  a  gifted  stock  will  not  regress 
like  the  offspring  of  a  couple  equal  in  gifts  to  the  former, 
but  belonging  to  a  poorer  stock,  above  the  average  of  which 

they  have  risen.  ,     ,  „ 

Yet  the  fact  of  regression  tells  against  the  full  transmission 
of  any  signal  talent  Children  are  not  Ukely  to  differ  from 
mediocrity  so  widely  as  their  parents.  "  The  more  bounti- 
fully  a  parent  is  gifted  by  nature,  the  more  rare  will  be  his 
good  fortune  if  he  begets  a  son  who  is  as  richly  endowed  as 
himself,  and  still  more  so  if  he  has  a  son  who  is  endowed 
more  largely."  But  "  The  law  is  even-handed  ;  it  levies  an 
equal  succession-tax  on  the  transmission  of  badness  as  of 


CHAP.   XX 


Heredity 


339 


goodness.  If  it  discourages  the  extravagant  hope  of  a  gifted 
parent  that  his  children  will  inherit  all  his  powers,  it  no  less 
discountenances  extravagant  fears  that  they  will  inherit  all 
his  weakness  and  disease." 

The  study  of  individual  inheritance,  as  in  Gallon's 
Hereditary  Genius^  may  tend  to  develop  an  aristocratic  and 
justifiable  pride  of  race  when  a  gifted  lineage  is  verifiable 
for  generations.  It  may  lead  to  despair  if  the  records  of 
family  diseases  be  subjected  to  investigation. 

But  the  study  of  sc  cial  inheritance  is  at  once  more  demo- 
cratic and  less  pessimistic.  The  nation  is  a  vast  fraternity, 
with  an  average  towards  which  the  noble  tend,  but  to  which 
the  offspring  of  the  under-average  as  surely  approximate. 
Measures  which  affect  large  numbers  are  thus  more  hopeful 
than  those  wl '^h  artificially  select  a  few. 

Even  when  we  are  doubtful  as  to  the  degree  in  which 
acquired  characters  are  transmissible,  we  cannot  depreciate 
the  effect  on  individuals  of  their  work  and  surroundings. 
In  fact  there  should  be  the  more  earnestness  in  our  desire  to 
conserve  healthful  function  and  stimulating  environment  of 
every  kind,  for  these  are  not  less  important  if  their  influences 
must  needs  be  repeated  on  each  fresh  generation.  "  There 
was  a  child  went  forth  every  day ;  and  the  first  object  he 
looked  upon,  that  object  he  became;  and  that  object 
became  part  of  him  for  the  day,  or  a  certain  part  of  the 
day,  or  for  many  years,  or  for  stretching  cycles  of  years."  ^ 

Nor  can  we  forget  how  much  a  plastic  physical  and 
mental  education  may  do  to  counteract  disadvantageous 
inherited  qualities,  or  to  strengthen  characters  which  are 
useful. 

Every  one  will  allow  at  least  that  much  requires  to  be 
done  in  educating  public  opinion,  not  only  to  recognise  all 
the  facts  known  in  regard  to  heredity,  but  also  to  admit  the 
value  and  necessity  of  the  art  which  Mr.  Galton  calls 
•«  eugenics,"  or  in  frank  English  "  good-breeding." 

^  Walt  Whitman's  ' '  Assimilations." 


iL  ii^j 


APPENDIX   I 


ANIMAL   LIFE  AND   OURS 


A.    Our  Relation  to  Animals 

I  AfSnities  and  Differences  between  Man  and  Monkeys. 

;  one^  the  woAs  of  Broca.  a  pioneer  anthropologist  of  renown, 
fjere  is  an  eloquent  apology  for  those  who  find  U  useful  to  con- 

''^'l  ^^i:^V]^  «'wS!;  one  of  the  most  characteristic  trait. 

of  our  nature,  has  prevailed  with  many  minds  over  the  calm  tesU- 

Iny  of  reason.     Like  the  Roman  emperors  who.  enervated  by  dl 

S  uowen  ended  by  denying  their  character  as  men,  in  fact,  by 

iliev?n7th;mSve8  demigod^  so  the  king  of  our  planet  pltttfes 

Ss^  ?IJ  im^ning  tha^the  vile  animal,  subject  to  his  caprice 

rlniJ^t  have  alwthing  in  common  with  kis  peculiar  nature.     The 

uSity  of  the  monkey  vexes  him.  it  is  not  enough  to  be  kmg  of 

'^  °^!?c  .  he  wishes  to  separate  himself  from  his  subjects  by  a  deep 

ShnriaWe  abvS  •  aXturning  his  back  upon  the  earth,  he  takes 

;et«  ^h  his  ^nLtf ;^^^  a  nebulous  sphere,  'the  human 

tS^'     But  anatomy,  like  that  slave  who  followed  the  con- 

nJSort  chariot  crying,  Mmento  te  hominem  ««,  anatomy  comes 

double  mTn  in  his 'naive  self-admiration,  reminding  him  of  the 

visible  tangible  facts  which  bind  him  to  the  animals. 

visible  tang  ^^^^^  ^  j.^^j^^  remembenng  Fa^als 

maxiSs  "ItTdangerous  to  show  man  too  planly  how  like  he  is 
^T  animals  without,  at  the  same  time,  reminding  h.m  of  his 
IreSnei  Is  Vlly  unwise  to  impress  him  with  h.s  greatness, 
fid  not  with  hU  LliLs.  It  is  worse  to  leave  him  m  ignorance 
?iL?»S      B?i*  it  is  very  profitoble  to  recognise  the  two  facts." 

nt  m^y  yean  sine?  Owen-now  a  veteran  among  anatomists 
-i^SId  the  "all-pervading  simiUtade  of  structure"  between 


APP.  I 


Animal  Life  and  Ours 


341 


vU     .1 


.X 


The 


act   that  man  is  peculiarly 
less  pro*'  '"ive  face,  smaller 
'.(I     >ore  uniform 
'.,  ':.<     ever,  is  the 
;Kt '  i  he  smallest 
-\\.:   a  /est  human 
>  ave  a  brain 
of  a  healthy 
.-s  :  the  average 


;  ■  ,.ir:,  .1 

}arv 

•,'1  i 


1, 


m 


ir  •;-/  ou 


tavie 


man  and  the  highest  monkeys.  Subsequent  research  ha«  continued 
to  add  corroborating  details.  As  far  as  structure  is  concerned, 
ihere  is  much  less  difference  between  man  and  the  gorilla  than 
between  the  gorilla  and  a  monkey  like  a  mamoset.  Yet  differences 
between  man  and  the  anthropoid  apes  do  exist.  Thus  man  alone 
is  thorciglily  trect  after  his  infancy  is  past,  his  head  weighted  with 
a  heu.y  brain  does  not  droop  forward,  and  with  his  erect  attitude 
his  peiiect  development  of  vocal  mechanism  is  perhaps  connected. 
We  plant  the  soles  of  our  feet  flat  on  the  ground,  our  great  toes 
are  usuaily  in  a  line  with  the  rest,  and  we  have  better  heels  than 
monkeys  have,  but  no  emphasis  can  be  laid  on  the  old  distinction 
which  separated  two-handed  men  (P!  .  ana)  from  the  four-handed 
monkeys  (Quadrumana),  nor  on  '  it- 
naked.  We  have  a  bigger  foreh'M 
cheek-bones  and  eyebrow  ridg  •  ,  a 
teeth  than  the  anthropoid  aper  M 
fact  that  the  weight  of  the  grr'^  . '  '-.' 
brain  of  an  adult  man  the  i  a"  <>i  : 
brain  the  ratio  of  I  :  3  ;  i. 
three  times  as  heavy  as  1 
human  adult  never  we-gh.  I-  -^ 
human  brain  weighs  48  or  40 
does  not  exceed  20  ounces.  ' 
than  55  cubic  inches  in  any  ncri  ir  1  .  ... m 
orang  and  the  chimpanzee  it  is  u  '  ar 
respectively." 

But  differences  which  can  be  measured  and  weighed  give  us  little 
hint  of  the  characteristically  human  powers  of  building  up  ideas  and 
of  cherishing  ideals.  It  is  not  merely  that  man  profits  by  his 
experience,  as  many  animals  do,  but  that  he  makes  some  kind  of 
theory  of  it.  It  is  not  merely  that  he  works  for  ends  which  are 
remote,  as  do  birds  and  beavers,  but  that  he  controls  his  life 
according  to  conscious  ideals  of  conduct.  But  I  need  not  say  much 
in  regard  to  the  r  laracter'stics  of  huu.an  personality,  we  are  all 
conscious  of  them,  though  w?  may  differ  as  to  the  words  in  which 
they  may  be  expressed  ;  nor  need  I  talk  about  man's  power  of 
articulate  speech,  nor  his  realisation  of  history,  nor  his  inherent 
social  sympathies,  nor  his  gentleness.  Fov  all  recognis  hat  the 
higher  life  of  men  has  a  loftier  pitch  than  that  of  animi.":,  while 
many  think  that  the  difference  is  in  kind,  not  merely  'n  dejjree. 

2.  Descent  of  Man. — 'I'he  arg^-ments  by  whicl  Darwin  and 
others  have  sought  to  show  that  man  urose  from  an  ancestral  type 
common  to  him  and  to  the  higher  apes  are  the  same  as  those  used 
to  substantiate  the  general  doctrine  of  descent.  For  the  Descent 
of  Man  was  but  the  expansion  of  a  chapter  in  the  Origin  o/Speeiu ; 


cnniai   cd 


gorilla  brain 

);...! 'v  is  never  less 

I'njcjt,  while  in  the 

,  ^  cubic   inches 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


KTt. 


34« 

the  argumenU  used  to  prove  the  origin  of  animal  from  animal  were 
adapted  to  rationalise  the  ascent  of  man. 

(a)  Physiological.— 1\it  bodily  life  of  man  is  like  that  of  mon- 
keys ;  both  are  subject  to  the  same  diseases ;  various  human  traits, 
such  as  ges  ares  and  expressions,  are  paralleled  among  the  "  brut  ;s  ; 
and  chil'.ren  bom  during  famine  or  in  disease  are  often  sadly 

(u)  Morphological.— The  structure  of  man  is  like  that  of  the 
anthropoid  apes,  none  of  his  distinctive  characters  except  that  of 
a  heavy  brain  being  momentous,  and  there  are  about  seventy 
vestigial  structures  in  the  muscular,  skeletal,  and  other  systems. 

(<■)  Historical.— TYittt  is  little  certAinty  in  regard  to  the  fossil 
remains  of  prehistoric  man,  but  some  of  these  suggest  more  primi- 
tive  skulls,  while  the  facU  known  about  ancient  life  show  at  kast 
that  there  has  been  progress  along  certain  lines.  Moreover,  there 
is  the  progress  of  each  individual  life,  from  the  apparently  simple 
egg-cell  to  the  minute  embryo,  which  is  fashioned  withm  the  womb 
into  the  likeness  of  a  child,  and  being  bom  grows  from  stage  to 
stage,  all  in  a  manner  which  it  is  hard  to  understand  if  man  be 
not  the  outcome  of  a  natural  evolution. 

3.  Various  Opinions  about  the  Descent  of  Man.— But 

opinion  in  regard  to  the  origin  of  man  is  by  no  means  unanimous. 

(a)  A  few  authorities,  notably  A.  de  Quatrefagcs,  maintain  a 
conservative  position,  believing  that  the  evolutionist's  case  has  not 
been  sufficiently  demonstrated.  But  the  majority  of  naturalists 
believe  the  reverse,  and  think  that  the  insufficiencies  of  evidence  in 
regard  to  man  are  counterbalanced  by  the  force  of  the  argument 

from  analogy.  .        ... 

(b)  Alfred  Russel  Wallace  has  consistently  maintained  a  position 
which  seems  10  many  a  very  strong  one.     '•  I  fully  accept,"  he 
says,  "  Mr.  Darwin's  conclusion  as  to  the  essentia'  identity  of  man  s 
bodi'ly  structure  with  that  of  the  higher  mammalia,  and  his  descent 
from  some  ancestral  form  common  to  man  and  the  anthropoid  apes. 
The  evidence  of  such  descent  appears  to  me  overwhelming  and 
conclusive.     Again,  as  to  the  cause  and  method  of  such  descent 
and  modification,  we  may  admit,  at  all  events  provisionally,  that 
the  laws  of  variation  and   natural  selection,  acting  through  the 
struffile  for  existence   and  the  continual  need   of  1,  ore   perfect 
adaptation  to  the  physical  and  biological  environments,  may  have 
brought  about,  first  that  perfection  of  bodily  structure  in  which  he 
is  so  far  above  all  other  animals,  and  in  co-ord'nation  with  it  the 
larger  and  more  developed  brain,  by  means  of  which  he  has  been 
able  to  utilise  that  structure  in  the  more  and  more  complete  sub- 
jection  of    the   whole   animal   and   vegetable    kingdoms    to   bis 
service." 


Animal  Life  and  Ours 


343 


••But  .^K*uie  man's  physical  structure  has  been  developed 
from  an  .r^;    al  form  bynitoral  selection  it  doc.  not  neces^n^r 
fXw  that  i-,:.  mental  Lure,  even  though  d«v«loped  /or,  A««^ 
with  it.  has  been  developed  by  the  same  causes  only."    WaU.ce 
Thw  gie.  on  to  .how  that  m«n's  mathemat-cal,  "»««<=*>  f^istic 
mToS«  higher  faculties  could  not  be  developed  by  vanat.on  and 
Stural  .election  alone.     -  Therefore  some  °'her  mfluence  law.^ 
aeency  U  required  to  account  for  them."     Indeed  this  unknown 
S^r^er  may  have  had  a  much  wider  influence  ex  ending 
To  the  whSe  cour«  of  his  dev. :  .pmerit.     "  Jhe  Jove  of  ,ru  h    he 
delight  in  beauty,  the  passion  for  justice,  and  the  J*"»  «   ""'»J 
tion  with  which  we  hear  of  any  act  of  courageous  «lf-«"ifice.  are 
the  workings  within  us  of  a  higher  nature  which  has  not  been 
deve7oid^  means  of  the  struggle  for  material  ««»«<=«•"     ft 
?he  orik^n  of  Uving  things,  at  ihe  introduction  of  consc.ousn^s,  in 
he  development  of  man's  higher  faculties.  ••  a  change  ;««««« 
nature  (due,  probably,  to  causes  of  a  higher  order  than  those  of  the 
"ateriai  universe)  toik  place."     ;« i;hc  P^^g-^"^^^^"!*^!"! 
of  life  in  the  vegetable,  the  animal    and  ,«>^°-''J  ?L^*  "^W 
chusilya.  unconscious,  conscious,  and  mtellectual  hfe-ptobably 
depend  upon  different  degrees  of  spiritual  influx.  „5^-a„. 

In  di.cus.ing  problems  such  as  this  there  .s  apt  to  be  «n«unrte' 
standing,  for  worf.  are  "  but  feeble  light  on  the  depth  of  the  an- 
iken'^'  ani^rhapsno  man  appreciates  hi.  brother'.  phdo«,phy. 
Wiretl  rSrainVm  seeking  to  -ontrovert  wjat  Wallace  ha. 
Mid  esoedally  as  I  also  beUeve  that  the  nature  of  life  and  mind 
SI  ;J?rS.Ti.  all.  and  that  the  higher  life  of  man  cannot  be 
explained  by  indefinite  variations  which  happened  to  prosper  m  tne 
courM  of  natural  Klection.  „  , .  ,       .r  •_._ 

Xt  it  «em.  to  me  (.)  to  be  difficult  to  divide  man'.  «lf  mo 
an  animal  nature  which  has  been    naturally  evolved  and      a 
Ipirl^lHature  which  ha.  been  .uperadded  "  or  to  ;^™'^;«»« 
higher  life  from  that  of  wme  of  the  beaatfc     (a)  When  we  find 
IL  any  fact  in  our  exprrience.  such  -^^ ^f«"  '«"^"'  «S"° 
be  expliined  on  the  theory  of  evolution  which  we  l'«r  »'»oP»«i,»» 
doe.  not  follow  that  the  reality  in  question  has  not  been  naturtlly 
JJSvSd,  it  only  follows  that  our  theory  of  evolution  is  imperfect 
AiheorV  i.  not  proved  to  be  complete  because  it  rxpla  ns  many 
factsr^t  U  U  pLed  to  be  incomplete  if  it  faiU  to  "P  ;in^-y- 
Thui  if  man's  higher  nature  cannot  be  «P>*'"«f.  ''>  J*  'J^Y  ° 
natural  selection  ir  the  struggle  for  existence.  «hen  that  theory  s 
incomplete,  but  there  may  be  other  theories  of  «^"'"'7  *'»'^,'',  "* 
Xent.  '(3)  It  i»  difffcult  to  l'"^^ -»1*'^-  "l**"^'^^^^^^ 
in(lux-for  our  opinion,  in  regard   to  those  matter,  vary  with 
Sdoal  .xperieSce.     We  may  mean  to  «igge*t  the  mterpola- 


V^-^'.^^  '^^■: 


344  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  app. 

tion  of  a  power  of  a  secret  and  supersensory  nature,  distinct  from 
that  power  whi'*h  is  everywhere  present  in  sunbeam  and  rain- 
drq),  bird  and  flower.  Then  we  are  abandoning  the  theory  of  a 
continuous  natural  evolution.  Or  we  may  mean  to  vi^vA  that  wL  -n 
life  and  mind  and  man  began  to  be,  then  possibilities  of  action  and 
reaction  hitherto  latent  became  real,  and  all  things  bjcame  in  a 
sense  new.  Then,  while  maintaining  that  life  and  mind  are  new 
realities  with  new  powers,  we  are  still  consistent  believf.rs  in  a  con- 
tinuous natural  evolution.  (4)  Perhaps  the  simpK-^st  conception  is 
that  more  than  once  su^ested  in  thU  book,  that  the  world  is  one 
not  twofold,  that  the  spiritual  influx  is  the  primal  reality,  that  there 
is  nothing  in  the  end  which  was  not  also  in  the  beginning. 

(e)  Prof.  Calderwood  has  recently  stated  with  clearness  and 
conciseness  what  difficulties  surround  the  task  of  those  who  would 
explain  the  evolution  of  man.  "  So  far  as  the  human  organism  is 
concerned,  there  seem  no  overwhelming  obstacles  to  be  encountered 
by  an  evolution  theory  ;  but  it  seems  impossible  under  such  a  theory 
to  account  for  the  appearance  0I  homo  sapiens— ihe  thinking,  self- 
regulating  life,  distinctively  human."  Again,  I  have  no  desire  to 
enter  into  controversy,  for  I  recognise  the  difficulties  which  the 
student  of  comparative  psychology  must  Uckle,  but  it  seems 
important  that  the  following  consideration  should  be  kept  in  mind. 

It  is  not  the  first  basiness  of  the  evolutionist  to  find  out  how  one 
reality  has  grown  out  of  another,  but  to  marshal  the  arguments 
which  lead  him  to  conclude  that  one  reality  Aas  so  evolved.  We 
have  only  a  vague  idea  how  a  backbone  arose,  but  that  need  not 
hinder  us  from  l>elieving  that  Ixickboned  animals  were  evolved  from 
bockboneless  if  there  be  sufficient  evidence  in  favour  of  this  con- 
clusion. We  do  not  know  how  birds  arose  from  a  reptile  stock, 
but  that  tlicy  did  so  arise  is  fairly  certain.  We  cannot  explain  the 
intelligence  of  m.-»n  in  terms  of  the  activify  of  the  brain ;  we  are 
equally  at  a  loss  in  regard  to  the  intelligence  of  an  ant.  What  we 
have  to  do  is  to  compare  the  structure  of  man's  brain  with  that  .>f 
the  neare?t  animals,  and  the  nature  of  human  intelligence  with  th.u 
of  the  closest  approximations,  drawing  from  the  results  of  our 
comparison  what  conclusion  we  can.  The  general  doctrine  of 
descent  may  be  establisheil  independently  of  the  investigations  of 
physiologist  and  psychologist,  valuable  as  these  may  l)e  in  elucidat- 
ing the  way  in  which  the  great  steps  of  prepress  have  been  made. 

(d)  Finally  there  is  the  opinion  of  matiy  that  man  is  altogether 
too  marvellous  a  l>eing  to  have  arisen  from  any  humbler  form  of 
life.     But  to  others  this  ascent  seems  the    tump  of  man's  nobility. 

4.  Ancestors  of  Man.— Of  these  we  know  notliing.  The 
anthropoid  a|)es  approach  hitji  most  closely,  each  in  some  particular 
respect,  but  none  of  them  nor  any  known  form  of  life  can  be  callcil 


Animal  Life  and  Ours 


345 


man's  ancestor.  It  is  possible  that  the  race  of  men— for  of  a 
first  mr^n  evolutionists  cannot  speak— began  in  Miocene  times, 
as  offshoots  from  an  ancestral  stock  common  to  them  and  to  the 
anthropoids.  We  often  hear  of  "  the  missing  link,"  but  surely  no 
one  expects  to  find  him  alive.  And  while  we  have  still  much  to 
learn  from  the  imperfect  geological  record,  it  must  be  remembered 
that  what  most  distinguishes  man  will  not  be  remarkable  in  a  fossil, 
for  brains  do  not  petrify  except  metaphorically,  nor  can  we  look  for 
fossilised  intelligence  or  gentleness. 


Kii..  71.  -Young  gorilla.    (From  I>u  Chaillu) 

5.  Possible  Factors  in  tho  Ascent  of  Man.— in  regard  to 

tlie  factors  which  secured  man's  ascent  from  a  humbler  form  of  life 
we  can  only  si>eculatc. 

(a)  We  have  already  explained  that  organisms  vary,  that  the 
offspring  differ  from  their  paients,  that  the  more  favourable  changes 
prosper,  and  that  the  loss  fit  die  out  of  the  struggle.  Thus  the  race 
is  lifted.  Now,  from  what  we  know  of  men  and  monkeys,  it  seems 
likely  that  in  the  struggles  of  primitive  man  cunning  was  nxire 
imixjrtnnt  than  strength,  .ind  if  intelligence  now  U-cauic,  more  than 
ever  U-fore,  the  condition  of  life  or  death,  wits  would  tend  to 
develop  ra)>idly. 

(/.)  When  h.ibits  of  using  sticks  and  stones,  of  building  shelters, 
of  living  in  families,  l)egan-  and  some  monkcyscxhil.it  these— it  is 
likely  that  wits  wouUl  increase  by  leaps  and  Inninds. 

(c)  Professor  Fiske  and  others  have  emphasised  the  importance  of 
prolongetl  infancy,  and  this  must  surely  have  helped  to  evolve  the 
ncntlciiess  of  mankind. 


n 


'4 


346 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


APF. 


(«/)  Among  many  monkeys  society  has  begun.  Families  com- 
bine for  protection,  and  the  combination  favoors  the  derelopment 
botfi  of  emotional  and  intellectual  strength.  Surely  "  man  did  not 
make  society,  society  made  man." 

B.  Our  Relation  to  Bioiogy. 

6.  The  Utility  of  Sdeiice.— As  life  is  short,  all  too  short  for 
learning  the  art  of  Uving,  it  is  well  that  we  should  cntiase  our 
activities,  and  favour  those  which  seem  to  yield  most  return  of 
health  and  wealth  and  wisdom. 

We  are  so  curious  about  all  kinds  of  things,  so  omnivorously 
hungry  for  information,  that  the  most  trivial  department  of  know- 
ledge or  science  may  afford  exercise  and  mental  satisfaction  to  its 
votaries.     The  interest  and  pleasantness  of  science  is  therefore  no 

criterion.  .        ,  .  u     .  i 

Nor  can  we  be  satisfied  with  the  assertion  that  saence  should 
be  pursued  for  science's  sake.    As  in  regard  to  the  kindred  dictum, 
"  art  for  art's  sake,"  we  require  further  explanation— some  ideal  ot 
science  and  art.     For  it  is  not  evident  tiiat  knowledge  is  a  good  in 
itself,  especially  if  that  knowledge  be  gained  at  the  expense  of  the 
emotional  wealth  which  is  often  associated  with  healthy  ignorance. 
Nor  is  it  safe  to  judge  scientific  activity  by  the  material  results 
which  the  application  of  knowledge  to  action  may  yield.     For  a  seed 
of  knowledge  may  Ue  dormant  for  centuries  before  it  sends  lU  shoots 
into  life,  and  many  of  the  material  results  of  applied  science  are  not 
unmixed  blessings.     Moreover,  too  narrow  a  view  may  be  taken  of 
material  results,  so-called  "  necessaries  "  of  existence  may  be  exalted 
over  the  "super-necessaries"  essential  to  life;  in  short,  w.mi  ues 
about  the  mouth— the  nose,  the  ears,  the  eyes,  the  brain— u:?y  be 

°' WeTrc  nearer  the  truth  if  we  combine  the  different  standards  of 
science,  and  unify  them  by  reference  to  the  human  ideal.*  The  utility 
of  science,  and  of  biology  among  the  other  kinds  of  knowledge,  is 
to  supply  a  basis  of  fact —  ...  i 

(a)  For  the   practice  of  useful   arts   (such   as  hygiene   and 

education),  and  for  the  guidance  of  conduct : 

(b)  For  the  satisfaction  of  our  desire  to  understand  and  enjoy 

the  world  and  our  life  in  it. 

7.  Practical  Jmstiflcation  of  Biology.-The  world  of  life 

is  so  web-like  that  almost  any  part  may  touch  or  thrill  iw.  it  is 
therefore  well  ihat  we  should  learn  what  we  can  about  it. 

On  plants  we  are  very  dependent  for  food  and  dnnk,  for  shelter 

»  See  Ruskin.  Tkt  EagUt  Nttt  (1880). 


Animal  Life  and  Ours 


347 


and  clothing,   and  for  delight.      Thdr    evil    influen^    .s    almost 
restricted  to  that  of  disease  germs  and  poisonons  herbfc 

Animals  likewise  furnish  food  (perhaps  to  an  unwholesoaie 
extent) ;  and  parts  of  their  bodies  are  used  (sometimes  cafelessly) 
in  manifold  ways.  Among  those  which  are  domesti<ated,  some, 
such  as  canary  and  parrot,  cat  and  dog,  are  kept  for  thepie^^ure 
they  give  to  many ;  others,  such  as  dog,  horse,  elei*a«t,  -mfi 
falcon,  are  used  in  the  chase ;  others,  notably  the  dog,  a*Mst  .<> 
shepherding;  horse  and  ass,  reindeer  and  cattle,  camei  anf! 
elephant,  are  l)easts  of  burden ;  others  yield  useful  producte,  the 
milk  of  cows  and  goats,  the  eggs  of  birds,  the  silk  of  silkworms, 
and  the  honey  of  bees. 

Formerly  of  much  greater  imj  ortance  for  good  and  lU  as  direct 
rivals,  animals  have,  through  man's  increasing  mastery  of  life,  become 
less  dangerous  and  more  directly  useful.  Only  in  primitive  con- 
ditions of  life  and  in  thinly-peopled  territories  is  something  of  the 
old  struggle  still  experienced.  Their  influence  for  ill  is  now  for  the 
most  part  indirect,— on  crops  and  stocks.  Parasites  are  common 
enough,  but  rarely  fatal.  The  serpent,  however,  still  bites  the 
heel  of  progressive  man. 

Man's  relations  with  living  creatures  are  so  close  that  systentiatic 
knowledge  about  them  is  evidently  of  direct  use.  Indeed  it  is  in 
practical  lore  that  both  botany  and  zoology  have  their  primal  roots, 
and  from  these,  now  much  strengthened,  impulses  do  not  cease  to 
give  new  life  to  science. 

If  increase  of  food-supply  be  desirable,  biology  has  something  to 
say  about  soil  and  cereals,  about  fisheries  and  oyster-culture.  The 
art  of  agriculture  and  breeding  has  been  influenced  not  a  little  by 
scientific  advice,  though  much  more  by  unrationalised  experience. 
If  wine  be  wanted,  the  biologist  has  something  to  say  about  grafting 
and  the  Phylloxera,  about  mildew  and  Bacteria.  It  is  enough  to 
point  to  the  succession  of  discoveries  by  which  Pasteur  alone  has 
enriched  science  and  benefited  humanity.  ,    u    u     i  i 

But  if  we  take  higher  ground  and  consider  as  an  ideal  the  healtli- 
fulness  of  men,  which  is  one  of  the  most  obvious  and  useful 
standards  of  individual  and  social  conduct,  the  practical  justification 
of  biological  science  becomes  even  more  apparent. 

Medicine,  hygiene,  physical  education,  and  good-breeding  (or 
"  eugenics ')  are  the  arts  which  correspond  to  the  science  of 
biology,  just  as  education  is  applied  psychology,  as  government  is 
applied  sociology,  and  as  many  industries  arc  applied  chemistry  and 
physics.  It  would  be  historically  untrue  to  say  that  the  progreM  in 
these  arts  was  due  to  progress  in  the  parallel  sciences  ;  in  fact  the 
propretsive  impulse  has  often  been  from  art  to  science.  '  La 
pratique  a  partout   devanc^  la   thiorie,"   Espinas   says,  and   all 


-ff^^t.^- 


m 


:^i*jr.ras?: 


¥^-m 


348 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


APP. 


historians  of  science  would  in  the  main  confirm  this.     But  it  is 
also  true  that  science  reacts  on  the  arts  and  sometimes  improves 

There  may  be  peculiar  aberrations  of  the  art  of  medicine  due  to 
the  progress  of  the  science  thereof,  but  these  are  because  the  science 
is  partial,  and  hardly  affect  the  general  fact  that  scientific  prc^ess 
has  advanced  the  art  of  healing.  The  results  of  science  have  like- 
wise suppUed  a  basis  to  the  endeavours  to  prevent  disease  and  to 
increase  healthfulness,  not  only  by  definite  hygienic  practice  but 
perhaps  still   more  by  diffusing  some  precise  knowledge  of  the 

conditions  of  health.  ,       •    ,  »  • 

The  generalisations  of  biology,  realised  m  men  s  minds,  must  in 
some  measure  affect  practice  and  public  opinion.  Spencer's 
inducUon  that  the  rate  of  reproduction  varies  inversely  with  the 
degree  of  development  sheds  a  hopeful  light  on  the  population 
question  ;  the  recognition  of  the  influence  which  function  and  sur- 
roundings have  upon  the  organism  suggests  criticism  of  many 
modes  of  economic  production ;  a  knowledge  of  the  facts  and 
theory  of  heredity  must  have  an  increasing  influence  on  the  art  of 
eugenics.  Nor  can  I  believe  that  the  theory  of  evolution  which 
mei  lold,  granting  that  it  is  in  part  an  expression  of  their  life  and 
soc      environment,  does  not  also  react  on  these. 

.  short,  the  direct  application  of  biological  knowledge  in  the 

ja»  arts  of  medicine,  hygiene,  physical  education,  and  eugenics, 

us  to  perfect  our  environment  and  our  relations  with  it,  helps 

discover— if  not  the  "elixir  vitie"— some  not  despicable 

sui     tute.     And  likewise,  a  realisation  of  the  facts  and  principles  of 

bio   ijy  helps  us  to  criticise,  justify,  and  regulate  conduct,  suggest- 

in.        V  the    ft  of  life  may  be  better  learned,  how  human  relations 

ml      <;  mor    wisely  harmonised,  how  we  may  guide  and  help  the 

Ia*«^  HJtnal  JuBtillcation  of  Biology.— But  another 

r»n!:  ym»  ?ion  of  Biology  is  found  in  our  desire  to  understand 
thing  -'  >ur  dislike  of  obscurities,  in  our  inlwrn  curiosity.  There 
is  an  in-  actual  as  well  as  a  practical  and  ethical  justification  of 
the  stucy  of  organic  life. 

Through  our  senses  we  liecome  aware  of  the  world  of  which  we 
form  a  part.  We  cannot  know  it  in  itself,  for  we  are  part  of  it  and 
only  know  it  as  it  becomes  part  of  us.  We  know  only  fractions  of 
reality-  real  at  least  to  us- and  these  are  unified  in  our  experience. 

(I)  Intheworid  around  us  we  are  accustomed  to  distinguish 
four  orders  of  facts,  • '  Matter  "  and  ' '  energy  "  we  call  those  which 
seem  to  us  fundamental,  because  all  that  we  know  by  our  senses 
are  forms  of  these.  The  study  of  matter  and  energy-or  i^erhaps 
we  may  say  the  study  of  matter  in  motion— considered  apart  from 


,  Animal  Life  and  Ours  349 

life,  we  call  Phyria  and  Chemistty,  of  which  astronomy,  geology, 
etc.  are  special  departments.  .      .     ,         j 

(2)  But  we  also  know  something  about  plants  and  animals,  and 
while  all  that  we  know  about  them  is  stiU  dependent  upon  chuiges 
of  matter  and  motion,  yet  we  recogni^  that  the  acUv.tie.  of  the 
onanism  cannot  at  present  be  expressed  in  terms  of  these.  There- 
foTJre  find  it  convenient  to  speak  of  life  as  a  new  reality,  while 
believing  that  it  U  the  result  of  some  combination  of  matters  and 
energies,  the  secret  of  which  is  hidden.  •  a     c\( 

(?)  But  we  are  also  aware  of  another  reahty,  our  own  mmd.  Of 
this  we  have  direct  consciousness  and  greater  certamty  than  about 
anvthine  else.  And  while  some  would  say  that  what  we  are 
conscious  of  when  we  think  is  a  protoplasmic  change  in  our  brain 
cells  or  is  a  subtle  kind  of  motion,  it  U  truer  to  say  that  we  are 
conscious  of  ourselves.  It  U  our  thought  that  we  know  .t  is  our 
feeling  that  we  feel,  and  as  we  cannot  explam  the  thought  or  the 
feeling  in  terms  of  protoplasm  or  of  motion,  we  find  it  convenient  o 
speak  of  mind  as  Tnew  reality,  while  believing  it  to  be  essentudly 
associated  with  some  complex  activity  of  protoplasm  the  secret  of 
which  is  hidden.  For  our  knowledge  of  our  own  mental  processes, 
and  of  those  inferred  to  be  similar  in  our  fellows,  and  of  those 
inferred  to  be  not  very  different  in  intelligent  animals,  we  establish 
another  science  of  Psychology.  .     ,.,      r  .u    u 

(4l  But  we  also  know  something  about  the  life  of  the  human 
society  of  which  we  form  a  part.  We  recognise  that  it  has  a  umty 
of  its  own.  and  that  its  activities  are  more  than  those  of  its 
individual  members  added  up.  We  find  it  '^o")'*"'*"*  »°  '^^'J 
society  as  another  synthesis  or  un.ty-though  less  definite  than 
either  organism  or  mind- and  to  our  knowledge  of  the  life  and 
erowth  of  society  as  a  whole,  we  apply  the  term  soaology. 

Thus  we  recognise  four  orders  of  facts  and  four  great  sciences— 

4.  Society Sociology. 

3.  Mind Psychology. 

2.  Life Biology. 

I.  Matter  and  Energy  .  •     Physics  and  Chemistry. 

Each  of  these  sciences  is  dependent  upon  its  predecessor.  Ihe 
student  of  organisms  requires  help  from  the  student  of  chemistry 
and  physics ;  mind  cannot  be  discussed  apart  from  body ;  nor  can 
society  be  studied  apart  from  the  minds  of  its  component  members. 
Each  order  of  realities  we  may  regard  as  a  subtle  synthesis  of 
those  which  we  call  simpler.  Life  is  a  secret  synthesis  of  matter 
and  energy ;  mind  is  a  subtle  form  of  life ;  society  u  a  unity  of 

""'But  it  must  be  clearly  recognised  that  the  "  matter  and  energy" 
which  we  regard  as  the  fundamental  realities  are  only  known  to  us 


II 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


APP.  1 


through  whiU  is  for  us  the  supreme  reality— ourselves— mind.  And 
as  in  our  brain  activity  we  know  matter  and  enei^  as  thought,  I 
have  adopted  throughout  this  book  what  may  be  called  a  monistic 

philosophy.  .         ,  ,>•  •  u 

Having  recognised  the  central  position  of  Biology  among  the 
other  sciences,  we  have  still  to  inquire  what  its  task  precisely  is. 

Our  scientific  data  are  (i)  the  impressions  which  we  gather 
through  our  senses  about  living  creatures,  and  (2)  the  deductions 
which  we  directly  draw  in  regard  to  these.  Our  scientific  aim 
is  to  arrange  these  data  so  that  we  may  have  a  mental  picture  of 
the  life  around  us,  so  that  we  may  be  better  able  to  understand 
what  that  life  is,  and  how  it  has  come  to  be  what  it  seems  to  be. 
Pursuing  what  are  called  scientific  methods,  we  try  to  make  the 
world  of  life  and  our  life  as  organisms  as  intelligible  as  possible. 
We  seek  to  remove  obscurities  of  perception,  to  make  the  world 
translucent,  to  make  a  working  thought-model  of  the  world. 

But  we  are  apt  to  forget  how  ignorant  we  are  about  the  realities 
themselves,  for  all  the  time  we  are  dealing  not  with  realities,  but 
with  impressions  of  realities,  and  with  inferences  from  these  im- 
pressions. On  the  other  hand,  we  are  apt  to  forget  that  our  deep 
desire  is  not  merely  to  know,  but  to  enjoy  the  world,  that  the  heart 
of  things  is  not  so  much  known  by  the  man  as  it  is  felt  by  the  child. 


APPENDIX    11 

SOME  OF  THE   «« BEST   BOOKS"   ON   ANIMAL   LIFE 

To  recommend  the  "best  books"  on  any  subject  is  apt  to  be  like 
prescribing  the  "  best  diet."  Both  depend  upon  age,  constitution, 
and  opportunities.  The  best  book  for  ine  is  that  which  does  me 
most  good,  but  it  may  be  tedious  reading  for  you.  Moreover, 
books  are  often  good  for  one  purpose  and  not  for  another ;  that 
which  helps  us  to  realise  the  beauty  and  marvel  of  animal  life  may 
be  of  little  service  to  those  who  are  preparing  for  any  of  the 
numerous  examinations  in  science.  But  the  greatest  difficulty  is 
that  we  are  often  too  much  influenced  by  contemporary  opinion, 
•o  that  we  lose  our  power  of  appreciating  intellectual  per- 
spective. 

The  best  way  to  begin  the  study  of  Natural  History  is  to 
observe  animal  life,  but  the  next  best  way  is  to  read  such  accounts 
of  observation  and  travel  as  are  to  be  found  in  the  works  of 
Gilbert  White,  Thoreau,  Richard  JefTeries,  and  John  Burroughs, 
or  in  Bates's  Naturalist  on  the  Amazons,  Belt's  Naturalist  tn 
Nuaragua,  and  Darwin's  Voyage  cf  the*' Beagle."  Sooner  or  later 
the  student  will  seek  more  systematic  books,  but  it  is  not  natural 
that  he  should  begin  with  a  text-book  of  elementary  biology. 

In  introducing  you  to  the  literature  devoted  to  the  study  of 
animals,  I  shall  avoid  the  bias  of  cunent  opinion  by  following  the 
history  of  too\ogf.  I  shall  first  name  some  of  the  more  technical 
books ;  secondly,  some  of  the  more  popular ;  thirdly,  some  of  the 
more  theoretical.  If  I  may  make  the  distinction,  I  shall  first 
mention  books  on  toology,  secondly  those  on  natural  history, 
thirdly  thc«e  on  biology. 

A.  Zoolcgy, 

(i)  We  can  form  a  vivid  conception  of  the  history  of  toology 
by  cseiparing  it  with  our  own.     In  our  childhood  we  knew  and 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


APP. 


35« 

eaicd  more  about  the  useful,  dangerous,  and  strange  animals  than 
about  those  which  were  humble  and  fiimiliar ;  we  had  more  in- 
terest in  haunts  and  habits  than  in  structure  and  history ;  we 
were  content  with  rough-and-ready  classification,  and  cherished 
a  feeling  of  superstitious  awe  in  regard  to  the  indistinctly-known 
forms  of  life.  We  were  inquisitive  rather  than  critical;  we 
accepted  almost  any  explanation  of  facts,  and,  if  we  tried  to  inter- 
pret,  forced  our  borrowed  opinions  upon  nature  instead  of  trying 
to  study  things  for  ourselves.  So  was  it  with  those  naturalists  who 
lived  before  Aristotle.  .... 

We  must  also  recognise  that  the  science  of  sool<^  had  its 
beginnings  in  a  practical  acquaintance  with  animals,  just  as  botany 
sprang  from  the  knowledge  of  ancient  agriculturists  and  herb- 
gatherers.  Much  information  in  regard  to  the  earliest  zoological 
knowledge  has  been  gathered  from  researches  into  the  history  of 
words,  art,  and  religious  customs,  and  there  is  still  much  to  be 
gleaned.  Therefore  I  should  recommend  the  student  to  dip  into 
those  books  which  discuss  the  early  history  of  man,  such  as 
Lubbock's  Prehistoric  Times  (1865),  and  Origin  of  Ctviluatton 
(1870);  Tylor's  Primitive  Culture  (1871),  and  Anthropology 
(1881) ;  Andrew  Lang's  Myths,  Ritual,  and  Religion ;  besides 
works  on  the  history  of  philosophy,  such  as  those  of  Schwegler  and 
of  Zeller,  which  give  some  account  of  ancient  cosmogonies. 

(2)  But  just  as  there  are  precocious  children,  so  there  was  an 
early  naturalist,  whose  works  form  the  most  colossal  monument  to 
the  intellectual  prowess  of  any  one  thinker.  The  foundations  of 
loology  were  laid  by  Aristotle,  who  lived  384-322  B.C.  He 
collected  many  observations,  and  argued  from  them  to  general 
statements.  He  records  over  five  hundred  animals,  and  describes 
the  structure  and  habits,  the  struggles  and  friendUness,  of  some 
of  these.  His  is  the  first  definite  classification.  His  work 
was  dominated  by  the  idea  that  animal  Ufe  is  a  unity  and  part 
of  a  larger  system  of  things.  In  part  his  works  should  be  read, 
and  besides  the  great  edition  by  Bekker  (Berlin,  183 1-40), 
there  is  a  translation  of  The  Parts  of  Animals  by  Dr.  Ogle,  and 
of  The  History  of  Animals  by  R.  Cresswell.  See  also  G.  J. 
Romanes's  "  Aristotle  as  a  NaturalUt,"  Nineteenth  Century  (Feb. 

1891,  pp.  275-289).  ,   . 

(3)  After  the  freedom  of  early  childhood,  and  m  most  cases 
after  precocity  too,  there  comes  a  lull  of  inquisitiveness.  Other 
affaira,  practical  tasks,  games  and  combats,  engross  the  attention, 
and  parents  sigh  over  dormant  intellects;  so  the  historian  of 
toology  sighs  over  the  fifteen  centuries  during  which  science 
slumbered.  The  foundations  which  Aristotle  had  firmly  laid 
remained,  but  the  waUs  of  the  temple  of  knowledge  did  not  nse. 


n     Sonu  of  the  **Best  Books  "  on  Animal  Life  353 


The  seeds  which  he  had  sown  were  alive,  but  they  did  not  germi- 
nate. Men  were  otherwise  occupied,  with  practical  affairs,  with 
the  tasks  of  civilisation  alike  in  peace  and  war,  though  some  at 
their  leisure  played  with  ideas  which  they  did  not  verify.  There 
were  some  exceptions;  such  as  Pliny  (23-79  a.d.),  a  diligent  but 
uncritical  collector  of  facts,  and  Galen  (130-200  A.D.),  a  medical 
anatomist,  who  had  the  courage  to  dissect  monkej-s ;  besides  the 
Spanish  bishop  Isidor  in  the  seventh  century,  and  various  Arabian 
inquirers.  It  will  not  be  unprofitable  to  look  into  the  Natural 
History  of  Pliny,  which  has  been  translated  by  Bostock  and 
Riley. 

(4)  But  just  as  there  is  in  our  life  a  stage — happy  are  those  who 
prolong  it— during  which  we  delight  in  fables  and  fairy  tales,  so 
there  was  a  long  period  of  mythological  zoology.  The  schoolboy 
who  puts  horse-hairs  into  the  brook,  and  returns  after  many  days 
to  find  them  eel-like  worms,  is  doing  what  they  did  in  the  Middle 
Ages.  For  then  fact  and  fiction  were  strangely  jumbled ;  credulity 
ran  riot  along  the  paths  of  science ;  allegorical  interpretations  and 
superstitious  symbolisms  were  abundant  as  the  fancies  which  flit 
through  the  minds  of  dreamers.  Scientific  inquiry  was  not  en- 
couraged by  the  theological  mood  of  the  time  ;  and  just  as  Scotch 
children  cherish  The  Beasts  of  the  Bible  as  a  pleasantly  secular  book 
with  a  spice  of  sacredness  which  makes  it  legitimate  reading  on 
the  Sabbath,  so  many  a  mediaeval  naturalist  had  to  cloak  his 
observations  in  a  semi-theological  style. 

In  illustration  of  the  mood  of  the  medieval  naturalists,  which 
is  by  no  means  to  be  carelessly  laughed  at,  read  John  Ashton's 
Curious  Creatures  (Lond.,  1890),  in  which  much  old  lore  is  retold, 
often  in  the  words  of  the  original  writers.  The  most  characteristic 
expression  of  mythical  Zoology  is  a  production  often  called  Physio- 
b^ts.  It  is  found  in  about  a  dozen  languages  and  in  many 
diH'erent  forms,  being  in  part  merely  a  precipitate  of  floating 
traditions.  It  is  partly  like  a  natural  history  of  the  beasts  of  the 
Bible  and  prototype  of  many  similar  works,  partly  an  account  of 
the  habits  of  animals,  the  study  of  which  modern  zoologists  are 
apt  to  neglect,  partly  a  collection  of  natural  history  fables  and 
anecdotes,  partly  a  treatise  on  symbolism  and  suggestive  of  the 
poetical  side  of  zoology,  partly  an  account  of  the  medicinal  and 
magical  uses  of  animals.  For  many  centuries  it  seems  to  have 
served  as  a  text-l)Ook,  a  fact  in  itself  an  index  to  the  slow  progress 
of  the  science.  Its  influence  on  art  and  literature  has  been  con- 
siderable, and  it  well  illustrates  the  attempt  to  secure  for  the 
unextinguishable  interest  in  living  things  a  sanction  and  foothold 
under  the  patronage  of  theology.  A  series  of  fifty  emblems  is 
described,  among  others  the  lion  wliich  sleeps  with  its  eyes  ojien, 

2  A 


f^r  j^i.  -  ^s . -*:i -*«: 


*«aocorY  iBoiuTroN  test  chart 

(ANSI  and  ISO  TEST  CHART  No.  2) 


^1^  1^ 

^la  |22 

"*' 

h^.    il.6 

M 

A 


APPLIED  IN/MGE    Inc 


1653   Eoit  Main   Street 

Rochtiltr.  N«w   rork        U609       USA 

(716)   *82  -  0300  -  Phon. 

V'iu)   ^M-5989  -  Fa« 


TJu  Study  of  Animal  Life 


APP. 


354 

the  lizard  which  recovers  its  sight  by  looking  at  the  sun,  the  eagle 
which  renews  its  youth,  the  tortoise  mistaken  for  an  island,  the 
serpent  afraid  of  naked  man,  and  the  most  miserable  ant-lion, 
which  is  not  able  either  to  take  one  kind  of  food  or  digest  the 

other. 

(5)  But  delight  in  romance  is  replaced  by  a  feeling  of  the  need 
for  definite  knowledge,  and  the  earlier  years  of  adolescent  man- 
hood and  womanhood  are  often  very  markedly  characterised  by  a 
thirst  and  hunger  for  information.  Which  of  us— now  perhaps 
blast  with  too  much  learning— does  not  recall  the  enthusiasm  for 
knowing  which  once  swayed  our  minds?  Stimulated  in  a  hundred 
ways  by  new  experiences  and  responsibilities,  our  appetite  for  facts 
was  once  enormous.  This  was  the  mood  of  naturalists  during  the 
next  great  period  in  the  history  of  zoology. 

The  freer  circulation  of  men  and  thoughts  associated  with  the 
Crusades ;  the  discovery  of  new  lands  by  travellers  like  Marco 
Polo  and  Columbus;  the  founding  of  universities  and  learned 
societies  ;  the  establishment  of  museums  and  botanic  gardens  ;  the 
invention  of  printing  and  the  reappearance  of  Aristotle's  works  in 
dilution  and  translation  ;  and  many  other  practical,  emotional,  and 
intellectual  movements  gave  fresh  force  to  science,  and  indeed  to 
the  whole  life  of  man.  If  we  pass  over  some  connectmg  links, 
such  as  Albertus  Magnus  in  the  thirteeenth  century,  we  inay  call 
the  period  of  gradual  scientific  renaissance  that  of  the  Encyclo- 
paedists. This  somewhat  cumbrous  title  suggests  the  omnivorous 
habits  of  those  early  workers.  They  were  painstaking  collectors 
of  all  information  about  all  animals;  but  their  appetite  was 
greater  than  their  digestion,  and  the  progress  of  science  was 
in  quantity  rather  than  in  quality.  Prominent  among  them  were 
these  four,  the  Englishman  Edward  Wotton  (1492-1 555).  w^o 
wrote  a  treatise  De  Differetttiis  Animalium  ;  the  Swiss  Conrad 
Gesner  (1516-65),  author  of  a  well-known  Historia  Animalium  ; 
the  Italian  Aldrovandi  (b.    1522);   and   the   Scotsman  Johnston 

(b.  1603).  ,     ,  .        ,   . 

About  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century  the  best  aims  of  the 
Encyclopaedists  were  realised  in  Buffon's  Histoire  NaturelU,  which 
appeared  in  fifteen  volumes  between  1749  and  1767.  This  work 
not  only  describes  beasts  and  birds,  the  earth  and  man,  with  an 
eloquent  enthusiasm  which  was  natural  to  tlie  author  and  pleasing 
to  his  contemporaries,  but  is  the  first  noteworthy  attempt  to 
expound  the  history  or  evolution  of  animals.  Its  range  was  very 
wide ;  and  its  successors  are  not  so  much  single  books  as  many 
different  kinds  of  books,  on  geology  and  physical  geography,  on 
classification  and  physiology,  on  anthropology  and  natural  histoiy. 
There  is  a  goo4  French  edition  of  Buffon's  complete  works   by 


II     Some  of  the  "  Best  Books  "  on  Animal  Life  355 

A.  Richard  1825-28),  and  at  least  one  English  translation.  Three 
large  modem  books  on  natural  history  correspond  in  some  degree 
to  the  Histoire  Naturell:,  viz.  CasselPs  Natural  History,  edited  by 
P.  Martin  Duncan  (6  vols.  ;  London,  1882) ;  The  Standard  or 
Riverside  Natural  History,  edited  by  J.  S.  Kingsley  (6  vols.  ; 
London,  1888) :  and  a  remarkable  work  well  known  as  Brehm's 
Thierleben,  of  which  a  new  (3rd)  edition  is  at  present  in  progress 
{10  vols.;  Leipzig  and  Wien,  1890).  Those  who  read  German 
will  find  in  Caius  Sterne's  (Ernst  Krause's)  Werden  und  Vergehtn 
(3rd  ed.  ;  Berlin,  1886)  the  most  successful  attempt  hitherto 
made  to  combine  in  one  volume  a  history  of  the  earth  and  its 
inhabitants. 

(6)  From  BuflFon  till  now  the  history  of  biology  shows  a  pro- 
gressive analysis,  a  deeper  and  deeper  penetration  into  the  structure 
and  life  of  organisms.  From  external  form  to  the  internal  organs, 
from  organs  to  the  tissues  which  compose  them,  from  tissues  to 
their  elementary  units  or  cells,  and  from  cells  to  the  living  matter 
itself,  has  been  the  progress  of  the  science  of  structure — Mor- 
phology. From  habit  and  temperament  to  the  work  of  organs, 
from  the  functions  of  organs  to  the  properties  of  tissues,  from  these 
to  the  activities  of  cells,  and  from  these  finally  to  the  chemical  and 
physical  changes  in  the  living  matter  or  protoplasm,  has  been  the 
progress  of  the  science  of  function — Physiology.  Such  is  the  lucid 
account  which  Prof.  Geddes  has  given  of  the  last  hundred  years' 
progress ;  see  his  article  "  Biology "  in  the  new  edition  of 
Chambers's  Encydopadia.  Following  the  metaphor  on  which  we 
have  already  insisted,  we  may  compare  this  century  of  analjrsis  to 
the  period  of  ordered  and  more  intense  study  which  in  the  individual 
life  succeeds  the  abandonment  of  encyclopaedic  ambitions. 

We  should  clearly  understand  the  histoiy  of  this  gradually 
deepening  analysis  of  animals ;  for  if  we  would  be  naturalists 
we  must  retread  the  same  path.  The  history  of  biology  has  still 
to  be  written,  but  there  are  already  some  useful  books  and  papers, 
notably — J.  V.  Carus,  Geschichte  der  Zoologie  (MUnchen,  1872)  ; 
J.  Sachs,  Geschichte  der  Botanik  (MUnchen,  1875),  translated 
into  English  (Oxford,  1890);  W.  Whewell,  History  of  the 
Inductive  Sciences  (London,  1840)  ;  articles  "  Morphology  " 
and  ••  Physiology,"  Eneyclopadia  Britannica,  by  P.  Geddes  and 
M.  Foster  H.  A.  Nicholson,  Natural  History:  its  Rise  and 
Progi.u  in  Britain  (Edinburgh,  1888);  A.  B.  Buckley,  Short 
History  tf  Natural  Science ;  E.  Terrier,  La  Philcsophie  Zoologique 
avant  Darwin  (Paris,  1884);  Ernst  Krause  (Carus  Sterae),  Die 
Allgemeine  IVeltanschauung  in  ihrer  historischen  Entwitkelung 
(Stuttgart,  1889).  Very  instructive,  not  least  so  in  contrast, 
are   two  articles,   "Biology"   (in   Chambers's  Encyclopadia),  by 


356 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


APP. 


P.  Geddes,  and  "Zool(^"  (in  Emyclopadia  Briiannica^f  by  E. 
Ray  Lankester. 

If  we  think  over  the  sketch  which  Professor  Geddes  has  given, 
we  shall  see  how  easy  it  is  to  arrange  the  literature — the  first  step 
towards  mastering  it.  {a)  The  early  anatomists  were  chiefly 
occupied  with  the  study  of  external  and  general  features,  very 
largely  moreover  with  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  classification. 
The  Systema  Naturce  of  Linnaeus  (ist  ed.,  1735  ;  12th,  1768)  is 
the  typical  work  on  this  heavily-kden  shelf  of  the  zoological 
library.  It  is  to  such  books  that  we  turn  when  we  wish  to 
identify  some  animal,  but  the  shelf  is  very  long  and  most  of  the 
volumes  are  very  heavy.  Each  chapter  of  Linn^'s  Systema  h.is 
been  expanded  into  a  series  of  volumes,  or  into  some  gigantic 
monograph  like  those  included  in  the  series  of  "  Challenger"  Reports, 
or  The  Fauna  and  Flora  of  the  Gulf  of  Naples.  If  I  am  asked 
to  recommend  a  volume  from  which  the  eager  student  may  identify 
some  British  flower,  I  can  at  once  place  Hooker's  Flora  in  his 
hands.  But  it  is  more  difficult  to  help  him  to  a  work  by  which  he 
may  identify  his  animal  prize.  There  are  special  works  on  Britisli 
Mammals,  Birds,  Fishes,  Molluscs,  Insects,  etc.,  but  a  compact 
British  Fauna  is  much  wanted.  I  shall  simply  mention  Bronn's 
/Classen  und  Ordnungen  des  Thierreiches,  a  series  of  volumes  still 
in  pr(^ess ;  Leunis,  Synopsis  des  Thierreiches  (Hanover,  1886) ; 
the  British  Museum  Catalogues  (in  progress) ;  and  P.  H.  Gosse's 
Manual  of  Marine  Zoology  of  the  British  Islands  (1856). 

(A)  Cuvier's  Rigne  Animal  (1829)13  the  typical  book  on  the 
next  plane  of  research — that  concerned  with  the  anatomy  of  organs. 
I  should  recommend  the  student  on  this  path  to  begin  with  Pro- 
fessor F.  Jeffrey  Bell's  Comparative  Anatomy  atid  Physiology  (Lond. , 
1886);  after  which  he  will  more  readily  appreciate  the  text-books 
on  Comparative  Anatomy  by  Huxley,  Gegenbaur,  Claus,  Wieders- 
heim,  Lang,  etc.  As  an  introduction  I  may  also  mention  my 
Outlines  of  Zoology  (Edin.,  1892).  As  a  book  of  reference 
Hatchett  Jackson's  edition  of  Rolleston's  Forms  of  Animal  Life 
(Oxford,  1888)  is  of  great  value,  not  least  on  account  of  its 
scholarly  references  to  the  literature  of  zoology.  The  zoological 
articles  in  the  Encychp^tdia  Britannua,  many  of  which  are  pub- 
lished separately,  are  not  less  useful.  As  guides  in  serious  practical 
work  may  be  loticed-  -A  Course  of  Elementary  Instruction  in 
Practical  Biology  by  Profs.  T.  H.  Huxley  and  H.  N.  Martin, 
revised  by  Profs.  G.  B.  Howes  and  D.  H.  Scott  (Lond.,  1888); 
Howes's  Atlas  of  Practical  Elementary  Biology  (Lend.,  1885); 
A  Course  of  Practical  Zoology  by  Prof.  A.  Milnes  Marshall  and 
Dr.  C.  H.  Hurst  (jtti  ed'.,  I^nd.,  1892);  Prof.  C.  Lloyd 
'ULax^xit  Animal  Biology  [,UmA.^  1889);  Vogt  and  Yung,  Traiti 


II     Some  of  the  "  Best  Books  "  on  Animal  Life  357 

d^ Anatomic  comparie  pratique  (Paris,  1885-92)  or"  in  German 
(Braunschweig) ;  Prof.  W.  K.  Brooks's  Handbook  of  ItwerUbrate 
Zoology  for  Laboratories  and  Seaside  Work  (Boston,  1882);  Prof. 
T.  J.  Parker's  Zootomy  (Lond.,  1884)  and  Practical  Biology 
(Lend.,  1891), 

{c)  As  early  as  1801,  Bichat  had  penetrated  beneath  the  organs 
to  the  tissues  which  compose  tliem,  and  his  Anatomie  GhiSrale  is 
the  forerunner  of  many  works  on  minute  anatomy  or  histology. 
From  the  comparative  histology  of  animals  by  Leydig  {Histologie, 
1867)  the  zoological  student  must  begin,  but  to  follow  it  up  he  must 
have  recourse  to  the  pages  of  scientific  journals.  As  a  guide  in 
microscopic  work.  Dr.  Dallinger's  new  edition  of  Carpenter's  well- 
known  work,  The  Microscope  (Lond.,  1 891)  may  be  cited. 

(d)  In  1838-39,  Schwann  and  Schleiden,  two  German  naturalists, 
clearly  stated  a  doctrine  towards  which  investigation  had  been 
gradually  tending,  namely,  that  each  organism  was  built  up  of 
cells,  and  originated  from  a  fertilised  egg-cell.  In  the  establish- 
ment of  this  "cell  theory"  the  study  of  structure  became  deeper, 
imd  the  investigation  of  animal  cells  still  becomes  more  and  more 
intense.  To  gain  an  appreciation  of  this  step  in  analysis,  the 
student  may  well  begin  with  the  article  "  Cell "  in  the  new  edition 
of  Chambers's  Etuyclopadia,  and  with  the  articles  "Morphology" 
and  "Protozoa"  in  the  Encyclopadia  Britannica.  From  these  he 
will  discover  how  his  studies  may  be  deepened. 

(«)  Finally,  with  the  improvement  of  microscopic  instruments 
and  technique,  investigation  has  touched  the  bottom,  as  far  as 
biology  is  concerned,  in  the  study  of  the  living  stuff  or  protoplasm 
itself.  Again,  I  refer  you  to  the  articles  "Protoplasm"  in  the 
Encyclopadia  Britannica  ai:d  in  Chambers's  Enc^'chpadia. 

I  shall  not  follow  the  history  of  physiology  in  detail,  but  content 
myself  with  saying  that  [a)  from  the  conception  of  a  living  body 
ruled  by  spirits  or  dominated  by  a  temperament,  physiologists  passed 
•.o  consider  it  {b)  as  an  engine  of  living  organs,  then  {c)  as  a  com- 
plex  web  of  tissues,  then  (d)  as  a  city  of  cells,  and  finally  {e)  as  a 
•.vhirlpool  of  living  matter.  I  recommend  you  to  read  first  the 
article  "  Physiology  "  in  the  Encyclopcedia  Britannica,  then  Huxley's 
Crayfish  (International  Science  Series),  and  his  Elementary  Text- 
book  of  Physiolog}',  then  Jeffrey  Bell's  Comparative  Anatomy  and 
Physiology  and  Lloyd  Morgan's  Animal  Biology,  after  which  you 
may  pass  to  larger  works  such  as  the  text-books  of  Kirkes  (new  ed., 
1892);  Bunge(Lond.,  1890);  Landois  and  Srirling,  McKendrick, 
and  Foster,  and  to  the  studies  on  comparative  phj  liology  by 
Krukenberg,  Vergleichend -  Physiologischt  Studien  and  Vortrda 
(Heidelberg,  1882-88). 

In  the  above  summary  nothing  has  been  said  about  the  history 


358  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  app. 

of  animals  in  their  individ-l  life^^^^^^^^^^ 

appearance  upon  the  ^''''^t^  jf  JXrlolofv   Sn  with  the  article 
buiion  in  space      As  regards  embo'ology    begin  ^^^^^^^ 

^"r  A^r  H^L??  ttirot  rUstrand  F.  M.  Balfour 

l^^nwTneiL  and  ^^^  teilpif^-=«  of 
distribution  in  time  wU    be  found  >"  A  ««  p„n  ^^^^^^^^ 

students  --y  P-^;°  Jj^^f  ;oir.  Ld.  and  Edin.,  ,889),  to 
Nicholson  and  R.  ^S"  ^z«  emhainements  du  monde  animal 
the  French  work  of  Gaudry,  /-«  ««^«»  j^    German 

remains  the  principal  w"'"^  °/ ^^^"7"'  ^^^  ^t^dent  to  the>«m«/ 
For  progressive  research  I  may  re  er  tne  suiuc"  y 

which  gives  summanes  -J-^'^^^'^^^^]  ^y  Lankester.  Klein. 
^/Mfr.5../»»Va/5«.«^«  (edited  by  P;°'«- '^^^  ^  ^^^        ;„  ^hich 
4dgwick,  and  Milnes  Marshall)     and  of  cou^^^^^^^         ,^ 
summaries  and  d.scus.^^^^^  are  oft  n  .o^J^ral  ScUnce. 
^-SJ^IlUletnl^^^^^^ 

mention  other  ways  of  begmnmg. 

B.  Natural  History. 

rory\:^r::S.^s  s;:;:itrcut  ^^  :z^ 

them,  they  are  seized  w,th  ^^^^J^^e^Sh  a  learned^  book  about 
it.  to  get  it  under  the  microscope  »«  P«  J^  ^^^^^  ,exicon,  and 
it  which  no  one  can  read  w't^out  an  "P«"^'^*^j^  ^,1;  ^j  ,„  an 
to  put  up  its  remains  m  «"^^"%^"^th  on  a  pterygoid  pro- 
abnormal  hxmapophysts  ;  ^^^^  P'"  ^^JiVJ^,  ^bT/of^ubeTc^^ 


„     Some  of  the  "  Best  Books  "  on  Animal  Life  359 
part  of  it.  and  is  neither  less  nor  jnore  v^duable  th^^^^^  tV.at^  of  .the 
Lid  naturalist,     ^e  may  crmcise  the  d^^^^         ^^^^^      ^^^^ 
analysis   we  may  believe   that   "^^P^^^^j^    ^m   to   be   less 
unnaturally   upon    students,   we    may    ^^  ^^^^^^^„  ,^q„i,es 

pedantic;  but  »«  "mmd  ^»^^^^^^^^^^^^^^  field 

iJrllLTtrJJ-ls  Mnes  and  muscles.     Both  are  true 

''  ^l^  ^^d  \  rhSeTa^JetrlutThe^^^^^^^^^  and  activities 
our  knowledge  what  1'^  can  tea  ^  combinations  of  organs, 

of  animals  aUke  ««  umtxes  and  a^  co^pl"^  ^^^^^ 

tissues,  and  cells.     Let  us  ag^f«  |"  j^j^h  we  have  already 

the  morphological  and  PlS:i>°^°g\^^^^^^^^^  that  few  of  us  can 

explained,  "zoology."  We  ^^f  ^f*^"";";^^^^  binder  us  from  per- 
become  zoological  experts.  But  ^^^  Jjj  ^J^^wards  what  end  and 
ceiving  that  it  is  not  ^i'^'^";'  *°  "^j^^ Sa^^^^^^^  Claude  Bernard, 
by  what  method  Lmn^us  and  O^^^^^^^  ^^  j.^^„  „3i„g 

and  the  other  great  masters  worked,  n^^^^^^  ^^^^  ^^^ 

all  natural  opportumt.es  o^  pact  c^^^^^^^^  ...oology"  is 

powers  of  ammal  life.  ^«  .j*"^"  ,_.=-!  j^an  the  work  of  the 
Neither  less  interesting  nor  le«  ^^^\^^^ ^^^^^^  is  not  more 
field  naturalist,  we  shall  '«<=°et»se  that  its^ermi      ogy  ^^^^ 

complex  than  that  ^^  5\^'"^"^J  ?'  *"  Jk^^^^^^  nature  acquires 
from  clear  zoologica^  *»f  ^"^  ?«  *=°^^*'™^^^^^^^  cachait  plus 

an  additional  intensity  o  .en>c^  °°;    ^  JloJ^«  »     What  Hamerton 

ou  moins  "\-'"»^«'^'  ^^'"'^t^  ^  also  to  the 

says  with  reference  to  an  art^ts  educa  PP  ^ 

fo^r^^To^lS^:^^^^^^^^^^  --^^-"  ^°" 

their  sense  of  perspective.  those  who  have  little  time  or 

Now.  however  I  YO^^,.f^^f;'J„7ave  «  interest  in  the  life 
opportunity  for -zoolc^,    but  who  have  ^^^^   ^^^^ 

and    habits   °f   ^^^^^J^i^^^^^^  personalities -in 

thoroughly.      T">s Jcnowieagc  ^^  ^^^y^^ 

struggle  and  friendhneg.  in  ha  e  and  ^^^J^J^^j    j,  ..,,,iogy" 
I  would  call  ••  natural  history,    m  c°°"^^    „         '^^  ^ther.     For 

on  the  one  hand,  and  g^;"^^'"!,  J°Sory  of  life-its  nature 
I  restrict  the  latter  term  to  ^J\«  general  tneo  y  ^.^^^^  ^^^^ 


360  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  app. 

the  three  as  essential,  and  to  cease  from  drawing  prejudiced  com 
parisons  between  them. 

Their  relations  may  be  summarised  as  follows  : — 


••NATURAL   HISTORY." 


Study  of  the 

real  life 

of 


I 


fauna 

class 

order 

genus 

species 

families 

pairs 

individuals 


in  relation 

to 
one  another 
and  to  their 
surroundings. 


(S)  Organism. 
(4)  Organs. 
(3)  Tissues, 
(2)  Cells, 
(i)  Protoplasm. 


Study  of  Structure 
(Morphological) 


Study  of  Activities 
(Physiological). 


ZOOLOGY.' 


To  those  interested  in  "  Natural  History,"  there  is  little  need 
to  give  the  primary  word  of  counsel  "  Observe,"  for  to  do  so  is 
their  delight ;  nor  do  they  need  to  be  told  that  sympathetic  feeling 
with  animals,  delight  in  their  harmonious  beauty,  and  poetical 
justice  of  insight  which  recognises  their  personality,  are  qualities 
of  a  true  naturalist,  as  every  one  will  allow,  except  those  who  are 
given  up  to  the  idolatry  of  that  fiction  called  •«  pure  science." 

There  is  a  maniacal  covetousness  of  knowledge  which  one  has 
no  pleasure  in  encouraging.  We  do  not  want  to  know  all  that  is 
contained  even  in  Chambers's  Encyclopcedia,  though  we  wish  to 
gain  the  power  of  understanding,  realising,  and  enjoying  the 
various  aspects  of  the  world  around  us.  We  do  not  wish  brains 
laden  with  chemistry  and  physics,  astronomy  and  geology,  botany 


,1     Some  of  the  "  Best  Books  "  on  Animal  Life  361 

and  roology,  and  other  sciences,  though  we  would  have  our  eyes 
lightened  so  that  we  may  see  into  the  heart  of  things  our  brains 
cleared  so  that  we  may  understand  what  is  known  and  unknown 
when  we  are  brought  naturally  in  face  of  problems,  and  our  emotions 
purified  so  that  we  may  feel  more  and  more  fully  the  joy  of  life. 
Therefore  I  would,  in  the  name  of  education,  urge  students  to 
begin  naturally,  with  what  interests  them,  with  the  near  at  hand, 
with  the  practically  important.  A  circuitous  course  of  study, 
followed  with  natural  eagerness,  will  lead  to  better  results  than  he 
most  logical  of  programmes  if  that  take  no  root  in  the  life  of  the 

^^Let'me  suggest  some  of  these  indirect  ways  of  beginning. 
Begin  with  domesticated  animals  and  their  histoiy.  See  Darwin  s 
Vanation  of  A  mm  ah  and  Plants  under  Domestication  (l866),  etc. 
Concentrate  your  attention  on  some  common  animals.  See,  for 
instance,  Darwin's  Formation  of  Vegetable  Mould  through  the 
action  of  Worms  (i88l);  Mivart's  /r^^  (Nature  Series,  Lon^'on); 
Huxley's  Crayfish  (Internat.  Sci.  Series,  London) ;  M«Cook  s 
North  American  S/^iders  {2  vols.,  Philadelphia,  1889-90) ;  f- 
Cheshire's  Bees  and  Bee-keeping  (vol.  i.,  Lond.,  1886)  ;  Lubbock  s 
Ants,  Bees,  and  Wasps  (IniGrnvii.  Sci.   Series,  London);  Flowers 

/A»r5«(Lond.,  1891).  ,,.      ,    ,    „, 

Enjoy  your  seaside  holiday.     See  Charles  Kingsley  ^Glaucus-, 

J.  G.  Wood's   Common   Objects  of  the  Sea-Shore  (1857);  P.   H. 

Gosse's  Manual  of  Marine  Zoology  (1856),  and    Tenby-,   G.    H. 

Lewes's  Seaside  Studies  (mm.  1858);  L.  Fred^ricq,  La  Lutte  pour 

rexistence  chez  les  Animaux  Marins  {Vaxxs,  1889). 

Form  an  aquarium.     See  J.  G.  Wood's  Fresh  and  Salt  Watei 

Aquarium  ;  P.  H.  Gosse,  The  Aquarium  (1854),  and  many  similar 

Begin  a  naturalist's  year-book.  See  the  Naturalist's  Diary 
by  Roberts;  the  Field  Naturalise s  Handbook,  by  J.  G.  and 
Th.  Wood  {Lond.,  1879);  and  K.  Russ,  Das  hetmtsche 
Naturleben  im  Kreislauf  des  Jahres  ;  Ein  Jahrbuch  der  Natur. 

(Berlin,  1889).  „  _ 

Observe  the  inimals  you  see  on  your  country  walks.  &ee 
T.  G.  Wood's  Common  Objects  of  the  Country  (1858),  The  Brook 
and  its  Bank  (1889);  Life  of  a  Scotch  NaturaHt,  Thomas 
Edward,  by  Samuel  Smiles;  The  Moor  and  the  Loch,  hy  J. 
Colquhoun  (Edin.  1840,  8th  ed.  1878);  Wild  Sports  and  Natural 
History  of  the  Highlands,  by  Charles  St.  John  (Lond.,  illust.  ed., 
1878);  Woodland,  Moor,  and  Stream,  edited  by  J.  A.  Owen 
(Lond.,  1889);  W.  Marshall,  Spaziergange  eifus  Natutforschers 
(Leipzig,  1888);  Lloyd  Morgan's  Sketches  of  Animal  Life  (Lond., 
1892),  etc.  etc. 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


KVV. 


Another  natural  way  of  beginning  is  to  work  out  some  subject 
which  attracts  you.  It  becomes  a  centre  round  which  a  crystal 
erows.  Muybridge's  photographic  demonstrations  of  animal  loco- 
motion have  interested  us  in  the  Hight  of  birds,  et  us  follow  this 
^p  iy  observation  and  by  reading,  e.g.,  Ruskin's  Z^.V  Mann 
(i88i);  Pettigrew's  Animal  Locomotion  (Internat.  Sci.  Series 
\%Tiy,U»xti%  Animal  Mechanism  (Internat  Sci.  Series.  1874); 
Marey's  Le  Vol  des  0«wi«r  (Paris,  1890). 

The  colours  of  animals  appeal  to  many  people.  Read  E.  B. 
Poulton's  volume  (1890)  in  the  Internat.  Sci.  Series,  and  Grant 
STcolour  5*L.  aid  F.   E.   Beddard's  Animal  Colo,naUon 

^^The  lelaUons  between  plants  and  animals  are  ent'^ncingly 
interesting  Watch  the  bees  and  other  insects  in  their  flight, 
anSDarS  volumes  on  the  Fertilisation  of  OrcAJds  {1S62) 
^oTcross.FertilisationiiS76);  Hermann  Umiers  Fertzhs^^on 
of  Flowers  (transl.  by  Prof.  D'Arcy  Thompson,  Lond.,  883) . 
Kemer's  Flowers  and  their  Unbidd^  Guests;  the  arUcles  on 
'« Insectivorous  Plants,"  in  Encyclop.  Brttanntca,  and  m  Chambers  s 
^Mrvf/oA,  or  Darwin's  work  (1875).  ,   .     ,     .  »  •„, 

XSn,  manyof  us  are  directly  interested  in  foreign  countries 
Let^e  practical  interest  broaden,  it  naturally  becomes  geographical 
a^d  physiograpWcal.  and  extends  to  the  natural  history  o  he 
rSon  No  more  peasant  and  sane  way  of  learning  about  the 
wSs  and  distribution  of  animals  could  be  suggested  than  that 
Sh  follows  as  a  gradual  extension  of  physiographcal  knowledge. 
See  Dr  H.  R.  Mill's  Realm  of  Nature,  and  the  following  samples 
from  Xh"  long  list  of  books  by  exploring  naturalists  :— 
A.  Agassiz.   nree  Cruises  of  the  "Blake"   (Boston  and  New  York. 

S   W.^  Baker.     Wild  Beasts  and   Ways:  Reminiscences  of  Europe, 

jitia  Africa,  and  America  VUinAon,  \Z<io). 
H.    ^^^^    Naturalist    on    the    Amazons    (sth    ed..    London. 

T   iJlt   Naturalist  in  Nicaragua  (2nd  ed.,  London.  1888). 
liiirT:S^ioTobservatiom  on  Geology  and  Zoology  of  Abyss.nta 

P  B^^ci^m%xplorations  and  Adventures  in  Equatorial  Afnca, 

^  rCutln|Sll=  l!^:Zl!:^ilTut^l  History  of  the  Straits  of 

Magellan  (EAia.,  1871).  . 

Darwin.  rW  e^'**  "  -»#      '^^J  "^^g^"  '^^°^- 

H.  Drummond.  Tropical  Afnca  (Umd. ,  1888). 

h!   O.  Forbes.  A  Naturalists   Wanderings  %n  the  Eastern  Arc/it 

ptlago  {Uind. ,  xBSs)-  ^      „  ,.       .     ,on^v 

Gm\ltm^Td,  Cruise  of  the -Marchesa'   (Lond..  1886). 


„     Sofiu  of  the  "  Best  Books  "  oh  Animal  Lift  363 

187Q,  new  ed.  Lond.,  189a).  .. /i  «„^     tRRt^ 

unternommmen  Reiser  (L;^>Pf!S;  J^^'-  .^  .„  ^,,.^ 

H.  Seebohm.  5j*ma  m  Europe  (Lond..  i88oj  .  ana 

J.  E.^Tennent.  ^'^'-ral  History  of  Ceylon  {l.c^^^^^ 
VyviUe  Thomson.  The  Depths  of  t/ie  S  a  (M ^1^73)  .^^^        ^J^ 
the  Voyage  of  the  \C>taUenger    (r^^S)^    Cf   A^  oe      ^^^.^^^^^^ 

Tristram.  V/i/  Flora  and  Fauna  of  Palestine. 

Tschndi,  Thierleien  der  A  Ipenwelt.  Trotical  Nature 

A    R.  Wallace.  Malay  Archipelago  {Lond..  1869) .    Tropicat  na, 

(1878) ;  hland  Life  (i88°)-  America  (ed.  by  T.  G.  Wood. 

Ch.  Waterton,   Wanderings  m  South  America  ^ea.  oy  j 

C.  M^'woodford,  Naturalist  among  the  Head-hunters  (London. 
1890). 
Prominent  among  those  who  have  helped  many  to  «alise  the 
marveland  beauty  of  nature,  a  widely-felt  gratitude  ranks  Gilbert 
WWte  Henry  Thoreau.  Charles  Kingsley.  Richard  JefTenes.  J.  G. 
Wood,  John  Ruskin,  and  John  Burroughs. 

'Lento,   .888),   buf  .her.   Is  a  cheaper  one.  edited  b,  R,cha,d 
Jefferies,  in  the  Camelot  Series. 

Henry  Thoreau  (1817-1862).  the  author  of  Walden,  A  Week 
on  Concord,  and  other  much-loved  books. 


CHARLES  KINGSLEY  (l8l9-i«75)-     See  his  Glaucus 
1854) ;   Water-Babies ;  and  popular  lecturer 


(Lend., 


3^4 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


APP. 


Richard  Jefferies  (1848- 1887). 

See  The  Eulogy  of  Richard  Jefferies,  by  Walter  Besant  (London, 
1 883),  and  the  following  works,  some  of  which  are  published  in 
cheap  editions:  The  Gamekeeper  at  Home  (1878);  Wild  Lift 
in  a  Southern  County  (1879);  The  Amateur  Poacher  (1880); 
Round  about  a  Great  Estate  (t88i) ;  Nature  near  London 
(1883) ;  Life  of  the  Fields  (1884) ;  Red  Deer  (1884) ;  The  Open 
^iV(i885). 

J.  G.  Woou,  whom  we  have  lately  lost,  has  done  more  than 
any  other  to  popularise  natural  history  in  Britain. 

See  Life  of  J.  G.  Wood,  by  his  son,  Theodore  V/ood  (Lond.,  1890) ; 
My  Feathered  Friends  (1856);  Common  Objects  of  the  Seashore 
(1857);  Common  Objects  of  the  Country  (1858):  his  large 
Natural  History  (1859-63) ;  Glimpses  into  Petland  (1862) ;  Homes 
without  Hands  (1864) ;  The  Dominion  of  Man  (1887) ;  and  other 
works. 
John  Ruskin.     See  the  Eagle's  Nest,  Queen  of  the  Air,  Love's 

Meinie,  Proserpina,  Deucalion,  and  Ethics  of  the  Dust. 

John  Burroughs. 
See  the  neat  shilling  editions  of  Wake  Robin  (1871),   Winter  Sun- 
shine (1875),  ^»'''^-'  ^"^  P"^*^  (1877).  iLocusts  and  Wild  Honey 
(1879).  Pepacton  (1881),  Fresh  Fields  (1884),  Signs  and  Seasons 
(1886). 

See  also  : — 

Grant  Allen,  The  Evolutionist  at  Large;  Vignettes  from 
Nature,  etc. 

FraNK  Buckland,  Curiosities  of  Natural  History  (London, 
1872-77),  and  his  Life. 

P.  H .  GOSSE.     Romance  of  Natural  History'  ( London,  1 860-6 1 ). 

P.  G.  Hamerton,  Chapters  on  Animals :  The  Sylvan  Year 
(3rd  ed.,  London,  1883). 

W.  Kirby  and  W.  Spence,  Introdui.'ion  to  Entomology 
(London,  1815). 

F.  A.  Knight,  By  Leafy  Ways;  Idylls  of  the  Field  (London, 
1889). 

Phil  Robinson,  The  Poet's  Birds  (London,  i8«3);  and  The 
Poet's  Beasts  (London,  1885). 

Andrew  Wilson,  Leaves  from  a  Naturalist's  Note-Books; 
Chapters  on  Evolution,  etc. 


-■**»«!« 


II 


So7ne  of  the  "  Best  Books  "  on  Animal  Life  365 


C.  Biology. 

Having  offered  counsel  to  those  who  would  study  the  literature 
of  Zoology  and  of  Natural  History,  I  shall  complete  my  task  of 
giving  advic-  by  addressing  those  who  are  strong  enough  to 
Tnquire  into  the  nature,  continuance,  and  progress  of  life.  It  is 
to  students  of  mature  years  that  this  •♦biological"  study  is  most 
natural,  for  young  folks  should  be  left  to  see  and  enjoy  as  much 
as  possible,  till  theories  grow  in  them  as  naturally  as  "wisdom 
teeth."  This  also  should  be  noted  in  regard  to  the  study  of 
evolution  and  the  related  problems  of  biology,  that  though  all  the 
generalisations  reached  must  be  based  on  the  research  and  observa- 
tion of  zoologists,  botanists,  and  naturalists,  and  are  seldom  fully 
appreciated  by  those  who  have  little  personal  acquaintance  with 
the  facts,  yet  sound  and  useful  conclusions  may  be,  and  often  are, 
obtained  by  those  who  have  had  no  discipline  in  concrete  scientific 

work. 

Besides  the  general  question  of  organic  evolution  there  are 
special  subjects  which  the  student  of  biology  must  learn  to  think 
about:  Protoplasm,  or  "the  physical  basis  of  life;"  Repro- 
duction, Sex,  and  Heredity,  or  "the  continuance  of  life>"  and 
Animal  Intelligence,  or  "the  growth  of  mind."  Before  passing 
to  the  literature  on  these  subjects,  it  may  be  noted  that  there  are 
two  general  works  of  pioneering  importance,  namely,  Herbert 
Spencer's  Principles  of  Biology  (2  vols.,  Lond.,  1864-66),  and 
Ernst  Haeckel's  GemrelU  Morphologie  {2.  vols.,  Berlin,  1866). 

Protoplasm.— Of  this  the  student  should  learn  how  little  we 
know.  Yet  this  is  not  very  easy,  since  the  most  important  recent 
contributions,  such  as  those  of  Professors  Hering  and  Gaskell,  are 
inaccessible  to  most.  The  gist  of  the  matter,  however,  may  be 
got  hold  of  by  reading :  (a)  three  articles  in  the  Encychpadia 
ffritannica,  "Physiology"  (Prof.  M.  Foster),  "Protoplasm" 
(Prof.  P.  Geddes),  and  "  Protozoa"— the  large  type— (Prof.  E.  Ray 
Lankester) ;  {p)  the  Presidential  Address  to  the  Biological  Section 
of  the  British  Association,  1889,  by  Prof.  Burdon  Sanderson 
{Nature,  xl.,  September  1889,  pp.  521-526);  and  {c)  the  article 
"Protoplasm"  in  the  new  edition  of  Chambers's  Etuyclopadia. 
Of  the  abundant  literature  on  the  philosophical  questions  which 
the  scientific  conception  of  living  matter  raises,  I  shall  mention 
Huxley's  address  on  "The  Physical  Basis  of  Life,"  published 
among  his  collected  essays;  Hutchison  Stirling's  tract,  "As 
regards  Protoplasm;"  the  chapter  on  "VitUiism"  in  Bunge's 
Physiological  Chemistry  (translated,  London,  1890). 

Beprodnction,  Sex,  and  Heredity.— For  adult  students, 

and  no  others  should  be  encouraged  to  face  the  responsibility  of 


t 


366  The  Study  of  Animal  Life  app. 

inquiry  into  such  matters,  the  most  convenient  introductionj.'iU 
Kund   n  The  Evolution  of  Sex p^ni^^^or^rj  S^^^^^^n^^ 
llnd     1880V  by  Prof.  Geddes  and  myself.     In  that  work  there 
^e  ifeJcncel'  Z  others.     A  survey  of  modem  op.mons  and  co„ 
1    •     «  ;«  r^Torrl  to  heredity  may  be  obtamed  Kom  the  article  in 

ffm^JmeriliL  (Lo„d„  .889),  and  to  other  „„po.ta„t 
'^*n^°tot<;CD'SJ-rS  wo*  by  Professor  C.  iJo,d 

also  mention  that  Brehm  t  n«rkU«  ('S^S  »9       S  „„„, 

in  process  of  re-edition  (10  "«''■•  "^f '"'"J' ,'\„j  „i,dom  of 
„««ur,  of  inf«mat»n  -  J=8«d  'o  *  .  X^.V-l-i-'.' 

C't'o^  'Vr  >:  =n'io»sTo',."of  ir,.T„'''aW  terse 
Protozoa.  Ol  ^^^  '"8^"  „-„«av's  Les  Industries  des  Antmaux 
I^S^m.  '''Z  5~HeJo^.i„ct  «e  esg=^..  K„™.cs, 

in  regwd  to  Evolution  is  to  make  mmseu  »t4u».ut 


II 


Some  of  the  "  Best  Books  "  on  Animal  Life  367 


arguments  ^^hich  show  that  the  animals  and  plan  now  ahve  are 
descended  from  simpler  ancestors,  these  from  still  s™Pl".  ^J" 
soTback  into  the  mists  of  life's  begimiings.     To  realise  that  the 

(Nature  Series,  Lond.)  gives  a  convenient  statement  of  the  case, 
S  hfs  RSbTry  Lectures  will  be  more   exhaustive.      CU^d  s 
?LvofcLli7n:  a  plain  accoun:  of  Evolution  (Lond.,  1888) 
S  UP  the  evSence  in  small  compass  ;  another  very  terse  state- 
ment  wm  be  found  in  H.  De  Varigny's  Experimental  EvoMxm 
Sd       892);  Haeckel's  Natural  Hilary  ./  Cr.a/«^  (Berim, 
te^tne  -St  popular  of  his  works,  now  in  its  ^f  ^h  f  mon 
(Tena   i89o)-is  available  in  translation  (Lond..  1879) ;  Huxley  s 
^^AnuH^an  Addressee  (Lond.,   1877)  have  even  peater  «:h^m  f 
f^e;    Carus   Sterne's   Werden  und  Vergehen   (3rd  ed..  Berlin 
1886    is  perhaps  the  best  of  all  popular  expositions;   while  the 
thorougb  Sent   will    find    most    satisfaction    in    the   relevaii 
iTrJbnso.  Darwin's  Origin  of  Species,  and  Spencer's  Pnnctples 

"^mZtl  Of  Evolution  Theories.- As  the  idea  of  Evolution 
is  v^Snt,  and  as  it  was  expounded  in  relation  to  animal  Ufe 
byTa.  c^Smpetent  naturalists  "before  Darwin's  inteHectual  com 
Scame  current  throughout  the  world,  it  is  unwise  that  students 
S  restrict  tl..ir  reading  to  Darwinian  and  Pos^Damiman 
literature.  The  student  of  Evolution  should  know  ho«r  Buffon 
Erasmu-  Darwin.  Lamarck.  Treviranus.  the  St.  Hila.res  Goethe 

even  Robert  Chambers,  and  many  other  P'^^f^^^"'''"^  .'^f  ^^ ^^ 
the  problem.  Those  who  desire  to  preserv;-  their  sense  of  historical 
Ssti'ce  should  read  one  or  more  of  the  following  :  Huxley  Y^^^^^^ 
in  "  Evolution  "  in  the  Encyclopadxa  Bntannua  ;  Samuel  Butler  s 
interesting  volume  on  Evolution  Old  and  ^«7^(L*>"f«'- 'f  J^)  ; 
Perrkr'8/'-4.-^x«'/A'V  Zoologique  avant  Darwtn  (Pans.  1884)  the 
hSorical  chapters  of  H^e^kel'.  Natural  History  of  Creatton-, 
SZTcescLte  der  ZoologU,  and  some  other  histon^  works 
already   referred    to    (p.  355) ;  /.    de    CandoUe's     g'^""'    ^" 

Sciences  et  des  Savants  d^P''"/^*' ^\i'  l^    ^  h^^hL^^^^^^ 
Carus  Sterne's  (Ernst  Krausc's    excellent  work,  Dte  Allgemetne 
mZnschauung    (Stuttgart.     ,889) ;    De    Quatrefages.     CkarUs 
Darwin  et  sesprJcurseursfranfats  {Funs,  liJO).     ., 

Darwinisnu-The  best  account  of  the  Darwinian  theory  of 
EvolSTespecially  of  the   theoiy  of  natural   selwtion  which 
ChSs  Darwi?  and  Alfred  Russel  W-Uace  independently^cj^ 
rated,    is  Wallace's  Darwinism  (Lond..   1889).     From  this  the 


368 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


A  pp. 


Student  will  naturally  pass  to  the  works  of  Darwm  himself— 7A« 
Origin  of  Species  by  means  of  Natural  SeUction ;  or,  the  Pre- 
servation of  Favoured  Races  in  the  Shuggle  for  Life  (Lond., 
1859)  •  The  Variation  of  Animals  and  Plants  under  Domestuatton 
(2  vols.,  Lond.,  1868);  The  Descent  of  Man,  and  SeUction  in 
Relation  to  Sex  (Lond.,  1871),  etc.  ;  the  earlier  works  of  Wallace, 
especially  his  Contrilmtions  to  the  Theory  of  Natural  Selection 
(Lond.,  1 871);  Spencer's  Principles  of  Biology— cf  his  articles 
on  "Thf  Factors  of  Organic  Evolution"  {Nineteenth  Century, 
1886);  Haeckel's  Generelle  Morphologie,  and  Natural  History  of 
Creation.  As  a  popular  account  of  Darwin's  life  and  work.  Grant 
Allen's  Charles  Danvin  (English  Worthies  Series,  3rd  ed.,  Lond., 
1886)  has  a  deserved  popularity;  G.  T.  Bettany's  similar  work 
(Great  Writers  Series,  Lond.,  i886)  has  a  very  valuable  biblio- 
eraphy ;  but  for  full  personal  and  historical  details  reference  must 
be  made  to  the  Life  and  Letters  of  Charles  Darwin,  by  his  son 
Francis  Darwin  (3  vols.,  Lond.,  1887). 

Becent  Contributions  to  the  Theory  of  Bvolutioa— 

At  the  present  time  there  is  much  discussion  m  r^ard  to  the 
factors  of  organic  Evolution.  The  theory  of  Evolution  is  still 
being  evolved ;  there  is  a  struggle  between  opinions.  On  the 
one  hand,  many  naturalists  are  more  Darwinian  than  Darwin  was, 
—that  is  to  say,  they  lay  more  exclusive  emphasis  upon  the  theory 
of  natural  selection ;  on  the  other  hand,  not  a  few  are  less  Darwinian 
than  Darwin  was,  and  emphasise  factors  of  Evolution  and  aspects 
of  Evolution  which  Darwin  regarded  as  of  minor  importance. 

Of  those  who  are  more  Darwinian  than  Darwin,  I  may  cite  as 
representative  :  Alfred  Russel  Wallace  who,  in  his  Darwinism, 
subjects  Darwin's  subsidiary  theory  of  sexual  selection  to  destructive 
criticism;  August  Weisma.m  wlio,  in  his  Essays  on  Heredity, 
denies  the  transmissibiiity  of  characters  acquired  by  the  individual 
oreanism,  as  the  results  of  use  or  disuse  or  of  external  influence ; 
and  E.  Ray  Lankester,  see  his  article  "Zoology"  m  iht  Enc^-clo. 
padia  Britannica,  and  his  work  on  tlie  Advancement  of  Science 
fLond.,  1890).  The  student  should  also  read  an  article  by  Prof. 
Huxley,  "The  Struggle  for  Existence,  and  its  Bearing  upon  Man 
in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  Feb.  1888. 

Samuel  Butler.    Evolution  Old  and  New   (Lond.,    1   /9).   Luck   or 

C«««»»r  (Lond..  1887)    and  other  works. 
Prof   E.  D.  Cope.  Origin  of  the  Fittest  {ii^yt  \oxV.,  1887). 
Prof    G     H    T     Elmer,   Organic  Evolution,    as   the  Result  of  the 

Inheritance  of  Acquired  Characters,  according   to  the  Laws  of 

Organic  Growth  (Jena.    1888).      Trans,    by  J.  T.    Cunnmgnam 

(Lond.,  1890). 


II     Scm4  of  the  "  Best  Books  "  on  Animal  Life  369 

Ptot  T.  Ffake,  Outlims  tf  Cosmic  PhUmophy  (Lund..  1874).  Dor- 
wMsm,  amdoOtr  Essays  {Ifnd.,  »*75).  .,   „_^^,^^i, 

i>r«f  P  Reddes  Article  "Variation  and  Sdection,  MHcyeUf^ata 
5^*^^' '^ution."  Chambers-s  Encyclopedia  n^ ^. 
OLmEiloluHon  of  Sex.  and  forthcoming  work  on  Evolutton, 

Organic  and  Social. 
V  Oflon  La  LutU  fiour  le  Bien-ltrt  (1090). 
Rc^T'Tfo^dH  Divergent  Evolution,  through  CumulaHve  Segre- 

P    ^.^Z^'^uZ^^^^^T^r,^'' Nineteenth  century 
Lan.S'  Z'L:ur^^\E.istence  et  rAssociaHon  pour  la  LutU 

Prof^^^'c^rgc  Mivart.    The  Genesis  if  ^pecies{U>f- . Xr"*' 

U^sonsfJi  Nature  (U>nA.,  1876).  On  Truth  (^n±,  1889). 
Prof    C.    lioyd  Morgan,    Animal  Life    and   Intelligence   {Lond., 

Prof.*C°^V.    NBgeU.   Mechanisch . physiologischc  Abstammungslehre 

'(MUnchen  and  Leipzig.  1884).  pi«„,idt 

Prof.  A.   S.   Packard,   Introduction  to  the  Standard  or  Rtverstde 

Natural  History  (New  York  and  Lond.,  1885). 
Dr  G    T    Romanes,  Physiological  Selection  (Joum.  Linn.  Soc.  xu.. 

1886).  Sd  forthcoming'^Rosebery  I^tures  on  the  PhUosophy 

^ToL^liLt^Tnl'Natural  Conditions  of  Existence  as  they  affect 
J  timal  Life  (Intrmt.  Sci.  Series,  Lond.,  18B1). 

Dr.  J  B  LtSi!  Jr  Int,vducHon  'to  General  Pathol^  (Lond, 
x886).  Evolution  and  Disease  (Contempor.  Sci.  Senes,  Lond.. 
1890). 


3  B 


INDEX 


Absorption,  145 
Acacias  guarded  by  ants,  29,  30 
Acquired  characters,  339-336 
Actions,  automatic,  155 

habitual,  155 

innate,  155 

intelligent,  155 
Alternation  of  generations,  189 

Amoeba,  213 
Amphibians,  9,  256,  257 

parental  care  among,  no,  in 
Amphioxus,  252 
Angler-fish,  118 
Animalculists,  191 
Animals,  everyday  life  of,  1-124 

domestic  life  of,  05,  116 

industries  of,  1 17-124 

life-history  of,  184-203 

past  history  of,  204-209 

social  life  of,  67-94 

and  plants,    resemblances  and 
contrasts,  167-171 

relation   of  simplest    to    more 
complex,  1 71-174 
Ann  lids,  231-234 
Antic.  .  279 
Ants,  J  '-84 

and  av-  ides,  119,  120 

and  plants,  29 
Aphides,  8a,  31a 

mnltipUcation  of,  38 
Anchnida,  243 
Archoplaun,  183 


Aristotle,  283,  284 
Armour  of  animals,  34,  35 
Artemia,  310,  311 
Arthropods,  10,  238 
Atavism,  322 
Autotomy,  64-66 
Axolotl,  309 

Backboned  animals,  9,  222-247 
Backboneless  animals,  9,  10,  248- 

272 
Bacteria,  21,  2a 
Balance  of  nature,  19-21 
Balanoglossus,  9,  249,  250 
Bathybius,  219 
Beauty  of  animals,  15-17 
Beavers,  25,  74,  7S 
Bees,  78-84 

Biology,  justification  of,  34-50 

Birds,  9,  264-267 
parental  care  among,  114,  115 

Blind  animals,  305 

Body,  functions  of,  144-149 
parts  of,  174-183 

Books,  351-369 

Boring  animals,  25 

Bower  birds,  98 

Brachiopoda,  235 

Brine-shrimp,  310,  311 

BufTon,  286 

Caddis  worms,  6z 
Carbohydrates,  134 


37« 


The  Study  of  Animal  Lift 


Caterpillars,  50.  51 
Cau  and  dover.  39 
Cave-animals.  334 
Cdl-divMon.  158-183 
Cells,  ia8,  147.  179-183 
Centipedes,  341 
Cestoda,  339 
Chsetopoda,  331-233 
Challenger  Expedition,  5,  6 
Chamseleons,  53 
Chemical  elements,  135 

influences  in  environment,  309, 

313 

Circulation,  146 
Classification  of  animals,  8-ix 
Coelenterates,  222-228 
Cold,  effect  of,  313 
Colonies,  70,  71 
Colour-change,  52,  53 
Colouring,  protective,  48,  49 

variable,  49-51 
Colours  of  animab,  49-53 

of  flat-fishes,  315 
Commensalism,  68,  69 
Competition,  internal,  67 
Concealment  of  animals,  47 
Conjugation,  314 
Consciousness,  150-153 
Co-operation,  69 
Corals,  26,  27,  227 
Coral  snakes,  59 
Courtship  of  birds,  96 
mammals,  96 
spiders,  101-105 
Crabs,  masking  of,  61,  62 

and  sea-anemones,  68,  69 
Cranes,  gregarious  life  of,  73 
Crayfish,  35 
Crocodilians,  363,  364 
Cruelty  of  nature,  43-45 
CnisUcea,  339>  34° 

life-history  of,  198-202 
Cuckoo,  114.  "5 
Cuttlefish,  53,  66 
Cyclostomata,  35a 

Darwin.  Charles,  393-396 
Brftsmuf,  388,  389 


Deep-sea  fishes,  356 

life,  6 
Descent  of  man,  34X>34S 
Desiccation.  41-43 
Digestion,  145 
Distribution  of  animals,  3-8 
Disuse,  results  of.  305,  306 
Division  of   labour,  69-71,    143' 

144 
Dormant  life,  41-43 
Drought,  effect  of.  41-43 

Earthworms,  23-34 

Echinoderms,  10,  65,  66,  235-238 

Ectoderm,  196 

Eggs,  191,  19a 

Elaps,  59 

Elephant  hawk-moth,  59 

Encystation,  41 

Endoderm,  196 

Environment,  306-319 

Ephemerides,  106,  107 

Epiblast,  196 

Epigenesis,  324 

Evolution,  evidences  of,  373-281 

factors  of,  399-303 

theories,  history  of,  383-301 

of  sex,  188 
Extinct  types,  206,  207 

Family,  evolution  of,  91 

life,  91 
Fats,  134 
Feigning  death,  66 
Fertilisation.  193-19S 
Filial  regression,  3^8 
Fishes,  9,  253-25" 

parental  care  among,  109,  110 
Flight  of  birds,  123,  124 
Flowers  and  insects,  28,  39 
Flukes,  229 

Food,  influence  of,  310-313 
Freshwater  fauna,  6-8 
Friar-birds,  59 
Frog,  258 
Ftmction,  influence  of,. 303 

Oastra^  theoty.  X97 


Index 


373 


Gastnila,  195,  196 
Genealogical  tree,  la,  13 
Geological  record,  imperfection  of, 

ao5 
Germ-plasma,  338 
Giant  reptiles.  359 
Glow-worm,  courtship  of,  100 
Greg^nes,  an 
Gregarious  animals,  71-74 
Grouse  attacked  by  weasel,  40 

Habitat,  change  of,  47 
Habitual  actions,  155 
Haeckel,  398 
Hagfish,  353 
Halcyon,  116 
Hatteria,  260 
Heat,  influence  of,  313 
Heredity,  320-339 
Hermaphroditism,  188 
Hermit-crabs,  masking  of,  63 
Hirudinea,  334 
Homes,  making  of,  121-123 
Hombill,  brooding  of,  114 
Horse,  pedigree  of,  278 
Hunting,  118,  119 
Huxley,  298 
Hydractinia,  69,  70 
Hypoblast,  196 

Ichneumon  flies,  64 
Idealism,  14a 
Impressions,  151 
Industries  of  animals,  116-124 
Infiisorians,  an 

multiplication  of,  38 
Innate  actions,  155 
Insects.  341-343 

parental  care  of,  108 

and  flowers.  38 
Instinct,  153-166 

origin  of,  163-166 
Instinct  defined,  n 

incomplete,  158 

mixed.  163 

primary,  163 

secondary,  163 
Insulation  of  animals,  46 


Intelligence,  lapse  of.  166 
Intelligent  actions,  155 
Iron,  importance  of,  19 
Isolation,  300,  30X 
Ivory.  31 

Jellyfish,  226 

Kallima,  S3 
Kidneys,  work  of,  145 

Lamarck,  289-292 

Lamprey.  252 

Lar;cdet.  9,  252 

Land  animals.  8 

Leaf  insects.  54 

Leeches,  234 

Lemming,  Ross's,  50 

Lemurs,  46 

Life,  chemical  elements  of,   135- 

137 

energy  of,  127 

haunts  of,  3-8 

machinery  of,  130,  131 

origin  of.  140-142,  280 

struggle  of.  32-45 

variety  of.  3 

wealth  of.  1-17 
Light,  influence  of,  315,  316 
Liver,  work  of,  145 
Living  matter,  131-135 
Lizards,  260 
Love  of  mates.  90,  91,  96 

and  care  for  offspring.  105-116 

and  death.  106 
Luciola.  courtship  of,  100 
Lucretius,  284,  285 


Macrofod,  parental  care  of,  no 
Mammals,  9,  267-271 
Man  as  a  social  person,  94 

considered     loologically,     340- 

346 
Marine  life,  3-6 
Marsupials.  46 
Masking,  61-63 
Materialism.  141,  14* 


374 


The  Study  of  Animal  Life 


Mates,  love  of,  90,  91,  96 
Mayflies,  106,  107 
Metamorphosis  of  Insects,  243 
Meaoderm  or  mesoblast,  196 
Migration  of  birds,  74 
MiUepedes,  241 
Mimicry,  57-61 
Mites,  desiccation  oi,  41,  43 
Molluscs,  10,  243-'247 
Monkeys,  370,  271,  341 

gregarious  life  of,  71 
Monogamous  mammals,  96 
Moss-insect,  55 
Moulting,  315 
Movement,  144 

Movements  of  animals,  123,  124 
Mud-fish,  8 
Mygale,  36 
Myriapoda,  241 

Natural  selection,  295 
Nematoda,  231 
Nemerteans,  230 
Nervous  system,  148 
Nudibranchs,  56 
Number  of  animals,  14,  15 
Nutrition,  144 
Nutritive  relations,  27,  28 

Odours   and    sexual    attraction, 

Offspring,  care  for,  105-116 

Ontogeny,  203 

Ooze,  220 

Organic  continuity,  203,  326-329 

Organs,  175 

change  of  function  of,  178 

classification  of,  178 

correlation  of,  176 

order  of  appearance  of,    175, 
176 

rudimentary,  178,  179 

substitution  of,  178 
Orioles,  59 
Ovists,  191 
Ovum,  191-193 

theory,  196 
Oysters,  nuMttality  of,  43 


Palaontological  series,  so6 
Pftteeontology,  304-209 
Pangenesis,  334 
Parasitic  worms,  229-331 
Parasitism,  47,  48 
Parthenogenesis,  189-193 
Partnerships  among  animals,  68; 

69 
Perception,  151 
Peripatus,  10,  240 
Phasmidse,  53 
Phenacodus,  269,  270 
Phyllopteryx,  54 
Phylogeny,  203 
Physiology,  125-153 
Pigeon,  27s,  276 
Pineal  body,  260 
Plants  and  animals,  19,  20,  28-31, 

168-171 
Polar  globules,  193 
Polyzoa,  235 

Preformation  theories,  191,  324 
Pressures,  effect  of,  300 
Protective  resemblance,  53 
Proteids,  134,  135 
Protomyxa,  212 
Protoplasm,  131-135 
Protopterus,  41 
Protozoa,  11,  210-221 

colonial,  173,  174 

classes  of,  211 

life  of,  214 

"immortality"  of,  172 

psychical  life  of,  215-318 

structure  of,  213 

andMetazoa,  transition  between, 
88,  89,  171-174 
Psychology,  149 
Pupae  of  caterpillars,  50 
Puss-moth,  63,  64 

Radiant   energy,    influence    of, 

313-316 
Recapitulation,  197,  279 
Reflex  actions,  155 
Reproduction,  184-190 
Reptiles,  9,  359-364 
RespiratioD,  146 


Index 


375 


Revenion,  ^;a» 
Rhinpods,  ais 
Rotifer*,  7.  4a,  334 
Round-mouths,  9,  353 
Rudimentaiy  organs,  377 

Saccophora,  62 

Sacculina,  48 

Sea-borso,  parental  care  of,  no 

Seasonal  dimorphism,  314 

Segmentation,  195 

Sensations,  151 

Sex,  96 

Sexual  reproduction,  186-188 

selection,  98 
Shells  of  molluscs,  243 
Shepherding,  119,  120 
Shifts  for  a  living,  46-66 
Skunk,  SS 

Snails  and  plants,  30 
Snakes,  260-263 
Social  inheritance,  337-339 

life  of  animals,  67-94 

organism,  93,  94 
Societies,  evolution  of,  87 
Song  of  birds,  96 
Spencer,  297,  298 
Spermatozoon,  192,  193 
Sphex,  131 
Spiders,  courtship  of,  iot-105 

bird-catching,  36 
Sponges,  iz,  323 
Spongilla,  186 
Spring,  biolo^  of.  95,  96 
Starfish,  335 


Stickleback,  courtship  of,  99 

parental  care  of,  109,  no,  133 
Stinging-animals,  xz,  323-338 
Storing,  zao,  Z3X 
Struggle  for  existence.  33-45 
Surrender  of  parts,  64-66 
Symbiosis,  69 

Tapeworms,  229 
Termites,  34,  84-87 
Tissues,  179,  180 
Tortoises,  263 
Toxotes,  118 
Trematoda,  229 
Tunicates,  9,  250,  251 
Turbellaria,  328 

Variation,  299 

Vertebrata,  characters  of,  19,  348, 

349 
Vital  force,  X9 
Vivarium,  so,  3i 
Volvox,  187 

Wallace,  296,  397 
Warning  colours,  55,  56 
Weapons  of  animals,  34 
Web  of  Life,  18-31 
White  Ants.     See  Termites 
Worms,  zo,  zx,  338-335 

Yolk,  195 

Zoology,  history  of,  352-357 


THB  XND 


PRINTED  AT   THE   F.DIN'BURUll   I'KESS,   g   AND   H    VOUNG  STREET 


UNIFORM   WITH   THIS   VOLUME. 

RoSrrMiLL,  Librarian  to  the  Royal  Geographical  Soaety.   With  19  U>iourM 

Maos  md  66  Illustrations.  5s.  «     ^    «  _       w:.i. 

AH  nmiODUOnOH  TO  MOCBBN  OEOLOOT.    By  R.  D.  Roberts.     W.th 

Coloured  Maps  and  Illustrations.    5*-  r„ii«,.  Oxford 

^  lOra  OP  THB  BBmra  rominOH  W  nrolA.    By  S.r  Aifr.o  Lyal., 
TriSf,  cS4r<S>kS!«.  P"f«»<"  «f  ^"~«  S™n«.  Kms.  Coll.,,.. 

On^'°?p''S[i8H'-SbRATTOB.     By  W„.u.-    B..T...     W* 

ra^lS^SKiSSS.  Sy  H.  G.  K.»».  w«ii,.n.  Con.,.,  oxforf,  r.n,>,of 

the  University  of  Calcutta.    3s.  .      ,    /^        _    v:-»'.    rnllrM 

«"g25i5e?S5  s1&V^S&  ?th^uivS^';T'Ca^ffi.e-fe 

OH^SSSf^MODraH  BOTANY.    By  Patk.ck  Geddks.  Profe.«»- of  Bot«.y. 
uKtfc^kS^  Dundee.    With  Ilfustrations.    3^  6d. 

THB  JAOOBBAN  P0BT8.    By  Edmund  Gosse.    ^.  6d.  .  r^ru^ 

•aa  BHOUBH  IHOVBL.    By  Profe«or  Walter  Raleigh,  Unive«ity  CoHege, 

HXgJSSr^  m1«0H.     By  ALLAN  Mehhe^  D.D..  Pnrfe«or  of  Biblkal 

Cridclim,UniverMty  of  St.  Andrews.    5*-  ^  n  nui  r«ii«». 

LATO  iSSbUTORR    By  J.  W.  Mackail.  formerly  Fellow  of  Bdliol  CoUege. 

gHiSS^B^^A^  HIS  PBBDB0B8SOB8  m  THB  BHOLI8H  01U1IA.    By 

Jj^JS/liJ^m^^^ml^D  mOHOLOOY.    By  Professor  G.  Croom 
ELBIIBHT8  OP  PHH^BOPHYJ^D  ^JK«wwj«^^     ^  ^.^^^  ^^^ 

^^ri:^^%Ml'tT'f^^^^^--^-^'^-^    Crown  8V0.    3. 6d. 
each. 

LONDON:  JOHN  MURRAY,  ALBEMARLE  STREET,  W. 


T^Ty^^^ErTV^